BRYAN COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING CO
S-1, 1997-05-30
Previous: BIONUTRICS INC, 10-Q, 1997-05-30
Next: BRYAN COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING CO, S-1, 1997-05-30



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 30, 1997
                                                   Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>                            <C>
          DELAWARE                            6035                   APPLIED FOR
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial    (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)    Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                      2900 TEXAS AVENUE, BRYAN, TEXAS 77802
                                 (409) 779-2900
(Address,          including zip code,  and  telephone  number,  including  area
                   code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                          J. STANLEY STEPHEN, PRESIDENT
               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                                2900 TEXAS AVENUE
                               BRYAN, TEXAS 77802
                                 (409) 779-2900
(Name, address,  including zip code, and telephone number,  including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                  PLEASE SEND COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:

                            Dave M. Muchnikoff, P.C.
                         SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
(a limited liability partnership including professional corporations)
                            1100 New York Avenue, NW
                           Washington, DC 20005-3934
                                 (202) 414-6100

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

         If any of the  securities  being  registered  on this  Form  are  being
offered  on a  delayed  or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [X]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                 PROPOSED MAXIMUM         PROPOSED MAXIMUM
   TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                    AMOUNT TO BE            OFFERING PRICE             AGGREGATE              AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                  REGISTERED(1)           PER SHARE (1)          OFFERING PRICE(1)      REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                        <C>                   <C>                        <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share       200,000 shares             $   10.00             $2,000,000                 $606(1)
Units                                           3,700 units             $1,000.00             $3,700,000                 $1,122(1)
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

         The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>



                                   PROSPECTUS

               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY

         UP TO 200,000  SHARES OF HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON STOCK AND UP TO 3,700
UNITS CONSISTING OF _____% DEBENTURES DUE ________, 2002 AND WARRANTS.

     PURCHASE PRICE:                               $1,000 PER UNIT CONSISTING
$10.00 PER SHARE OF HOLDING                     OF A DEBENTURE AND NINE WARRANTS
   COMPANY COMMON STOCK

         The  Bryan-College  Station  Financial  Holding  Company (the  "Holding
Company") is offering (the  "Offering")  for sale up to 200,000 shares of common
stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Holding  Company Common Stock") at $10.00
per  share  and up to 3,700  Units  ("Units")  at  $1,000  per  Unit,  each Unit
consisting of $1,000 of ___%  debentures due ____, 2002 (the  "Debentures")  and
nine detachable warrants  ("Warrant").  Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof
to purchase one share of Holding  Company  Common Stock at an exercise  price of
$12.50 at any time prior to _____ p.m.  Central  Time on ______,  2002.  The net
proceeds of this  Offering  will be used to finance the Holding  Company's  cash
purchase of up to 80% of the  outstanding  shares of First Federal Savings Bank,
Bryan,  Texas ("First  Federal") common stock (the "First Federal Common Stock")
which are not exchanged for Holding  Company Common Stock pursuant to the merger
agreement  between First Federal and the Holding  Company dated  ________,  1997
(the  "Merger").  The Merger  will  result in a  predominantly  community-owned,
independent   thrift  holding  company  structure  with  First  Federal  as  the
wholly-owned,  sole  subsidiary  of the  Holding  Company.  Consummation  of the
Offering is  contingent  upon all  conditions  to the Merger being  satisfied or
waived.
                                                        (continued on next page)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Estimated Net
                                                               Selling               Offering
                                 Price to Public(1)        Commissions(2)          Proceeds(3)
<S>                                  <C>                <C>                   <C>
Per Share of Holding Company
  Common Stock                       $    10.00         $                     $
Minimum Total                        $1,500,000         $                     $
Maximum Total                        $2,000,000         $                     $
Per Unit                             $    1,000         $                     $
Minimum Total                        $3,400,000         $                     $
Maximum Total                        $3,700,000         $                     $
=============================    ===================    ==================    ======================
</TABLE>

(1)  The shares of Holding Company Common Stock are being sold by the Company in
     a community  offering.  The Units are being offered by the Holding  Company
     through Hoefer & Arnett,  Incorporated,  financial  advisors and investment
     bankers to the Holding Company ("Hoefer & Arnett" or the "Marketing Agent")
     on a "best  efforts,  minimum-maximum"  basis.  Unless  150,000  shares  of
     Holding Company Common Stock and Units  aggregating  $3.4 million have been
     sold by  ________,  1997  (which  date  may be  extended  for  120  days by
     agreement  between  the  Holding  Company and the  Marketing  Agent),  this
     Offering will be terminated and all funds will be promptly  returned to the
     subscribers without deduction therefrom of each subscriber's pro rata share
     of any interest actually earned thereon. All subscription  proceeds will be
     placed in an escrow  account at The First  National  Bank of Bryan,  Bryan,
     Texas. See "The Offering."
(2)  The Selling  Commission to the Marketing Agent will equal 7.0% of the gross
     proceeds of the Units sold by the Marketing Agent.  Such commissions may be
     deemed to be underwriting fees. In addition, the Holding Company has agreed
     to indemnify the Marketing  Agent against  certain  liabilities,  including
     liabilities  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities
     Act"). See "The Offering."
(3)  Before  deducting  expenses  payable by the Holding  Company  estimated  at
     $________.

         THESE   SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  THE  OFFICE OF THRIFT  SUPERVISION,  THE
FEDERAL DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION OR BY ANY STATE SECURITIES  AUTHORITIES,
NOR HAS SUCH  COMMISSION,  OFFICE,  CORPORATION  OR  AUTHORITY  PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.  THESE  SECURITIES  ARE NOT  DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT
FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.

         THESE  SECURITIES ARE SPECULATIVE IN THAT THEY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF
RISK AND  SUBSTANTIAL  BOOK VALUE  DILUTION.  PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS  SHOULD BE
PREPARED TO SUSTAIN A LOSS OF THEIR  ENTIRE  INVESTMENT.  SEE "RISK  FACTORS" AT
PAGE ___ AND  "DILUTION"  FOR A DISCUSSION OF MATTERS WHICH SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THESE SECURITIES.

                 The date of this PROSPECTUS is          , 1997.
                          HOEFER & ARNETT INCORPORATED


<PAGE>
         Pursuant to the Merger,  each holder of First Federal Common Stock will
have the option of  exchanging  each  share of First  Federal  Common  Stock for
either:  (i) 2.5 shares of Holding Company Common Stock; (ii) $24.07 in cash, or
(iii) any  combination  of Holding  Company  Common Stock and cash.  The Holding
Company  anticipates that a minimum of  approximately  150,000 shares of Holding
Company  Common Stock will be issued  pursuant to the Merger.  The Directors and
executive officers of First Federal have indicated that they will exchange their
First Federal Common Stock for  approximately  110,000 shares of Holding Company
Common  Stock.  Consummation  of the Merger is subject  to the  satisfaction  of
customary conditions,  the approval of both First Federal's stockholders and the
Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") and consummation of the Offering.

         The Debentures  will be unsecured and will be  subordinated in right of
payment to all present and future Senior  Indebtedness  and General  Obligations
(each as  hereinafter  defined) of the Holding  Company.  Generally,  payment of
principal  of the  Debentures  may be  accelerated  only in the case of  certain
events of default  relating to the  bankruptcy  or  receivership  of the Holding
Company  or its  subsidiary  or in the  event of a  default  in the  payment  of
principal or interest.  Interest on the  Debentures is payable  quarterly on the
15th  calendar  day of July,  October,  January and April of each year,  if such
calendar day is a business day, and otherwise the next succeeding  business day,
commencing on the first payment date  subsequent to the closing of the Offering.
See "The Offering" and "Description of the Debentures."

         Historically,  there  has been no  active  daily  market  for the First
Federal Common Stock. Prior to their issuance,  there has been no market for the
offered  Holding  Company  Common Stock or Units nor can there be any  assurance
that one will develop,  or if it does develop,  that it will provide the holders
of the Holding  Company  Common Stock and Units with  liquidity or will continue
for the life of the Units. The Holding Company has received preliminary approval
to have the Holding  Company  Common  Stock  listed  among the Nasdaq  "SmallCap
Market"  under the symbol  "____."  There can be no  assurance  that the Holding
Company will  satisfy the criteria for listing on the Nasdaq.  In the event that
the Holding  Company  does not satisfy the criteria for listing on the Nasdaq it
will seek to list its shares on the OTC Bulletin Board administered by the NASD.
The  Holding  Company is a new  corporation  and has never  issued  stock to the
public,  and there can be no assurance  that an active and liquid trading market
for the Holding  Company  Common Stock will develop or that  purchasers  will be
able to sell  their  shares at or above the  offering  price.  Investors  should
consider,  therefore,  the  potentially  illiquid  and long  term  nature  of an
investment  in the Holding  Company  Common  Stock.  The offering  price for the
Holding  Company  Common Stock and the exchange  ratio of First  Federal  Common
Stock to be exchanged for Holding  Company  Common Stock  pursuant to the Merger
(the  "Exchange   Ratio")  have  been  determined  by  the  Holding  Company  in
consultation  with  Hoefer  &  Arnett.  Hoefer  &  Arnett  intends,  but  is not
obligated,  to make a market in the Units.  See "Risk  Factors - No Prior Market
for Units and Holding Company Common Stock;  Potential  Illiquidity of Units and
Holding Company Common Stock."

         The shares of Holding  Company  Common  Stock are being  offered by the
Holding  Company and Units are being offered by the  Marketing  Agent on a "best
efforts" basis. This Offering will commence on the date hereof and subscriptions
for shares of Holding  Company  Common  Stock and Units will be  accepted  until
12:00 p.m.  Central  time,  ________ __, 1997  subject to the Holding  Company's
right to extend the  subscription  period without notice until ________ __, 1997
or terminate the Offering at any time (the "Expiration  Date").  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Marketing Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion,
to permit investors to submit  irrevocable  orders together with legally binding
commitments  for payment for Units for which they subscribe at any time prior to
the  Expiration  Date with  payment to be received at any time prior to 24 hours
before  completion of the Offering.  Funds paid by subscribers will be deposited
in an escrow  account (the "Escrow  Account")  with The First  National  Bank of
Bryan, Bryan, Texas as escrow agent (the "Escrow Agent"). If subscriptions for a
total of at least  $1,500,000 in Holding  Company Common Stock and $3,700,000 in
Units  have not been  received  by the  Expiration  Date,  no shares of  Holding
Company Common Stock or Units will be issued and the subscribers'  funds will be
refunded  promptly,  with  each  subscriber's  pro rata  share  of any  interest
actually earned thereon. Consummation of the Offering will take place as soon as
possible  after the  Expiration  Date,  subject to the  satisfaction  of certain
conditions precedent in the agency agreement between the Holding Company and the
Marketing  Agent (the  "Agency  Agreement").  See "The  Offering -  Subscription
Procedures."

         The Holding  Company may reject any  subscription  or part  thereof for
shares of Holding Company Common Stock or Units for any reason  including if the
total  amount of shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  owned by any person
following  the  Merger  would  constitute  more  than  9.9%  of the  issued  and
outstanding  Holding Company Common Stock, unless such condition has been waived
at the  discretion  of the Holding  Company's  Board of Directors in one or more
instances with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"). The
Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to withdraw, cancel or
modify this Offering  without notice and to accept or reject any offer, in whole
or in part. The Offering is conditioned  upon all conditions to the Merger being
satisfied or waived.

         THE  HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK AND UNITS  OFFERED  HEREBY ARE NOT
SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR SAVINGS DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE  SAVINGS  INSURANCE  FUND OR ANY  OTHER  GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

                                        2

<PAGE>



                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION


         The  Holding  Company  has  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (Registration Statement No. 333-_____),  with respect to
the shares of Holding Company Common Stock and Units to be sold in the Offering.
As permitted by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC,  this  Prospectus  omits
certain  information  contained  in  the  Registration  Statement.  For  further
information pertaining to Holding Company Common Stock and Units offered hereby,
reference is made to the  Registration  Statement  and to the exhibits  thereto,
which may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities of the SEC,
450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and copies of which can be
obtained  from the SEC at  prescribed  rates by writing to the Public  Reference
Section of the SEC at the above-stated  address. The Registration  Statement may
be inspected and copied at the SEC's  Regional  Office  located at 7 World Trade
Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661 and may be  inspected  at the SEC's site on the
worldwide web (http//www.sec.gov).

         The Holding  Company will  hereafter  furnish to holders of the Holding
Company  Common  Stock and Units annual  reports  containing  audited  financial
statements  for each  fiscal year and  quarterly  reports  containing  unaudited
financial information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

         NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS,  VERBALLY OR IN WRITING,  IN CONNECTION  WITH THE  TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED HEREIN,  AND IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS  ABSOLUTELY MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY EITHER FIRST  FEDERAL,  THE HOLDING  COMPANY,  THEIR
MANAGEMENT OR THEIR RESPECTIVE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY
INDICATED,  ALL INFORMATION IS GIVEN AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  NEITHER
THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS AFTER SUCH DATE NOR ANY OFFER,  SALE OR EXCHANGE
OF ANY  SECURITY  MADE  HEREUNDER  AFTER SUCH DATE SHALL UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCE
CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION SET
FORTH HEREIN SINCE SUCH DATE.





                                        3

<PAGE>



                                  [INSERT MAP]

                                        4

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


         The following  summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified
in  its  entirety  by  the  detailed  information  and  Consolidated   Financial
Statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

THE HOLDING COMPANY

         The Holding Company is a newly formed company  organized under Delaware
law to become a financial  institution  holding company by acquiring 100% of the
stock of First Federal  through the exchange of First  Federal  Common Stock for
Holding  Company  Common Stock and through the purchase of First Federal  Common
Stock for cash. The Holding Company was formed to enable First Federal to remain
as a predominantly  community- owned,  independent  financial  institution.  The
Holding  Company has entered into a merger  agreement  dated _______,  1997 (the
"Merger  Agreement") to acquire 100% of First  Federal's  outstanding  shares in
exchange for shares of Holding Company Common Stock and cash,  subject to, among
other customary conditions,  regulatory and shareholder approvals, the condition
that holders of no more than 80% of First Federal  Common Stock elect to receive
cash as merger consideration  (approximately $4.6 million of cash elections) and
consummation  of this Offering.  The Offering will be consummated  only if every
condition  required to be met pursuant to the Merger  Agreement  has been met or
waived.  The Offering will close  immediately  prior to the  acquisition  of the
shares of First Federal Common Stock by the Holding Company. See "The Offering."

         The principal  executive  offices of the Holding Company are located at
2900 Texas Avenue,  Bryan, Texas 77802, and its telephone number at that address
is (409) 779-2900. The Holding Company upon consummation of the Merger will be a
thrift  institution  holding  company under the Home Owners Loan Act of 1993, as
amended (the "HOLA") and,  therefore,  will be regulated  and  supervised by the
Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

         First Federal Savings Bank ("First Federal"),  is a federally chartered
community-owned,  independent thrift institution, headquartered in Bryan-College
Station, Texas, which began operations in 1965. First Federal is predominantly a
locally-based home lender,  originating loans primarily in Bryan-College Station
and the surrounding  trade area, and to a lesser extent other communities in the
general area  between  Houston,  Austin and Dallas,  Texas.  First  Federal also
originates consumer,  construction,  U.S. Small Business  Administration ("SBA")
partially  guaranteed  loans,  small  commercial real estate and small to medium
commercial business loans. First Federal's deposits are insured up to applicable
limits  by  the  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund  (the  "SAIF")  which  is
administered  by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the "FDIC").  At
December 31, 1996, First Federal had assets of $59.7 million,  deposits of $53.0
million and total  stockholders'  equity of $4.4 million.  New senior management
was  installed in early 1991 to  recapitalize  and convert  First Federal from a
mutual savings  institution to a federal stock institution,  which was completed
in April, 1993.

         Beginning in fiscal 1994,  senior management of First Federal began its
transition to full-service  retail banking in order to compete more  effectively
and to increase the overall profitabibility of First Federal. In addition to its
core  single-family  lending  business,  since  fiscal  1994 First  Federal  has
increased its focus on the following products:

        o  Commercial real estate lending
        o  Commercial business lending
        o  Small Business Administration loans (partially government guaranteed)
        o  Home  improvement  loans
        o  Indirect  automobile  financing  through dealers
        o  Credit-default insured "second chance" auto finance program



                                        5

<PAGE>



         First Federal funds these lending  products using a retail deposit base
gathered  in its  home  market  of  Bryan-  College  Station  as  well as in the
surrounding  counties  of  Burleson,   Grimes,  Leon,  Madison,   Robertson  and
Washington. First Federal currently operates two full service offices located in
Bryan (headquarters  office) and adjacent College Station.  In addition,  a site
has been  acquired for another full  service  branch in the northern  portion of
Bryan.  The  Bryan-College  Station area has a  population  of more than 110,000
permanent  residents  and is home to  Texas  A&M  University,  one of the  three
largest  universities in the United States.  In order to expand its lending base
First Federal has opened loan production  offices in Waco and Huntsville,  Texas
and has  redefined  its general  lending  area to include the  triangle  between
Dallas, Houston and Austin.

         First Federal's management believes that the transition to full service
retail banking has had several  positive  effects  including  increasing the net
interest margin, increasing the portfolio of loans outstanding, diversifying the
types of  loans in the loan  portfolio  and  increasing  overall  profitability,
including increasing fee income and service charges.


                    THE HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK OFFERING



Common Stock Offered...............The Holding  Company is hereby offering up to
                                   a  maximum  of  200,000   shares  of  Holding
                                   Company  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value  per
                                   share, with a purchase price to the public of
                                   $10.00  per share of Holding  Company  Common
                                   Stock.  Purchase  orders will be filled first
                                   on a  when  received  basis  subject  to  the
                                   maximum   purchase  and  other   limitations,
                                   described  below.  Par value per share has no
                                   relation to the inherent value of the stock.

Determination of Offering Price....The  purchase  price of the  Holding  Company
                                   Common  Stock  and  the  exchange   ratio  of
                                   Holding   Company   Common  Stock  for  First
                                   Federal Common Stock have been  determined by
                                   the  Holding  Company  in  consultation  with
                                   Hoefer & Arnett and do not  necessarily  bear
                                   any  relation to any  established  investment
                                   criteria   of  value  such  as  book   value,
                                   earnings or assets or the intrinsic value, if
                                   any, of the Holding Company or First Federal.
                                   The  future  value  of  the  Holding  Company
                                   Common Stock will be dependent in part on the
                                   Holding  Company's and First Federal's future
                                   operating  results  which are subject in part
                                   to  economic  and other  factors  beyond  the
                                   Holding   Company's   and   First   Federal's
                                   control. The Marketing Agent has been engaged
                                   by  First  Federal  to  consult,  advise  and
                                   solicit orders for the Units and consult with
                                   the Holding Company regarding the sale of the
                                   Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.
                                   See "The Offering."

Maximum Purchase Limitation........The   Holding    Company   may   reject   any
                                   subscription  or part  thereof  for shares of
                                   Holding Company Common Stock or Units for any
                                   reason  including  if  the  total  amount  of
                                   shares of Holding  Company Common Stock owned
                                   by any  person  following  the  Merger  would
                                   constitute  more than 9.9% of the  issued and
                                   outstanding  Holding  Company  Common  Stock,
                                   unless such  condition has been waived at the
                                   discretion of the Holding  Company's Board of
                                   Directors in one or more  instances  with the
                                   approval of the OTS.


                                        6

<PAGE>
                                THE UNIT OFFERING

Units Offered......................A minimum  of 3,400  and a  maximum  of 3,700
                                   Units,   each  Unit   consisting   of  $1,000
                                   aggregate  principal amount of __% Debentures
                                   due __________, 2002 and nine Warrants, for a
                                   price  of  $1,000  per  Unit.   Each  Warrant
                                   entitles  the holder  thereof to purchase one
                                   share of Holding  Company  Common Stock at an
                                   exercise price of $12.50 at any time prior to
                                   5:00 p.m., Central Time, on _____, 2002.

Debenture Maturity Date........... __________, 2002

Interest Payment Dates.............The  15th  calendar  day  of  each  of  July,
                                   October,  January and April of each year,  if
                                   such  calendar  day is a  business  day,  and
                                   otherwise the next  succeeding  business day,
                                   commencing   on  the   first   payment   date
                                   subsequent to the closing of the Offering.

Mandatory Redemption...............None.

Subordination......................The Debentures are  subordinated  in right of
                                   payment  to all  present  and  future  Senior
                                   Indebtedness and General Obligations (each as
                                   defined herein) of the Holding Company. As of
                                   December 31, 1996, the Holding Company had no
                                   Senior  Indebtedness  or General  Obligations
                                   outstanding.   The  Indenture  governing  the
                                   Debentures'  terms  and  conditions  does not
                                   prohibit   or   limit   the   occurrence   of
                                   additional  Senior  Indebtedness  or  General
                                   Obligations.

Sinking Fund.......................None.   The   Holding   Company   anticipates
                                   retiring the Debentures upon maturity through
                                   dividends  from  First  Federal,  the sale of
                                   additional  common stock or preferred  stock,
                                   and,  if  necessary,  a loan  to the  Holding
                                   Company   from  a   third   party   financial
                                   institution.  There can be no assurance funds
                                   will be available  for  repayment.  See "Risk
                                   Factors."

Covenants..........................The  Indenture,  among its other  provisions,
                                   restricts the ability of the Holding  Company
                                   under certain  circumstances to pay dividends
                                   on, or repurchase, its Holding Company Common
                                   Stock, and prohibits the Holding Company from
                                   consolidating  or merging with another entity
                                   unless:  (i) such other  entity  assumes  the
                                   Holding   Company's   obligations  under  the
                                   Indenture, (ii) immediately after such merger
                                   or  consolidation  takes effect,  the Holding
                                   Company  will not be in Default  (as  defined
                                   herein)  under the  Indenture,  and (iii) the
                                   Holding   Company   has   delivered   to  the
                                   Indenture  trustee an appropriate  opinion of
                                   counsel.  See  "Description of the Debentures
                                   -Consolidation,  Merger  and Sales of Assets"
                                   and "--Limitations on Dividends, Redemptions,
                                   Etc."

Rights of Acceleration.............If  an  Event  of  Default,   as  hereinafter
                                   defined (See "Description of the Debentures -
                                   Events  of  Default"),  has  occurred  and is
                                   continuing,  the Trustee or the holders of at
                                   least  25% in  principal  amount  of the then
                                   outstanding   Debentures   may   declare  the
                                   principal   amount  of  all  the  Debentures,
                                   together with unpaid interest thereon,  to be
                                   immediately  due  and  payable,   subject  in
                                   certain circumstances to rescission or waiver
                                   by the  holders  of at  least a  majority  in
                                   principal    amount   of   Debentures.    See
                                   "Description  of the  Debentures  - Events of
                                   Default."

Warrants...........................Each Warrant  entitles the holder  thereof to
                                   purchase one share of Holding  Company Common
                                   Stock at an  exercise  price of $12.50 at any
                                   time  prior to  _____  p.m.  Central  Time on
                                   ______, 2002. The Warrants are detachable and
                                   may trade separately from the Debentures. See
                                   "Description of Warrants."

                                       7
<PAGE>

LISTING

         The Holding  Company has never issued  capital stock to the public and,
consequently,  there is no existing market for the Holding Company Common Stock.
Although  the Holding  Company  has  received  preliminary  approval to list the
Holding  Company Common Stock among the  "Small-Cap  Issues" on Nasdaq under the
symbol  "____",  there can be no  assurance  that the Holding  Company will meet
Nasdaq listing requirements,  which include a minimum market  capitalization,  a
minimum of 300  stockholders  immediately upon the closing of the Offering and a
minimum of two market makers in the Holding  Company Common Stock.  In the event
that the  Holding  Company  does not  satisfy  the  criteria  for listing on the
Nasdaq,  it will seek to list its shares on the OTC Bulletin Board  administered
by the  NASD.  Moreover,  there  can be no  assurance  that an  active or liquid
trading market will develop, or that if a market develops,  it will continue.  A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers
and sellers of the Holding Company Common Stock at any given time,  which is not
within the  control of the  Holding  Company or any market  maker.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that  purchasers  will be able to sell their shares at
or above  the  price  paid for the  shares  in the  Offering.  Investors  should
consider,  therefore,  the  potentially  illiquid  and  long-term  nature  of an
investment in the Holding Company Common Stock. See "Market Information."

         Prior to this offering, there have been no Units outstanding.  There is
no current  public market for the Units and it is unknown  whether an active and
liquid  trading  market for the Units will develop.  The Holding  Company has no
present  intention to have the Units  authorized  for quotation on Nasdaq or any
other quotation system or listed on any securities  exchange.  Although there is
no obligation to do so, Hoefer & Arnett has informed the Holding Company that it
intends  to make a market  for the  Units if the  volume  of  trading  and other
market-making  considerations justify such an undertaking.  If an active trading
market does develop,  there can be no assurance  that such a trading market will
continue.  The  Warrants  are  detachable  and may  trade  separately  from  the
Debentures,  although  there is no  assurance  that an active or liquid  trading
market for the Warrants will develop.

USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds from the Offering  (estimated at $___ million and $___
million based on the minimum and maximum number of Holding  Company Common Stock
and Units  offered) will be used to purchase for cash all of the shares of First
Federal Common Stock not exchanged for Holding  Company Common Stock pursuant to
the Merger Agreement,  repay First Federal for expenses paid by First Federal in
connection  with the Merger and Offering,  and the balance,  if any, will become
part of the  Holding  Company's  general  funds for use in its  business.  On an
interim basis, such proceeds will be invested primarily in short-term marketable
securities. See "Use of Proceeds."

RISK FACTORS

         An investment in the Holding  Company  Common Stock or Units involves a
high  degree of risk  and,  in the case of the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock,
substantial dilution. Prospective investors should carefully review and consider
the factors described under "Risk Factors" and "Dilution".

                                        8

<PAGE>



                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following tables present selected  consolidated  financial data for
First Federal at the dates and for the periods  indicated.  This  information is
derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction  with, the  Consolidated
Financial Statements of First Federal included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           At September 30,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1996         1995         1994         1993         1992
                                                        ----         ----         ----         ----         ----
                                                                               (In Thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
- -------------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Total assets.....................................      $57,597(1)    $61,432      $56,089      $52,549      $53,363
Loans receivable, net...........................        49,579(2)     48,605(2)    43,127(2)    41,081(2)    31,509(2)
Mortgage-backed securities.......................         1,292        2,278        2,693        4,441        9,447
Securities.......................................         1,000        1,000        1,000        1,000        3,554
Deposits.........................................        51,677       54,939       50,846       47,312       51,366
FHLB advances....................................           ---        1,088          ---          500          500
Stockholders' equity.............................         4,316        4,170        4,047        3,677          641
- ----------
</TABLE>

(1)  Total assets  declined  from  September 30, 1995 to September 30, 1996 as a
     result of a planned reduction in deposits to lower excess cash.
(2)  Including  loans held for sale to the  secondary  market of $419,000,  $1.8
     million, $2.1 million, $6.6 million and $1.0 million at September 30, 1996,
     1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Year Ended September 30,
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1996          1995       1994         1993           1992
                                                           ----          ----       ----         ----           ----
                                                                                 (In Thousands)
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
- -------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Total interest income ................................   $ 4,828       $ 4,698    $ 4,020       $ 3,794      $ 4,772
Total interest expense ...............................     2,363         2,294      1,758         1,945        3,124
                                                         ---------     -------    -------       -------      -------
  Net interest income ................................     2,465         2,404      2,262         1,849        1,648
Provision for loan losses ............................       (52)           27       (401)(2)        --           66
                                                         ---------     -------    -------       -------      -------
 Net interest income after provision for loan losses .     2,517         2,377      2,663         1,849        1,582
Service charges ......................................       527           355        202           150           62
Gain on sales of loans, mortgage servicing rights,
 mortgage-backed securities and securities ...........       343           213        908           853          478
Income (loss) from operation of foreclosed real estate        (9)           (2)        --            10           36
Other noninterest income .............................        12            26         14            84            7
SAIF special assessment ..............................       333            --         --            --           --
Other noninterest expenses (operating expenses) ......     2,715         2,648      3,096         2,180        1,658
                                                         ---------     -------    -------       -------      -------
  Income before income taxes .........................       342           321        691           766          507
Income tax expense ...................................       108           110        234           221          112
                                                         ---------     -------    -------       -------      -------
  Income before extraordinary item and cumulative
   effect of change in accounting for income taxes ...       234           211        457           545          395
Income tax benefit from utilizing net operating
  loss carryforwards and cumulative effect of
  change in accounting for income taxes ..............        --            --         --           137          106
                                                         ---------     -------    -------       -------      -------
Net income ...........................................   $   234(1)    $   211    $   457       $   682      $   501
                                                         =========     =======    =======       =======      =======

PER SHARE DATA:
- --------------
Earnings per share(8) ................................       .61           .52       1.54           .47(7)       N/A
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Excluding the nonrecurring  September 1996 SAIF  assessment,  after tax net
     income would have been $454,000.
(2)  Reflects a negative  loan loss  expense  from the  settlement  of a lawsuit
     filed by First Federal which favorably impacted net income in fiscal 1994.

                                        9

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        At or for the
                                                                   Year Ended September 30,
                                                     --------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1996        1995        1994        1993         1992
                                                      ----        ----        ----        ----         ----
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET RATIOS:
- ---------------------
Nonperforming assets to total
 assets at end of year(6) ..................          1.46%        .62%        .87%        .74%        .76%
Total equity to total assets (end of year) .          7.49        6.79        7.22        7.00        1.20
Total equity to assets ratio (ratio of
 average equity to average total assets) ...          7.27        6.91        7.11        4.23         .66

EARNINGS PERFORMANCE DATA:
- --------------------------
Interest rate spread information:
  Average during year(3) ...................          4.11        3.97        4.20        3.67        3.08
  End of year(4) ...........................          4.67        4.17        4.29        4.27        3.35
Net interest margin for the year(5) ........          4.45        4.29        4.40        3.73        2.93

Average interest-earning assets as
 a percentage of average interest-
 bearing liabilities .......................        108.01      107.95      106.00      101.51       97.45
Return on assets (ratio of net income to
 average total assets) .....................           .40         .36         .84        1.32         .85
Return on assets, excluding special SAIF
  assessment ...............................           .77         .36         .84        1.32         .85
Return on total equity (ratio of net income
 to average equity) ........................          5.46        5.15       11.87       31.70      129.12
Return on total equity, excluding special
 SAIF assessment ...........................         10.60        5.15       11.87       31.70      129.12
Noninterest expenses to average total assets          5.17        4.47        5.71        4.21        2.83
Noninterest expense to average total assets
 excluding special SAIF assessment .........          4.61        4.47        5.71        4.21        2.83

Other Data:
Number of deposit accounts .................         7,903       7,266       5,073       4,345       4,465
Number of full-service offices .............             2           2           2           1           1
</TABLE>


(3)  Represents   the   difference   between  the  average  yield   received  on
     interest-earning  assets  (primarily  loans) and the  average  rate paid on
     interest-bearing liabilities (primarily deposits).
(4)  Represents the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets at the end
     of the period minus the weighted  average cost of liabilities at the end of
     the period.
(5)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(6)  Nonperforming  assets include loans that are 90 days or more  delinquent as
     well as repossessed assets.
(7)  Reflects earnings from the date First Federal converted to stock form.
(8)  Adjusted to reflect stock dividends paid to First Federal stockholders.



                                       10

<PAGE>

                              RECENT FINANCIAL DATA

         The selected  financial and other data of First Federal set forth below
at and for the three and six months ended March 31, 1997 and March 31, 1996 were
derived from unaudited financial statements.  In the opinion of management,  all
adjustments  (consisting  of normal  recurring  accruals)  necessary  for a fair
presentation  of the  financial  condition  and  results of  operations  for the
unaudited  periods  presented have been included.  The results of operations and
other data presented for the six months ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily
indicative  of the results of  operations  which may be expected  for the fiscal
year ending September 30, 1997. The information  presented below is qualified in
its entirety by the  detailed  information  and  financial  statements  included
elsewhere  in  this   Prospectus  and  should  be  read  in   conjunction   with
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations,"  "Business" and the audited  Financial  Statements of First Federal
and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                         At March 31,          At September 30,
                                            1997                     1996
                                         -----------           ----------------
                                                    (In Thousands)
BALANCE SHEET:
- --------------
Total assets............................  $  62,681                   57,597
Loans receivable, net...................     54,372(1)                49,579(1)
Mortgage-backed securities..............      1,219                    1,292
Securities..............................        ---                    1,000
Deposits................................     55,071                   51,677
FHLB Advances...........................      2,200                      ---
Stockholders' equity....................      4,567                    4,316
- ----------
(1)      Including  loans held for sale to the secondary  market at month-end of
         $1.4 million and  $419,000,  at March 31, 1997 and  September 30, 1996,
         respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               For Three Months Ended      For Six Months Ended
                                                               ------------------------   -----------------------
                                                               March 31,     March 31,    March 31,     March 31,
                                                                 1997          1996         1997          1996
                                                               ---------     ---------    ---------     ---------
                                                                      (In Thousands)             (In Thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME:
- --------------------
Total interest income......................................     $1,339       $1,196        $2,616       $2,412
Total interest expense.....................................        628          596         1,219        1,211
                                                                ------       ------        ------       ------
  Net interest income......................................        711          600         1,397        1,201
Provision for loan losses..................................        ---           (6)            2           (5)
                                                                ------       ------        ------       ------
  Net interest income after provision for loan losses......        711          606         1,395        1,206
Service charges............................................        146          119           314          244
Gain on sales of loans, mortgage servicing rights,
  mortgage-backed securities and securities................         11           87            59          174
Other noninterest income...................................                       1           ---            9
Other noninterest expenses (operating expenses)............        643          688         1,321        1,362
                                                                ------       ------        ------       ------
Income before income taxes.................................        225          120           447          271
Income tax expense ........................................         77           41           152           92
                                                                ------       ------        ------       ------
Net income.................................................    $   148     $     79       $   295       $  179
                                                                ======       ======        ======       ======

PER SHARE DATA:
- ---------------
Earnings per share(6)......................................        .53          .24           .53          .24
</TABLE>



                                       11

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  For Three Months Ended    For Six Months Ended
                                                  ----------------------    --------------------
                                                  March 31,     March 31,   March 31,   March 31,
                                                     1997         1996        1997        1996
                                                  ---------     ---------   ---------   ---------
BALANCE SHEET RATIOS:
- ---------------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Nonperforming assets to total
  assets at end of period(4) ...............          1.65%       1.66%       1.65%       1.66%
Total equity to total assets (end of period)          7.29        7.29        7.29        7.29
Total equity to assets ratio (ratio of
  average equity to average total assets) ..          7.26        7.25        7.35        7.15

EARNINGS PERFORMANCE DATA:
- --------------------------
Interest rate spread information:
  Average during period(1) .................          4.86        3.95        4.83        3.80
  End of period(2) .........................          4.51        3.90        4.51        3.90
Net interest margin for the period(3) ......          4.87        4.40        4.91        4.27

Average interest-earning assets as a
  percentage of average interest-bearing
  liabilities ..............................        102.44      106.29      103.46      107.95
Return on assets (ratio of net income to
  average total assets) ....................           .95         .53         .97         .60
Return on total equity (ratio of net income
  to average equity) .......................         13.05        7.36       13.20        8.40
Noninterest expenses to average total assets          4.12        4.65        4.35        4.57

OTHER DATA:
- -----------
Number of deposit accounts .................         7,381       6,707       7,381       6,707
Number of full-service offices .............             2           2           2           2
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Represents   the   difference   between  the  average  yield   received  on
     interest-earning  assets  (primarily  loans) and the  average  rate paid on
     interest-bearing liabilities (primarily deposits).
(2)  Represents the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets at the end
     of the period minus the weighted  average cost of liabilities at the end of
     the period.
(3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(4)  Nonperforming  assets include loans that are 90 days or more  delinquent as
     well as repossessed assets.
(5)  Reflects earnings from the date First Federal converted to stock form.
(6)  Adjusted to reflect stock dividends paid to First Federal stockholders.


                                       12

<PAGE>



                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION OF RECENT RESULTS


FINANCIAL CONDITION

         First Federal's total assets increased by $5.1 million to $62.7 million
at March 31, 1997 from $57.6  million at September  30,  1996.  The increase was
primarily  due to an increase  in loans  receivable,  and to a lesser  degree in
loans held for sale and cash.

         Loans receivable (excluding loans held for sale) increased $3.8 million
to $53.0  million at March 31, 1997,  compared to $49.2 million at September 30,
1996. During the six months ended March 31, 1997, First Federal originated $14.0
million of mortgage loans including $13.7 million secured by one- to four-family
residences,  and $5.3 million in consumer loans.  Approximately  $1.3 million of
these mortgage loans represented refinancing of existing First Federal loans.

         Deposits  increased  from $51.7  million at September 30, 1996 to $55.1
million  at March 31,  1997 as a result of  increased  marketing  of  short-term
certificates  of  deposit.   Accrued  interest  payable  and  other  liabilities
increased  $1.4 million from $1.6 million at September  30, 1996 to $3.0 million
at March 31, 1997 largely as a result of increased  borrowings  from the Federal
Home Loan Bank of Dallas to fund First Federal's increased consumer loan demand,
offset by the payment of escrowed  funds in December 1996 for property  taxes on
loans held by First Federal.

NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND LOAN LOSS PROVISION

         Management  establishes  specific  reserves for the estimated losses on
loans when it determines  that losses are  anticipated on these loans.  The Bank
calculates  any  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses  based upon its  ongoing
evaluation of pertinent  factors  underlying the types and quality of its loans,
with particular  emphasis on average historical loan losses during the preceding
three  years.  These  factors  include  but are not  limited to the  current and
anticipated  economic  conditions,  including  uncertainties  in the real estate
market,  the level of classified  assets,  historical  loan loss  experience,  a
detailed analysis of individual loans for which full  collectability  may not be
assured,  a  determination  of the existence and fair value of  collateral,  the
ability  of the  borrower  to repay  and the  guarantees  securing  such  loans.
Management,  as a result of this review  process,  recorded a provision for loan
losses in the amount of $2,000 for the three months  ending  March 31, 1997,  as
compared to a $5,000  negative  loan loss  provision for the three months ending
March 31, 1996.  The Bank's loan loss  reserve  balance as of March 31, 1997 was
$250,000 compared to the September 30, 1996 loan loss reserve of $247,000. Total
non-performing  assets  increased  during the three month period ended March 31,
1997 to $1.0  million or 1.65% of total  assets as compared to $863,000 or 1.05%
of total  assets at  September  30,  1996.  The  majority  of this  increase  in
non-performing assets were automobile loans.  Historical actual charge-offs from
loan losses over the past three years have  averaged  only $22,300 on an average
loan portfolio of $46.2 million.

COMPARISON OF SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 TO MARCH 31, 1996

         First  Federal  reported net income after taxes of $295,000 for the six
months  ended  March 31,  1997,  an increase of $116,000 or 6.48% as compared to
$179,000 in net income  reported for the six months  ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase in earnings, as discussed in more detail below, resulted primarily from
an increase in First  Federal's net interest  margin and a decrease in operating
expenses, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income.

         Net  interest  income  increased  $196,000 to $1.4  million for the six
month  period  ended  March 31, 1997 from $1.2  million for the prior  period in
1996. This increase was attributable primarily to an increase in interest earned
on loans receivable, a decrease in rates paid on the Bank's deposit liabilities,
partially offset by interest paid on other borrowings.  For the six months ended
March 31, 1997, the net interest  margin (net interest income divided by average
interest  earning assets)  increased to 4.91%, as compared to 4.27% in the first
six months of 1996.  The spread  between the average  yield on interest  earning
assets and the average cost of funds was 4.51%

                                       13

<PAGE>



at March 31, 1997  versus  3.90% at March 31,  1996.  These  increases  resulted
primarily from higher yields on consumer  loans and the upward  repricing in the
renewals of 3-year balloon loans.

         Noninterest  income  decreased  $54,000 to $373,000  for the six months
ended March 31, 1997 from $427,000 for the six months ended March 31, 1996. This
decrease  can be  attributed  to a  $13,000  decrease  in net  gain  on  sale of
securities,  a  $102,000  decrease  in net  gain on sale of loans  and  mortgage
servicing rights,  reflecting  reduced mortgage banking  activity,  and a $9,000
decrease in other noninterest income,  partially offset by a $70,000 increase in
service  charges,  which can be attributable to an increase in  interest-bearing
checking accounts and fees associated with these types of accounts.

         Noninterest  expense  decreased  $41,000  to $1.3  million  for the six
months ended March 31, 1997 from $1.4 million for the six months ended March 31,
1996.  This  decrease  can  primarily  be  attributed  to a $42,000  decrease in
compensation  and  benefits  expense,  a $35,000  decrease in federal  insurance
premiums,  a $3,000  decrease in  gain/loss on the sale of real estate owned and
$5,000 decrease in professional fees. This was offset by a increase of $2,000 in
occupancy and equipment  expense,  a $13,000  increase in data  processing and a
$29,000 increase in other noninterest expense.

         Income tax expense  increased  $60,000 to  $152,000  for the six months
ended March 31, 1997 compared to $92,000 for the six months ended March 31, 1996
as a result of  increased  earnings.  The net  earnings  reflected a tax rate of
34.0% and 33.9% for March 31, 1997 and March 31, 1996, respectively.

COMPARISON OF THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 TO MARCH 31, 1996

         First Federal reported net income after taxes of $148,000 for the three
months  ended  March 31,  1997,  an  increase of $69,000 or 87.3% as compared to
$79,000 in net income  reported for the three  months ended March 31, 1996.  The
increase in earnings, as discussed in more detail below, resulted primarily from
an increase in First  Federal's net interest  margin and a decrease in operating
expenses, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income.

         Net interest income increased  $111,000 to $711,000 for the three month
period ended March 31, 1997 from  $600,000  for the prior  period in 1996.  This
increase was  attributable  primarily to an increase in interest earned on loans
receivable,  offset by an increase on interest paid on other borrowings. For the
three months ended March 31, 1997, the net interest margin increased to 4.87% as
compared to 4.40% at March 31,  1996.  The spread  between the average  yield on
interest  earning  assets and the  average  cost of funds was 4.51% at March 31,
1997 versus 3.90% at March 31, 1996.  These  increases  resulted  primarily from
higher  yields on consumer  loans and the upward  repricing  in the  renewals of
3-year balloon loans.

         Noninterest  income  decreased  by  $45,000 to  $157,000  for the three
months  ended March 31, 1997 from  $202,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1996. This decrease can be attributed to a $76,000  decrease in net gain on sale
of loans and mortgage  servicing  rights,  reflecting  reduced  mortgage banking
activity, and a $1,000 decrease in other noninterest income, partially offset by
a $32,000 increase in service charges,  which can be attributable to an increase
in interest-bearing checking accounts.

         Noninterest  expense decreased $45,000 to $643,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 from  $688,000  for the three  months ended March 31, 1996.
This decrease can primarily be attributed to a $49,000  decrease in compensation
and  benefits  expense,  due to a decrease in  staffing,  a $24,000  decrease in
federal insurance  premiums,  and an $8,000 decrease in gain/loss on the sale of
real  estate  owned.  This was offset by a increase of $9,000 in  occupancy  and
equipment  expense,  a $5,000 increase in data processing and a $23,000 increase
in other noninterest expense.

         Income tax expense  increased  $36,000 to $77,000 for the three  months
ended March 31, 1997  compared to $41,000 for the three  months  ended March 31,
1996 as a result of increased earnings. The net earnings reflected a tax rate of
34.2% for both the March 31, 1997 and March 31, 1996 periods.


                                       14

<PAGE>



LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         First  Federal's  primary  sources of funds are  deposits  and checking
accounts,   principal  and  interest  payments  on  loans  and   mortgage-backed
securities,  proceeds  from  sales  of  loans  and  other  funds  provided  from
operations.  Additionally,  First Federal may infrequently borrow funds from the
FHLB of Dallas or utilize other  borrowings of funds based on need,  comparative
costs and availability at the time.

         While  scheduled  loan and  mortgage-backed  repayments  and short-term
investments, and FHLB borrowings are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit
flows  are  unpredictable  and are a  function  of  external  factors  including
competition,  the general level of interest rates,  general economic  conditions
and  most  recently  the  restructuring  occurring  in  the  thrift  institution
industry.

         First  Federal   maintains   investments  in  liquid  assets  based  on
management's  assessment of cash needs, expected deposit flows,  available yield
on liquid  assets (both  short-term  and  long-term)  and the  objectives of its
asset/liability  management  program.  Several options are available to increase
liquidity,  including  reducing loan origination,  increasing  deposit marketing
activities, and increasing borrowings.

         Federal  regulations  require insured  institutions to maintain minimum
levels of liquid assets. As of March 31, 1997, the minimum regulatory  liquidity
requirement  was 5% of the sum of First  Federal's  average daily balance of net
withdrawable  deposit  accounts and  borrowings  payable in one year or less. At
March 31, 1997,  First Federal's  liquidity ratio was 7.32%.  First Federal uses
its  capital  resources  principally  to meet its  ongoing  commitments  to fund
maturing  certificates of deposits and deposit  withdrawals,  repay  borrowings,
fund existing and continuing loan  commitments,  maintain its liquidity and meet
operating  expenses.  At March  31,  1997,  First  Federal  had  commitments  to
originate  loans  totalling  $6.7  million.  First  Federal also had $473,000 of
outstanding unused lines of credit. If needed for liquidity  purposes,  at March
31, 1997,  First  Federal was eligible to borrow $21.9  million from the Federal
Home Loan Bank of Dallas,  and had actually  borrowed only $2.2  million.  First
Federal considers its liquidity and capital resources to be adequate to meet its
foreseeable  and long-term  needs.  First Federal  expects to be able to fund or
refinance,   on  a  timely  basis,   its  material   commitments  and  long-term
liabilities.

         At March 31, 1997,  the Bank had tangible  capital of $4.6 million,  or
7.27% of  total  assets  which  was  $3.6  million  above  the  minimum  capital
requirement of $945,000 or 1.5% of total assets.

         At March 31, 1997, the Bank had core capital of $4.6 million,  or 7.27%
of total assets which was $2.7 million above the minimum capital  requirement of
$1.9 million or 3.0%.

         At March  31,  1997,  the Bank had total  risk  based  capital  of $4.8
million and risk weighted assets of $45.4 million or total risk based capital of
10.59% of risk weighted  assets.  This amount was $1.2 million above the minimum
regulatory requirement of $3.6 million, or 8.0% of risk weighted assets.




                                       15

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS


         The Holding  Company Common Stock and Units offered by this  Prospectus
involve a high degree of risk. In analyzing  this  Offering,  the following risk
factors,  in addition to those factors  discussed  elsewhere in this Prospectus,
should be  considered  by  prospective  investors  before  deciding  whether  to
purchase any Holding  Company Common Stock or Units.  The cautionary  statements
set forth below and elsewhere in this Prospectus  should be read as accompanying
forward looking statements included under "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations,"  "Business"  and elsewhere
herein.  The risks  described in the  statements set forth below could cause the
Holding  Company's and First Federal's  results to differ  materially from those
expressed in or indicated by such  forward-looking  statements.  See "Disclosure
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

         In accordance  with its  restructuring  strategy,  First Federal has in
recent years incurred above average noninterest expense levels, due primarily to
expenses  related to its recent  transition  into current  full  service  retail
banking.  First  Federal's  Board of Directors  believes that expenses have been
incurred for data  processing,  equipment,  drive-in  facilities  and  personnel
required  for  full-service  retail  banking,  and that future  additions to its
noninterest  expenses  (as a  percentage  of  average  assets)  will be  modest.
Moreover,  management  believes  that  First  Federal is  positioned  to achieve
significant growth without substantial increases in noninterest expenses.

         In this regard, during the six months ended March 31, 1997 net interest
income exceeded  noninterest  expense.  See  "Management's  Discussion of Recent
Results." However, there can be no assurance that future operating income levels
will  improve  or that  First  Federal  will be able to record net income in the
future.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations."

ADEQUACY OF LOAN LOSS ALLOWANCE

         Management and the Board of Directors of First Federal regularly review
First Federal's loan portfolio and determine  whether the allowance  established
for loan losses is adequate. In making this evaluation, management and the Board
of Directors  consider,  among other  matters,  the fair value of the underlying
collateral,  economic  conditions,  historical  loan loss  experience  and other
factors  that  warrant  recognition  in  providing  for an  adequate  loan  loss
allowance.  Because future events affecting borrowers and loan collateral cannot
be predicted  with any degree of certainty,  there can be no absolute  assurance
that  existing  allowances  are  adequate  or  that  substantial   increases  to
allowances will not be necessary should the quality of any loan deteriorate as a
result of the factors  discussed  above.  There is also no assurance  that First
Federal's  loss  allowances  will be  adequate  to cover  costs  and  losses  in
connection with any foreclosures or repossessions.  Increases in allowances,  if
necessary,  are most probable in connection  with the  nonperforming  assets and
other loans of concern  discussed in this Prospectus.  When future  examinations
are conducted by the OTS or the FDIC, the examiners may require First Federal to
provide for higher loan loss  allowances.  See  "Business  -Loan  Delinquencies;
Nonperforming Assets and Classified Assets" and "Regulation - Federal Regulation
of Thrift Institutions."

OFFERING PRICE OF HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK ARBITRARILY DETERMINED

         In order to finance the purchase for cash of the First  Federal  Common
Stock not exchanged for Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, the
Holding  Company is offering for sale the Holding  Company  Common Stock and the
Units.  The price of the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  has been  arbitrarily
established  by the Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company in  consultation
with  Hoefer & Arnett  and does not  necessarily  bear any  relationship  to any
established investment criteria of value such as book value, earnings or assets,
including the intrinsic value, if any, of the Holding Company or First Federal's
deposit base and its more than 30-year old franchise.


                                       16

<PAGE>



RELIANCE ON CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

         The  successful  operation of First  Federal  depends  heavily upon the
active  involvement of First  Federal's  current  President and Chief  Executive
Officer, J. Stanley Stephen,  age 64, whose loss could have an adverse effect on
the Company. Mr. Stephen has been President and Chief Executive Officer of First
Federal since 1991. First Federal  currently has no plans to purchase  "key-man"
life insurance with respect to Mr.  Stephen;  however,  it has recently  entered
into an  employment  and  supplemental  retirement  agreement  with Mr.  Stephen
wherein he agrees to work  full-time  with First  Federal  for at least the next
five years and will  contribute over the next five years one-half of the monthly
cost to First Federal for his supplemental retirement.  See "Management of First
Federal Employment Agreements."

DILUTION

         Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  there  will  be an  immediate  and
substantial  dilution  of the net  tangible  book value of the  Holding  Company
Common Stock from the public  offering  price.  This  dilution  results from the
payment  of a premium  paid as part of the  merger  consideration  and  expenses
incurred in connection with the Offering.  As of March 31, 1997 the net tangible
book value per common share of First Federal was  approximately  $6.17 per share
(adjusted  for the  Exchange  Ratio of First  Federal  Common  Stock for Holding
Company  Common  Stock).  After giving  effect to the receipt of the minimum net
proceeds  of the  Offering,  and  assuming  the payment of  $4,326,000  to First
Federal  shareholders  who may elect to receive cash in the Merger  (equating to
75% of the First Federal  Holding  Company  Common Stock  outstanding),  the net
tangible book value would be $3.36 per share of Holding  Company Common Stock as
of March 31, 1997. As a result of the assumptions stated above,  investors would
suffer a dilution of $6.64 per share of Holding  Company  Common  Stock from the
offering  price of $10.00 as of March 31,  1997 based on the  minimum  amount of
Holding Company Common Stock sold pursuant to the Offering.

DIVIDENDS

         Initially,  it is not expected  that the Holding  Company will pay cash
dividends on the Holding  Company Common Stock.  Indeed,  First Federal has paid
only stock  dividends and not cash  dividends on the First Federal  Common Stock
previously sold in 1992. Accordingly,  any investor who anticipates the need for
current cash  dividends from this  investment  should not purchase any shares of
Holding Company Common Stock offered. The declaration and payment of future cash
dividends will be subject to, among other things,  the level of First  Federal's
regulatory capital relative to its capital  requirements,  the Holding Company's
and First Federal's then current and projected  consolidated  operating results,
financial  condition,  regulatory  restrictions,  future  growth plans and other
factors  the  Board  deems  relevant.  First  Federal  is  required  to pay cash
dividends of $88,000 per year on its  outstanding  preferred  stock prior to any
dividends  being  paid to the  Holding  Company.  The  Holding  Company  will be
prohibited  from  paying  dividends  on junior  securities  such as the  Holding
Company Common Stock unless all interest payments with respect to the Debentures
have been made.  There can be no assurance that the Holding Company will be able
to pay  dividends or, if dividends  are  permitted,  that the Board of Directors
will  determine  to pay  dividends  on the Holding  Company  Common  Stock.  See
"Dividend  Policy,"  "Regulation  -  Regulatory  Capital  Requirements"  and "--
Limitation on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions."

INTEREST RATE RISK

         First   Federal's   profitability,   like   that  of   many   financial
institutions, is dependent to a large extent upon its net interest income, which
is the difference or "spread" between the interest it earns on  interest-earning
assets, such as loans and, to a much lesser extent,  securities and the interest
it pays on interest-bearing  liabilities,  such as deposits and borrowings. As a
result, First Federal's profitability may be adversely affected by rapid changes
in interest  rates.  First Federal  generally  attempts to maximize net interest
income by achieving a positive interest rate spread that can be sustained during
fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates.  First Federal believes its policies
are  designed  to reduce  the impact of  changes  in  interest  rates on its net
interest  income by  maintaining  a favorable  match  between the  maturities or
repricing dates of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
First Federal has implemented these policies  generally by selling its long-term
fixed-rate mortgage loan originations, retaining its adjustable-rate and balloon
mortgage loans, and originating and retaining its short-term consumer loans.

                                       17

<PAGE>



HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE;  LIMITATIONS ON THE ABILITY OF THE HOLDING COMPANY TO
PAY HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK  DIVIDENDS  AND  PRINCIPAL  AND  INTEREST ON
DEBENTURES

         As a holding  company  without  significant  assets other than its 100%
ownership of First Federal Common Stock,  the Holding  Company's  ability to pay
cash  dividends on the Holding  Company  Common Stock and to meet its other cash
obligations,  including the payment of principal and interest on the Debentures,
is  dependent  upon the  receipt of  dividends  from First  Federal on the First
Federal Common Stock owned by the Holding Company.

         First Federal is a legal entity  separate and distinct from the Holding
Company,  and has no obligation  to pay any amount of the  Debentures or to make
funds available therefor, whether by dividends or otherwise. The Debentures will
be direct  unsecured  obligations  of the Holding  Company only, and the Holding
Company will be solely  responsible for all payment of principal and interest on
the  Debentures.  In a liquidation  or bankruptcy,  claims of Debenture  holders
would be satisfied  solely from the Holding  Company's  equity interest in First
Federal  remaining  after  satisfaction  of  all  creditors  of  First  Federal,
including  depositors,  and thus are  subordinated to those depositors and other
creditors.  If the FDIC is appointed  receiver,  administrative  expenses of the
receiver may have priority over the interest of the Holding Company.

         The  declaration  of  dividends  by First  Federal  is  subject  to the
discretion of the Board of Directors of First Federal and applicable  regulatory
requirements.  While it is the present  intention  of the Board of  Directors of
First  Federal to  declare  dividends  in an amount  sufficient  to provide  the
Holding  Company  with  the  cash  flow  necessary  to  meet  its  debt  service
obligations  with respect to the  Debentures,  subject to applicable  regulatory
restrictions,  no assurance can be given that circumstances which would limit or
preclude the  declaration  of such  dividends  will not exist in the future.  At
March 31,  1997,  First  Federal  would have been  permitted  to pay $700,000 in
dividends on its capital stock without prior approval of the OTS. As part of its
Holding  Company  application,  the Holding Company has requested from the OTS a
dividend of $212,000 to be distributed upon the Closing of the Offering.
See "Regulation - Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions."

LIMITED RIGHTS OF ACCELERATION UPON EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         Holders of the  Debentures  may accelerate the payment of principal and
interest on the  Debentures  only in the case of certain  events  related to the
bankruptcy or  insolvency  of the Holding  Company,  the  reorganization  of the
Holding  Company  for the  benefit  of its  creditors  or the  appointment  of a
receiver  or  conservator  for  any  of  the  Holding  Company's  major  insured
depository  institution  subsidiaries  (which at the date hereof  included  only
First Federal) and upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on, or
a default in the performance of any material covenant or agreement contained in,
the Debentures or Indenture.  The Indenture does not contain any provisions that
would  guarantee  the  ability of the Holding  Company to make such  accelerated
payments  of  principal  and  interest.  If any Event of  Default  occurs and is
continuing,  either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal
amount of the then  outstanding  Debentures may declare the principal  amount of
all  Debentures,  together with unpaid interest  thereon,  to be due and payable
immediately,  subject in certain  circumstances  to  rescission or waiver by the
holders  of  at  least  a  majority  in  principal  amount  of  Debentures.  See
"Description of the Debentures - Events of Default."

SUBORDINATION

         The payment of principal  and interest on the  Debentures  is unsecured
and is  subordinated  in right of  payment  to all  present  and  future  Senior
Indebtedness  and General  Obligations  (both as defined  herein) of the Holding
Company.  Senior  Indebtedness is defined  generally in the Indenture to include
indebtedness of the Holding  Company for money borrowed or purchased  (including
indebtedness  of others  guaranteed  by the  Holding  Company),  other  than the
Debentures  or any  indebtedness  or  obligation  as to  which  it is  expressly
provided  that such  obligation is not Senior  Indebtedness  or ranks pari passu
with the Debentures. General Obligations are defined in the Indenture to include
all  obligations of the Holding  Company to make payment on account of claims of
general  creditors,   other  than  Senior   Indebtedness,   the  Debentures  and
indebtedness  for money  borrowed  ranking pari passu with or subordinate to the
Debentures.  See  "Description of the Debentures -  Subordination."  The Holding
Company has neither Senior Indebtedness nor General Obligations outstanding. The
Indenture  does not prohibit or limit the incurrence of Senior  Indebtedness  or
General Obligations by the Holding Company.

                                       18

<PAGE>



         Under  the  provisions  set forth in the  Indenture,  no  principal  or
interest payments on the Debentures may be made if there shall have occurred and
be continuing a default in any payment with respect to Senior  Indebtedness,  or
an event of  default  with  respect to any Senior  Indebtedness  permitting  the
holders thereof to accelerate the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness. Remedies
available  to holders of Senior  Indebtedness  in the event of a default  may be
more extensive than those provided for in the Indenture, with the effect that an
event of default under any Senior  Indebtedness  will probably not constitute an
Event of  Default  (as  defined)  allowing  acceleration  of the  principal  and
interest under the Debentures.  In the event,  however, that the maturity of the
Debentures  is  accelerated  based  upon the  occurrence  of  certain  Events of
Default,  the  holders of all Senior  Indebtedness  will  first be  entitled  to
receive  payment in full of all amounts due or to become due thereon  before the
Holders of the Debentures will be entitled to any payments.  See "Description of
the Debentures - Subordination."

         Although  the Holding  Company has no present  plans to issue new debt,
the Holding  Company may in the future  consider the issuance of additional debt
to support its business operations and pay its obligations on the Units.

LIMITED COVENANTS

         The covenants in the Indenture are limited,  do not protect  holders of
the  Debentures  in the  event  of a  material  adverse  change  in the  Holding
Company's  financial  condition  or results of  operations  and do not limit the
ability  of the  Holding  Company to incur  additional  Senior  Indebtedness  or
General Obligations;  therefore,  neither the covenants nor the other provisions
contained  in the  Indenture  should  be  considered  a  significant  factor  in
evaluating  whether  the  Holding  Company  will  be  able to  comply  with  its
obligations  under the Units,  including  the  obligation  to pay  principal  or
interest on the Debentures. See "Description of the Debentures."

NO  PRIOR  MARKET  FOR  UNITS  AND  HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK;   POTENTIAL
ILLIQUIDITY OF UNITS AND HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK

         The Holding  Company has never issued  capital stock to the public and,
consequently,  there is no existing market for the Holding Company Common Stock.
Although  the Holding  Company  has  received  preliminary  approval to list the
Holding  Company Common Stock among the  "Small-Cap  Issues" on Nasdaq under the
symbol  "____",  there can be no  assurance  that the Holding  Company will meet
Nasdaq listing requirements,  which include a minimum market  capitalization,  a
minimum of 300  stockholders  immediately upon the closing of the Offering and a
minimum of two market makers in the Holding  Company Common Stock.  In the event
that the  Holding  Company  does not  satisfy  the  criteria  for listing on the
Nasdaq,  it will seek to list its shares on the OTC Bulletin Board  administered
by the  NASD.  Moreover,  there  can be no  assurance  that an  active or liquid
trading market will develop, or that if a market develops,  it will continue.  A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers
and sellers of the Holding Company Common Stock at any given time,  which is not
within the  control of the  Holding  Company or any market  maker.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that  purchasers  will be able to sell their shares at
or above  the  price  paid for the  shares  in the  Offering.  Investors  should
consider,  therefore,  the  potentially  illiquid  and  long-term  nature  of an
investment in the Holding Company Common Stock. See "Market Information."

         Prior to this offering, there have been no Units outstanding.  There is
no public  market for the Units and it is  unknown  whether an active and liquid
trading  market for the Units will develop.  The Holding  Company has no present
intention  to have the Units  authorized  for  quotation  on Nasdaq or any other
quotation  system or listed on any  securities  exchange.  Although  there is no
obligation to do so, the Marketing  Agent has informed the Holding  Company that
it intends  to make a market  for the Units if the  volume of trading  and other
market-making  considerations justify such an undertaking.  If an active trading
market does develop,  there can be no assurance  that such a trading market will
continue.


                                       19

<PAGE>



PROSPECTUS  MUST BE CURRENT TO EXERCISE  WARRANTS;  NON-REGISTRATION  IN CERTAIN
JURISDICTIONS OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING THE WARRANTS

         The Warrants are not convertible or exercisable  unless, at the time of
exercise,  the Holding Company has a current  prospectus  covering the shares of
Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants and such shares of Common
Stock  have  been  registered,  qualified  or  deemed  to be  exempt  under  the
securities laws of the state of residence of the holders of such Warrants. There
can be no assurance that the Holding Company will maintain a current  prospectus
or that the securities will be qualified or registered under any state laws.

CONCENTRATION OF LENDING ACTIVITIES

         Substantially all of the aggregate  principal amount of First Federal's
real  estate  mortgage  loans are  secured  by one- to  four-family  residential
properties  located in First Federal's  primary market area. While First Federal
currently believes that its loans are adequately secured or reserved for and has
experienced  average  annual  net  charge-offs  of  approximately  $22,300 on an
average loan portfolio of $46.2 million over the last three fiscal years, in the
event that real  estate  prices in its  primary  market  area weaken or economic
conditions in its primary market area deteriorate, thereby reducing the value of
properties  securing  First  Federal's  loans,  it is  possible  both  that some
borrowers  may default and that the value of the real estate  collateral  may be
insufficient  to fully secure the loan. In either event,  which is unforeseen at
this time, First Federal may experience  increased  levels of delinquencies  and
related losses having an adverse impact on income and stockholders' equity.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AUTOMOBILE LOANS

         At  September  30, 1996 First  Federal had $9.4  million of  automobile
loans,  of which $2.3 million were issued  pursuant to First  Federal's  "second
chance" auto program to sub-prime borrowers with less than perfect credit. First
Federal  has had a policy of not  purchasing  any  "second  chance"  auto loans.
Although  First  Federal has  attempted  to mitigate the credit risk by insuring
these  loans,  in the event of a default by the  insurer,  First  Federal  would
assume the entire credit risk. Further,  automobiles  rapidly  depreciate.  As a
consequence,  in the absence of such  credit-default  insurance,  the borrower's
continuing financial stability rather than the value of the vehicle is generally
relied upon for the repayment of the related receivable. This is especially true
with respect to loans  originated  by First  Federal,  because  First  Federal's
underwriting  procedures,  which include  personal  interviews with the borrower
prior to funding,  are primarily  based on the ability of the borrower to repay.
As a result, First Federal may permit the origination of a loan in excess of the
manufacturer's suggested retail price, in the case of new vehicles, or the value
established  by  used  car  reference  publications.  Therefore,  a  repossessed
automobile  may not provide an adequate  source of repayment of the  outstanding
loan balance.  Furthermore,  the  application of various federal and state laws,
including  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may limit the amount which can be
recovered on such loans. See "Business - Consumer Lending."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

         Holding Company and Bank Governing  Instruments.  Certain provisions of
the Holding Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws assist the Holding
Company in maintaining its status as an independent  publicly owned corporation.
These  provisions  provide for,  among other  things,  noncumulative  voting for
directors,   limitations   on  the   calling   of  special   meetings,   a  fair
price/supermajority  vote  requirement  for certain  business  combinations  and
certain  notice  requirements.  Any or all of  these  provisions  may  serve  to
entrench current management and to discourage potential proxy contests and other
takeover  attempts,  particularly  those which have not been negotiated with the
Board of Directors.

         Regulatory and Statutory Provisions.  Federal law requires OTS approval
prior to the  acquisition  of "control"  (as defined in OTS  regulations)  of an
insured  institution,  including a holding  company  thereof.  In the event that
holders of revocable  proxies for more than 25% of the shares of Holding Company
Common  Stock  acting as a group or in concert  with other proxy  holders  seek,
among other things, to elect one-third or more of the Holding Company's Board of
Directors,   to  cause  the  Holding  Company's   shareholders  to  approve  the
acquisition  or corporate  reorganization  of the Holding  Company or to exert a
continuing influence on a material aspect of the

                                       20

<PAGE>



business operations of the Holding Company, such actions could be deemed to be a
change of control,  subject to OTS approval.  A Delaware statute also limits the
circumstances  under  which a Delaware  corporation  may engage in any  business
combinations (as defined by the statute) with an interested  shareholder  (i.e.,
any  person  or  entity  that  owns  15% or  more  of  the  voting  stock).  See
"Restrictions   on  Acquisitions  of  Stock  and  Related   Takeover   Defensive
Provisions."

         Voting  Control  of Shares by the Board  and  Executive  Officers.  The
ownership of Holding  Company Common Stock by First Federal's Board of Directors
and executive officers could render it more difficult to obtain majority support
for shareholder proposals opposed by the Board and management. Assuming the sale
of Holding Company Common Stock at the 150,000 shares minimum and 200,000 shares
maximum of the Offering,  and assuming that First  Federal's Board and executive
officers (13 persons) will receive  approximately  110,000 of the  approximately
150,000 shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock  anticipated to be exchanged as
part of the Merger,  then under such  assumptions,  such  individuals  would own
approximately 36.8% at the minimum and 31.5%, at the maximum,  respectively,  of
the shares to be outstanding upon completion of the Offering. Stock ownership by
directors and executive officers, if voted as a block or supported by sufficient
other  shareholder  votes,  could enable the Board and  management  to block the
approval of transactions requiring the approval of 80% of the shareholders under
the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation.  See "Description of Capital
Stock" and "Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive
Provisions."

REGULATORY OVERSIGHT

         First  Federal is  subject to  extensive  regulation,  supervision  and
examination  by the  OTS,  as  its  chartering  authority  and  primary  federal
regulator,  and by the FDIC, which insures its deposits up to applicable limits.
First  Federal is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System  ("FHLB") and is
subject to certain  limited  regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve  Board").  As the holding company for First
Federal, the Holding Company will also be subject to regulation and oversight by
the  OTS.  See  "Regulation."  Such  regulation  and  supervision   governs  the
activities in which an institution can engage and is intended  primarily for the
protection of the insurance fund and  depositors.  Regulatory  authorities  have
been granted  extensive  discretion in  connection  with their  supervisory  and
enforcement  activities which are intended to strengthen the financial condition
of the  banking  industry,  including  the  imposition  of  restrictions  on the
operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution and
the adequacy of an  institution's  allowance for loan losses.  See "Regulation -
Federal  Regulation  of Thrift  institutions."  Any change in  regulators  or in
applicable  regulation,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC,  the  Comptroller  of the
Currency,  the Federal  Reserve Board or Congress could have a material  adverse
impact on the Holding Company, First Federal and their respective operations. In
this regard,  legislation  has been  introduced into Congress that would require
all  federal  thrift  institutions  to either  convert to a national  or a state
depository institution (either a bank or a thrift institution) by June 30, 1998.
No assurance can be given as to whether or in what form such  legislation may be
enacted.

COMPETITION

         First Federal experiences  significant  competition in its local market
area in both  originating  real estate and other loans and attracting  deposits.
This  competition  arises from other thrift  institutions  as well as commercial
companies,  mortgage companies,  credit unions and national and local securities
firms.  On September 30, 1996 First  Federal's  loan to deposit ratio was 95.9%,
reflecting  the high use of its  deposits  and ability to generate  loans.  Such
competition  may limit First  Federal's  growth in the future.  See  "Business -
Competition."

LIMITATIONS ON STOCK OWNERSHIP

         With certain limited exceptions,  federal regulations prohibit a person
or company or a group of persons  deemed to be acting in concert from,  directly
or indirectly, acquiring more than 10% of any class of voting stock or obtaining
the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of the directors
or otherwise direct the management or policies of the Holding  Company,  without
prior notice or application to and approval of the OTS.


                                       21

<PAGE>



               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET


         The following Holding Company pro forma consolidated  balance sheet and
statement of income  illustrate  the historical  consolidated  balance sheet and
consolidated  statements of income of First Federal  giving effect to the Merger
as if it had been  effective  on March 31, 1997 after  giving  effect to the pro
forma  adjustments  described  in the  notes to the  Holding  Company  pro forma
consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Merger  will  be  accounted  for as a
leveraged buy-out,  with the First Federal Common Stock beneficially held by the
directors and executive  officers and exchanged for Holding Company Common Stock
contributed to the Holding Company  recorded at its carrying  value.  The assets
acquired and  liabilities  assumed in the  acquisition of the remainder of First
Federal will be recorded at their estimated fair values,  with the excess of the
purchase  price over the net fair value recorded as goodwill.  This  information
should  be  read in  conjunction  with  the  historical  consolidated  financial
statements of First Federal, including the notes thereto, which appear elsewhere
in this Prospectus.  The pro forma adjustments reflect assumptions regarding (i)
the aggregate  amount of cash to be paid assuming that the holders of 75% of the
stock of First  Federal  elect to be paid in cash by the  Holding  Company  as a
result of the Merger and (ii) the  consummation  of the Offering.  The pro forma
financial  data is not  indicative of the actual  financial  position that would
have occurred had the Merger been  consummated  on March 31, 1997 or that may be
obtained in the future.



                                       22

<PAGE>



               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   March 31, 1997
                                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Bank            Pro forma Adjustments         Elimination      Consolidated
                                              Historical             Holding Company             Entries         Pro forma
                                              ----------             ---------------             -------         ---------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>               <C>                <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ....................   $   2,603       $   1,314 (1)   $  (4,326)(3)   $      --       $   2,568
                                                      --           3,400 (2)          --              --              --
                                                      --            (423)(5)          --              --              --
Interest-bearing deposits with
  financial institutions ...................       1,523              --              --              --           1,523
Mortgage-backed securities .................       1,219              --             (25)(3)          --           1,194
Loans ......................................      54,372              --             407 (3)          --          54,779
Premises and equipment .....................       1,028              --              --              --           1,028
Goodwill ...................................          --              --             589 (3)          --             589
Deposit purchase accounting
adjustments ................................          --              --           1,081 (3)          --           1,081
Investment in Bank .........................          --             923 (6)       2,771 (3)      (3,694)(7)          --
Debt issuance costs ........................          --             423 (5)          --              --             423
Interest receivable and other assets .......       1,936              --              --              --           1,936
                                               ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
   Total assets ............................   $  62,681       $   5,637       $     497       $  (3,694)      $  65,121
                                               =========       =========       =========       =========       =========

LIABILITIES
Deposits ...................................   $  55,071       $      --       $      --       $      --       $  55,071
Other borrowings ...........................       2,200              --              --              --           2,200
Debentures .................................          --           3,400 (2)          --              --           3,400
Other liabilities ..........................         843              --             497              --           1,340
                                               ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
   Total liabilities .......................      58,114           3,400             497              --          62,011

Minority interest-preferred stock ..........          --              --              --             873(9)          873

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock ............................           1                              --              (1)(9)          --
Common stock ...............................           2               1(6)           --              (2)(7)           2
                                                                       1(1)
Additional paid-in-capital .................       2,743             922(6)           --          (1,871)(7)       2,235
                                                      --           1,313(1)           --            (872)(9)          --
Retained earnings ..........................       1,821              --              --          (1,821)(7)          --
                                               ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
   Total stockholders' equity ..............       4,567           2,237              --          (4,567)          2,237
                                               ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
   Total liabilities and stockholders'
      equity ...............................   $  62,681       $   5,637       $     497       $  (3,694)      $  65,121
                                               =========       =========       =========       =========       =========

PER SHARE DATA(4)
Holding Company common shares
 outstanding ...............................     599,030              --              --              --         299,758
Book value per Holding Company
  common share .............................   $    6.17              --              --              --       $    7.46
Tangible book value per Holding
  Company common share .....................        6.17              --              --              --            2.10
Offering price Holding Company
  common stock .............................          --              --              --              --           10.00
</TABLE>



                                       23

<PAGE>



               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                   PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                      (In Thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    For the year ended
                                                                    September 30, 1996
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Pro forma
                                                                       Adjustments
                                                        Bank             Holding       Consolidated
                                                     Historical          Company         Pro forma
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Loans ..............................................   $   4,407       $     (81)(3)   $   4,326
Mortgage-backed securities .........................         145               5 (3)         150
Other ..............................................         276              --             276
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
    Total interest income ..........................       4,828             (76)          4,752

INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits ...........................................       2,358              56(3)        2,414
Debentures .........................................          --             391(2)          391
Other borrowings ...................................           5              --               5
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
   Total interest expense ..........................       2,363             447           2,810
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
Net Interest Income ................................       2,465            (523)          1,942
Provision for loan losses ..........................         (52)             --             (52)
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
Net interest income after provisions for loan losses       2,517            (523)          1,994

NONINTEREST INCOME
Other ..............................................         543              --             543
Gains on sale of loans and servicing ...............         330              --             330
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
    Total noninterest income .......................         873              --             873
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
NONINTEREST EXPENSES
Compensation and benefits ..........................       1,337              --           1,337
Amortization of intangibles ........................          --             136(3)          136
Amortization of debt issue costs ...................          --              85(5)           85
Occupancy and equipment ............................         335              --             335
Other ..............................................       1,376              --           1,376
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
   Total noninterest expenses ......................       3,048             221           3,269
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
Income/(loss) before federal income tax expense ....         342            (744)           (402)
Income tax expense/(benefit) .......................         108            (240)(8)        (132)
                                                     -----------       -------------   -----------
Net income/(loss) ..................................   $     234       $    (504)      $    (270)
                                                     ===========       =============   ===========
Weighted average common shares outstanding .........     599,030              --         299,758

Net income/(loss) per common share .................         .24              --           (1.19)
</TABLE>


                                       24

<PAGE>



               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                   PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                      (In Thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          For the Six Months Ended
                                                                 March 31, 1997
                                                      -------------------------------------------
                                                                     Pro forma
                                                                    Adjustments        Con-
                                                         Bank         Holding        solidated
                                                       Historical     Company        Pro forma
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>       <C>   <C>      
INTEREST INCOME
Loans ..............................................   $   2,513   $     (40)(3)   $   2,473
Mortgage-backed securities .........................          38            3(3)          41
Other ..............................................          65          --              65
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
   Total interest income ...........................       2,616         (37)          2,579

INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits ...........................................       1,186          28(3)        1,214
Debentures .........................................          --         196(2)          196
Other borrowings ...................................          33          --              33
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
   Total interest expense ..........................       1,219         224           1,443
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
Net Interest Income ................................       1,397        (261)          1,136
Provision for loan losses ..........................           2          --               2
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
Net interest income after provisions for loan losses       1,395        (261)          1,134

NONINTEREST INCOME
Other ..............................................         314          --             314
Gains on sale of loans and servicing ...............          59          --              59
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
   Total noninterest income ........................         373          --             373

NONINTEREST EXPENSES
Compensation and benefits ..........................         641          --             641
Amortization of intangibles ........................          --          68(3)           68
Amortization of debt issue costs ...................          --          43(5)           43
Occupancy and equipment ............................         163          --             163
Other ..............................................         517          --             517
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
   Total noninterest expenses ......................       1,321         111           1,432
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
Income/(loss) before federal income tax expense ....         447        (372)             75
Income tax expense/(benefit) .......................         152        (120)(8)          32
                                                      ------------ -------------   -------------
Net income/(loss) ..................................   $     295   $    (252)      $      43
                                                      ============ =============   =============
Weighted average common shares outstanding .........     599,030          --         299,758

Net income/(loss) per common share .................   $     .49          --       $    (.03)

</TABLE>

                                       25

<PAGE>



          NOTES TO THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                   PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Reflects  the  estimated  proceeds  from the  issuance  and sale of 150,000
     shares  of the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  (par  value  $.01)  in the
     offering.


           Gross proceeds                                       $1,500,000
           Estimated offering expenses                            (186,000)
                                                                ----------
           Net proceeds                                         $1,314,000
                                                                ==========

(2)  Reflects the estimated proceeds from the issuance and sale of 3,400, 11.5%,
     five-year  Debentures,  at  $1,000  per unit.  Each  Debenture  includes  a
     detachable  warrant to purchase 9 shares of Holding Company Common Stock at
     $12.50 per share. No value has been assigned to the Warrants. Interest cost
     of $391,000 per year.

(3)  Reflects  goodwill  related to purchase 75% of First Federal's Common Stock
     for $4,326,000 (179,709 shares at $24.07 per share) as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Amortization
                                                                                Annual
                                                       Life                     Amount
                                                       ----                     ------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>       <C>        
Purchase price (179,709 shares of First Federal
  Common Stock, representing 75% of outstanding
  common shares at $24.07 per share)              $ 4,326,000
First Federal book value related to common
  shares purchased                                  2,771,000
                                                 -------------
Excess purchase price over book value               1,555,000
                                                 -------------
Less adjustments to reflect fair value
  Securities                                          (25,000)   5 years    $     5,000
  Loans                                               407,000    5 years        (81,000)
  Certificates of deposit                             112,000    2 years        (56,000)
  Core deposit intangible                             969,000    10 years       (97,000)
  Income tax effect of above                         (497,000)
    adjustments at 34% federal rate              -------------
                Total adjustments                     966,000
                                                 -------------
Goodwill                                          $   589,000    15 years       (39,000)
                                                 =============
</TABLE>

(4)  Net income and book value per  common  share for First  Federal  historical
     reflects 2.5 exchange rate for Holding  Company  Common  Stock,  or 599,030
     shares.  Tangible book value  excludes  deposit  intangibles  and goodwill.
     Warrants have not been  included in shares  outstanding.  Consolidated  pro
     forma net income and book value per common share  reflects  249,758  common
     shares outstanding.  Book value per common share excludes $873,000 of First
     Federal's  preferred stock. Net income per common share excludes $88,000 of
     dividends on preferred  stock.  Tangible book value  excludes  goodwill and
     deposit intangibles.

(5)  Reflects debt issue costs of $423,000,  to be amortized on a  straight-line
     basis over the five-year term of the Debentures ($85,000 per year).

(6)  Reflects  exchange  of 59,903  common  shares  (25% of  outstanding  common
     shares) of First  Federal for 149,758  common  shares (par value  $0.01) of
     Holding  Company at historical  book value (59,903 shares at $15.42/share =
     $923,000).

(7)  Elimination of intercompany accounts.

(8)  Reflects tax rate of 34%.

(9)  Reflects outside ownership of First Federal's preferred stock.

                                       26

<PAGE>



                                    DILUTION


         Upon the successful completion of this Offering there will be a minimum
of  approximately  300,000  and a maximum  of  approximately  350,000  shares of
outstanding Holding Company Common Stock.

         As of March 31, 1997,  the net tangible book value  available to common
stockholders of First Federal  amounted to $3.7 million or  approximately  $6.17
per share,  adjusted for the Exchange Ratio. After giving effect to the issuance
and sale of 150,000  shares  minimum and 200,000 shares maximum number of Shares
of Holding  Company  Common  Stock  offered  hereby  and the  receipt of the net
proceeds thereof, the net tangible book value of the Holding Company will amount
to approximately  $631,000 or $1.1 million or  approximately  $3.36 or $3.77 per
share of Holding  Company  Common  Stock at the minimum  and  maximum  number of
shares of the Holding Company Common Stock offered,  respectively.  As a result,
the purchasers of the Holding  Company Common Stock offered hereby will incur an
immediate  dilution  ranging  from  approximately  $6.64 to $6.23  per  share of
Holding Company Common Stock, representing the difference between their purchase
at $10.00 per share and the net tangible book value per share of Holding Company
Common Stock after the Offering.  This dilution results from the cash payment to
First Federal  shareholders  in exchange for their First Federal Common Stock in
the Merger and the expenses in connection with the Offering.  It should be noted
that the  calculations  above were made without  giving  effect to the intrinsic
value, if any, of First Federal's deposit base and over 30-year franchise.

         The following  table  indicates  the dilution of the  investment to the
investors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      150,000            200,000
                                                                                       Shares             Shares
                                                                                      (Minimum           (Maximum
                                                                                     Number of          Number of
                                                                                      Shares)            Shares)
                                                                                    -----------         ---------
<S>                                                                                   <C>                <C>
Offering price per share of Holding Company Common Stock........................      $10.00             $10.00
Net tangible book value per share of Holding Company Common Stock
  before offering (1)...........................................................        6.17               6.17
Pro-forma net tangible book value per share of Holding Company Common
  Stock after offering (1)......................................................        3.36               3.77
Increase per share of Holding Company Common Stock attributable to
  payments for shares offered hereby............................................       10.00              10.00
Dilution to investors ..........................................................        6.64               6.23
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)      Net tangible  book value per share of Holding  Company  Common Stock is
         determined by dividing the number of shares of Holding  Company  Common
         Stock  outstanding  into the net  tangible  book  value of the  Holding
         Company (tangible assets less liabilities). Reflects 2.5 exchange ratio
         of First Federal Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock.



                                       27

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION


         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  consolidated   capitalization,
including savings deposits, of First Federal at March 31, 1997 and the pro forma
capitalization  of the Holding  Company as of that date,  after giving effect to
the completion of the Offering and based on other  assumptions  set forth in the
table, in "Pro Forma Data" and in "Use of Proceeds."


                                                       Pro Forma Holding Company
                                                     Consolidated Capitalization
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                             March 31, 1997
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                              (In Thousands)
                                                          Historical  Pro Forma
                                                          ----------  ---------
Deposits ................................................   $55,071   $55,071
Other Borrowings ........................................     2,200     2,200
Debentures due ..........................................        --     3,400
                                                             ------     -----
  Total Senior Indebtedness, General Obligations            
    and Debentures.......................................   $57,271   $60,671 
                                                            =======   ======= 
Stockholders' equity:                                       
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per shares to be
outstanding as shown ....................................   $     1   $    --
Holding Company Common Stock, par value $.01 per share:
Authorized - shares; to be outstanding as shown .........         2         2
Additional paid-in capital ..............................     2,743     2,235
Retained earnings .......................................     1,821        --
                                                            -------   --------
Total stockholders' equity ..............................   $ 4,567   $ 2,237
                                                            =======   ========


                                       28

<PAGE>



                 DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


         This  Prospectus  includes  "forward-looking   statements"  within  the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities  Act, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act") that are based on the
current beliefs of the Holding Company's  management as well as assumptions made
by and information currently available to the Holding Company's management.  All
statements   other  than  statements  of  historical   facts  included  in  this
Prospectus, including without limitation, statements under "Prospectus Summary,"
"Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of  Operations"  regarding  the Holding  Company's  and First  Federal's
financial position,  business strategy and plans and objectives of management of
the Holding Company and First Federal for future operations, are forward-looking
statements.  When used in this Prospectus,  the words  "anticipate,"  "believe,"
"estimate,"  "expect" and "intend"  and words or phrases of similar  import,  as
they  relate  to the  Holding  Company  or  First  Federal  or  Holding  Company
management,  are intended to identify forward-looking  statements.  Although the
Holding Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking
statements  are  reasonable,  it  can  give  no  absolute  assurance  that  such
expectations will prove to have been correct. Important factors that could cause
actual  results to differ  materially  from the Holding  Company's  expectations
("cautionary  statements")  are disclosed  under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in
this  Prospectus,   including,  without  limitation,  in  conjunction  with  the
forward-looking  statements  included in this  Prospectus.  Based upon  changing
conditions,  should any one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize,
or should any underlying  assumptions  prove incorrect,  actual results may vary
materially from those  described  herein as  anticipated,  believed,  estimated,
expected  or  intended.  The  Holding  Company  does not intend to update  these
forward-looking  statements.  All  subsequent  written and oral  forward-looking
statements  attributable to the Holding Company, First Federal or persons acting
on their  behalf are  expressly  qualified in their  entirety by the  applicable
cautionary statements.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS


         Net proceeds from the sale of the Holding  Company Common Stock and the
Units in the Offering are currently  estimated at $___ million and $___ million,
at the minimum and maximum  number of  securities  offered,  respectively.  This
amount is arrived at by subtracting the $_______ and $_______ estimated fees and
expenses of the Offering, including commissions, from $_________ and $_________,
which are the gross  proceeds from the sale of the minimum and maximum number of
securities offered,  respectively. In calculating expenses, it is assumed that a
minimum of 150,000  shares of Holding  Company  Common  Stock will be sold at no
commission and 3,400 Units will be sold at a 7.0%  commission.  Actual  expenses
may be more or less than those estimated.

         The net  proceeds  will be used to purchase  all of the shares of First
Federal Common Stock exchanged for cash pursuant to the Merger Agreement,  repay
First Federal for expenses  paid by First Federal in connection  with the Merger
and Offering, and the balance, if any, will become part of the Holding Company's
general funds for use in its business. On an interim basis, the proceeds will be
invested by the Holding Company primarily in short-term  marketable  securities.
The  Holding  Company  reserves  the  right to use the  proceeds  in any  manner
authorized by law.




                                       29

<PAGE>



                               MARKET INFORMATION


         The Holding  Company has never issued  capital stock to the public and,
consequently,  there is no existing market for the Holding Company Common Stock.
Although  the Holding  Company  has  received  preliminary  approval to list the
Holding  Company Common Stock among the  "Small-Cap  Issues" on Nasdaq under the
symbol  "____",  there can be no  assurance  that the Holding  Company will meet
Nasdaq listing requirements,  which include a minimum market  capitalization,  a
minimum of 300  stockholders  immediately upon the closing of the Offering and a
minimum of two market makers in the Holding  Company Common Stock.  In the event
that the  Holding  Company  does not  satisfy  the  criteria  for listing on the
Nasdaq,  it will seek to list its shares on the OTC Bulletin Board  administered
by the  NASD.  Moreover,  there  can be no  assurance  that an  active or liquid
trading market will develop, or that if a market develops,  it will continue.  A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers
and sellers of the Holding Company Common Stock at any given time,  which is not
within the  control of the  Holding  Company or any market  maker.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that  purchasers  will be able to sell their shares at
or above  the  price  paid for the  shares  in the  Offering.  Investors  should
consider,  therefore,  the  potentially  illiquid  and  long-term  nature  of an
investment in the Holding Company Common Stock.

         Prior to this offering, there have been no Units outstanding.  There is
no public  market for the Units and it is  unknown  whether an active and liquid
trading  market for the Units will develop.  The Holding  Company has no present
intention  to have the Units  authorized  for  quotation  on Nasdaq or any other
quotation  system or listed on any  securities  exchange.  Although  there is no
obligation  to do so,  Hoefer & Arnett has informed the Holding  Company that it
intends  to make a market  for the  Units if the  volume  of  trading  and other
market-making  considerations justify such an undertaking.  If an active trading
market does develop,  there can be no assurance  that such a trading market will
continue.


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY


         Initially,  it is not expected  that the Holding  Company will pay cash
dividends on the Holding  Company Common Stock.  Indeed,  First Federal has paid
only  stock  dividends  and no cash  dividends  on First  Federal  Common  Stock
previously sold in 1992. Accordingly,  any investor who anticipates the need for
current cash  dividends from this  investment  should not purchase any shares of
Holding Company Common Stock offered. The declaration and payment of future cash
dividends will be subject to, among other things,  the level of First  Federal's
regulatory capital relative to its capital  requirements,  the Holding Company's
and First Federal's then current and projected  consolidated  operating results,
financial  condition,  regulatory  restrictions,  future  growth plans and other
factors  the  Board  deems  relevant.  First  Federal  is  required  to pay cash
dividends of $88,000 per year on its  outstanding  preferred  stock prior to any
dividends  being  paid to the  Holding  Company.  The  Holding  Company  will be
prohibited  from  paying  dividends  on junior  securities  such as the  Holding
Company Common Stock unless all interest payments with respect to the Debentures
have been made.  There can be no assurance that the Holding Company will be able
to pay  dividends or, if dividends  are  permitted,  that the Board of Directors
will determine to pay dividends on the Holding Company Common Stock.

         Delaware law generally  limits  dividends of the Holding  Company to an
amount  equal to the excess of its net assets (the amount by which total  assets
exceed  total  liabilities)  over its  paid-in  capital  or, if there is no such
excess,  to its net profits for the current  and  immediately  preceding  fiscal
year.




                                       30

<PAGE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


         The Holding Company has only recently been formed and, accordingly, has
no results of  operations.  The  following  discussion  is  intended  to provide
information  to facilitate  the  understanding  and  assessment  of  significant
changes and trends  related to the financial  condition of First Federal and the
results  of its  operations.  This  discussion  and  analysis  should be read in
conjunction with First Federal's audited financial  statements and notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

GENERAL

         First  Federal's  major goals are to provide  high quality full service
retail  banking on a  profitable  basis to its  customers  through  its  offices
located in Bryan/College  Station and its loan production offices located in its
expanded trade area between  Dallas,  Houston and Austin,  Texas.  First Federal
intends to continue to focus primarily on one- to four-family residential loans,
direct and indirect  consumer  lending,  including  home  improvement  loans and
construction  loans, and commercial  business loans, some of which are partially
guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration. In addition, First Federal
also seeks to continue to improve its asset quality and continue to minimize, to
the extent possible,  its vulnerability to changes in interest rates in order to
maintain a reasonable  spread  between its average yield on loans and securities
and its average cost of interest paid on deposits and borrowings.

         First  Federal's net interest  income has  historically  been dependent
largely  upon  the  difference  ("spread")  between  the  average  yield  earned
primarily on loans, and to a lesser extent mortgage-backed  securities and other
securities  ("interest-earning assets") and the average rate paid on savings and
other deposits and borrowings ("interest-bearing  liabilities"),  as well as the
relative  amounts of such  assets and  liabilities.  The  interest  rate  spread
between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities is impacted by
several factors  including  economic and  competitive  conditions that influence
interest rates,  loan demand,  deposit flows,  regulatory  developments  and the
types of assets and liabilities on its balance sheet.

         Like all financial institutions,  First Federal has always been subject
to  interest  rate risk  because  its  interest-bearing  liabilities  (primarily
deposits) mature or reprice at different times, or on a different basis than its
interest-earning  assets (primarily  loans).  First Federal's net income is also
affected  by gains and losses on the sale of loans,  loan  servicing  rights and
investments,  provisions  expensed  for loan and other  repossessed  real estate
losses,  service charge fees,  loan servicing  income,  fees for other financial
services  rendered,  operating expenses and income taxes. First Federal believes
that building its earnings from net interest income and noninterest income, such
as the profitable  sale of long-term,  fixed rate loans to the secondary  market
utilizing a  fully-staffed  residential  loan  department  and SBA business loan
staff, along with income from service charges and fees on checking accounts from
its recent transition to full service retail banking, while continuing to reduce
operating expenses,  can provide a stable foundation for successful  operations.
Noninterest  income can provide an excellent  source of secondary income through
fees charged to customers for services  rendered,  without requiring  additional
capital.

         First Federal's  recent  restructuring  to provide full service banking
and more  convenience to its customers has caused an increase in First Federal's
operating  expense  levels  which,  despite the recent  increase in net interest
income,  resulted  in  First  Federal's  operating  expenses  exceeding  its net
interest income for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1996. Since 1991, First
Federal has relied  primarily on its  noninterest  income for net income.  While
First  Federal's  noninterest  income  has been a  relatively  steady  source of
income,  it is highly  dependent  upon the ability of First Federal to originate
loans and  realize  profits  on the sale of these  loans and  related  servicing
rights to the secondary market and to increase its service charge and fee income
from  additional  checking  accounts  resulting  from its recent  transition  to
full-service  banking. Over the past year, the volume of origination and sale of
these  residential  mortgage  loans by First Federal  declined;  however,  First
Federal  experienced  an increase of $117,000 in profits  from the sale of loans
and  mortgage  servicing  rights  in part due to the  sale in 1996 of  servicing
rights originated in previous years.  First Federal believes this decline in the
volume of origination  and sale of  residential  mortgage loans was caused by an
increase in the general  market  interest  rates during the first part of fiscal
1996, and also by an ever-increasing  number of residential  mortgage lenders in
its primary trade area

                                       31
<PAGE>



competing  for the same  overall  volume.  Total  noninterest  income  increased
$281,000  from  1995  to  1996,  while  noninterest  expense  increased  $67,000
(excluding the one-time special SAIF assessment of $333,000 in 1996).

         In order to offset this decline in First Federal's origination and sale
of residential  mortgage loans to the secondary  market,  First Federal's senior
management  is  continuing  to  restructure  its  residential  mortgage  lending
department to improve further its efficiency and  effectiveness  while expanding
consumer  and  small  business  lending.  In  addition,  senior  management  has
continued  its  effort  to  control  operating  expenses.   Noninterest  expense
(operating  expenses which do not include  interest paid on deposit accounts and
other borrowings)  increased  slightly from 4.47% of average assets for the year
ended  September  30,  1995,  to 4.60% for the year  ended  September  30,  1996
(excluding  the SAIF  assessment).  Management  believes  that  continuing  this
strategy  will help it meet the  full-service  banking needs of its customers in
its competitive market,  contributing to increased checking accounts and service
charges and fee income therefrom.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

         First Federal, like all financial institutions,  is subject to interest
rate risk to the degree that its interest-bearing  liabilities mature or reprice
more rapidly, or on a different basis, than its interest-earning assets, some of
which may be longer term or fixed  interest  rate.  Loans  maturing  within five
years total $40.3  million or 77.6% of total loans,  while loans  maturing  over
five years total $11.6  million or 22.4% of total loans.  At September 30, 1996,
only $2.2  million of its total  residential  loan  portfolio  of $30.5  million
consisted of long-term,  fixed-rate  loans which were  predominantly  originated
prior to 1980.  As a continuing  part of its financial  strategy,  First Federal
continually  considers  methods of managing any such  asset/liability  mismatch,
consistent with maintaining acceptable levels of net interest income.

         In order to monitor and manage  interest rate  sensitivity and interest
rate  spread,  First  Federal  created an  Asset/Liability  Committee  ("ALCO"),
composed of its  President,  Senior  Vice  President/Financial,  Executive  Vice
President of Operations and one outside Director.  The  responsibilities  of the
ALCO are to assess First Federal's  asset/liability mix and recommend strategies
that will enhance income while managing First Federal's vulnerability to changes
in interest rates.

         First  Federal's  asset/liability  management  strategy  has two goals.
First,  First  Federal  seeks to build its net interest  income and  noninterest
income while adhering to its underwriting and lending guidelines. Second, and to
a lesser extent,  First Federal seeks to increase the interest rate  sensitivity
of its assets and decrease the interest rate  sensitivity of its  liabilities so
as to reduce First Federal's  overall  sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
First Federal  places its primary  emphasis on maximizing  net interest  margin,
while  striving to better match the interest rate  sensitivity of its assets and
liabilities.  There can be no absolute assurance that this strategy will achieve
the desired results and will not result in substantial losses in the event of an
increase in interest rate risk.

         As part of this strategy,  management has recently emphasized growth in
noninterest-bearing deposits such as checking accounts or lower interest-bearing
savings  deposits by offering full service retail banking.  In order to minimize
the  possible  adverse  impact  that a rise in  interest  rates  may have on net
interest income,  First Federal has developed  several  strategies to manage its
interest rate risk.  Primarily,  First  Federal is currently  selling all newly-
originated one-to four-family  residential  mortgage loans which are saleable in
the secondary market--most of which are long-term fixed-rate loans. In addition,
First Federal  currently  offers  three-year  fixed rate balloon loans and other
adjustable  rate loans,  and has implemented an active,  diversified  short-term
consumer  lending  program,  giving First Federal an  opportunity to reprice its
loans on a more frequent basis.

NET PORTFOLIO VALUE

         The OTS, First Federal's  primary  regulator has issued a proposed rule
for the calculation of an interest rate risk component for  institutions  with a
greater  than  "normal"  (i.e.,  greater  than 2%) level of  interest  rate risk
exposure  ("NPV").  The OTS has not yet  implemented  the capital  deduction for
interest  rate  risk.  NPV is  the  difference  between  incoming  and  outgoing
discounted cash flows from assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.
This approach  calculates the  difference  between the present value of expected
cash  flows  from  assets  and the  present  value of  expected  cash flows from
liabilities,  as well as cash flows from off-balance sheet contracts.  Under OTS
regulations,  an institution's "normal" level of interest rate risk in the event
of an assumed change in

                                       32
<PAGE>



interest rates is a decrease in the institution's NPV in an amount not exceeding
2% of the present value of its assets.  The amount of that deduction is one-half
of the difference between (a) the institution's  actual calculated exposure to a
200 basis point  interest  rate increase or decrease  (whichever  results in the
greater pro forma  decrease in NPV) and (b) its "normal" level of exposure which
is 2% of the present  value of its assets.  If a capital  deduction was required
for the September,  1996 reporting period,  the deduction for risk-based capital
purposes would not be material to First Federal.

         It has been, and continues to be, an objective of First Federal's Board
of Directors  and  management  to manage  interest  rate risk.  First  Federal's
asset/liability  policy,  established  by  the  Board  of  Directors,   dictates
acceptable  limits on the  amount of change  in NPV  given  certain  changes  in
interest rates. See "- Asset/Liability Management."

         Presented  below,  as of  December  31,  1996,  is an analysis of First
Federal's interest rate risk as measured by changes in NPV for instantaneous and
sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve, in 100 basis point increments,  up
and down 400 basis points in accordance with OTS regulations.  As illustrated in
the table,  NPV is more  sensitive to rising rates than  declining  rates.  This
occurs principally  because, as rates rise, the market value of fixed-rate loans
declines  due to both the rate  increase  and  slowing  prepayments.  When rates
decline,  First Federal does not  experience a significant  rise in market value
for  these  loans  because  borrowers  prepay  at  relatively  high  rates.  OTS
assumptions are used in calculating the amounts in this table.


         Change in
       Interest Rate        Estimated       At December 31, 1996
      (Basis Points)           NPV        $ Change        % Change
     -----------------   --------------  ------------ -----------------
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

            +400            $6,236         $ (533)            (8)%
            +300             6,466           (303)            (4)
            +200             6,650           (119)            (2)
            +100             6,768             (1)            ---
             ---             6,769             ---            ---
            -100             6,630           (139)            (2)
            -200             6,563           (206)            (3)
            -300             6,639           (130)            (2)
            -400             6,820             51              1

         Management  reviews  the OTS  measurements  on a  quarterly  basis.  In
addition to  monitoring  selected  measures  on NPV,  management  also  monitors
effects on net interest  income  resulting from increases or decreases in rates.
This  measure is used in  conjunction  with NPV  measures to identify  excessive
interest rate risk. In the event of a 400 basis point change in interest  rates,
First  Federal  would  experience  a 2%  decrease  in  NPV in a  declining  rate
environment and a 8.0% decrease in a rising rate environment. As of December 31,
1996, an increase in interest rates of 200 basis points would have resulted in a
2% decrease in the present value of First  Federal's  assets,  while a change in
the interest  rates of negative  200 basis  points  would have  resulted in a 3%
decrease in the present value of First Federal's assets.

         In evaluating First Federal's  exposure to interest rate risk,  certain
shortcomings  inherent  in the method of  analysis  presented  in the  foregoing
tables must be considered.  For example, although certain assets and liabilities
may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different
degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain
types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest  rates,  while  interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in
market rates.  Further,  in the event of a change in interest rates,  prepayment
and early  withdrawal  levels  would  likely  deviate  significantly  from those
assumed in calculating the table. For example,  projected passbook, money market
and checking  account  maturities may also  materially  change if interest rates
change.  Finally,  the  ability  of many  borrowers  to  service  their debt may
decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.  First Federal considers all
of these factors in monitoring its exposure to interest rate risk.

                                       33

<PAGE>



AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST RATES AND YIELDS

         The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar
amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing  liabilities
and the rates,  expressed both in dollars and rates and the net interest margin.
No tax  equivalent  adjustments  were made.  Average  balances are the beginning
balance for the year plus the ending balance for each month divided by thirteen,
and include the balances of  non-accruing  loans.  The yield includes fees which
are considered adjustments to yields.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Year Ended September 30,
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1996                            1995                              1994
                                      -----------------------------  -----------------------------  ------------------------------
                                        Average                        Average                        Average
                                      Outstanding  Interest          Outstanding  Interest          Outstanding   Interest
                                        Balance    Earned    Yield     Balance     Earned   Yield     Balance     Earned    Yield
                                     ------------ ---------- ------  ------------ --------- ------  -----------  ---------  --------

                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning
 assets:
<S>                                     <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>          <C>
  Loans receivable, net..............   $48,185     $4,407    9.15%    $47,464   $4,187      8.82%  $ 43,009    $ 3,619      8.41%
  Mortgage-backed securities........      1,573         99    6.29       2,440      162      6.64      3,259        205      6.29
  Securities.........................     1,000         46    4.60       1,000       42      4.20      1,000         33      3.30
  Interest bearing deposits
   with Federal Home Loan Bank.......     3,870        227    5.87       4,329      259      5.98      3,379        133      3.94
  Other interest-earning assets......       817         49    6.00         767       48      6.26        725         30      4.14
                                     ------------ ----------         ------------ ---------         -----------  ---------
    Total interest-earning assets...     55,445      4,828    8.71      56,000    4,698      8.39     51,372      4,020      7.83

 Noninterest-earning assets..........     3,478                          3,255                         2,804
                                     ------------                    ------------                   -----------
  Total assets.......................   $58,923                        $59,255                      $ 54,176
                                     ============                    ============                   ===========

</TABLE>


                                       34

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended September 30,
                                                   1996                           1995                              1994
                                      ----------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                        Average                         Average                          Average
                                      Outstanding  Interest           Outstanding  Interest           Outstanding   Interest
                                        Balance      Paid    Cost       Balance     Paid     Cost        Balance      Paid    Cost
                                       -------     ------   -----      -------     ------    ----        -------    -------   ----
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Deposits............................  $51,243     $2,358    4.60%     $49,793     $2,146    4.30%       $47,786    $ 1,701   3.56%
 FHLB advances.......................       89          5    5.62        2,085        148    7.10            679         57   8.39
                                       -------     ------   -----      -------     ------    ----        -------    -------   ----
   Total interest-bearing liabilities   51,332      2,363    4.60       51,878      2,294    4.42         48,465      1,758   3.63
                                                   ------   -----                  ------    ----                   -------   ----

 Other liabilities(2)................    3,306                           3,282                             1,860
                                       -------                         -------                           -------
 Total liabilities ..................                                   55,160                            50,325
 Stockholders' equity................    4,285                           4,095                             3,851
                                       -------                         -------                           -------
 Total liabilities and
  stockholders' equity...............  $58,923                         $59,255                          $ 54,176
                                       =======                         =======                           =======

Net interest income;
 interest rate spread................              $2,465    4.11%                 $2,404    3.97%                  $ 2,262   4.20%
                                                   ======   =====                  ======    ====                   =======   ====
Net interest margin(1)...............                        4.45%                           4.29%                            4.40%
                                                            =====                            ====                             ====

Average interest-earning assets
 to average interest-bearing
 liabilities.........................  108.01%                         107.95%                           106.00%
                                       =======                         =======                           =======

</TABLE>

(1)  Net   interest   margin  is  net   interest   income   divided  by  average
     interest-earning assets.
(2)  Including noninterest-bearing deposits.

                                       35

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets  forth the yields on loans,  mortgage-backed
securities,  securities and other interest-earning  assets, the rates on savings
deposits and borrowings and the resultant interest rate spreads at the dates and
for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   At September 30,
                                                                                   ----------------
                                                                             1996        1995        1994
                                                                             ----        ----        ----
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>       <C>
Weighted average yield on:
 Loans receivable..........................................................   9.35%       9.06%     8.44%
 Mortgage-backed securities................................................   6.59        6.94      6.05
 Securities................................................................   4.51        4.44      3.21
 Other interest-earning assets.............................................   5.79        6.06      5.82

 Combined weighted average yield on interest-earning assets................   9.00        8.60      7.91

Weighted average rate paid on:
Deposits...................................................................   4.33        4.38      3.62
Borrowings.................................................................     ---       7.10       ---

Combined weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities........   4.33        4.43      3.62

Spread.....................................................................   4.67%       4.17%     4.29%

<CAPTION>

                                                                                        For the Year Ended
                                                                                          September 30,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                   1996         1995        1994
                                                                                   ----         ----        ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>
Weighted average yield on:
 Loans receivable.............................................................      9.15%        8.82%       8.41%
 Mortgage-backed securities...................................................      6.29         6.64        6.29
 Securities...................................................................      4.60         4.20        3.30
 Other interest-earning assets................................................      5.89         6.02        3.97

  Combined weighted average yield on interest-earning assets..................      8.71         8.39        7.83

Weighted average rate paid on:
 Deposits.....................................................................      4.60         4.30        3.56
 Borrowings...................................................................      5.62         7.10        8.39

  Combined weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.........      4.60         4.42        3.63

Spread........................................................................      4.11         3.97        4.20

Net interest margin (net interest-earnings  divided by average  interest-earning
  assets, with net interest-earnings equaling the difference
  between the dollar amount of interest-earned and paid)......................      4.45%        4.29%       4.40%
</TABLE>


                                       36

<PAGE>



         The  following  schedule  presents  the  dollar  amount of  changes  in
interest income and interest  expense for major  components of  interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing  liabilities for the periods shown. It distinguishes
between the increase in interest  income and interest  expense related to higher
outstanding  balances  and that due to the levels  and  volatility  of  interest
rates.  For  each  category  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
liabilities,  information is provided on changes  attributable to (i) changes in
rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume) and (ii) changes in volume
(i.e.,  changes in volume  multiplied by old rate).  For purposes of this table,
changes attributable to both rate and volume have been allocated proportionately
to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Year Ended September 30,
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1995 vs. 1996                        1994 vs. 1995
                                                            -----------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                                                                   Increase           Total              Increase            Total
                                                                  (Decrease)         Increase           (Decrease)         Increase
                                                                    Due To          (Decrease)            Due To          (Decrease)
                                                            -------------------      --------       --------------------  ---------
                                                            Volume         Rate                  Volume         Rate
                                                            ------         ----                  ------         ----
                                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans................................................       $  64         $156        $220        $387         $181        $568
 Mortgage-backed securities..........................          (55)          (8)        (63)        (54)          11         (43)
 Securities...........................................         ---            4           4         ---            9           9
 Interest bearing deposits with Federal
   Home Loan Bank.....................................         (22)         (10)        (32)         44           82         126
 Other interest-earning assets........................           3           (2)          1           2           16          18
                                                            ------         ----       -----      ------         ----        ----
  Total interest-earning assets.......................         (10)         140         130         379          299         678
                                                            ------         ----       -----      ------         ----        -----
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Deposits.............................................          64          148         212          74          371         445
 FHLB advances .......................................        (117)         (26)       (143)        108          (17)         91
                                                            ------         ----       -----      ------         ----        ----
   Total interest-bearing liabilities.................         (53)         122          69         182          354         536
                                                            ------         ----       -----      ------         ----        ----
Net interest income...................................       $  43         $ 18                    $197        $ (55)
                                                            ======         ====                  ======        =====
Net increase in net interest income...................                                $  61                               $  142
                                                                                      =====                               ======
</TABLE>


                                       37

<PAGE>



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         First  Federal's  results of operations are primarily  dependent on its
net  interest  income--which  is  the  difference  between  interest  income  on
interest-earning  assets and interest expense on  interest-bearing  liabilities.
Interest income is a function of the average balances of interest-earning assets
outstanding  during the period and the  average  yields  earned on such  assets.
Interest  expense  is a  function  of the  average  amount  of  interest-bearing
liabilities  outstanding  during the period and the  average  rates paid on such
liabilities.  First Federal also generates  noninterest  income,  such as income
from service  charges and fees on checking  accounts,  loan  servicing and other
fees and  charges  and  gains on sales of  loans  and  servicing  rights.  First
Federal's net income is also affected by the level of its noninterest  expenses,
such as employee salaries and benefits,  occupancy and equipment  expenses,  and
federal deposit insurance premiums.

COMPARISON OF FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 TO SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

         First  Federal  reported  net  income of  $234,000  for the year  ended
September 30, 1996  compared to $211,000 for the year ended  September 30, 1995,
an increase of $23,000, or 10.9%. Excluding the nonrecurring September 1996 SAIF
assessment,  after tax net income would have been  $454,000.  This  represents a
115% increase over net income from the previous year. The increase in net income
resulted primarily from an increase in service charge income of $172,000 coupled
with an  increase  in gain on sale of loans  and  mortgage  servicing  rights of
$117,000.  In addition,  First  Federal  recorded a negative  provision for loan
losses of ($52,000)  for the year ended  September  30, 1996 compared to $27,000
for the year ended  September  30, 1995.  These items were  largely  offset by a
$333,000  special SAIF  assessment  for SAIF  insured  deposits as a result of a
federal law enacted on September 30, 1996.  These items are more fully discussed
below.

         Net  interest  income  increased  $61,000 to $2.5  million for the year
ended  September  30, 1996 from $2.4  million for the year ended  September  30,
1995. This increase  resulted  primarily from increases in both the yield earned
and the average balance of First Federal's loan portfolio,  offset in part by an
18 basis point increase in First  Federal's  cost of funds.  The increase in the
yield on loans of 33 basis  points was  primarily  the result of an  increase in
consumer automobile loans which yield a higher rate of interest than traditional
mortgage loans and the origination of three year balloon loans at higher initial
rates. As a result,  First Federal's net interest margin  increased to 4.45% for
the year ended  September  30, 1996 from 4.29% for the year ended  September 30,
1995.  The spread between the average yield on  interest-earning  assets and the
average cost of  interest-bearing  liabilities also increased from 3.97% for the
year ended September 30, 1995 to 4.11% for the year ended September 30, 1996.

         First Federal recorded a $52,000 negative provision for loan losses for
the year ended  September  30,  1996  compared to a $27,000  provision  for loan
losses for the year ended  September 30, 1995. The decrease in the provision for
loan  losses  was a result  of  management  reevaluation  of  estimates  used in
calculating the allowance for loan losses due to a decrease in delinquencies and
nonaccrual loans, continued low levels of actual charge-offs over the last three
fiscal  years  relative  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  the  use of
credit-default  loss insurance  coverage for new automobile loans to limit First
Federal's  loan  loss  exposure.  The  provision  for  loan  losses  is based on
management's  periodic review of First Federal's loan portfolio which considers,
among other factors,  past actual loan loss experience,  the general  prevailing
economic conditions,  changes in the size, composition and risks inherent in the
loan portfolio,  independent  third-party  loan reviews,  and specific  borrower
considerations  such as the ability to repay the loan and the estimated value of
the underlying  collateral.  In addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as an
integral part of their examination process,  periodically review First Federal's
allowance for estimated losses on loans. Such agencies may require First Federal
to provide  additions to the allowance  based upon  judgments  which differ from
those of management.

         Noninterest  income  increased to $873,000 for the year ended September
30, 1996 from $592,000 for the year ended  September 30, 1995.  The increase was
primarily  due to increased  service  charge income of $172,000  resulting  from
service charges  assessed on a new checking  account coupled with an increase in
return check charges. In addition, First Federal realized a $117,000 increase in
the gain on sale of loans and mortgage servicing rights due to a large extent to
the sale of all  Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC")  servicing
rights.


                                       38

<PAGE>



         Noninterest  expense  increased  $400,000 to $3.0  million for the year
ended September 30, 1996 from $2.6 million for the year ended September 30, 1995
primarily as a result of a $333,000  special  FDIC  assessment  on  SAIF-insured
deposits  which was enacted into law on September 30, 1996.  As a result,  First
Federal  will  experience a reduction  in its SAIF  insurance  expense in future
periods.  In addition,  occupancy and equipment expense increased $37,000 due to
an increase in  depreciation  and the  remodeling  of the main office,  and data
processing  expense increased $37,000 as a result of First Federal's full year's
operations on the new data processing  system,  which was implemented to provide
full service retail banking to First Federal customers.

         Income tax expense  decreased  $2,000 from  $110,000 for the year ended
September 30, 1995 to $108,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996, reflecting
a tax rate of 31.6% for the year ended  September  30, 1996 versus 34.3% for the
year ended September 30, 1995.

COMPARISON OF FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 TO SEPTEMBER 30, 1994

         First  Federal  reported  net  income of  $211,000  for the year  ended
September  30, 1995  compared to $193,000 net income in fiscal  1994,  excluding
$264,000  (after-tax)  additional  net income due to the settlement of a lawsuit
filed by First Federal. Total net income for fiscal 1994 was $457,000, including
proceeds from the  settlement of the lawsuit.  Thus,  the net income of $211,000
for the year ending  September  30, 1995,  was $246,000  less than the total net
income for the year ending September 30, 1994 (including  income from settlement
of the law suit).  In addition,  for the years ending  September  30, 1994,  and
September 30, 1995,  significant  one-time  expenses were incurred in connection
with  the  transition  of  First  Federal  into  full-service   retail  banking.
Therefore,  this decrease  resulted  primarily from an increase in the provision
for loan losses from a $401,000  (before-tax) negative provision (resulting from
the lawsuit recovery) to a $27,000 provision in 1995.

         Net  interest  income  increased  $142,000 to $2.4 million for the year
ended  September  30, 1995 from $2.3 million for 1994.  This  increase  resulted
primarily  from  increases in both the yield  earned and the average  balance of
First Federal's loan portfolio, offset in part by an increase in First Federal's
cost of deposits reflecting an increase in general market interest rates and, to
a lesser extent,  an increase in the average deposit balance.  As a result,  for
the year ended September 30, 1995, First Federal's net interest margin decreased
to 4.29% and the spread between the average yield on interest earning assets and
the average cost of funds decreased from 4.20% for 1994 to 3.97% for 1995.

         During the year ended  September  30, 1995,  First  Federal  recorded a
provision for loan losses of $27,000 based on management's  analysis of the loan
portfolio,  as described above.  During the year ended September 30, 1994, First
Federal  recorded a negative  loan loss  provision  of $401,000  primarily  as a
result of $400,000 of proceeds  received  ($264,000  net of income tax) from the
settlement  of a lawsuit  filed by First  Federal  and  related to a  previously
charged-off pool of automobile loans.

         Management  will  continue  to monitor  the  appropriate  factors  when
considering future levels of provisions and the allowance for loan losses. While
management believes that it uses the best information available to determine the
allowance for estimated loan losses,  unforeseen  market conditions could result
in adjustments to the allowance for estimated loan losses and net earnings could
be  significantly  affected  if  circumstances  differ  substantially  from  the
assumptions used in determining the allowance.  In addition,  the OTS as part of
its review process may require First Federal to establish  additional general or
specific allowances.

         Noninterest  income  declined to $592,000 for the year ended  September
30, 1995 from $1.1 million for the previous  year,  primarily  due to a $695,000
decline in profits  from the sale of loans and  servicing  rights.  This drop in
profits  reflects both a rising interest rate  environment for the first half of
1995, and significant increased competition from additional residential mortgage
lenders in First Federal's primary trade area.

         Noninterest  expense  declined by $448,000 to $2.6 million for the year
ended  September  30, 1995 from $3.1  million for the year ended  September  30,
1994. This decrease reflects management's  continuing efforts to reduce expenses
in all areas of operations of First  Federal,  while at the same time  absorbing
some  one-time  expenses in connection  with the  transition  into  full-service
retail banking.


                                       39

<PAGE>



         Income tax expense  decreased  $124,000 to $110,000  for the year ended
September 30, 1995 as compared to $234,000 for the previous year, reflecting the
lower 1995 pretax earnings of First Federal.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

         First  Federal's  total assets were $57.6  million as of September  30,
1996  compared  to $61.4  million at  September  30,  1995,  a decrease  of $3.8
million,  or 6.2%.  The decrease was a direct  result of a planned  reduction of
high-cost deposits of $3.3 million resulting from management's decision to lower
excess cash on hand by  decreasing  higher cost  deposits.  In  addition,  First
Federal no longer had FHLB advances  outstanding  at September 30, 1996 compared
to $1.1 million at September 30, 1995.

         Loans  receivable  (excluding  loans  held for sale at month end to the
secondary  market) increased $2.4 million to $49.2 million at September 30, 1996
from $46.8 million at September 30, 1995. The increase  resulted  primarily from
the origination of  credit-default  insured auto loans. This increase was offset
by a decrease in cash and cash  equivalents  of $4.1  million due to the planned
reduction in high-cost deposits and the utilization of any remaining excess cash
balances to fund loan originations.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         First  Federal's  primary  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  checking
accounts,  principal  and  interest  payments  on  loans  and  mortgage  related
securities,  proceeds from sales of long term,  fixed-rate  residential mortgage
loans and other funds provided from operations.  Additionally, First Federal may
borrow  funds from the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of Dallas or utilize  particular
sources of funds based on need, comparative costs and availability at the time.

         While  scheduled  loan  and  mortgage-backed   securities   repayments,
short-term  investments,  and FHLB  borrowings are relatively  stable sources of
funds,  deposit flows are  unpredictable  and are a function of external factors
including  competition,  the general level of interest rates,  general  economic
conditions  and  most  recently,  the  restructuring  occurring  in  the  thrift
institutions industry.

         First  Federal   maintains   investments  in  liquid  assets  based  on
management's  assessment of cash needs, expected deposit flows,  availability of
advances from the FHLB,  available  yield on liquid assets (both  short-term and
long-term) and the objectives of its asset/liability management program. Several
options  are   available  to  increase   liquidity,   including   reducing  loan
originations, increasing deposit marketing activities, and increasing borrowings
from the FHLB.

         Federal  regulations  require insured  institutions to maintain minimum
levels of liquid  assets.  At September  30, 1996,  First  Federal's  regulatory
liquidity  ratio was 8.27% or 3.27% above the 5% regulatory  requirement.  First
Federal uses its capital resources  principally to meet its ongoing  commitments
to fund  maturing  certificates  of  deposits  and  deposit  withdrawals,  repay
borrowings,  fund  existing  and  continuing  loan  commitments,   maintain  its
liquidity and meet operating expenses.  At September 30, 1996, First Federal had
commitments  to  originate  loans,  including  loans in process,  totaling  $7.6
million.  First Federal also had $112,000 of outstanding  unused lines of credit
and $175,000 of letters of credit.  First  Federal  considers  its liquidity and
capital  resources to be adequate to meet its  foreseeable  short and  long-term
needs. First Federal expects to be able to fund or refinance, on a timely basis,
its material commitments and long-term  liabilities.  First Federal also has the
ability,  if needed,  to borrow up to $20.3  million from the FHLB of Dallas for
liquidity  purposes.  At  September  30,  1996,  First  Federal  had no advances
outstanding from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

                                       40

<PAGE>



         First  Federal's  liquidity,  represented  by  cash  equivalents,  is a
product of its operating,  investing and financing activities.  These activities
are summarized below for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              Year Ended         Year Ended
                                                             September 30,       September 30,
                                                                 1996                 1995
                                                             -------------       -------------
                                                                       (In Thousands)
Operating Activities:
<S>                                                               <C>                  <C>
 Net income..................................................     $  234               $   211

 Adjustment to reconcile net income or loss to net
  cash provided by operating activities......................      1,811                   583
                                                                 -------               -------
 Net cash provided by operating activities...................      2,045                   794
 Net cash used in investing activities.......................     (1,615)               (5,433)
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.........     (4,565)                5,120
                                                                 -------               -------
 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........     (4,135)                  481
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............      6,941                 6,460
                                                                 -------               -------
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................    $ 2,806               $ 6,941
                                                                 =======               =======
</TABLE>


         The  primary  investing  activity of First  Federal is  lending.  Loans
originated  net of  repayments  and sales used $1.1  million and $5.3 million in
cash for the year ended September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995, respectively.
During the years ended  September  30, 1996 and 1995,  deposits  decreased  $3.3
million (through a planned  reduction of higher costing  deposits) and increased
$4.1 million, respectively.

         On April 22, 1993,  First Federal  issued  207,159 shares of common and
87,263 shares of preferred stock at $10 per share and received  proceeds of $2.4
million,  net of costs to convert from a mutual savings institution to a federal
stock institution and recapitalize First Federal. Prior to the conversion, First
Federal  did not meet its  minimum  capital  requirements.  As a  result,  First
Federal  was  subject  to  conditions  specified  in a Consent  Agreement  dated
September 20, 1990 and an Operating  Agreement  dated August 28, 1992.  With the
completion  of the  conversion,  on  July 1,  1993,  the  OTS  terminated  these
agreements.  First  Federal's  tangible,  core and risk- based  capital was $4.3
million, $4.3 million and $4.6 million at September 30, 1996, which exceeded the
minimum  required  capital  levels of $868,000,  $1.7 million and $3.3  million,
respectively. See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

         The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  financial  data
presented  herein  have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  ("GAAP"),  which  require the  measurement  of financial
position  and  results of  operations  in terms of  historical  dollars  without
considering  changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time because
of inflation.

         Unlike  industrial  companies,  virtually all of First Federal's assets
and  liabilities are monetary in nature.  As a result,  interest rates generally
have a more significant impact on a financial institution's performance than the
effects of general inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same
direction or in the same  magnitude as the prices of goods and services.  In the
current interest rate environment, the liquidity, maturity structure and quality
of First  Federal's  assets and  liabilities  are critical to the maintenance of
acceptable performance levels.

EFFECT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

         In March  1995,  the FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 121 ("SFAS No. 121"), "Accounting for the Impairment of Long Lived
Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed  Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that
long  lived  assets  and  certain  identifiable   intangibles  be  reviewed  for
impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
an  asset  may not be  recoverable.  However,  SFAS No.  121  does not  apply to
financial  instruments,  core deposit intangibles,  mortgage and other servicing
rights or

                                       41

<PAGE>



deferred tax assets.  The adoption of SFAS No. 121 for the year ending September
30, 1997 is not expected to have a material  impact on the results of operations
or financial condition of First Federal.

         In  May  1995,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 122 ("SFAS No. 122"),  "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights."
SFAS No. 122 requires an institution that purchases or originates mortgage loans
and sells or securitizes  those loans with servicing rights retained to allocate
the cost of the mortgage  loans to the mortgage  servicing  rights and the loans
(without the mortgage  servicing rights) based on their relative fair values. In
addition,  institutions  are required to assess  impairment  of the  capitalized
mortgage servicing  portfolio based on the fair value of those rights.  SFAS No.
122 is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1995.  SFAS No.
122 will be  superseded by Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 125
after  December  31,  1996.  The  adoption  of SFAS No. 122 for the year  ending
September  30, 1997 is not expected to have a material  impact on the results of
operations or financial condition of First Federal.

         In November  1995,  the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123"),  "Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation,"
("SFAS No. 123"). This statement  establishes  financial accounting standard for
stock-based  employee  compensation plans. SFAS No. 123 permits First Federal to
choose  either a new fair  value  based  method or the  current  APB  Opinion 25
intrinsic  value based method of  accounting  for its  stock-based  compensation
arrangements.  SFAS No. 123 requires pro forma  disclosures  of net earnings and
earnings  per share  computed as if the fair value based method had been applied
in financial statements of companies that continue to follow current practice in
accounting for such arrangements under Opinion 25. The disclosure  provisions of
SFAS No. 123 are effective for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1995
and are not expected to have a material  impact on the results of  operations or
financial condition of First Federal.

         In  June  1996,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  released
Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  125  ("SFAS  No.  125"),
"Accounting  for Transfers and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities."  SFAS No. 125
provides  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  transfers and servicing of
financial  assets and  extinguishments  of liabilities.  SFAS No. 125 requires a
consistent  application  of a  financial-components  approach  that  focuses  on
control.  Under that approach,  after a transfer of financial  assets, an entity
recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it
has incurred, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.  SFAS No. 125 also
supersedes  SFAS No. 122 and requires that servicing  assets and  liabilities be
subsequently  measured by  amortization  in proportion to and over the period of
estimated  net  servicing  income  or loss and  requires  assessment  for  asset
impairment  or increases  obligation  based on their fair  values.  SFAS No. 125
applies to transfers and  extinguishments  occurring after December 31, 1996 and
early or  retroactive  application  is not  permitted.  Because  the  volume and
variety of certain  transactions  will make it  difficult  for some  entities to
comply,   some  provisions  have  been  delayed  by  SFAS  No.  127.  Management
anticipates that the adoption of SFAS No. 125 will not have a material impact on
the financial condition or operations of First Federal.

         In March 1997, the accounting requirements for calculating earnings per
share  were  revised.  Basic  earnings  per  share  for 1998 and  later  will be
calculated  solely on average common shares  outstanding.  Diluted  earnings per
share will  reflect the  potential  dilution of stock  options and other  common
stock  equivalents.  All prior calculations will be restated to be comparable to
the new methods.  As First Federal has not had  significant  dilution from stock
options,  the new calculation methods will not significantly affect future basic
earnings per share and diluted earnings per share.


                                    BUSINESS


         The Holding Company is a newly organized financial  institution holding
company  that was formed to acquire  First  Federal.  Upon  consummation  of the
Offering and the Merger,  the Holding  Company will hold all of the  outstanding
shares of First  Federal,  and First Federal will be the Holding  Company's sole
subsidiary.  At present,  the Holding Company does not have any assets, and does
not conduct any significant business.  The Holding Company and First Federal are
headquartered in Bryan,  Texas. The executive offices of the Holding Company and
First  Federal  are  located at 2900 Texas  Avenue,  Bryan,  Texas 77802 and its
telephone number at that address is (409) 779-2900.

                                       42

<PAGE>



         As  a  community-oriented,  independent  financial  institution,  First
Federal offers a range of retail banking services through its offices located in
Bryan-College  Station,  Texas.  First  Federal  is  principally  engaged in the
business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits,
together with other funds, to originate mortgage loans secured by owner occupied
one- to  four-family  residential  properties  in its primary  market area. To a
lesser extent, First Federal also originates  construction,  direct and indirect
consumer loans, SBA partially  guaranteed  business loans, small commercial real
estate and small to medium commercial business loans.

MARKET AREA

         First  Federal  conducts  operations  through  its  offices  located in
Bryan-College  Station,  Texas.  Management considers the Bryan-College  Station
area,  Brazos,  Burleson,   Grimes,  Leon,  Madison,  Robertson  and  Washington
counties,  Texas,  to be its  primary  market  area  for  deposits  and  lending
activities.  The  Bryan-College  Station  area  is  characterized  as a  college
community,  centered around Texas A&M University. The University's annual budget
of over $622 million is responsible for the vast majority of the government jobs
in the area.  Government service provides 39.4% of the jobs in the community and
is primarily  responsible  for the  comparative  stability  the area has enjoyed
throughout most of the 1980's.  Population  growth trends within First Federal's
market  area have  shown  increases  at rates  exceeding  those of the State and
unemployment  rates have been  consistently  lower than those of the rest of the
State.  During  the  past  five  years,  a  number  of  independent   depository
institutions  have been acquired in the Brazos County area, some by out-of-state
multi-bank  holding  companies.  Currently,  there  are  only one  other  thrift
institution  and two state  savings banks  operating in the area.  Consequently,
management  believes  that the  opportunity  exists for the  expansion  of First
Federal's lending and deposit  gathering  activities as one of the few remaining
independent,  community-owned  financial  institutions now offering full service
retail banking.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

GENERAL

         The principal  lending  activity of First Federal is originating  first
mortgage  real  estate  loans  secured  by owner  occupied  one- to  four-family
residential  property,  along with an expanding consumer loan program.  All long
term,  fixed  rate  conventional  mortgage  loans  are sold  immediately  to the
secondary market.

         SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LENDING. A substantial portion of
the loans  originated for portfolio by First Federal are  conventional  mortgage
loans (i.e.,  not  guaranteed or insured by agencies of the federal  government)
which are secured by residential  properties;  however, most do not conform with
the requirements for sale to Federal National Mortgage  Association (the "FNMA")
or FHLMC (i.e., conforming loans), because they exceed the maximum loan to value
ratio to qualify for sale to FNMA or FHLMC, have credit  deficiencies  (which in
certain  cases will  result in First  Federal  securing  the loan by  additional
collateral), the borrower has an insufficient employment history or the property
does  not  qualify  due to its  rural  location  or  lack of  comparability  for
appraisal  purposes.  Loans which do not comply with FNMA or FHLMC  underwriting
requirements are held in First Federal's loan portfolio.

         First Federal also originates construction loans, small commercial real
estate and small to medium commercial business loans. In addition, First Federal
has begun to  originate  SBA loans and Farmers  Home  Administration  rural home
loans for  moderate  income home buyers.  In order to  diversify  its assets and
increase the  proportion of interest  rate  sensitive  assets in its  portfolio,
First  Federal  also  has  in the  past  purchased  mortgage-backed  securities.
Currently,  however,  First  Federal  is able to  attract  sufficient  loans  to
maintain a high  loan-to-deposit  ratio and thereby  maximize the utilization of
its deposits. Thus, it has not acquired any securities for several years.

         Most of First Federal's mortgage-backed  securities,  and a significant
number of its  residential  loans  were made  before  the 1980's on a long term,
fixed rate basis.  Accordingly,  in the event of a change in interest rates, the
yield in those First Federal  loans  remaining in that category will change much
less quickly than its deposits,  which are, for the most part, of the short term
variety.  Accordingly,  First  Federal is  vulnerable to an increase in interest
rates on those loans, which at September 30, 1996, represented only $2.2 million
of its $30.5 million in

                                       43

<PAGE>



residential loans. First Federal's current policy is not to invest in long term,
fixed rate mortgage-backed  securities or retain long term, fixed rate loans. In
order to reduce  First  Federal's  vulnerability  to changes in interest  rates,
First  Federal  has  increased  its  originations  of  three-year   balloon  and
adjustable  rate  one-  to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans,  consumer
(especially  automobile) and  construction  loans. At September 30, 1996,  First
Federal  had $19.7  million  of three  year  balloon  loans and $9.6  million of
adjustable rate loans out of a total of $51.9 million in gross loans.

         Loan  originations come primarily from walk-in  customers,  real estate
brokers,  homebuilders and other  contractors.  All loans in which the aggregate
lending  relationship  is under $50,000 are approved by First  Federal's  senior
management  and all loan  applications  for over $50,000  aggregate  debt to one
borrower are approved by the Board of Directors.

         First Federal requires, in connection with the origination and purchase
of  residential  real  estate  loans,  title  insurance  and fire  and  casualty
insurance  coverage,  as well as flood insurance where  appropriate,  to protect
First  Federal's  interest.  The cost of this insurance  coverage is paid by the
borrower.

         Loan Portfolio Composition.  The following table sets forth information
concerning  the  composition  of  First  Federal's  loan  portfolio,   including
mortgage-backed  securities,  in  dollar  amounts  and  in  percentages  (before
deductions for loans in process,  deferred fees and discounts and allowances for
losses) as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               September 30,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1996                     1995                    1994
                                                  -----------------------  ---------------------  ----------------------
                                                  Amount       Percent     Amount        Percent      Amount       Percent
                                                  ------       -------     ------        -------      ------       -------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Real Estate Loans
  Residential ...................................  $30,477      58.70%      $30,966       61.10%      $27,128       59.76%
  Residential held for sale .....................      419        .80         1,840        3.63         2,114        4.66
  Commercial ....................................    4,175       8.04         3,643        7.19         3,062        6.74
  Construction ..................................    4,365       8.41         4,261        8.41         4,838       10.66
                                                   -------      -----       -------       -----       -------       -----
     Total real estate loans ....................   39,436      75.95        40,710       80.33        37,142       81.82

Other Loans:
  Consumer loans:
    Deposit accounts ............................      967       1.86           705        1.39           789        1.74
    Purchased automobile receivables ............       --         --             4         .01            10         .02
    Automobile ..................................    9,435      18.17         7,634       15.06         6,600       14.54
    Other .......................................    1,490       2.87           980        1.94           580        1.28
                                                   -------      -----       -------       -----       -------       -----
     Total consumer loans .......................   11,892      22.90         9,323       18.40         7,979       17.58
   Commercial business loans ....................      595       1.15           643        1.27           271         .60
                                                   -------      -----       -------       -----       -------       -----
     Total other loans ..........................   12,487      24.05         9,966       19.67         8,250       18.18
                                                   -------      -----       -------       -----       -------       -----
     Total loans ................................   51,923     100.00        50,676      100.00        45,392      100.00

Less:
  Undisbursed portion of construction loans .....    1,966       3.79         1,664        3.28         1,847        4.07
  Consumer loans in process .....................       --         --            --          --            --          --
  Deferred fees and discounts ...................      128        .25            87         .17            92         .20
  Deferred income ...............................        3        .01             3         .01            13         .03
  Allowance for losses on loans .................      247        .48           317         .63           313         .69
                                                   -------      -----       -------       -----       -------       -----
     Net loans ..................................  $49,579      95.47%      $48,605       95.91%      $43,127       95.01%
                                                   =======      =====       =======       =====       =======       =====
</TABLE>
                                       44

<PAGE>




         The following table shows the fixed- and adjustable-rate composition of
First Federal's loan portfolio at the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                September 30,
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1996                     1995                     1994
                                                     --------------------    ----------------------   -----------------------
                                                       Amount     Percent      Amount      Percent      Amount     Percent
                                                       ------     -------      ------      -------      ------     -------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
Fixed-Rate Loans:
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
Real estate:
   Residential..................................      $22,931      44.16%     $24,739       48.81%     $27,128       59.76%
   Residential held for sale....................          419        .80        1,840        3.63        2,114        4.66
   Commercial...................................        2,162       4.17        2,824        5.57        3,062        6.74
   Construction.................................        4,365       8.41        4,261        8.41        4,838       10.66
                                                      -------      -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
      Total real estate loans...................       29,877      57.54       33,664       66.42       37,142       81.82
  Consumer loans................................       11,892      22.90        9,323       18.40        7,979       17.58
  Commercial business loans.....................          595       1.15          643        1.27          271        0.60
                                                      -------      -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
     Total fixed-rate loans.....................       42,364      81.59       43,630       86.09       45,392      100.00
                                                      -------      -----      -------       -----      -------       -----

Adjustable-Rate Loans:
  Real estate:
   Residential..................................        7,546      14.54        6,227       12.29          ---         ---
   Commercial...................................        2,013       3.87          819        1.62          ---         ---
                                                      -------      -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
      Total adjustable rate loans...............        9,559      18.41        7,046       13.91          ---         ---
                                                      -------      -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
      Total loans...............................       51,923     100.00       50,676      100.00       45,392      100.00

Less:
  Undisbursed portion of construction loans.....        1,966       3.79        1,664        3.28        1,847        4.07
  Consumer loans in process.....................          ---        ---          ---         ---          ---         ---
  Deferred fees and discounts...................          128       0.25           87        0.17           92        0.20
  Deferred income...............................            3       0.01            3        0.01           13        0.03
                                                      -------      -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
  Allowance for losses on loans.................          247       0.48          317        0.63          313        0.69
                                                      -------      -----      -------       -----      -------       -----
     Net loans..................................      $49,579      95.47%     $48,605       95.91%     $43,127       95.01%
                                                      =======      =====      =======       =====      =======       =====

</TABLE>

         First   Federal  has  the   authority   to  purchase   loans  and  loan
participations, but has elected not to do so since 1991.

                                       45

<PAGE>




         The  following  table shows the  origination,  purchase  and  repayment
activities for loans of First Federal for the periods indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended September 30,
                                                          -------------------------------------
                                                           1996          1995         1994
                                                           ----          ----         ----
                                                                  (In Thousands)
Loans Funded:
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>          <C>
   Real estate - residential(2)......................      $19,104    $87,908(1)   $92,316(1)
                   - commercial......................        1,026         1,281          393
                   - construction or development.....        5,697         6,223        7,159
   Non-real estate - consumer........................        8,534         7,065        7,261
                   - commercial business.............        1,980         1,065          579
                                                          --------    ----------  -----------
      Total loans originated.........................       36,341       103,542      107,708

Loans Sold:
Loans sold...........................................       13,839     81,838(1)    86,336(1)
Principal repayments and refinancings................       21,255        16,420       20,316
                                                          --------    ----------  -----------
Total reductions.....................................       35,094        98,258      106,652
Decrease in other items, net.........................         (273)          194          990
                                                          --------    ----------  -----------
Net increase.........................................      $   974       $ 5,478      $ 2,046
                                                          ========    ==========  ===========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1)  Includes activity  attributable to a mortgage warehouse facility previously
     extended to an independent mortgage company.

(2)  Includes refinancings of loans from First Federal's portfolio.

         At September  30, 1996,  First Federal  serviced  $966,000 in loans for
others.

                                       46

<PAGE>



         The following  schedule  illustrates  the maturities of First Federal's
loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale at September 30, 1996. Loans which
have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates and amortizing loans are shown as
maturing in the period during which the loan is contractually due. This schedule
does  not  reflect  the  effects  of  possible  prepayments  or  enforcement  of
due-on-sale clauses.

                                           Real Estate
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                          Residential         Commercial        Construction
                       ------------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                Weighted           Weighted           Weighted
                                Average            Average            Average
                       Amount     Rate     Amount    Rate     Amount    Rate
                       ------   --------   ------  --------   ------  --------
                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
  Due During
 Years Ended
September 30,
1997(1)................  $ 7,565   8.42    $  507    9.13%    $4,365   9.18
1998 and 1999..........   12,717   9.26     1,168    9.36        ---    ---
2000 and 2001..........      893   9.40       925    9.55        ---    ---
2002 to 2006...........    1,073   8.89        86   11.25        ---    ---
2006 to 2016...........    1,988   8.99       643    9.81        ---    ---
2017 and following.....    6,660   8.98       846    8.75        ---    ---
                          ------           ------             ------        
                         $30,896   8.97    $4,175    9.36%    $4,365   9.18
                          ======  =====    ======    =====    ======  =====


                             Consumer            Business           Total
                      -------------------  -----------------   -----------------
                              Weighted             Weighted            Weighted
                               Average             Average              Average
                       Amount   Rate       Amount      Rate    Amount      Rate
                       ------ --------     ------    -------   ------  --------
                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
  Due During
 Years Ended
September 30,
1997(1)............... $1,585    8.60%    $ 280     9.72%    $14,302      8.72%
1998 and 1999.........  3,818   11.00       ---      ---      17,703      9.64
2000 and 2001.........  6,397   13.28        79     9.96       8,294     12.41
2002 to 2006..........     71   11.80        86    10.81       1,316      9.33
2006 to 2016..........     21    8.00       150    11.00       2,802      9.28
2017 and following....    ---     ---       ---      ---       7,506      8.95
                      -------             -----              -------           
                      $11,892   11.91%    $ 595    10.23%    $51,923      9.70%
                      =======  =======    =====    ======    =======     ======

- -------------
(1) Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity and overdraft loans.

                                       47

<PAGE>



         The total amount of loans due after September 30, 1997 which have fixed
rates of interest (including 3- year balloon home loans and other types of loans
with balloon  maturities)  is $28.0  million while the total amount of loans due
after such date which have  floating  or  adjustable  rates of  interest is $9.6
million.

ONE-TO-FOUR-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LENDING

         One of First Federal's  primary lending  programs is the origination of
loans secured by mortgages on  owner-occupied  one- to  four-family  residences.
Historically (before the 1980's), most of First Federal's residential loans were
made on a fixed  rate  basis  and had  contractual  maturity  (and  amortization
schedules) of 30, or to a lesser extent, 15 years. Since 1979, however, in order
to increase the interest rate  sensitivity of its  residential  loan  portfolio,
First  Federal has  emphasized  the  origination  of  non-conforming  three year
balloon loans (generally with 30 year amortization schedules).  At September 30,
1996, $19.7 million or 37.9%, of First Federal's gross loan portfolio  consisted
of three-year fixed-rate balloon loans on one- to four-family residences. On the
same date, First Federal had $3.7 million of other fixed-rate  residential loans
or 7.1% of the  gross  loan  portfolio.  All of  these  loans  were  secured  by
residential (primarily owner-occupied) properties located in the State of Texas,
with a majority located in First Federal's primary market area.

         First  Federal's  residential  loans  are  generally  underwritten  and
documented to permit their sale in the secondary  market.  In the event they are
non-conforming to secondary market standards, First Federal will underwrite such
loans to the extent feasible in accordance  with such  standards.  First Federal
evaluates  both the borrower's  ability to make principal and interest  payments
and the value of the property  (and any other  collateral)  that will secure the
loan. One- to four-family loan  originations are generally made in amounts up to
90% of the appraised value of the security  property.  The  determination  as to
whether  to  lend  in  excess  of  80% of  the  appraised  value  is  made  on a
case-by-case  basis  and  is  based  on a  variety  of  factors,  including  the
borrower's  payment  history,  length of employment and debt to income ratio, as
well as the quality of the security property. First Federal neither requires nor
obtains  private  mortgage  insurance  on its  loans.  As a result of its higher
loan-to-value ratios and the absence of private mortgage insurance, in the event
of a  foreclosure,  First  Federal is  subject to a greater  risk of loss on the
disposition  of such  property  in the  event  of a  decrease  in  value  of the
property. First Federal has, however, had a very limited loss experience on such
loans. See " -- Loan Delinquencies; Nonperforming Assets and Classified Assets."
Over the past three fiscal years,  First Federal has  experienced  an average of
only $22,300 in actual annual net  charge-offs,  resulting from an average total
loan portfolio of $46.2 million.

         First  Federal's   residential   mortgage  loans  customarily   include
"due-on-sale"  clauses,  which are provisions  giving First Federal the right to
declare a loan  immediately  due and payable in the event the borrower  sells or
otherwise  disposes of the real property  subject to the mortgage where the loan
is not  repaid in full.  First  Federal  generally  enforces  these  due-on-sale
clauses  primarily  on fixed  rate  residential  mortgage  loans  to the  extent
permitted by law.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

         First  Federal has a limited  portfolio of  mortgage-backed  securities
which  are  held-to-maturity.  Such  mortgage-backed  securities  can  serve  as
collateral for borrowings and, through repayments, as a source of liquidity. For
information  regarding  the  carrying  and  market  values  of  First  Federal's
mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio,  see Note 2 of the  Notes  to  Financial
Statements.    Under   First   Federal's    risk-based   capital    requirement,
mortgage-backed  securities have a risk weight of 20% (or 0% in the case of GNMA
securities) in contrast to the 50% risk weight carried by residential loans with
a loan to value ratio of 80% or less. See "Regulation."

         Consistent with First Federal's  asset/liability policy,  approximately
91.9% of First Federal's  mortgage-backed  securities carry adjustable  interest
rates.


                                       48

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  sets  forth  the book  value of First  Federal's
mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.

                                                         September 30,
                                                -----------------------------
                                                 1996        1995       1994
                                                 ----        ----       ----
                                                        (In Thousands)
Issuers:

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.......   $  872      $1,672     $2,037
Federal National Mortgage Association........      420         551        594
Government National Mortgage Association.....      ---          55         62
                                                ------      ------     ------
    Total....................................   $1,292      $2,278     $2,693
                                                ======      ======     ======

         The  following  table sets forth the  contractual  maturities  of First
Federal's  mortgage-backed  securities at September 30, 1996.  Not considered in
the  preparation  of the  table  below is the  effect of  prepayments,  periodic
principal repayments and the adjustable rate nature of these instruments.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Due in
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               6 Months    6 Months     1 to       3 to 5     5 to 10   10 to 20   Over 20       Balance
                               or Less     to 1 Year   3 Years      Years      Years     Years      Years    Outstanding
                               -------     ---------   -------      -----      -----     -----      -----    -----------
                                                                  (In Thousands)
<S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Federal Home Loan                  $ ---       $ ---      $ ---      $ ---      $   5       $231      $636        $  872
Mortgage Corporation.......

Federal National                     ---         ---        ---        ---        ---         95       325           420
Mortgage Association.......
                                  -------     -------    -------    -------    -------     ------    -----        -------
     Total.................        $ ---       $ ---      $ ---      $ ---       $  5       $326      $961        $1,292
                                  =======     =======    =======    =======    =======     ======    =====        =======
</TABLE>


         First Federal's  mortgage-backed  and other  securities  portfolios are
managed in accordance with a written  investment  policy adopted by the Board of
Directors. Investments may be made in accordance with the policy and approval by
its Investment  Committee.  At the present time, First Federal does not have any
investments that are available-for-sale or for trading purposes.

         The  OTS has  issued  guidelines  regarding  management  oversight  and
accounting  treatment for  securities,  loans,  mortgage-backed  securities  and
derivative  securities.  The  guidelines  require thrift  institutions  to carry
securities  at  market  value  unless  it can be  demonstrated  that a class  of
securities is intended to be held-to- maturity.  As of September 30, 1996, First
Federal held $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of principal amount of
mortgage-backed  securities  and other  securities  which First  Federal has the
intent and ability to hold until maturity. As of such date, these securities had
a market value of $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

CONSUMER LENDING

         Federal  laws  and  regulations   permit  federally   chartered  thrift
institutions to make secured and unsecured consumer loans up to a maximum of 35%
of their total  assets less  permissible  investments  in  commercial  paper and
corporate debt. In addition,  federal thrift institutions have lending authority
above the 35% limit for certain consumer loans such as home  improvement  loans,
mobile home loans, credit card loans and educational loans.

                                       49

<PAGE>



         As part of  management's  strategy  to shorten  the  average  effective
maturity and increase the average yield of its  interest-earning  assets,  First
Federal offers various  consumer loans,  including but not limited to automobile
and home improvement loans. First Federal also offers loans to its depositors on
the security of their  deposit  accounts.  First Federal  discourages  unsecured
loans.

         First Federal  currently  originates  substantially all of its consumer
loans in its  primary  market  area.  Direct  loans are made when First  Federal
extends  credit  directly  to the  borrower.  First  Federal  has more  recently
increased the origination of consumer  loans.  In September 1991,  First Federal
began purchasing motor vehicle  installment sales contracts on an indirect basis
from selected  automobile dealers pursuant to an agreement  established  between
the dealer and First Federal ("Dealer Agreement"). In fiscal 1996, First Federal
expanded  this lending by  initiating  a 100% credit  default  insured  indirect
automobile loan origination program for sub-prime borrowers involving dealers in
First  Federal's  primary  market  area  ("Second  Chance  Auto  Loans").  First
Federal's Second Chance Auto Loan program may be expanded to automobile  dealers
in the triangle  between  Dallas,  Houston and Austin.  Second Chance Auto Loans
have been insured up to $25,000 per loan through Midland Risk Insurance  Company
which reinsures its exposure through Constitution Reinsurance Corporation of New
York.  Midland  Risk and  Constitution  Reinsurance  carry  ratings  of B and A+
respectively,  by A.M.  Best's,  an insurance  rating company.  At September 30,
1996, Second Chance Auto Loans totalled $2.3 million.

         First Federal may elect in the future to make certain  automobile loans
to sub-prime borrowers without credit-default  insurance,  but with special loan
loss reserves which First Federal believes to be adequate to protect against any
future loan losses.

         Second Chance Auto Loans are underwritten  according to  credit-default
insurance  guidelines while other sales contracts are  underwritten  pursuant to
First Federal's guidelines. Each sales contract is fully amortizing and provides
for level payments over the term of the contract. The contracts are non-recourse
to the originating dealer and are purchased, in First Federal's sole discretion,
from the  dealers on a  case-by-case  basis,  after  First  Federal  reviews the
credit-worthiness  of the borrower.  On Second Chance Auto Loans,  First Federal
conducts an  interview  with the borrower  prior to  approving  the loan for the
purchase of the automobile.

         Second  Chance Auto Loan  contracts  are  reviewed  by First  Federal's
automobile  loan  specialist and monthly reviews are conducted by an independent
outside  audit firm,  representing  the agent for the credit  default  insurance
company.  All monthly audits to date have reflected First Federal's  substantial
compliance with credit underwriting  guidelines of the credit-default  insurance
company.  Factors  considered  under both  First  Federal's  and  credit-default
insurance  guidelines  include,  among others, the durability and useful life of
the  vehicle  being  financed in  conjunction  with the term of the loan and the
stability  and  creditworthiness  of the buyer.  Used vehicles are generally not
financed longer than 60 months, to credit-worthy borrowers.

         Under both First Federal's and credit-default  insurance guidelines the
maximum amount  financed may not exceed 120% of current  wholesale  value of the
vehicle or dealer's cost (traditionally 100% of current retail value),  although
the  primary  focus is on the  ability of the  borrower to repay the loan rather
than the value of underlying  collateral.  The amount  financed by First Federal
will generally be up to 120% of the current wholesale value or dealer cost, plus
the cost of service and warranty  contracts  and  premiums for physical  damage,
credit life and disability  insurance obtained in connection with the vehicle or
the  financing  (such amounts in addition to the sales price,  collectively  the
"Additional Vehicle Costs").  Accordingly,  the amount financed by First Federal
under an installment  contract  generally does not, in the case of new vehicles,
exceed the  manufacturer's  suggested  retail price of the financed vehicle plus
the Additional Vehicle Costs. In the case of used vehicles,  the amount financed
may be 120% of the  current  wholesale  value,  as  assigned by one of the three
standard  reference sources for dealers of used cars and the Additional  Vehicle
Costs.  First Federal will  generally use the "NADA  Official Used Car Guide" to
obtain a value to assign to a used vehicle for underwriting purposes.

         All  automobile  dealers  enter  into a "Dealer  Agreement"  with First
Federal.   First  Federal  has  two  forms  of  Dealer   Agreements   which  are
substantially  similar except that dealers selling loans pursuant to the "Second
Chance" Program are not required to establish  dealer reserves.  Otherwise,  the
Dealer Agreement

                                       50

<PAGE>



provides for a reserve account to be established consisting of a minimum balance
to be maintained at First Federal.  The reserve account is used by First Federal
to  protect  against  excess  interest  payments  to  the  dealer  due  to  loan
prepayments,  payoffs,  or for  repossession  expenses  plus any  losses  due to
repossessions.  Minimum  reserve  balances  and the method of  disbursement  are
outlined in each Dealer  Agreement.  If the reserve  account  falls below agreed
upon  levels,  the dealer is required  to increase  the balance up to the agreed
upon minimum amount.  Dealers are also required to make an immediate  deposit to
cover any shortages under this type of Dealer  Agreement.  At September 30, 1996
First Federal had $2.9 million of automobile loans requiring dealer reserves.

         Consumer  loans may entail  greater risk than do  residential  mortgage
loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured
by rapidly  depreciable  assets such as automobiles.  First Federal makes a very
limited amount of unsecured loans. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for
a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the
outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater  likelihood of damage,  loss
or depreciation.  The remaining  deficiency may not warrant further  substantial
collection efforts against the borrower. In addition,  consumer loan collections
are dependent on the borrower's  continuing  financial  stability,  and thus are
more likely to be adversely affected by job loss,  divorce,  illness or personal
bankruptcy.  Furthermore,  the  application  of various  federal and state laws,
including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount
which can be  recovered  on such loans.  Such loans may also give rise to claims
and defenses by a consumer loan  borrower  against an assignee of such loan such
as First  Federal,  and a borrower may be able to assert  against such  assignee
claims  and  defenses  which  it  has  against  the  seller  of  the  underlying
collateral.  Consumer  loan  delinquencies  may often  increase over time as the
loans age.  First Federal has  attempted to mitigate  this risk by  implementing
new,   stricter   credit   underwriting   standards.   At  September  30,  1996,
approximately 1% of First Federal's consumer loans were nonperforming.  Included
in these  new  credit  standards  is  emphasis  on the  proven  cash flow of the
borrower to pay such loan back.  However,  there can be no assurance  that First
Federal's consumer loan delinquencies and repossessions will not increase in the
future.

CONSTRUCTION LENDING

         First  Federal  makes   construction   loans  to  individuals  for  the
construction of their residences and to builders  primarily for the construction
of contracted-for (custom) residences and to a much lesser extent for residences
that have not been pre-sold.

         Construction  loans to individuals for their residences  generally have
terms  of 9 months  and are made on a  non-amortizing  (interest  only,  payable
monthly),  balloon basis, to be repaid from the permanent  mortgage loan.  First
Federal's construction loans are generally made either as the initial stage of a
combination  loan  (i.e.,  with a  commitment  from  First  Federal  to  provide
permanent financing upon completion of the project) or with a takeout obligation
(commitment  to  provide  permanent  financing)  by a third  party.  Residential
construction  loans are generally  underwritten  pursuant to the same guidelines
used for originating  permanent  residential loans. At September 30, 1996, First
Federal had $4.0 million of residential construction loans to borrowers who have
indicated  to First  Federal  that they  intend to live in the  properties  upon
completion of construction.

         Construction  loans are  generally  made up to a maximum  loan-to-value
ratio  of  80%  based  on  an  independent  appraisal  and  estimate  of  costs.
Construction  loans involve  additional risk  attributable to the fact that loan
funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction, which is
more difficult to value prior to the completion of construction.  Because of the
uncertainties  inherent in estimating  construction costs and the market for the
home upon  completion,  it is  relatively  difficult  to evaluate the total loan
funds required to complete a project, the related  loan-to-value ratios, and the
likelihood  of ultimate  success of the project.  In  evaluating a  construction
loan, First Federal considers the reputation of the borrower and the contractor,
the amount of the borrower's  equity (down payment) in the project,  independent
appraisal  valuations  and  review  of  cost  estimates,   and,  if  applicable,
pre-construction   sale  and  market   information.   Progress  payments  during
construction   of  homes  are  generally  made  only  after   inspection  by  an
independent,  licensed real estate  inspector.  Construction  loans to borrowers
other than owner  occupants also involve many of the same risks  discussed below
regarding  commercial real estate loans and tend to be more sensitive to general
economic conditions than

                                       51

<PAGE>



many other types of loans.  First Federal  generally  discourages loans intended
for the construction of speculative homes.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LENDING

         In order to enhance the yield of its assets, First Federal originated a
limited amount of  construction  and permanent  loans secured by commercial real
estate. First Federal's permanent commercial real estate loan portfolio includes
loans  secured  by  churches,   small  office  buildings,   and  other  business
properties.  First Federal  generally  makes only  commercial  real estate loans
secured by income producing  property.  At September 30, 1996, First Federal had
one  commercial  real estate  loan in excess of  $250,000  which is secured by a
first  lien on a home that was  converted  to a shopping  area.  This loan had a
balance of $300,000 at September 30, 1996 and is  performing in accordance  with
its loan terms.

         The following table presents  information as to the locations and types
of properties securing First Federal's commercial real estate loans at September
30, 1996.

                                                 Number
                                                  of      Principal
                                                 Loans     Balance
                                                 -----     -------
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
Bryan area:
  Churches.................................           6       $  389
  Land.....................................          19          365
  Multi-family residential.................           3          941
  Office buildings.........................          26        2,480
                                                -------      --------
  Total....................................          54       $4,175
                                                =======      ========

         Commercial real estate loans included in First Federal's portfolio have
terms  generally  ranging from 3 to 5 year  balloon and 20-25 year  amortization
schedules.

         First  Federal  generally  will not  originate or purchase a commercial
real estate loan with a balance of greater  than 80% of the  appraised  value of
the  underlying   collateral.   Land  and  developed   building  lot  loans  are
individually  negotiated  and secured by properties  located in First  Federal's
principal  market  area.  First  Federal  requires  that any such  appraisal  be
performed by independent,  professionally  designated and qualified  appraisers.
Senior  management of First Federal reviews all independent  appraisals prior to
funding any loan. In originating or purchasing any loan, First Federal considers
the creditworthiness of the borrower and value of the underlying collateral,  in
addition  to the level of  experience  of the  contractor.  Creditworthiness  is
determined by considering  the  character,  experience,  management  ability and
financial strength of the borrower, and the ability of the property securing the
loan to  generate  adequate  funds to cover  both  operating  expenses  and debt
service.

         Commercial  real estate lending affords First Federal an opportunity to
receive   interest  at  rates  generally   higher  than  those  obtainable  from
residential lending.  Commercial real estate lending,  however, entails a higher
level of risk than loans secured by one- to four-family residences. This greater
risk is due to several  factors,  including the  concentration of principal in a
limited  number  of  loans  and  borrowers,  the  effects  of  general  economic
conditions  on income  producing  properties  and the  increased  difficulty  of
evaluating and monitoring  these types of loans.  Furthermore,  the repayment of
loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  is  typically  dependent  upon the
successful  operation of the related real estate project and thus may be subject
to a greater  extent to  adverse  conditions  in the real  estate  market or the
economy  generally.  If the cash flow from the pro ject is reduced (for example,
if leases are not obtained or renewed), the borrower's ability to repay the loan
may be  impaired.  For  these  reasons,  First  Federal  limits  the  amount  of
commercial real estate loans held in its loan portfolio.

                                       52

<PAGE>



COMMERCIAL BUSINESS LENDING

         First  Federal  has  historically  engaged in a very  limited  level of
commercial  business lending.  At September 30, 1996, First Federal had $595,000
in commercial  business loans outstanding.  As of the same date, First Federal's
largest commercial  business loan, $103,000 to an established  homebuilder,  was
secured by a first  lien on six  developed  residential  real  estate  lots in a
residential  subdivision,  and is current with  interest  monthly and  principal
reductions made based on lot sales in accordance with the loan terms.

         Unlike  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  generally are made on the
basis of the  borrower's  ability to make  repayment  from  employment and other
income and which are  secured by real  property,  the value of which tends to be
relatively  easily  ascertainable,  business  loans  can be of  higher  risk and
typically are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from
the cash flow of his business and to a lesser  extent,  the  borrowers net worth
and liquid  assets.  First  Federal's  commercial  business  loans are generally
secured by business assets such as commercial real estate,  and to a much lesser
extent,  accounts  receivable,   inventory  and  equipment.  As  a  result,  the
availability  of funds for the repayment of business loans may be  substantially
dependent  on the  success  of the  business  itself.  Further,  the  collateral
securing the loans may  depreciate  over time,  may be difficult to appraise and
may  fluctuate  in value  based on the success of the  business  and the economy
generally. Partial guarantees (75% or more) by the Small Business Administration
are  generally  required for  commercial  business  loans  primarily  secured by
accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.

LOAN DELINQUENCIES; NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND CLASSIFIED ASSETS

         When a  borrower  fails to make a  required  payment  on a loan,  First
Federal  attempts to cause the deficiency to be cured by contacting the borrower
as soon as possible.  In most cases,  deficiencies  are cured promptly.  After a
payment is 5 days past due, First Federal's collections  department will contact
the  borrower by  telephone  and letter and  continue  that contact on a regular
basis.  After a payment is 60 days past due, First Federal may send the borrower
a demand letter.  When deemed  appropriate by senior  management,  First Federal
institutes action to foreclose on the property.  If foreclosed on, real property
is sold at a public sale and may be purchased by First Federal. A decision as to
whether and when to initiate foreclosure proceedings is based on such factors as
the amount of the outstanding loan in relation to the original indebtedness, the
extent of delinquency and the borrower's ability and willingness to cooperate in
curing  delinquencies.  First Federal has  experienced  minimum  foreclosure and
losses thereon, over the past three years.



                                       53

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  delinquent
mortgage  and other  loans at  September  30,  1996 in dollar  amounts  and as a
percentage  of First  Federal's  total loan  portfolio.  The  amounts  presented
represent the total remaining  principal  balances of the related loans,  rather
than the actual payment amounts which are overdue.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Loans Delinquent at September 30, 1996
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Total
                                                                              90 Days        Delinquent
                                          30-59 Days       60-89 Days        and Over           Loans
                                          ----------       ----------        --------           -----
                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>               <C>              <C>            <C>
Residential Real Estate:
  Number of loans.....................           29               4                1               34
  Amount..............................       $1,918            $197             $ 18           $2,133
  Percent of total loans..............         6.29%           0.65%            0.06%             7.0%

Commercial Real Estate:
  Number of loans.....................            2             ---              ---                2
  Amount..............................        $  55           $ ---           $  ---            $  55
  Percent of total loans..............         1.32%            ---%             ---%            1.32%

Consumer:
  Number of loans.....................           54               9                4               67
  Amount..............................         $605            $103             $130            $ 838
  Percent of total loans..............         4.85%           0.82%            1.04%            6.71%

Total:
  Number of loans.....................           85              13                5              103
  Amount..............................       $2,578            $300             $148           $3,026
  Percent of total loans..............         4.97%           0.58%            0.28%            5.83%
</TABLE>



                                       54

<PAGE>




          The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of nonperforming
assets in First Federal's loan portfolio. Loans are placed on non-accrual status
when the  collection of principal  and/or  interest  become  doubtful and in any
event  when  payments  thereon  are more than 90 days  past  due.  For all years
presented,  First Federal has had no troubled debt restructurings  which involve
forgiving a portion of interest or principal on any loans. Foreclosed assets may
include assets acquired in settlement of loans.

                                                         September 30,
                                                -------------------------------
                                                1996         1995         1994
                                                ----         ----         ----
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Non-accruing loans:
  Residential...............................    $  18        $143       $  201
  Consumer..................................       38          32           46
                                                 ----         ----         ----
    Total...................................       56         175          247
                                                 ----         ----         ----
Accruing loans delinquent more than 90 days:
  Residential...............................      ---         ---           46
  Commercial Real Estate....................      ---         ---           10
  Consumer..................................      122           2          ---
                                                 ----         ----         ----
    Total...................................      122           2           56
                                                 ----         ----         ----
Foreclosed assets:
  Residential...............................      577         130          130
  Commercial real estate....................      ---         ---          ---
  Other Repossessed Assets (Vehicles).......      108          76           57
                                                 ----         ----         ----
    Total...................................      685         206          187
                                                 ----         ----         ----
Total nonperforming assets..................    $ 863       $ 383       $  490
                                                 ====         ====         ====
Total as a percentage of
  total assets at end of period.............    1.50%       0.62%        0.87%
                                                 ====         ====         ====

         For the most part, nonperforming assets at September 30, 1996 consisted
of residential homes located in First Federal's principal market area.

         As of September 30, 1996, there were no  concentrations of loans in any
types of industry which exceed 10% of First Federal's total loans,  that are not
included as a loan category in the table above.

         At September  30, 1996  non-accruing  loans totaled  $56,000.  Interest
income recognized and foregone relative to these loans  approximated  $4,000 and
$1,000, respectively, for the year ended September 30, 1996.

         Other Loans of Concern. As of September 30, 1996 there was an aggregate
of $400,000 of loans  including  non-accruing  loans with respect to which known
information  about the  possible  credit  problems of the  borrowers or the cash
flows of the security  properties have caused  management to have some doubts as
to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment  terms and
which may result in the  future  inclusion  of such  items in the  nonperforming
assets categories.

         Loans being monitored  include three one- to four-family loans totaling
$128,000,  and 29 consumer loans totaling  $272,000 at September 30, 1996. See "
- -- Consumer Lending."


                                       55

<PAGE>



         Classified  Assets.  Federal  regulations  require  that  each  insured
institution  classify  its own  assets  on a  regular  basis.  In  addition,  in
connection with examinations of insured  institutions,  the Principal Regulatory
Agency has authority to identify  problem  assets and, if  appropriate,  require
them to be  classified.  There are three  classifications  for  problem  assets:
substandard,  doubtful and loss.  "Substandard"  assets have one or more defined
weaknesses and are  characterized  by the distinct  possibility that the insured
institution  will  sustain  some  loss if the  deficiencies  are not  corrected.
"Doubtful" assets have the weaknesses of substandard assets, with the additional
characteristics  that the weaknesses  make  collection or liquidation in full on
the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions and values questionable,  and
there is a high  possibility of loss. An asset  classified  "Loss" is considered
uncollectible  and of such  little  value  that  continuance  as an asset of the
institution  is not  warranted.  Assets  classified as  substandard  or doubtful
require the  institution  to establish  general  allowances  (reserves) for loan
losses.  If an asset or portion  thereof is classified as Loss, the  institution
must either  establish  specific  allowances,  (reserves) for loan losses in the
amount of 100% of the portion of the asset  classified  loss, or charge off such
amount.  General loss allowances established to cover possible losses related to
assets  classified  substandard or doubtful may be included in  determining  the
institution's  regulatory capital under the risk-based  capital standard,  while
specific loss allowances do not qualify as regulatory capital. If an institution
does not agree with an examiner's classification of an asset, it may appeal this
determination to the District Director.  Generally,  all assets of First Federal
which have been classified are included in the discussion below of nonperforming
assets and assets for which repayment by the borrower may be in doubt.

         In  connection  with  the  filing  of its  periodic  reports  with  the
Principal  Regulatory Agency and in accordance with its classification of assets
policy,  First Federal  regularly  reviews the problem loans in its portfolio to
determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable
regulations.  Classified  assets,  as  described  above,  of  First  Federal  at
September 30, 1996 were as follows:

                                                 (In Thousands)
      Substandard..........................           $1,086
      Doubtful.............................              ---
      Loss.................................              ---
                                                      ------
                                                      $1,086
                                                      ======

ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES ON LOANS

         Management's policy is to establish allowances for loan losses based on
historical  data,  economic  trends  and  projections,   an  assessment  of  the
borrower's  overall  financial  condition,  the type and value of any collateral
securing  such  loans and other  relevant  factors so as to attempt to cover any
potential  losses  known to  management.  Management's  policy  is to  establish
allowances for losses on real estate owned  sufficient to value such real estate
at the  lower of cost or  estimated  net  realizable  value  based  on  current,
independent  appraisals  when it  determines  that  losses  are  expected  to be
incurred on the underlying  properties.  While management  believes that it uses
the best information  available to make such determinations,  future adjustments
could be  necessary  and net income  could be affected if  circumstances  differ
substantially from the assumptions used in making the initial determination.




                                       56

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth an analysis of First Federal's allowance
for loan losses.


                                                    Year Ended September 30,
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                  1996        1995       1994
                                                  ----        ----       ----
                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)

Balance at beginning of period............        $ 317       $ 313      $ 339
Charge-offs...............................          (23)        (27)       (39)
Recoveries................................            5           4        414

Provisions for losses on loans............          (52)         27       (401)
                                                  -----        ----      -----
Balance at end of period..................        $ 247       $ 317      $ 313
                                                  =====        ====      =====
Ratio of net charge-offs during the
period to average loans outstanding
   during the period......................          .04%        .05%      (.87)%
                                                  =====        ====      =====

         The  allocation  of the  allowance  for  losses  on loans at the  dates
indicated is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                September 30,
                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1996                           1995                           1994
                            ---------------------------     -----------------------------  -------------------------------
                                      Percent of Loans                Percent of Loans               Percent of Loans
                                      in Each Category                in Each Category               in Each Category
                             Amount    to Total Loans       Amount    to Total Loans       Amount    to Total Loans
                             ------    --------------       ------    --------------       ------    --------------
                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                            <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
Real Estate.............       $120         75.95%          $223          80.72%           $ 191          81.82%
Other...................        127         24.05             94          19.28              122          18.18
                               ----        ------           ----         ------            -----         ------
   Total................       $247        100.00%          $317         100.00%           $ 313         100.00%
                               ====        ======           ====         ======            =====         ======
</TABLE>


         For information on First Federal's  allowance for losses on real estate
owned,  See Note 5 of the Notes to Financial  Statements in the Annual Report to
Stockholders filed as Exhibit 13 hereto.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

         First  Federal's  assets,  other  than  loans and some  mortgage-backed
securities receivable,  are invested primarily in interest-bearing deposits with
banks,  other  thrift  institutions  and  the  FHLB  of  Dallas,  United  States
government and agency  securities  and FHLB stock.  First Federal is required by
federal  regulations  to maintain a minimum  amount of liquid assets that may be
invested in specified  securities  and is also  permitted to make certain  other
security investments.  First Federal maintains liquidity in excess of regulatory
requirements. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to assure
that adequate  liquidity is provided.  As of September 30, 1996, First Federal's
liquidity ratio (liquid assets as a percentage of net  withdrawable  savings and
current  borrowings) was 8.27% as compared to the regulatory  requirement of 5%.
At September 30, 1996,  First Federal had no borrowings from the FHLB;  however,
First Federal had the ability, if needed, to borrow up to $20.3 million from the
FHLB of Dallas for liquidity purposes.


                                       57

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets  forth the  composition  of First  Federal's
securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 At September 30,
                                                           -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1996                    1995                    1994
                                                           ------------------     ------------------       -------------------
                                                           Book        Market      Book       Market       Book        Market
                                                           Value       Value       Value      Value        Value       Value
                                                           -----       -----       -----      -----        -----       -----

                                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Interest-bearing deposits with FHLB..................       $1,145      $1,145      $5,666     $5,666      $4,940      $4,940

Federal agency obligations...........................        1,000       1,000       1,000        988       1,000         949

FHLB stock...........................................          845         845         796        796         748         748
                                                            ------      ------      ------     ------      ------      ------
     Total liquid assets, securities and FHLB stock.        $2,990      $2,990      $7,462     $7,450      $6,688      $6,637
                                                            ======      ======      ======     ======      ======      ======

Average remaining life or term to repricing..........          ---                0.13 years                 0.30 years
</TABLE>

SOURCES OF FUNDS

         General.  Deposit accounts have traditionally been the principal source
of First  Federal's  funds for use in  lending  and for other  general  business
purposes.  In  addition  to  deposits,  First  Federal  derives  funds from loan
repayments and cash flows generated from operations. Scheduled loan payments are
a relatively stable source of funds,  while deposit inflows and outflows and the
related cost of such funds have varied.  Borrowings  may be used on a short-term
basis to compensate  for seasonal  reductions in deposits or deposit  inflows at
less than  projected  levels  and may be used on a longer  term basis to support
expanded  lending  activities in order to minimize  excess cash in hand over and
above liquidity requirements.

         Deposits. First Federal attracts both short-term and long-term deposits
from its primary  market area and has not actively  sought  deposits  outside of
this area.  First  Federal  offers  regular  passbook  accounts,  NOW  accounts,
commercial  and personal  checking  accounts  (including  its new "Golden Eagle"
checking  designed  for  persons of age 50 or more,  and its new "30  Something"
checking  designed  for persons  between 30 and 49 years of age),  money  market
deposit  accounts,  fixed  interest rate  certificates  of deposits with varying
maturities,  and negotiated rate $95,000 or above jumbo  certificates of deposit
("Jumbo CDs"). At September 30, 1996,  First Federal had $2.6 million in "Golden
Eagle" accounts and $50,000 in its brand new "30 Something" accounts.

         Deposit account terms vary,  according to the minimum balance required,
the time period the funds must remain on deposit and the  interest  rate,  among
other  factors.  First Federal  regularly  evaluates the internal cost of funds,
surveys  rates  offered  by  competing  institutions,   reviews  its  cash  flow
requirements  for  lending  and  liquidity  and makes rate  changes  when deemed
appropriate.  In order to decrease the volatility of its deposits, First Federal
imposes  penalties up to 30 days of interest for certificates  maturing one year
or less and 90 days for  certificates  over one year on early  withdrawal on its
certificates of deposit. First Federal has become more susceptible to short-term
fluctuations  in deposit  flows,  as customers  have become more  interest  rate
conscious.  In addition,  First Federal has not been willing to pay higher rates
to retain deposits that may not be profitably  deployed.  First Federal does not
have any  brokered  deposits  and has no present  intention to accept or solicit
such deposits.

         In 1994 First  Federal  attempted  to increase  its  passbook  accounts
through a marketing  campaign  emphasizing  the community  involvement  of First
Federal  with all  segments  of the  population  in its  trade  area.  Among the
measures which have been undertaken in connection  with this marketing  campaign
are an  increase  in the  proportion  of First  Federal's  employees  that speak
Spanish, advertising in Spanish language publications, direct contact with local
Hispanic community organizations and the opening of a new office at a later date
in an area  with a  significant  Hispanic  influence.  After its  conversion  to
bank-type data processing in the spring of

                                       58

<PAGE>



1995,  First Federal has increased its checking or transaction  accounts through
an aggressive  marketing campaign aimed at, among others, local college students
and faculty, with the new branch in College Station,  Texas,  (immediately south
of Bryan) opened in the first half of 1994.  Recently,  it acquired a site for a
new full-service  branch located at a key  intersection in northern Bryan.  This
immediate area presently has no nearby banking facility  servicing its financial
needs.

         The  following  table sets  forth the  deposit  flows at First  Federal
during the periods  indicated.  Net increase  (decrease) refers to the amount of
deposits  during a period less the amount of withdrawals  during the period.  In
order to  reduce  excess  cash on hand,  First  Federal  implemented  a  planned
reduction in higher cost deposits from 1995 to 1996.


                                                Year Ended September 30,
                                          -------------------------------------
                                           1996           1995         1994
                                           ----           ----         ----
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)

Opening balance......................      $54,939       $50,846      $47,312
Net deposits (withdrawals)...........      (4,916)         2,592        1,833
Interest credited....................        1,654         1,501        1,701
                                           -------      --------      -------
Ending balance.......................      $51,677       $54,939      $50,846
                                          ========      ========      =======
Net increase (decrease)..............     $(3,262)       $ 4,093      $ 3,534
                                          ========      ========      =======

Percent increase (decrease)..........      (5.94)%         8.05%        7.47%
                                          ========      ========      =======

         The following  table sets forth the dollar amount of savings  deposits,
by interest  rate range,  in the various  types of deposit  programs  offered by
First Federal at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     At September 30,
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1996                   1995                    1994
                                         ---------------------   -------------------    -------------------
                                                    Percent                Percent                 Percent
                                         Amount    of Total      Amount    of Total      Amount    of Total
                                         ------    --------      ------    ----------    ------    --------
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

Certificate accounts:
<S>                                     <C>            <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
 0.00 - 2.99 .........................  $    --          ---%    $    --       ---%      $    59       0.1%
 3.00 - 4.99 .........................   16,448         31.8      12,854      23.4        28,689      56.4
 5.00 - 6.99 .........................   17,505         33.9      23,371      42.5         5,943      11.7
 7.00 - 8.99 .........................      933          1.8         921       1.7            --        --
 9.00 - 9.99 .........................       --           --          --        --            --        --
                                        -------        -----     -------     -----       -------     -----

Total Certificate Accounts ...........   34,886         67.5      37,146      67.6        34,691      68.2

Other Accounts:

Passbook accounts ....................    4,177          8.1       5,014       9.1         5,039       9.9
NOW and Other Demand Deposit .........    5,387         10.4       4,117       7.5         3,510       6.9
Accounts
Money market accounts ................    4,653          9.0       5,650      10.3         5,486      10.8
Commercial checking accounts .........    1,185          2.3       1,295       2.4         1,660       3.3
Other noninterest-bearing accounts ...    1,389          2.7       1,717       3.1           460       0.9
                                        -------        -----     -------     -----       -------     -----
Total other accounts .................   16,791         32.5      17,793      32.4        16,155      31.8
                                        -------        -----     -------     -----       -------     -----
Total deposits .......................  $51,677        100.0%    $54,939     100.0%      $50,846     100.0%
                                        =======        =====     =======     =====       =======     =====
</TABLE>

                                       59
<PAGE>

         At September 30, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as
follows



                                                          1999 and
                                     1997         1998    thereafter       Total
                                     ----         ----    ----------       -----
                                               (In Thousands)

3% to 4.99%...............        $14,882      $ 1,322      $  244      $16,448
5% to 6.99%...............          9,972        4,488       3,045       17,505
7% to 9.99%...............            ---          ---         933          933
                                  -------      -------      ------      --------
     Total................        $24,854      $ 5,810      $4,222      $34,886
                                  =======      =======      ======      ========


         The  following   table   indicates   the  amount  of  First   Federal's
certificates  of deposit by time  remaining  until  maturity as of September 30,
1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Maturity
                                                     --------------------------------------------------
                                                     3 Months        3 to 6      6 to 12       Over 12
                                                      or Less        Months      Months         Months        Total
                                                      -------        ------      ------         ------        -----
                                                                               (In Thousands)
<S>                               <C>                <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000.......... $6,355         $7,028      $8,564         $  8,679     $30,626
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more.........  1,003          1,104         800            1,353       4,260
                                                     ------         ------      ------         --------     -------
Total............................................... $7,358         $8,132      $9,364         $ 10,032     $34,886
                                                     ======         ======      ======         ========     =======
</TABLE>


BORROWINGS

         First Federal's  borrowings  primarily have been advances from the FHLB
of Dallas.  As a member of the FHLB of Dallas,  First Federal is required to own
capital stock in the FHLB of Dallas and is authorized to apply for advances from
the FHLB of Dallas.  Each FHLB credit program has its own interest  rate,  which
may be fixed or  variable,  and  range of  maturities.  The FHLB of  Dallas  may
prescribe  the  acceptable  uses to which these  advances may be put, as well as
limitations  on the size of the advances and repayment  provisions.  Federal law
requires  that all  long-term  FHLB  advances  be for the  purpose of  financing
residential  housing and members must meet community  lending standards in order
to have  continued  access to long-term  FHLB  advances.  First Federal does not
expect that these  limitations  will have a significant  impact on its access to
FHLB advances.

         The  following  table  sets forth the  maximum  month-end  balance  and
average  balance  of FHLB  advances  and other  borrowings  during  the  periods
indicated.



                                                Year Ended September 30,
                                           ---------------------------------
                                             1996        1995         1994
                                             ----        ----         ----
                                                     (In Thousands)

Maximum Balance:
FHLB advances............................  $1,088       $1,088       $2,004

Average Balance:
FHLB advances............................  $   89       $2,085       $  679

                                       60
<PAGE>


         The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  as  to  First
Federal's FHLB advances and other borrowings at the dates indicated.


                                                    September 30,
                                           ----------------------------------
                                             1996        1995        1994
                                             ----        ----        ----
                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

FHLB advances............................  $   ---      $1,088      $ ---
Other borrowings.........................      ---         ---        ---
Total borrowings.........................  $   ---      $1,008      $ ---
                                           =======      ======      ======
Weighted average interest rate of
FHLB advances............................      ---%      7.10%        ---%

Weighted average interest rate of
other borrowings.........................      ---        N/A        N/A

SERVICE CORPORATION

         Federally chartered institutions are permitted to invest in the capital
stock,  obligations,  or other  specified  types of securities  of  subsidiaries
(referred to as "service  corporations") and to make loans to such subsidiaries,
and joint ventures in which such subsidiaries are participants,  in an aggregate
amount not  exceeding 2% of an  institution's  assets,  plus an additional 1% of
assets if the  amount  over 2% is used for  specified  community  or inner  city
development  purposes.  In addition,  federal regulations permit institutions to
make specified loans to such subsidiaries  under its general lending  authority.
In addition,  such  institutions are authorized to invest  unlimited  amounts in
subsidiaries  that  are  engaged  solely  in  activities  in  which  the  parent
institution may engage.

         First  Federal's  service  corporation,  First Service  Corporation  of
Bryan, is currently  inactive.  At September 30, 1996, First Federal had a total
investment  of $13,000 in its service  corporation.  See  "Regulation  - Federal
Regulation of Thrift Institutions."

COMPETITION

         First Federal faces strong competition both in originating loans and in
attracting deposits. Competition in originating loans comes primarily from other
thrift institutions, commercial banks and mortgage companies who also make loans
located in First Federal's primary market area. First Federal competes for loans
principally  on the basis of the  interest  rates and loan fees it charges,  the
types  of loans  it  originates  and the  quality  of  service  it  provides  to
borrowers.

         First Federal faces substantial competition in attracting deposits from
other thrift  institutions,  commercial  banks,  money market and mutual  funds,
credit  unions and other  investment  vehicles.  The ability of First Federal to
attract  and retain  deposits  depends on its  ability to provide an  investment
opportunity  that satisfies the  requirements of investors as to rate of return,
liquidity,  risk and other factors. First Federal competes for these deposits by
offering a variety of  deposit  accounts  at  competitive  rates and  convenient
business hours.

                                       61

<PAGE>



         New,  innovative  checking  accounts have been  recently  introduced by
First Federal.  These accounts are targeted to those  individuals age 50 or over
("Golden  Eagle  Account") and age 30 to 49 ("30  Something  Account"),  both of
which include special benefits and planned trips.

         First  Federal  considers  its primary  market for deposits and lending
activities  to be the  Bryan-College  Station  area  (Brazos  County),  and  the
surrounding  counties  of  Burleson,   Grimes,  Leon,  Madison,   Robertson  and
Washington  county,  Texas.  This  area may be  characterized  principally  as a
college community centered around Texas A&M University; however, during 1995 and
1996  additional  private  businesses  have located in the area.  A  significant
portion of the region's deposit base is comprised of depositors  associated with
Texas A&M  University.  At September 30, 1996 there was one thrift  institution,
one state savings bank and seven  commercial banks with offices in Bryan-College
Station,  Texas, where First Federal's principal offices and full-service branch
are located.

EMPLOYEES

         At  September  30,  1996,  First  Federal had a total of 50  employees,
including 12 part-time employees.  First Federal's employees are not represented
by any collective bargaining group.  Management considers its employee relations
to be good.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY OWNED

         First  Federal  owns the  building and land for its main office at 2900
Texas  Avenue,  Bryan,  Texas,  which  was built in 1956 and  acquired  by First
Federal in 1978. This office now has 8,700 square feet and is situated on almost
an acre of land  with  over  200  feet of  frontage  situated  on the  principal
thoroughfare  in Bryan- College  Station.  The net depreciated net book value of
this office and land (with  recent  parking lot  improvements)  was  $325,000 at
September  30,  1996.  An  expansion  of 800 square feet was added in 1995,  and
additional drive-in facilities were added in 1994.

         First  Federal also opened and owns a branch office at 2202 Longmire in
College Station in March of 1994. This office has approximately 2320 square feet
and is situated  on almost two acres of land.  The book value of this office and
land was $316,000 at September 30, 1996.

         Management's  present  intentions  are to develop a branch in  northern
Bryan to better serve the Hispanic and minority community, low income population
and other  residents in this part of the community  not presently  served with a
nearby banking facility,  and has recently acquired a site at a key intersection
in northern Bryan. Management believes its current check clearing capability can
service these additional accounts.

         First Federal  maintains a database of depositor and borrower  customer
information.  The net book value of the data  processing and computer  equipment
and software utilized by First Federal at September 30, 1996 was $71,000.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         First  Federal  is,  from  time to time,  a party to  certain  lawsuits
arising in the ordinary course of its business. First Federal believes that none
of these lawsuits would, if adversely determined, have a material adverse effect
on its financial condition.




                                       62

<PAGE>



                                   REGULATION


GENERAL

         First Federal is a federally chartered thrift institution, the deposits
of which are  federally  insured  and backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States Government. Accordingly, First Federal is subject to broad federal
regulation  and oversight  extending to all its  operations.  First Federal is a
member of the FHLB of Dallas and is subject to certain limited regulation by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal  Reserve Board").  As
the thrift  institution  holding  company of First Federal,  the Holding Company
also will be subjected to federal  regulation and oversight.  The purpose of the
regulation  of the Holding  Company and other  holding  companies  is to protect
subsidiary  thrift  institutions.  First  Federal  is a  member  of the  Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF")  and the  deposits  of First  Federal are
insured  by  the  FDIC.  As a  result,  the  FDIC  has  certain  regulatory  and
examination authority over First Federal.

         Certain of these regulatory requirements and restrictions are discussed
below or elsewhere in this document.

FEDERAL REGULATION OF THRIFT INSTITUTIONS

         The  OTS  has  extensive   authority  over  the  operations  of  thrift
institutions.  As part of this  authority,  First  Federal is  required  to file
periodic reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic  examination by the OTS
and the FDIC.  The last regular OTS  examination of First Federal was as of June
17,  1996.  Under  agency  scheduling  guidelines,  it is  likely  that  another
examination  will be  initiated  within 18 months of the last  exam.  When these
examinations  are  conducted by the OTS and the FDIC,  the examiners may require
First Federal to provide for higher general or specific loan loss reserves.  All
thrift  institutions  are subject to a  semi-annual  assessment,  based upon the
thrift  institution's  total assets,  to fund the  operations of the OTS.  First
Federal's OTS  assessment  for the expense of  examinations  for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1996, was $20,876.

         The OTS also  has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  all  thrift
institutions  and their  holding  companies,  including  First  Federal  and the
Holding Company.  This enforcement  authority includes,  among other things, the
ability to assess civil money penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist  or removal
orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions
may be initiated for  violations of laws and  regulations  and unsafe or unsound
practices.  Other  actions or  inactions  may provide the basis for  enforcement
action,  including  misleading or untimely  reports  filed with the OTS.  Except
under certain  circumstances,  public disclosure of final enforcement actions by
the OTS is required.

         In addition,  the investment,  lending and branching authority of First
Federal is prescribed by federal laws and it is prohibited  from engaging in any
activities not permitted by such laws. For instance,  no thrift  institution may
invest in  non-investment  grade  corporate debt  securities.  In addition,  the
permissible  level of  investment  by federal  associations  in loans secured by
non-residential real property may not exceed 400% of total capital,  except with
approval of the OTS. Federal thrift  institutions are also generally  authorized
to  branch   nationwide.   First  Federal  is  in  compliance   with  the  noted
restrictions.

         First    Federal's    general    permissible    lending    limit    for
loans-to-one-borrower  is equal to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of  unimpaired
capital  and  surplus  (except  for  loans  fully  secured  by  certain  readily
marketable  collateral,  in  which  case  this  limit  is  increased  to  25% of
unimpaired  capital and surplus).  At September 30, 1996,  First Federal's legal
lending  limit  under  this  restriction  was  $647,000.  First  Federal  is  in
compliance with the loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

         The OTS, as well as the other  federal  banking  agencies,  has adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  internal controls and audit systems,  interest
rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits. Any institution
which fails to comply with these  standards  must submit a  compliance  plan.  A
failure to submit a plan or to comply with an

                                       63

<PAGE>



approved plan will subject the institution to further enforcement action.  First
Federal has adopted these OTS guidelines.

INSURANCE OF ACCOUNTS AND REGULATION BY THE FDIC

         First  Federal is a member of the SAIF,  which is  administered  by the
FDIC.  Deposits  are  insured  up to  applicable  limits  by the  FDIC  and such
insurance  is  backed  by  the  full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States
Government.  As insurer,  the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums and is
authorized to conduct  examinations of and to require  reporting by FDIC-insured
institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in
any activity the FDIC  determines  by regulation or order to pose a serious risk
to the FDIC.  The FDIC also has the  authority to initiate  enforcement  actions
against  thrift  institutions,  after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such
action,  and may  terminate  the deposit  insurance  if it  determines  that the
institution  has  engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices  or is in an unsafe or
unsound condition.

         The FDIC's deposit insurance premiums are assessed through a risk-based
system under which all insured  depository  institutions  are placed into one of
nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based upon their  level of
capital and supervisory evaluation. Under the system, institutions classified as
well  capitalized  (i.e., a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1
or core capital to  risk-weighted  assets  ("Tier 1  risk-based  capital") of at
least 6% and a risk-based  capital ratio of at least 8%) and considered  healthy
pay the  lowest  premium  while  institutions  that  are  less  than  adequately
capitalized  (i.e., core or Tier 1 risk- based capital ratios of less than 4% or
a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less  than 8%) and  considered  of  substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions will be made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

         First Federal was a "well-capitalized"  institution as of September 30,
1996.

         The FDIC is authorized to increase  assessment  rates,  on a semiannual
basis, if it determines that the reserve ratio of the SAIF will be less than the
designated  reserve  ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased  assessments,  the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated  reserve  level,  or such higher  reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC.  The FDIC may also impose  special  assessments  on SAIF  members to repay
amounts  borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reason deemed
necessary by the FDIC.

           For the first six months of 1995,  the  assessment  schedule  for BIF
members and SAIF members  ranged from .23% to .31% of  deposits.  As is the case
with the SAIF, the FDIC is authorized to adjust the insurance  premium rates for
banks that are insured by the BIF of the FDIC in order to  maintain  the reserve
ratio of the BIF at  1.25%  of BIF  insured  deposits.  As a  result  of the BIF
reaching its statutory  reserve ratio the FDIC revised the premium  schedule for
BIF insured  institutions  to provide a range of .04% to .31% of  deposits.  The
revisions  became  effective in the third quarter of 1995. In addition,  the BIF
rates were further revised,  effective January 1996, to provide a range of 0% to
 .27%. The SAIF rates,  however,  were not adjusted. At the time the FDIC revised
the BIF premium schedule, it noted that, absent legislative action (as discussed
below),  the SAIF would not attain its  designated  reserve ratio until the year
2002. As a result,  SAIF insured members would continue to be generally  subject
to higher deposit insurance  premiums than BIF insured  institutions  until, all
things being equal, the SAIF attained its required reserve ratio.

         In order to eliminate this disparity and any  competitive  disadvantage
between  BIF and SAIF  member  institutions  with  respect to deposit  insurance
premiums,  legislation to  recapitalize  the SAIF was enacted in September 1996.
The  legislation  required a one-time  assessment  to be imposed on all deposits
assessed at the SAIF rates, as of March 31, 1995, in order to  recapitalize  the
SAIF. It also provided for the merger of the BIF and the SAIF on January 1, 1999
if  no  thrift   institutions  then  exist.  The  special  assessment  rate  was
established  at .657% of deposits by the FDIC and the  resulting  assessment  of
$333,000  ($220,000 net of tax effect)  accrued by First Federal as of September
30, 1996 and paid by First Federal in November,  1996.  This special  assessment
significantly   increased  noninterest  expense  and  adversely  affected  First
Federal's  results of  operations  for the year ended  September  30, 1996. As a
result of the special assessment, as of January 1, 1997, First Federal's deposit
insurance premiums were reduced to .065% based upon its current risk

                                       64

<PAGE>



classification  and the new assessment  schedule for SAIF insured  institutions.
These premiums are subject to change in future periods.

         Prior  to the  enactment  of the  legislation,  a  portion  of the SAIF
assessment  imposed on thrift  institutions was used to repay obligations issued
by a federally chartered corporation to provide financing ("FICO") for resolving
the thrift  crisis in the 1980s.  Although the FDIC has  proposed  that the SAIF
assessment be equalized with the BIF assessment  schedule,  effective October 1,
1996, SAIF-insured institutions will continue to be subject to a FICO assessment
as a result of this continuing  obligation.  Although the  legislation  also now
requires  assessments  to be made on  BIF-assessable  deposits for this purpose,
effective  January 1, 1997,  that  assessment will be limited to 20% of the rate
imposed on SAIF  assessable  deposits  until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or
when no thrift institution continues to exist, thereby imposing a greater burden
on  SAIF  member  institutions  such  as  First  Federal.  Thereafter,  however,
assessments  on  BIF-member  institutions  will  be made on the  same  basis  as
SAIF-member  institutions.  The rates  established by the FDIC to implement this
requirement for all FDIC-insured  institutions is 6.5 basis points assessment on
SAIF  deposits  and  1.3  basis  points  on  BIF  deposits   until  BIF  insured
institutions participate fully in the assessment. At such time the assessment is
anticipated to be about 2.4 basis points for all FDIC-insured institutions.  The
rates  may be  revised  in future  periods  due to  changes  in the BIF and SAIF
assessment base.

REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

         Federally  insured  thrift  institutions,  such as First  Federal,  are
required  to  maintain  a  minimum  level  of  regulatory  capital.  The OTS has
established  capital  standards,  including a tangible  capital  requirement,  a
leverage  ratio  (or  core  capital)   requirement  and  a  risk-based   capital
requirement  applicable to such thrift institutions.  These capital requirements
must be  generally  as  stringent as the  comparable  capital  requirements  for
national  banks.  The OTS is also  authorized to impose capital  requirements in
excess of these standards on individual associations on a case-by-case basis.

         The capital  regulations  require  tangible capital of at least 1.5% of
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital for calculating  compliance with
the requirement.

         The OTS regulations establish special  capitalization  requirements for
thrift  institutions that own subsidiaries.  In determining  compliance with the
capital requirements,  all subsidiaries engaged solely in activities permissible
for national  banks or engaged in certain other  activities  solely as agent for
its customers are  "includable"  subsidiaries  that are consolidated for capital
purposes in proportion to the association's  level of ownership.  For excludable
subsidiaries the debt and equity  investments in such  subsidiaries are deducted
from assets and capital.  First Federal was not subject to any such deduction at
September 30, 1996.

         At September  30,  1996,  First  Federal had  tangible  capital of $4.3
million,  or 7.5% of adjusted total assets,  which is approximately $3.4 million
above the minimum requirement of 1.5% of adjusted total assets in effect on that
date.

         The capital standards also require core capital equal to at least 3% of
adjusted total assets.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus
certain intangible  assets,  including a limited amount of purchased credit card
relationships.  As a result of the prompt corrective action provisions discussed
below,  however,  a thrift  institution must maintain a core capital ratio of at
least  4%  to  be  considered  adequately  capitalized  unless  its  supervisory
condition  is such to allow it to maintain a 3% ratio.  At  September  30, 1996,
First Federal had no intangibles which were subject to these tests.

         At September  30, 1996,  First  Federal had core capital  equal to $4.3
million,  or 7.5% of adjusted  total  assets,  which is $2.6  million  above the
minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3% as in effect on that date.


                                       65

<PAGE>



          The OTS risk-based  requirement  requires thrift  institutions to have
total capital of at least 8% of risk- weighted assets. Total capital consists of
core capital, as defined above, and supplementary capital. Supplementary capital
consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is also authorized to require a thrift institution to maintain an additional
amount of total capital to account for concentration of credit risk and the risk
of  non-traditional  activities.  At  September  30,  1996 First  Federal had no
capital  instruments  that  qualify as  supplementary  capital  and  $247,000 of
general loss reserves, which was less than 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

         Certain  exclusions from capital and assets are required to be made for
the purpose of calculating  total  capital.  Such  exclusions  consist of equity
investments  (as  defined  by  regulation)  and that  portion  of land loans and
nonresidential  construction  loans in excess of an 80% loan-to-value  ratio and
reciprocal holdings of qualifying capital instruments. First Federal had no such
exclusions from capital and assets at September 30, 1996.

         In  determining  the  amount  of  risk-weighted   assets,  all  assets,
including certain  off-balance sheet items, will be multiplied by a risk weight,
ranging from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk  inherent in the type of asset.  For
example,  the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for  prudently  underwritten
permanent  one- to  four-family  first lien mortgage loans not more than 90 days
delinquent  and having a loan to value ratio of not more than 80% at origination
unless insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or FHLMC.

         OTS regulations  also require that every thrift  institution  with more
than normal  interest rate risk exposure to deduct from its total  capital,  for
purposes of determining compliance with such requirement, an amount equal to 50%
of its  interest-rate  risk  exposure  multiplied  by the  present  value of its
assets. This exposure is a measure of the potential decline in the net portfolio
value of a  thrift  institution,  greater  than 2% of the  present  value of its
assets,  based upon a  hypothetical  200 basis  point  increase  or  decrease in
interest rates (whichever results in a greater decline).  Net portfolio value is
the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows  from  assets,   liabilities  and
off-balance  sheet  contracts.  The rule will not become effective until the OTS
evaluates the process by which thrift  institutions  may appeal an interest rate
risk deduction determination.  It is uncertain as to when this evaluation may be
completed.  Any thrift  institution  with less than $300 million in assets and a
total capital ratio in excess of 12% is exempt from this requirement  unless the
OTS determines otherwise.

         On September 30, 1996,  First Federal had total capital of $4.6 million
and  risk-weighted  assets  of  $43.7  million,  or  total  capital  of 10.6% of
risk-weighted  assets.  This amount was $1.2 million above the 8% requirement in
effect on that date.

         The OTS and the FDIC are authorized  and,  under certain  circumstances
required,  to take certain actions against thrift institutions that fail to meet
their  capital  requirements.  The OTS is  generally  required to take action to
restrict the activities of an "undercapitalized  association" (generally defined
to be  one  with  less  than  either  a 4%  core  capital  ratio,  a 4%  Tier  1
risked-based  capital  ratio  or an  8%  risk-based  capital  ratio).  Any  such
association  must  submit a  capital  restoration  plan and  until  such plan is
approved by the OTS may not increase its assets,  acquire  another  institution,
establish a branch or engage in any new  activities,  and generally may not make
capital   distributions.   The  OTS  is  authorized  to  impose  the  additional
restrictions that are applicable to significantly undercapitalized associations.

          As a condition to the approval of the capital  restoration  plan,  any
company  controlling  an  undercapitalized  association  must agree that it will
enter  into  a  limited  capital  maintenance  guarantee  with  respect  to  the
institution's achievement of its capital requirements.

         Any thrift institution that fails to comply with its capital plan or is
"significantly undercapitalized" (i.e., Tier 1 risk-based or core capital ratios
of less  than 3% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less  than 6%) must be made
subject  to  one  or  more  of  additional   specified   actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger  or  acquisition  of  the   association.   An  association  that  becomes
"critically  undercapitalized" (i.e., a tangible capital ratio of 2% or less) is
subject to further mandatory

                                       66

<PAGE>



restrictions on its activities in addition to those  applicable to significantly
undercapitalized  associations. In addition, the OTS must appoint a receiver (or
conservator  with the  concurrence of the FDIC) for a thrift  institution,  with
certain  limited  exceptions,   within  90  days  after  it  becomes  critically
undercapitalized.

         At  September  30,  1996,  First  Federal  fell  within the  regulatory
definition of "well capitalized".

         Any  undercapitalized  association  is  also  subject  to  the  general
enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC,  including the  appointment of a
conservator or a receiver.

         The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an association into
a lower capital category and impose the restrictions applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

         The imposition by the OTS or the FDIC of any of these measures on First
Federal or the Holding  Company  may have a  substantial  adverse  effect on the
Holding  Company's  operations  and  profitability  and the value of the Holding
Company Common Stock. As stated above, at September 30, 1996,  First Federal was
"well-capitalized".

LIMITATIONS ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS

         OTS  regulations   impose  various   restrictions  or  requirements  on
associations  with respect to their  ability to make  distributions  of capital,
which include dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases,  cash-out mergers and
other transactions charged to the capital account. OTS regulations also prohibit
an association  from declaring or paying any dividends or from  repurchasing any
of its stock if, as a result, the regulatory capital of the association would be
reduced below the amount required to be maintained for the  liquidation  account
established in connection with its mutual to stock conversion.

         Generally thrift institutions,  such as First Federal,  that before and
after the  proposed  distribution  meet  their  capital  requirements,  may make
capital  distributions  during any calendar year equal to the greater of 100% of
net  income for the  year-to-date  plus 50% of the amount by which the lesser of
the  association's  tangible,  core or  risk-based  capital  exceeds its capital
requirement  for such  capital  component,  as measured at the  beginning of the
calendar year, or 75% of its net income for the most recent four quarter period.
However,  an association deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by
the OTS may have its dividend authority restricted by the OTS. First Federal has
not been so notified and therefore  may pay  dividends in  accordance  with this
general authority.

         Thrift  institutions  proposing to make any capital  distribution  need
only submit written notice to the OTS 30 days prior to such distribution. Thrift
institutions  that do not,  or would  not meet  their  current  minimum  capital
requirements following a proposed capital distribution, however, must obtain OTS
approval  prior  to  making  such  distribution.  The  OTS  may  object  to  the
distribution  during that 30-day  notice  period  based on safety and  soundness
concerns. See " -- Regulatory Capital Requirements."

         The OTS has proposed  regulations that would revise the current capital
distribution  restrictions.  Under the proposal a thrift  institution may make a
capital distribution  restrictions.  Under the proposal a thrift institution may
make a capital  distribution  without  notice to the OTS provided  that it has a
CAMEL 1 or 2 rating, is not of supervisory  concern, and would remain adequately
capitalized  (as  defined  in the  OTS  prompt  corrective  action  regulations)
following  the  proposed  distribution.  Thrift  institutions  that would remain
adequately  capitalized  following the proposed distribution but do not meet the
other  noted  requirements  must  notify  the OTS 30 days prior to  declaring  a
capital  distribution.  The OTS stated it will  generally  regard as permissible
that amount of capital distributions that do not exceed 50% of the institution's
excess  regulatory  capital plus net income to date during the calendar  year. A
thrift institution may not make a capital distribution without prior approval of
the OTS and the FDIC if it is under capitalized  before, or as a result of, such
a  distribution.  As under the  current  rule,  the OTS may  object to a capital
distribution if it would constitute an unsafe or unsound  practice.  No absolute
assurance  may be given as to  whether  or in what form the  regulations  may be
adopted.

                                       67

<PAGE>



         First Federal is not aware at this time of any restriction on dividends
that could be imposed upon it by the OTS or the FDIC.

LIQUIDITY

         All thrift  institutions,  including  First  Federal,  are  required to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings  payable in one year or less.  For a discussion of what First Federal
includes  in  liquid  assets,  see  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial   Condition   and  Results  of  Operations  -  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."  This  liquid  asset  ratio  requirement  may vary from time to time
(between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings flows of all
thrift institutions. At the present time, the minimum liquid asset ratio is 5%.

         In  addition,  short-term  liquid  assets  (e.g.,  cash,  certain  time
deposits,  certain  bankers  acceptances  and short-term  United States Treasury
obligations)  currently must constitute at least 1% of the association's average
daily  balance of net  withdrawable  deposit  accounts  and current  borrowings.
Penalties may be imposed upon associations for violations of either liquid asset
ratio  requirement.  At September 30, 1996, First Federal was in compliance with
both requirements,  with an overall liquid asset ratio of 8.27% and a short-term
liquid assets ratio of 8.27%.

ACCOUNTING

         An OTS policy statement applicable to all thrift institutions clarifies
and re-emphasizes that the investment activities of a thrift institution must be
in compliance with approved and documented  investment  policies and strategies,
and must be accounted for in accordance with GAAP.  Under the policy  statement,
management  must support its  classification  of and accounting for loans (i.e.,
whether held for investment,  sale or trading) and securities  (held-to-maturity
available-for-sale or trading) with appropriate documentation.  First Federal is
in compliance with these amended rules.

         The OTS accounting  regulations,  which may be made more stringent than
GAAP by the OTS,  require  that  transactions  be reported in a manner that best
reflects  their  underlying  economic  substance  and  inherent  risk  and  that
financial  reports must incorporate any other  accounting  regulations or orders
prescribed by the OTS.

QUALIFIED THRIFT LENDER TEST

         All thrift institutions, including First Federal are required to meet a
qualified  thrift  lender  ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions  on their
operations.  This test requires a thrift institution to have at least 65% of its
portfolio assets (as defined by regulation) in qualified thrift investments on a
monthly  average  for nine out of every 12  months  on a  rolling  basis.  As an
alternative,  the thrift  institution  may  maintain  60% of its assets in those
assets  specified in Section  7701(a)(19)  of the Internal  Revenue Code.  Under
either test, such assets primarily consist of residential  housing related loans
and  investments.  At  September  30, 1996,  First  Federal met the test and has
always met the test since its effectiveness.

         Any thrift  institution that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to
a national bank charter, unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter remains a
QTL. If an  association  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter,  it must remain  SAIF-insured  until the FDIC permits it to transfer to
the BIF.  If such an  association  has not yet  requalified  or  converted  to a
national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those
permissible for both a thrift institution and a national bank, and it is limited
to  national  bank  branching  rights  in  its  home  state.  In  addition,  the
association is immediately  ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and is
subject to national  bank limits for payment of dividends.  If such  association
has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the
failure,  it must  divest  of all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not
permissible  for a  national  bank.  In  addition,  it must repay  promptly  any
outstanding FHLB borrowings,  which may result in prepayment  penalties.  If any
association  that fails the QTL test is  controlled by a holding  company,  then
within one year after the failure, the holding company must register as a

                                       68

<PAGE>



bank  holding  company and become  subject to all  restrictions  on bank holding
companies. See "- Holding Company Regulation."

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT

         Under the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  ("CRA"),  every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent  with
the CRA. The CRA requires the OTS, in connection  with the  examination of First
Federal,  to assess the institution's  record of meeting the credit needs of its
community  and to take such record  into  account in its  evaluation  of certain
applications,  such as a  merger  or the  establishment  of a  branch,  by First
Federal. An unsatisfactory  rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an
application by the OTS.

         The federal banking agencies,  including the OTS, have recently revised
the CRA  regulations  and  the  methodology  for  determining  an  institution's
compliance with the CRA. Due to the heightened  attention being given to the CRA
in the past few years,  First Federal may be required to devote additional funds
for investment and lending in its local community.

         First  Federal was examined for CRA  compliance  in 1996 and received a
rating of satisfactory.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

         Generally,   transactions   between   a  thrift   institution   or  its
subsidiaries  and its affiliates are required to be on terms as favorable to the
association as transactions with non-affiliates.  In addition,  certain of these
transactions,  such as loans to an affiliate,  are restricted to a percentage of
the  association's  capital.  Affiliates  of First  Federal  include the Holding
Company and any company  which is under common  control with First  Federal.  In
addition,  a  thrift  institution  may not  lend  to any  affiliate  engaged  in
activities not  permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the securities
of most  affiliates.  First Federal's  subsidiaries  are not deemed  affiliates;
however, the OTS has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of thrift institutions
as affiliates on a case by case basis.

         Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons
are also subject to conflict of interest  regulations enforced by the OTS. These
conflict of interest  regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on
loans to such persons and their  related  interests.  Among other  things,  such
loans must be made on terms  substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated
individuals.

HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

         The Holding Company will be an independent,  unitary thrift institution
holding company subject to regulatory oversight by the OTS. As such, the Holding
Company is required to register  and file reports with the OTS and is subject to
regulation  and  examination  by the OTS. In addition,  the OTS has  enforcement
authority over the Holding Company and its non-thrift  institution  subsidiaries
which permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities that are determined to
be a serious risk to the subsidiary thrift institution.

         As a unitary thrift  institution  holding company,  the Holding Company
generally  is not  subject to  activity  restrictions.  If the  Holding  Company
acquires  control of another  thrift  institution as a separate  subsidiary,  it
would become a multiple thrift institution  holding company,  and the activities
of the Holding Company and any of its subsidiaries  (other than First Federal or
any thrift institution) would become subject to activity restrictions comparable
to those  applicable to bank holding  companies  unless such other  associations
each qualify as a QTL and were acquired in a supervisory acquisition.


                                       69

<PAGE>



         If First  Federal fails the QTL test,  the Holding  Company must obtain
the  approval of the OTS prior to  continuing  after such  failure,  directly or
through its other subsidiaries,  any business activity other than those approved
for multiple thrift  institution  holding  companies or their  subsidiaries.  In
addition,  within one year of such failure the Holding Company must register as,
and  will  become  subject  to,  the  restrictions  applicable  to bank  holding
companies.

         The activities  authorized for a bank holding  company are more limited
than are the activities  authorized for a unitary or multiple thrift institution
holding company. See "--Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         The Holding Company must obtain approval from the OTS before  acquiring
control  of any SAIF-  insured  association.  Such  acquisitions  are  generally
prohibited  if they  result in a multiple  thrift  institution  holding  company
controlling thrift institutions in more than one state. However, such interstate
acquisitions  are  permitted  based  on  specific  state  authorization  or in a
supervisory acquisition of a failing thrift institution.

FEDERAL SECURITIES LAW

         The stock of the Holding Company will be registered with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") under the Exchange Act. The Holding Company
will  be  subject  to  the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider  trading
restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

         Holding  Company  stock held by persons who are  affiliates  (generally
officers,  directors and principal  shareholders) of the Holding Company may not
be resold without  registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale
restrictions  set forth  under Rule 144 of the  Securities  Act.  If the Holding
Company meets specified current public information requirements,  each affiliate
of  the  Holding  Company  is  able  to  sell  in  the  public  market,  without
registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

         The Federal  Reserve  Board  requires all  depository  institutions  to
maintain   noninterest  bearing  reserves  at  specified  levels  against  their
transaction  accounts  (primarily  checking  and  NOW  checking  accounts).   At
September  30,  1996,  First  Federal  was  in  compliance  with  these  reserve
requirements.  The balances maintained to meet the reserve  requirements imposed
by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements that
may be imposed by the OTS. See "-- Liquidity."

         Thrift  institutions  are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve
Bank  "discount   window,"  but  Federal  Reserve  Board   regulations   require
associations to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources of funds, including
FHLB borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM

         First  Federal  is a member of the FHLB of  Dallas,  which is one of 12
regional FHLBs,  that  administers the home financing  credit function of thrift
institutions.  Each FHLB  serves as a reserve  or central  bank for its  members
within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from proceeds derived from
the sale of  consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB  System.  It makes  loans to
members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, established
by the board of directors of the FHLB which are subject to the  oversight of the
Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be
fully secured by  sufficient  collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition,
all  long-term  advances  are  required to provide  funds for  residential  home
financing.

         As a member,  First Federal is required to purchase and maintain  stock
in the FHLB of Dallas. At September 30, 1996, First Federal had $845,000 in FHLB
stock,  which was in  compliance  with this  requirement.  In past years,  First
Federal has received substantial dividends on its FHLB stock. Over the past five
fiscal years such  dividends  have averaged 4.80% and were 5.96% for fiscal year
1996.


                                       70

<PAGE>



         Under  federal  law the FHLBs are  required  to  provide  funds for the
resolution  of  troubled  thrift  institutions  and to  contribute  to low-  and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income  housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction in value of First  Federal's FHLB stock may result in a  corresponding
reduction in First Federal's capital.

         For the year ended  September 30, 1996,  dividends  paid by the FHLB of
Dallas to First Federal totaled  $49,279,  which constitute a $969 increase over
the amount of  dividends  received  in fiscal year 1995.  The  $12,359  dividend
received for the quarter ended September 30, 1996 reflects an annualized rate of
5.85%, or 0.37% below the rate for fiscal 1995.

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

         Thrift   institutions   such  as  First   Federal   that  meet  certain
definitional  tests relating to the  composition of assets and other  conditions
prescribed by the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code"),  are
permitted  to  establish  reserves  for bad debts and to make  annual  additions
thereto which may, within specified  formula limits,  be taken as a deduction in
computing taxable income for federal income tax purposes.  The amount of the bad
debt reserve deduction is computed under the experience method.

         Under the  experience  method,  the bad debt  reserve  deduction  is an
amount  determined  under a formula based  generally upon the bad debts actually
sustained by the thrift institution over a period of years.

         For the years  beginning  before  December  1, 1996,  a  percentage  of
specially   computed   taxable   income  could  be  used  to  compute  a  thrift
institution's  bad debt reserve deduction under the percentage of taxable income
method (the "percentage bad debt deduction").

         To the extent earnings  appropriated to a thrift institution's bad debt
reserves for  "qualifying  real property  loans" and deducted for federal income
tax purposes  exceeded the allowable amount of such reserves  computed under the
experience method and to the extent of the association's  supplemental  reserves
for  losses on loans  ("Excess"),  such  Excess  may not,  without  adverse  tax
consequences,   be  utilized  for  the  payment  of  cash   dividends  or  other
distributions   to  a  shareholder   (including   distributions  on  redemption,
dissolution or  liquidation) or for any other purpose (except to absorb bad debt
losses).  As of September 30, 1996, First Federal's Excess  accumulated  through
September 30, 1988 for tax purposes totaled approximately $643,000.

         With the passage of the Small  Business Job  Protection  Act of 1996 on
August 20, 1996,  the  availability  of the  percentage  bad debt  deduction was
repealed for tax years  beginning after December 1, 1995. For the first tax year
beginning after December 31, 1995 and thereafter,  thrift institutions,  such as
First  Federal  will be required to utilize the  experience  method  referred to
above in computing the tax bad debt deduction for  qualifying and  nonqualifying
loans.

         In addition,  thrift institutions such as First Federal are required to
recapture  the  excess  of  the  tax  bad  debt  reserves  for   qualifying  and
nonqualifying  loans as of the end of the last tax year beginning before January
1, 1996 over the balance of those reserves as of the end of the "base year" into
taxable  income evenly over a six year period  beginning with the first tax year
that  begins  after  December  31,  1995.  The  base  year is the  last tax year
beginning  before  January 1, 1988. As of September 30, 1996, the balance of the
tax bad debt reserves to be recaptured  under the new law totaled  approximately
$350,000.

         If the institution meets the "Residential  Loan Requirement"  explained
below,  the reserve  recapture  can be deferred for the first or second tax year
beginning after December 31, 1995, or both.  However,  in any case, the six year
reserve  recapture  period must begin no later than the third tax year beginning
after December 31, 1995.


                                       71

<PAGE>



         The  Residential  Loan  Requirement is met for a particular year if the
principal amount of home purchase and improvement  loans originated in that year
exceeds  the "base  amount."  The base  amount is the  average  of such  lending
activity for the six most recent tax years beginning before January 1, 1996. For
purposes of determining this average, the institution can elect to eliminate the
years with the highest and lowest lending activity from the calculation.

         In addition to the regular income tax,  corporations,  including thrift
institutions  such as First Federal,  generally are subject to a minimum tax. An
alternative  minimum tax is imposed at a minimum tax rate of 20% on  alternative
minimum  taxable  income,  which is the sum of a  corporation's  regular taxable
income (with certain  adjustments) and tax preference  items, less any available
exemption.  The alternative  minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the
corporation's  regular  income tax and net  operating  losses can offset no more
than 90% of alternative  minimum  taxable  income.  For taxable years  beginning
after 1986 and before 1996, corporations,  including thrift institutions such as
First Federal,  are also subject to an  environmental  tax equal to 0.12% of the
excess of alternative  minimum  taxable income for the taxable year  (determined
without regard to net operating  losses and the deduction for the  environmental
tax) over $2 million.

         First Federal and its consolidated  subsidiary have been audited by the
IRS with respect to consolidated  federal income tax returns  through  September
30, 1987.  With respect to years  examined by the IRS,  either all  deficiencies
have been  satisfied or  sufficient  reserves have been  established  to satisfy
asserted  deficiencies.  In the opinion of management,  any examination of still
open returns (including returns of subsidiaries and predecessors of, or entities
merged into,  First Federal) would not result in a deficiency which could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  financial  condition of First  Federal and its
consolidated subsidiaries.

         State  Taxation.  The State of Texas does not have a  corporate  income
tax,  but it does have a  corporate  franchise  tax to which  First  Federal  is
subject.

         The tax for the year  1992  (which  was paid by First  Federal  for the
first time  prior to May 15,  1992),  is the higher of 0.25% of taxable  capital
(usually the amount of paid in capital plus  retained  earnings) or 4.5% of "net
taxable earned  surplus." "Net taxable earned surplus" is net income for federal
income tax purposes  increased by the  compensation  of directors  and executive
officers.  Net income cannot be reduced by net operating loss carryforwards from
years prior to 1991, and operating loss carryovers are limited to five years.

         Delaware Taxation.  As a Delaware holding company,  the Holding Company
is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual
report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Delaware.  The Holding Company
is also subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.

                                       72

<PAGE>



                        MANAGEMENT OF THE HOLDING COMPANY


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         The Board of Directors of the Holding Company is currently identical to
the Board of Directors of First  Federal.  See  "Management  of First  Federal -
Directors."  Directors of the Holding  Company will serve  one-year  terms.  The
Holding Company currently intends to compensate its directors for their services
on the Holding Company Board.

         The executive  officers of the Holding Company are elected annually and
hold office until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or
until death,  resignation  or removal by the Board of  Directors.  The executive
officers of the Holding  Company are the identical to the executive  officers of
First Federal. See "Management of First Federal -Executive  Officers." It is not
currently  anticipated  that the executive  officers of the Holding Company will
receive  any  remuneration  in  their  capacity  as  Holding  Company  executive
officers.  For  information  regarding  compensation  of directors and executive
officers of First  Federal,  see  "Management  of First  Federal - Meetings  and
Committees  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  First  Federal"  and "-  Executive
Compensation."

INDEMNIFICATION

         The certificate of incorporation of the Holding Company provides that a
director or officer of the Holding  Company shall be  indemnified by the Holding
Company to the fullest extent  authorized by the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware against all expenses,  liability and loss reasonably  incurred
or suffered by such person in  connection  with his  activities as a director of
officer or as a director  or officer of  another  company,  if the  director  or
officer held such position at the request of the Holding  Company.  Delaware law
requires  that  such  director,  officer  employee  or  agent,  in  order  to be
indemnified,  must have acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably  believed
to be not opposed to the best interests of the Holding Company and, with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding,  did not have reasonable  cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful.

         The  certificate of  incorporation  of the Holding Company and Delaware
law also provide that the indemnification provisions of such certificate and the
statute  are  not   exclusive  of  any  other  right  which  a  person   seeking
indemnification  may have or later acquire  under any statute,  provision of the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Holding Company,  agreement,  vote
of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

         These   provisions  may  have  the  effect  of  deterring   shareholder
derivative actions,  since the Holding Company may ultimately be responsible for
expenses for both parties to the action.

         In addition,  the certificate of  incorporation  of the Holding Company
and Delaware law also provide that the Holding  Company may maintain  insurance,
at its expense, to protect itself and any director,  officer,  employee or agent
of the Holding Company or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise  against any expense,  liability or loss, whether or not the
Holding  Company has the power to indemnify  such person  against such  expense,
liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
The Holding Company intends to obtain such insurance.


                           MANAGEMENT OF FIRST FEDERAL

DIRECTORS

         The  direction  and control of First  Federal is vested in its Board of
Directors.  The Board of Directors of First  Federal  currently  consists of ten
members.  The  directors  are divided  into three  classes,  with  approximately
one-third  of the  directors  elected at each annual  meeting of First  Federal.
Because the Holding  Company will,  after the Merger,  own all of the issued and
outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of First  Federal,  the  Holding  Company
through its directors will elect the directors of First Federal in the future.

                                       73

<PAGE>



         The following  table sets forth certain  information as of December 31,
1996 regarding the directors of First Federal.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Position(s) Held                    Director           Term
                 Name                     With First Federal           Age       Since(1)        Expires
         -------------------        -------------------------------   ----      ---------        --------
<S>                                 <C>                               <C>         <C>              <C>
         J. Stanley Stephen         Director, President/               64          1991            1997
                                      Chief Executive Officer
         Ken Hayes                  Director                           57          1993            1997
         Charles Neelley            Director, Secretary/               67          1993            1997
                                      Treasurer
         George Koenig              Director, Executive                52          1996            1997
                                      Vice-President
         Ernest A. Wentrcek         Vice Chairman of the Board         68          1965            1998
         Robert H. Conaway          Director                           43          1995            1998
         Richard L. Peacock         Chairman of the Board              78          1965            1999
         Jack W. Lester, Jr.        Director, Assistant Secretary/     56          1992            1999
                                      Treasurer
         Phil Hobson                Director                           64          1993            1999
         J. Roland Ruffino          Director                           46          1995            1999
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Includes  service  on  First  Federal's  Board  of  Directors  prior to its
     conversion to a stock institution in 1993.


         The principal occupation of each Director of First Federal is set forth
below.  All Directors  have held their present  position for at least five years
unless otherwise indicated.

         J. Stanley  Stephen.  Mr.  Stephen was  appointed  President  and Chief
Executive  Officer in February  1991.  From 1965 until 1986,  Mr. Stephen worked
with First Bank and Trust,  Bryan, Texas and served as Executive Vice President,
President,  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer and Senior  Chairman until he
retired in 1986.  From June 1986 until  February 1990, Mr. Stephen was President
and Chief Executive Officer of University National Bank, College Station, Texas.
Mr.  Stephen was a financial  institutions  consultant  from March until October
1990.

         In the past five  years,  Mr.  Stephen  has been  involved  in  several
lawsuits,  most of which  were  commenced  by him in the  early  1980's  against
financial  institutions  outside the  Bryan-College  Station area.  The lawsuits
sought  compensatory  damages  against  those  lenders for failure to honor loan
commitments  and other  related  claims  with  respect  to several  real  estate
partnerships  of which Mr.  Stephen  was a partner  but not a managing  partner.
Those  financial  institutions  filed  counter-claims  against  the real  estate
partnerships and their individual partners for amounts previously advanced.

         Subsequent to the commencement of litigation by Mr. Stephen, certain of
those  financial  institutions  were  taken  over by  their  respective  Federal
regulatory agencies, including the FDIC.

         In addition,  the FDIC filed suit against the officers and directors of
certain  failed  institutions,  including  those  with  which  Mr.  Stephen  was
previously associated with, alleging various civil causes of action arising from
their  activities  as  directors  and/or  officers -- which Mr.  Stephen and his
fellow  directors and officers  disputed.  Mr. Stephen has never been accused of
any criminal  wrongdoing  by any  regulatory  agency.  Currently all lawsuits in
which Mr.  Stephen  was a party  have  either  been  successfully  dismissed  or
settled.  In addition,  in June of 1994,  Mr. Stephen  successfully  completed a
personal plan of reorganization  under the federal  bankruptcy laws. The OTS has
never objected to Mr. Stephen serving as President of First Federal since 1991.


                                       74

<PAGE>



         Mr. Stephen has provided new senior management at First Federal,  since
his  arrival in early 1991,  to  successfully  convert it from a mutual  savings
association to a new, federal stock institution through a community public stock
offering,  as well as returning  First  Federal to  profitability.  In addition,
under  Mr.  Stephen's  direction,  First  Federal  has now  expanded  its  home,
consumer, commercial, and SBA lending in the Bryan- College Station market area,
and now  meets  the  regulatory  definition  of a "well  capitalized"  financial
institution.  Also, under his direction,  First Federal opened a Loan Production
Office in Waco,  Texas in 1993,  a  full-service  banking  facility  in  College
Station,  Texas in early 1994, a loan production office in Huntsville,  Texas in
July 1995, and a Mortgage Loan Production  office in College Station in 1996. In
addition,  First  Federal has  recently  acquired a site for a new  full-service
banking  facility to be located at a key intersection in the northern portion of
Bryan, which is currently not served by any nearby banking facility.  During his
tenure as President/CEO,  he has re-structured  First Federal to begin providing
full-service  retail banking -- through the addition of  experienced  personnel,
re-training existing staff,  converting data processing and adding facilities to
provide for the future, long-term growth of First Federal.

         Ken  Hayes.  Mr.  Hayes is the owner of  Aggieland  Travel,  located in
College Station, a full-service travel agency.

         Charles  Neelley.  Mr. Neelley is retired from Texas A&M University and
the  travel  agency  business.   In  November  1995,  Mr.  Neelley  was  elected
Secretary/Treasurer of the Board.

         Richard L.  Peacock.  Mr.  Peacock has been  retired  since 1983 from a
privately  owned retail office supply and furniture  business  located in Bryan,
Texas. In November 1995, Mr. Peacock was elected Chairman of the Board.

         Ernest A. Wentrcek.  Mr. Wentrcek was the Secretary and/or Treasurer of
First  Federal's Board of Directors until 1995 when he was elected Vice Chairman
of the  Board of  Directors.  Mr.  Wentrcek  is the  President  and owner of W&W
Builders/Realtors,  a real estate sales, rentals and property management company
located in Bryan, Texas. In September 1988, he retired as the Associate Director
for  Business  Affairs of the Texas  Engineering  Extension  Service,  Texas A&M
University System, a vocational education organization.  He is the Vice Chairman
of the Finance  Committee of the Supreme Lodge of the Slavonic  Benevolent Order
of the State of Texas (SPJST). Mr. Wentrcek is a licensed Real Estate Broker and
a member of the Bryan-College Station Board of Realtors and the Multiple Listing
Service. He is also a member of the American Legion Post 159-Bryan.

         Jack W.  Lester,  Jr. Mr.  Lester is  currently  retired.  Prior to his
retirement,  he was the owner and operator of a leading  women's  apparel  store
located in Bryan,  Texas.  In November  1995,  Mr. Lester was elected  Assistant
Secretary/Treasurer of the Board.

         Phil Hobson. Dr. Hobson is a professor of veterinary  medicine at Texas
A&M University, a position he has held since 1965.

         J. Roland Ruffino. Mr. Ruffino is a partner of Readfield Meats, Inc., a
long-time leading retail meat market located in Bryan, Texas.

         Robert H. Conaway. Mr. Conaway is the founder and President of Progress
Supply  located in Bryan,  Texas,  a distributor  of wholesale  supply  plumbing
fixtures.

         George  Koenig.  Mr.  Koenig is  currently  serving as  executive  vice
president of First Federal.  Mr. Koenig was previously  employed as an operating
officer with a local financial institution located in Bryan, Texas.





                                       75

<PAGE>



EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         Each of the executive  officers of First Federal will retain his or her
office in First Federal after the Merger.  Officers are elected  annually by the
Board of Directors of First Federal. There are no arrangements or understandings
between the  officers  and any other  person  pursuant to which such officer was
selected.

MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         Meetings of First  Federal's Board of Directors are generally held on a
monthly basis,  with Special  Meetings held on an as needed basis.  The Board of
Directors  met 14 times  during the fiscal year ended  September  30,  1996.  No
incumbent  Director of First Federal attended fewer than 75% of the total number
of board  meetings  held by the  Board of  Directors  and the  total  number  of
meetings  held by the  committees  of the Board of Directors on which he served,
during fiscal year 1996.

         The Board of Directors has standing Executive, Audit,  Asset/Liability,
Investments,  Insurance and Finance, Loan, Personnel,  Policy, Compliance, Stock
Option and Business Development committees.

         The  Executive  Committee  is currently  composed of Directors  Stephen
(Chairman),  Wentrcek,  Peacock,  Neelley and Hobson.  This  Committee  meets as
needed and handles major policy  questions  between  regularly  scheduled  board
meetings. The Committee met two times during fiscal 1996.

         The  Audit  Committee  is  currently  composed  of  Directors  Wentrcek
(Chairman),  G.  Williams,  Peacock,  Neelley,  Lester and Hayes.  The Committee
currently  meets as necessary on matters  concerning  annual audits and internal
audit findings. This Committee met two times during fiscal 1996.

         The  Asset/Liability  Committee  is  currently  composed  of  Directors
Stephen  (Chairman),  Koenig and Hobson and Officer Hegar.  The Committee  meets
quarterly  to  deal  with  matters   concerning   asset/liability   composition,
interest-rate  risk exposure and liquidity  investment.  This Committee met five
times during fiscal 1996.

         The Investment,  Insurance and Finance Committee is currently  composed
of Directors  Stephen,  Wentrcek and Ruffino and officer Hegar  (Chairman).  The
Committee  usually  meets  quarterly  to handle  matters  concerning  investment
policies and decisions and insurance of First Federal's  personnel and property.
This Committee met 12 times during fiscal 1996.

         The Loan Committee consists of all members of the Board of Directors on
a rotating basis with three outside  Directors  constituting a quorum.  The Loan
Committee  approves all loans  originated  by First Federal in excess of $50,000
and ratifies  all loans at the monthly  meeting of the Board of  Directors.  The
Loan Committee met 18 times during fiscal 1996.

         The  Personnel  Committee is currently  composed of Directors  Stephen,
Neelley, Peacock (Chairman), Wentrcek and Hayes and Officer Hegar. The Committee
meets as  needed  to  review  staffing,  compensation  and  comparative  data to
establish and recommend to the Board salary ranges for employees and  designated
officers. This Committee met five times during fiscal 1996.

         The Policy Committee consists of Directors Stephen (Chairman), Peacock,
G. Williams,  Conaway and Wentrcek and meets as needed to review First Federal's
operating policies. The Policy Committee met three times during fiscal 1996.

         The  Compliance  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing  compliance
policies with First Federal's  regulatory  activities.  It currently consists of
Directors Lester (Chairman),  Hobson, Peacock and Koenig. This Committee met two
times during fiscal 1996.


                                       76

<PAGE>



         The Stock  Option  Committee  is composed  of  Directors  Wentrcek  and
Peacock.  This  Committee is  responsible  for the  administration  of the stock
option and incentive plan. The Committee did not meet during fiscal 1996.

         The  Business  Development  Committee  consists  of  Directors  Neelley
(Chairman),  Peacock,  Conaway, Ruffino, Koenig and Stephen, along with Advisory
Director, Arthur Davila. This Committee did not meet during fiscal 1996.

         The  entire  Board of  Directors  acts as a  nominating  committee  for
selecting  nominees for election as  Directors.  While the Board of Directors of
First Federal will consider nominees recommended by stockholders,  the Board has
not actively solicited such nominations.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

         Outside Directors  received $225.00 for each board meeting attended and
$75.00 for each Loan Committee meeting attended.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table sets forth information regarding  compensation paid
by First Federal to its Chief Executive Officer for services rendered during the
periods  indicated.  No  executive  officer of First  Federal  made in excess of
$100,000   during  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1996.  Mr.  Stephen
voluntarily reduced his salary in 1995 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                             Long Term Compensation
                                                                       ----------------------------------
                         Annual Compensation                                   Awards          Payout
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------  ----------
                                                                        Restricted
                                                        Other Annual      Stock     Options/     LTIP        All Other
   Name and Principal              Salary     Bonus     Compensation     Award(s)     SARs      Payout     Compensation
        Position           Year      ($)       ($)          ($)            ($)         (#)        ($)           ($)
- ------------------------- ------ ----------- -------- ---------------- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>     <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>
J. Stanley Stephen         1996    $89,875    $ ---        $ ---          $ ---        ---        ---          $ ---
President and Chief        1995    91,233       ---          ---            ---        ---        ---           ---
Executive Officer          1994    102,000      ---         ---             ---        ---        ---           ---

</TABLE>






                                       77

<PAGE>



       The following table sets forth information regarding the number and value
of stock options at December 31, 1996 held by First  Federal's  Chief  Executive
Officer. No stock options were exercised during fiscal 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISED IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

                                                                                                Value of
                                                                 Number of                     Unexercised
                                                                Unexercised                   In-the-Money
                                                              Options/SARs at                Options/SARs at
                                                                FY-End (#)                    FY-End ($)(1)
                             Shares          Value      ---------------------------   ----------------------------
         Name               Acquired        Realized    Exercisable   Unexercisable   Exercisable    Unexercisable
                         on Exercise (#)      ($)
- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------- -------------   -------------  -------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>           <C>               <C>      <C>                 <C>
J. Stanley Stephen             ---            ---            4,143             ---     $4,143              ---
</TABLE>

(1) Represents  an option to purchase  Common Stock  awarded to First  Federal's
    Chief  Executive  Officer based upon the last available sale price of $11.00
    per share at March 31, 1996 and an exercise price of $10.00 per share.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

                 First Federal has entered into  employment  agreements  with J.
Stanley  Stephen,  George Koenig,  Mary L. Hegar and Kay Watson.  The employment
agreements  are designed to assist  First  Federal in  maintaining  a stable and
competent  management  team after the  Merger.  The  continued  success of First
Federal  depends to a  significant  degree on the skills and  competence  of its
officers.  These  agreements  have  been  filed  with  the  OTS as  part  of the
application  of the  Holding  Company for  approval  to become a thrift  holding
company.  The employment  agreements provide for annual base salary in an amount
not less than the officer's salary as of that date. These agreements provide for
an initial term of two years in the case of Mr. Stephen and one year in the case
of Mr. Koenig,  Ms. Hegar and Ms. Watson. The agreements provide for termination
upon death,  termination of employment for cause or certain events  specified by
OTS regulations.

                 The  agreements  provide  that in the  event  the  employee  is
involuntarily  terminated  without  cause,  he or she shall receive one's year's
base salary and continued  health  benefits for one year. In the event that such
termination of employment  occurs in connection with or within 12 months after a
change in control of First Federal,  he or she shall receive  instead a lump sum
equal to 200% of his or her "base amount" and continued  health benefits for the
remainder of the term of the agreement,  provided that such benefits are subject
to reduction to prevent any amount from becoming non-deductible by First Federal
pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  For
purposes of the  employment  agreements,  a "change in control" is defined as an
event that would require the filing of an  application or notice under 12 C.F.R.
Part 574 or certain other events which  generally  occur upon the acquisition of
control of 10% or more of the Company's voting stock.

                 First  Federal has also entered in a new  employment  agreement
with Mr.  Stephen,  which will  supersede  and replace the  agreement  described
above, effective July 1, 1997. The new agreement provides for an initial term of
three  years,  commencing  July 1,  1997,  and a base  salary  not less than his
current based salary,  provided that the amount actually paid as salary shall be
reduced  during the first five years of the agreement by one-half of the cost to
First Federal of his supplemental  retirement  benefit.  The agreement gives Mr.
Stephen the right to elect to cease  serving as  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer and to commence  serving as a  consultant  to First  Federal at a fee of
$58,200 per year. In addition, the agreement provides a supplemental  retirement
benefit for Mr. Stephen, in an amount such that, when added to his benefit under
the

                                       78

<PAGE>



qualified  retirement  plan,  he will  receive  up to 70% of the  average of his
annual  salary and bonus  during  the three  years out of the prior ten years in
which he  received  the highest  salary and bonus.  Mr.  Stephen's  right to the
supplemental  retirement  benefit vests at 20% per year commencing July 1, 1997,
and will vest  completely if he  discontinues  his employment due to disability.
The agreement  further  provides that if First Federal  terminates Mr. Stephen's
employment  other  than for cause,  without  his  consent,  it shall pay him his
salary for the  then-remaining  term of the agreement and consulting  fees until
June 30, 2002.

         Based on their current salaries,  if Mr. Stephen, Mr. Koenig, Ms. Hegar
or Ms.  Watson were  terminated  as of December  31, 1997,  under  circumstances
entitling him or her to severance pay as described  above,  he or she would have
been  entitled  to receive a lump sum cash  payment of  approximately  $179,750,
$105,000, $93,000 and $70,000, respectively.

BENEFIT PLANS

                 First Federal  currently  provides  health care benefits to its
employees,  including  hospitalization and comprehensive medical insurance, life
and disability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and other limitations.

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN

                 First Federal also sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the
"Pension  Plan").  Employees are eligible to  participate in the Pension Plan on
January 1, or July 1  following  the  completion  of twelve  months of  service,
provided they have attained at least age 20 1/2.

                 Effective  January 1, 1994 a  participant's  normal  retirement
benefit is a monthly benefit equal to 2.1% of Average Monthly Compensation times
Years of Service not to exceed 15. The benefit is accrued  fractionally over the
participant's  Years of Service.  The participant's  accrued benefit is equal to
the greater of (a) the Frozen  Accrued  Benefit as of December 31, 1993, and (b)
the participants accrued benefit calculated using the formula as stated above.

                 In the event of total and permanent  disability,  a participant
becomes fully vested with respect to his accrued normal retirement benefit.  The
participant  may  receive  an  actuarially  reduced  benefit  at the time of his
disability  retirement  provided the  participant  is age 50 or older and has 15
years of service.

                 Participants  make no  contributions  to the Pension Plan.  The
employer pays the entire cost of the Pension Plan.

                 The following table illustrates annual pension benefits payable
upon retirement to employees  based on various levels of compensation  and years
of service and assuming payment in the form of a straight- life annuity.

Average Annual
 Compensation                                  Years of Service
- --------------                ------------------------------------------------
                                10           20             30           40
                              ------        -----         ------      --------
  $40,000...................     667          667            987       1,234
   50,000...................     833          833          1,234       1,542
   60,000...................   1,000        1,000          1,481       1,851
   80,000...................   1,333        1,333          1,974       2,468
  100,000...................   1,667        1,667          2,468       3,085
  120,000...................   2,000        2,000          2,962       3,703






                                       79

<PAGE>



CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

                 First Federal, like many financial institutions, has followed a
policy of granting to officers,  directors and  employees,  loans secured by the
borrower's  residence,  along with certain  consumer  loans,  if the borrower is
credit-worthy.  All loans to First Federal's  officers and directors are made in
the ordinary course of business and on the same terms,  including  interest rate
and collateral, and conditions as those of comparable transactions prevailing at
the time,  and do not  involve  more than the normal risk of  collectibility  or
present other unfavorable features.


                                  THE OFFERING


                 This  Offering is being made to finance the  purchase of all of
the  outstanding  shares of First Federal Common Stock not exchanged for Holding
Company Common Stock pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Shares of Holding Company
Common Stock and Units are being offered to members of the general  public.  See
"Offering and Sale of Holding Company Common Stock and Units." Orders for shares
of Holding  Company  Common  Stock and Units will be subject to the  minimum and
maximum purchase limitations. See " - -Subscription Procedures."

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

                 The following  table sets forth  information  regarding the pro
forma  beneficial  ownership of Holding Company Common Stock upon the completion
of the Offering of each of the  directors of First Federal and all directors and
executive  officers as a group.  The table  assumes that (i) the  directors  and
executive  officers acquire the amount of Holding Company Common Stock set forth
in the preceding table, (ii) 150,000 shares are issued as part of the Merger and
(iii)  150,000  minimum  shares and 200,000  maximum  shares of Holding  Company
Common Stock are issued.



                                       80

<PAGE>



                 There are no arrangements  known to the  registrant,  including
any pledge by any person of securities of the registrant, the operation of which
may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Indicated
                                                                            Holding            Percent of         Percent of
                                       Bank Shares                       Company share          Class at           Class at
                                       Beneficially      Percent of     ownership after        Minimum of         Maximum of
          Beneficial Owner               Owned(1)          Class           the Merger           Offering           Offering
- -----------------------------------   --------------    ------------   -----------------     -------------       ------------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>            <C>                   <C>               <C>
DIRECTORS
Richard L. Peacock                         3,868             1.62            8,288                2.76%             2.37%
Ernest A. Wentrcek                         3,868             1.62            8,288                2.76              2.37
Jack W. Lester                            13,707             5.72           10,650                3.55              3.04
Ken Hayes                                  1,781              .74              570                 .19               .16
Phil Hobson                               24,705            10.31            1,250                 .42               .36
Charles Neelley                           22,915             9.56           53,405               17.81             15.26
J. Roland Ruffino                          6,765             2.82            5,800                1.93              1.66
Robert H. Conaway                         18,135             7.57           10,000                3.36              2.86
George Koenig                                 56              .02              140                 .05               .04
J. Stanley Stephen                         7,771             3.24            9,070                3.02              2.59

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Mary L. Hegar                                750              .31            1,875                 .62               .54
Kay Watson                                   115              .05              288                 .10               .08
Lily Watson                                  231              .10              578                 .19               .17

Directors and executive officers
 of First Federal as a group
(13 persons)                             104,667            43.68          110,202               36.76             31.50
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1) Amounts  include  shares held directly and jointly with family  members,  as
    well as shares  which are held in  retirement  accounts,  or held by certain
    members of the named individuals'  families,  or held by trusts of which the
    named  individual is a trustee or substantial  beneficiary,  with respect to
    which shares the  respective  Directors may be deemed to have sole or shared
    voting and/or investment power.  Amounts also include stock option awards of
    4,143 and 1,553 to President Stephen and some non-employee  Directors at the
    time of First Federal's conversion to stock form, respectively.


OFFERING AND SALE OF HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK AND UNITS

         The  Holding  Company is  offering  a minimum  of 150,000  shares and a
maximum of 200,000  shares of Holding  Company  Common  Stock at a cash price of
$24.07 per share, and a minimum of $3.4 million and a maximum of $3.7 million in
Units.  Subscriptions  to purchase Holding Company Common Stock or Units must be
received by the Marketing Agent by not later than __:__ _.m., Bryan, Texas time,
on  ___________,  1997,  subject to the  Holding  Company's  right to extend the
subscription  period until  ______,  1997 or terminate  the Offering at any time
(the "Expiration Date").

                                       81

<PAGE>



SUBSCRIPTION PROCEDURES

         Persons may subscribe for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock or
Units offered by  completing,  signing and  delivering or mailing a subscription
order  form,  together  with  payment in full for the number of shares for which
such person is subscribing by cashiers'  check,  draft, or wire transfer payable
in next day funds to the Marketing  Agent.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the
Marketing  Agent  shall  have the  right,  in its  sole  discretion,  to  permit
investors to submit irrevocable orders together with legally binding commitments
for  payment  of  Units  for  which  they  subscribe  at any  time  prior to the
Expiration Date with payment to be received at any time prior to 24 hours before
completion of the Offering.  These  subscriptions must be received by the Escrow
Agent by __:__ _.m.,  Central time on the Expiration  Date.  Consummation of the
Offering  through  release  of the funds in the Escrow  Account  to the  Holding
Company and  delivery of  certificates  representing  shares of Holding  Company
Common Stock or Units will occur as soon as possible after the Expiration  Date,
subject  to the  satisfaction  of  certain  conditions  precedent  in the agency
agreement  entered into between the Holding Company and the Marketing Agent (the
"Agency Agreement").

         The  Holding  Company  reserves  the right to reject any  subscriptions
prior to release of the funds in the Escrow Account to the Holding  Company,  in
whole or in part,  for any reason  whatsoever  and may, in its sole  discretion,
elect to accept  those  subscriptions  for a lesser  number  of  shares  than is
subscribed for by any person. The Holding Company reserves the right to allocate
shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock and Units in any manner as it, in its
sole  discretion,  deems  appropriate.  If the Holding  Company  terminates  the
Offering in its entirety,  all subscription  funds will be refunded in full with
interest actually earned thereon, without deduction.

         Pending  receipt  of   subscriptions   for  the  minimum  shares,   all
subscription  funds will be deposited into a separate,  interest-bearing  Escrow
Account for the benefit of subscribers  of the Holding  Company Common Stock and
Units.  Subscription  funds may, at the  direction of the  Marketing  Agent,  be
invested  in  short  term  federal  funds  sold,   government   obligations  and
certificates  of  deposit.  Subject to the  satisfaction  of certain  conditions
precedent in the Agency  Agreement,  the subscription  funds will be released to
the Holding  Company if, prior to the  Expiration  Date, at least  $1,500,000 in
Holding  Company  Common Stock and  $3,400,000 in Units are  subscribed  for and
accepted  by the  Holding  Company.  Certificates  evidencing  shares of Holding
Company  Common  Stock  and  Units  will be  issued  to  subscribers  as soon as
practicable  after  closing of the  Offering  and the Merger and  release of the
funds from the Escrow  Account.  If the  minimum  amount of  securities  are not
subscribed for and accepted by the Holding  Company by the  Expiration  Date, or
the conditions  precedent to  consummation  of the Offering are not satisfied or
waived,  all  subscription  funds will be  refunded  to  subscribers  as soon as
possible,  with interest, if any, actually earned and received on a subscriber's
funds  deposited in the Escrow  Account,  without  deduction  for any charges or
expenses.  The Holding  Company  will pay the expenses of the Escrow Agent as an
expense  of the  Offering.  After  any and all  refunds  have been made of funds
received for  subscriptions,  the Holding Company and its directors and officers
will have no further  liability  to any  prospective  investor  with  respect to
rejected or canceled subscriptions.

MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS

         To assist the Holding Company in marketing the Units offered hereby and
to consult with the Holding  Company in  connection  with the Holding  Company's
offering of the Common Stock,  the Holding Company has retained Hoefer & Arnett,
a recognized investment banking firm, which is registered with the Commission as
a broker-dealer  and a member of the NASD. The Marketing Agent will use its best
efforts to sell the Units to those members of the public to whom a Prospectus is
delivered.  The  Holding  Company  has  agreed  to pay  the  Marketing  Agent  a
commission of 7.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of Units sold by the Marketing
Agent. The Holding Company will reimburse the Marketing Agent for its reasonable
and accountable expenses up to $60,000, including legal fees.

         Pursuant to the Agency  Agreement,  the Marketing  Agent, its officers,
directors and  controlling  persons of the Marketing  Agent will be  indemnified
against all losses,  claims,  damages,  or  liabilities,  and all legal or other
expenses  incurred  by them in  connection  with the  investigation  or  defense
thereof to which they may

                                       82

<PAGE>



become  subject  under the  securities  laws or common law that arise out of the
Offering or their  engagement  (excluding acts by the Marketing Agent of willful
misconduct or gross negligence).

         Officers and directors of the Holding  Company may  participate  in the
solicitation of offers to purchase Holding Company Common Stock and Units. It is
anticipated  that  the  Holding  Company's   directors  and  officers  may  hold
informational meetings to review the prospectus with potential purchasers and to
discuss the terms and provisions of the Holding  Company Common Stock and Units.
The  Holding  Company  will  rely on Rule  3a4-1 of the 1934  Act,  and sales of
Holding Company Common Stock and Units will be conducted within the requirements
of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers and directors to participate in the sale
of Holding Company Common Stock and Units. No officer or director of the Holding
Company will be compensated in connection with his or her  participation  by the
payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly
on the transactions in the Holding Company Common Stock and Units.

OFFERING PRICE OF HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK ARBITRARILY DETERMINED

         The  purchase  price  of the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  has been
determined  arbitrarily by the Board of Directors  based on, among other things,
the amount of capital  necessary to enable the Holding Company to accomplish the
Merger and does not necessarily bear any relation to any established  investment
criteria of value such as book value, earnings or assets or the intrinsic value,
if any, of the Holding  Company or First Federal.  As a result,  there can be no
assurance that the price of the Holding Company Common Stock will not fall below
its purchase price after the completion of the Offering.

TRANSFER AGENT

         The Holding  Company  will act as its own  transfer  agent,  registrar,
dividend disbursing agent and redemption agent for the shares of Holding Company
Common Stock and the Units.


                    RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF STOCK AND
                      RELATED TAKEOVER DEFENSIVE PROVISIONS


         Although the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company is not aware of
any effort that might be made to obtain control of the Holding Company after the
Merger,  the Board  believes,  as discussed  below,  that it is  appropriate  to
include  certain  provisions  as part of the Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation   to  protect  the  interests  of  the  Holding  Company  and  its
shareholders  from takeovers which the Board of Directors of the Holding Company
might  conclude  are not in the best  interests  of First  Federal,  the Holding
Company or the Holding  Company's  shareholders.  The Holding Company intends to
operate First Federal as an independent, predominantly community-owned financial
institution.

         The following discussion is a summary of all material provisions of the
Holding  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws and certain other
regulatory provisions, which may be deemed to have an"anti- takeover" effect and
could potentially discourage or even prevent a bid for the Holding Company which
might  otherwise  result in  shareholders  receiving a premium for their  stock.
Further,  ownership  restrictions imposed by federal law could potentially serve
as a basis to invalidate or otherwise restrict the use or exercise by management
or others of revocable  proxies.  The following  description of certain of these
provisions is necessarily  general and, with respect to provisions  contained in
the  Holding  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  and  First
Federal's  charter  and  bylaws,  reference  should  be made in each case to the
document in question,  each of which is part of First  Federal's  application to
the OTS and the Holding Company's Registration Statement filed with the SEC. See
"Available Information."


                                       83

<PAGE>



PROVISIONS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY'S CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

         Directors.  Certain provisions of the Holding Company's  certificate of
incorporation and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the Board of
Directors.  The Holding Company's certificate of incorporation provides that the
Board of Directors of the Holding Company will be elected annually.  The Holding
Company's  certificate of  incorporation  provides that the size of the Board of
Directors  may be increased or decreased  only by a majority  vote of the Board.
The certificate of incorporation also provides that any vacancy occurring in the
Board of Directors,  including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of
directors, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term by a majority
vote of the directors then in office.  The certificate of incorporation  further
provides that, to be eligible to serve as a director,  persons must meet certain
eligibility criteria.  Finally, the bylaws impose certain notice and information
requirements in connection with the nomination by shareholders of candidates for
election to the Board of Directors or the proposal by  shareholders  of business
to be acted upon at an annual meeting of shareholders.

         The certificate of  incorporation  provides that a director may only be
removed for cause by the affirmative vote of 80% of the shares eligible to vote.

         Restrictions   on  Call  of  Special   Meetings.   The  certificate  of
incorporation  of the  Holding  Company  provides  that  a  special  meeting  of
shareholders  may be called only pursuant to a resolution  adopted by a majority
of the Board of  Directors.  Shareholders  are not  authorized to call a special
meeting.

         Absence of Cumulative  Voting.  The Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  provides that there shall be no  cumulative  voting rights in the
election of directors.

         Authorization  of Preferred  Stock. The certificate of incorporation of
the Holding Company authorized  1,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, $.01
par value.  The Holding Company is authorized to issue preferred stock from time
to time in one or more series  subject to applicable  provisions of law, and the
Board of Directors is authorized to fix the  designations,  powers,  preferences
and relative  participating,  optional and other special  rights of such shares,
including  voting  rights  (which could be multiple or as a separate  class) and
conversion  rights.  In the event of a proposed  merger,  tender  offer or other
attempt to gain control of the Holding  Company that the Board of Directors does
not approve,  it might be possible  for the Board of Directors to authorize  the
issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and  preferences  that would
impede the completion of such a transaction.  An effect of the possible issuance
of preferred stock,  therefore,  may be to deter a future takeover attempt.  The
Board of Directors  has no present plans or  understandings  for the issuance of
any preferred  stock and does not intend to issue any preferred  stock except on
terms which the Board deems to be in the best  interests of the Holding  Company
and its shareholders.

         Procedures for Certain  Business  Combinations.  The Holding  Company's
certificate of  incorporation  requires that certain business  combinations,  as
defined therein,  between the Holding Company (or any majority-owned  subsidiary
thereof) and a 25% or more shareholder either (i) be approved by at least 80% of
the total number of outstanding voting shares,  voting as a single class, of the
Holding  Company,  (ii) be  approved by a majority  of the  continuing  Board of
Directors (i.e.,  persons serving prior to the 25% shareholder becoming such and
who are not affiliated with the 25% shareholder) or (iii) involve  consideration
per  share  generally  equal to the  highest  per share  price  paid by such 25%
shareholder to acquire its stock.

         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the
Holding  Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  must be approved by a majority
vote of the Holding  Company's  Board of Directors and also by a majority of the
outstanding  shares of the Holding  Company's voting stock;  provided,  however,
that  approval  by at least 80% of the  outstanding  voting  stock is  generally
required  to amend  certain  provisions  (i.e.,  provisions  relating to number,
classification,  election and removal of directors; amendment of bylaws; call of
special  shareholder  meetings;  offers to acquire and  acquisitions of control;
director liability; certain business combinations; power of indemnification; and
amendments  to  provisions  relating  to the  foregoing  in the  certificate  of
incorporation.)


                                       84

<PAGE>



         The bylaws may be amended by a majority  vote of the Board of Directors
or the affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted
at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders.

         Purpose  and  Takeover  Defensive  Effects  of  the  Holding  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. The Board of Directors of First Federal
believes  that the  provisions  described  above are prudent and will reduce the
Holding   Company's   vulnerability  to  takeover  attempts  and  certain  other
transactions  which have not been  negotiated  with and approved by its Board of
Directors.  These provisions will also assist the Holding Company in the orderly
deployment of the Offering  proceeds into  productive  assets during the initial
period after the Offering.  The Board of Directors believes these provisions are
in the best  interests  of First  Federal  and of the  Holding  Company  and its
shareholders.  In the judgment of the Board of Directors,  the Holding Company's
Board will be in the best  position to  determine  the true value of the Holding
Company and to negotiate more  effectively for what may be in the best interests
of its shareholders.  Accordingly, the Board of Directors believes that it is in
the best  interests  of the Holding  Company and its  shareholders  to encourage
potential  acquirors  to negotiate  directly  with the Board of Directors of the
Holding Company and that these  provisions will encourage such  negotiations and
discourage  hostile  takeover  attempts.  It is also  the  view of the  Board of
Directors that these provisions  should not discourage  persons from proposing a
merger  or other  transaction  at  prices  reflective  of the true  value of the
Holding Company and which is in the best interests of all shareholders.

         Attempts  to  take  over  financial   institutions  and  their  holding
companies have become increasingly common. Takeover attempts which have not been
negotiated  with and approved by the Board of Directors  present to shareholders
the risk of a takeover on terms which may be less favorable than might otherwise
be  available.  A transaction  which is negotiated  and approved by the Board of
Directors,  on the other hand,  can be carefully  planned and  undertaken  at an
opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for the Holding  Company and its
shareholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and
business of the acquiring  corporation and maximum strategic  development of the
Holding Company's assets.

         Effect of Takeover  Defenses on Shareholder  Interests.  An unsolicited
takeover  proposal  can  seriously  disrupt the  business  and  management  of a
corporation  and  cause  it great  expense.  Although  a  tender  offer or other
takeover attempt may be made at a price  substantially above then current market
prices,  such  offers are  sometimes  made for less than all of the  outstanding
shares of a target company. As a result,  shareholders may be presented with the
alternative  of partially  liquidating  their  investment  at a time that may be
disadvantageous,  or retaining their  investment in an enterprise which is under
different  management  and whose  objectives  may not be similar to those of the
remaining shareholders.  The concentration of control, which could result from a
tender offer or other takeover attempt, could also deprive the Holding Company's
remaining  shareholders of the benefits of certain protective  provisions of the
Exchange  Act, if the number of beneficial  owners  becomes less than the 300 at
which Exchange Act registration is required.

         Potential   Negative   Impact  of  Takeover   Defenses  on  Shareholder
Interests. Despite the belief of First Federal and the Holding Company as to the
benefits  to  shareholders  of  these   provisions  of  the  Holding   Company's
certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws,  these  provisions may also have the
effect of discouraging a future takeover  attempt which would not be approved by
the Holding  Company's Board,  but pursuant to which  shareholders may receive a
substantial  premium for their  shares over then  current  market  prices.  As a
result,  shareholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have any  opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal
of the Holding  Company's Board of Directors and management more difficult.  The
Board of Directors,  however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh
the possible disadvantages.

         Pursuant to  applicable  law,  at any annual or special  meeting of its
shareholders,  the  Holding  Company  may adopt  additional  charter  provisions
regarding the acquisition of its equity  securities that would be permitted to a
Delaware  corporation.  The Holding  Company and First  Federal do not presently
intend to propose the adoption of further restrictions on the acquisition of the
Holding Company's equity securities.



                                       85

<PAGE>



OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF STOCK

         Delaware  Anti-Takeover  Statute.  The State of  Delaware  has  enacted
legislation  which  provides that subject to certain  exceptions a publicly held
Delaware  corporation  may  not  engage  in any  business  combination  with  an
"interested  shareholder"  for three  years  after  such  shareholder  became an
interested  shareholder,  unless, among other things, the interested shareholder
acquired at least 85% of the corporation's  voting stock in the transaction that
resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder. This legislation
generally defines "interested shareholder" as any person or entity that owns 15%
or more of the  corporation's  voting stock. The term "business  combination" is
defined  broadly  to cover a wide  range of  corporate  transactions,  including
mergers, sales of assets, issuances of stock, transactions with subsidiaries and
the receipt of disproportionate financial benefits. Under certain circumstances,
either  the  board  of  directors  or  both  the  board  and  two-thirds  of the
shareholders  other than the acquiror may approve a given  business  combination
and thereby exempt the corporation from the operation of the statute.

         However,   these  statutory   provisions  do  not  apply,  among  other
situations, to Delaware corporations with fewer than 2,000 shareholders or which
do not have voting stock listed on a national  exchange or listed for  quotation
with a registered national securities association. While the Holding Company has
applied to have its shares quoted on the Nasdaq  System,  no  prediction  can be
made as to whether the Holding Company will have 2,000 shareholders.

         Federal Regulation.  Federal law provides that no company, "directly or
indirectly or acting in concert with one or more persons, or through one or more
subsidiaries,  or through one or more  transactions," may acquire "control" of a
savings  association  at any time  without  the prior  approval  of the OTS.  In
addition,  federal  regulations  require that,  prior to obtaining  control of a
savings association,  a person,  other than a company,  must give 60 days' prior
notice to the OTS and have  received no OTS  objection  to such  acquisition  of
control.  Any company that  acquires  such  control  becomes a "savings and loan
holding  company"  subject to  registration,  examination  and  regulation  as a
savings and loan holding company.  Under federal law (as well as the regulations
referred to below) the term "savings  association"  includes state and federally
chartered   SAIF-  insured   institutions   and  federally   chartered   savings
institutions whose accounts are insured by the FDIC's BIF, and holding companies
thereof.

         Control,  as defined under federal law, means  ownership of, control of
or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting
stock,  control  in any manner of the  election  of a  majority  of the  savings
association's directors, or a determination by the OTS that the acquiror has the
power to direct,  or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling  influence
over,  the management or policies of the  institution.  Acquisition of more than
10% of any class of a savings  association's  voting stock, if the acquiror also
is subject  to any one of eight  "control  factors,"  constitutes  a  rebuttable
determination of control under the regulations. Such control factors include the
acquiror being one of the two largest shareholders. The determination of control
may be rebutted by submission to the OTS,  prior to the  acquisition of stock or
the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to such determination,  of
a statement setting forth facts and circumstances  which would support a finding
that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The
regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership
exceeding  10% or more of any class of a savings  association's  stock must file
with the OTS a  certification  form that the  holder is not in  control  of such
institution,  is not subject to a rebuttable  determination  of control and will
take no action which would result in a determination or rebuttable determination
of control  without  prior  notice to or  approval  of the OTS,  as  applicable.
Therefore,  a warrant  holder  who,  upon  exchange of  warrants  would  acquire
ownership  of  more  than  10% of the  issued  and  outstanding  of the  Holding
Company's Common Stock, must obtain OTS's approval prior to exercise.




                                       86

<PAGE>



                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


HOLDING COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK

         The 4,000,000 shares of capital stock authorized by the Holding Company
certificate  of  incorporation  are  divided  into two  classes,  consisting  of
3,000,000  shares of Holding Company Common Stock (par value $.01 per share) and
1,000,000  shares of serial  preferred  stock (par value  $.01 per  share).  The
Holding  Company  currently  expects to issue between 150,000 shares and 200,000
shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering and an additional 150,000
shares in exchange for First  Federal  Common Stock as part of the Merger and no
shares of serial  preferred  stock. The aggregate par value of the issued shares
will  constitute  the capital  account of the Holding  Company on a consolidated
basis.  Upon  issuance,  the  shares  will not be  subject  to  further  sale or
assessment.  The balance of the purchase price of Holding  Company Common Stock,
less  expenses  of the  Offering,  will be  reflected  as  paid-in  capital on a
consolidated basis. See "Capitalization."

         Each  share of the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  will have the same
relative  rights and will be identical in all respects  with each other share of
the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock.  THE  HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK WILL
REPRESENT  NON-WITHDRAWABLE  CAPITAL,  WILL NOT BE OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND WILL
NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FDIC.

         Under  Delaware  law, the holders of the Holding  Company  Common Stock
will possess  exclusive  voting power in the Holding  Company.  Each shareholder
will be entitled  to one vote for each share held on all  matters  voted upon by
shareholders,  subject  to  the  limitation  discussed  under  "Restrictions  on
Acquisitions of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive  Provisions - Provisions of
the Holding  Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws - Limitation on
Voting Rights." If the Holding Company issues  preferred stock subsequent to the
Conversion, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights.

         Liquidation or Dissolution. In the unlikely event of the liquidation or
dissolution of the Holding Company and First Federal, the holders of the Holding
Company  Common Stock will be entitled to receive -- after  payment or provision
for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Holding  Company  (including all
deposits in First Federal and accrued interest  thereon) and after  distribution
of the Liquidation  Account previously  established upon the conversion of First
Federal  from the  mutual to stock  form in 1993 -- all  assets  of the  Holding
Company  available for  distribution,  in cash or in kind. If preferred stock is
issued subsequent to the Offering,  the holders thereof may have a priority over
the  holders of Holding  Company  Common  Stock in the event of  liquidation  or
dissolution.

         Preemptive  Rights.  Holders of Holding  Company  Common  Stock will be
entitled to  preemptive  rights with  respect to any shares which may be issued.
The Holding  Company  Common  Stock will not be subject to call for  redemption,
and, upon receipt by the Holding  Company of the Purchase Price  therefor,  each
share of the Holding Company Common Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable.

         Preferred  Stock.  After  the  Merger,  the Board of  Directors  of the
Holding Company will be authorized to issue preferred stock in series and to fix
and  state  the  voting   powers,   designations,   preferences   and  relative,
participating,  optional  or other  special  rights  of the  shares of each such
series and the qualifications,  limitations and restrictions thereof.  Preferred
stock may rank prior to the Holding Company Common Stock as to dividend  rights,
liquidation  preferences,  or both,  and may have full or limited voting rights.
The holders of preferred  stock will be entitled to vote as a separate  class or
series under certain circumstances,  regardless of any other voting rights which
such holders may have.

         Except as discussed above, the Holding Company has no present plans for
the issuance of the additional authorized shares of Holding Company Common Stock
or for the  issuance  of any  shares of  preferred  stock.  In the  future,  the
authorized  but unissued and unreserved  shares of Holding  Company Common Stock
will be available for general  corporate  purposes  including but not limited to
possible  issuance as stock  dividends  or stock  splits,  in future  mergers or
acquisitions,  under a cash dividend  reinvestment and stock purchase plan, in a
future  underwritten  or other  public  offering,  or under  an  employee  stock
ownership plan. The authorized but

                                       87

<PAGE>



unissued  shares of preferred  stock will similarly be available for issuance in
future mergers or  acquisitions,  in a future  underwritten  public  offering or
private placement or for other general corporate  purposes.  Except as described
above  or as  otherwise  required  to  approve  the  transaction  in  which  the
additional  authorized  shares of Holding  Company  Common  Stock or  authorized
shares of  preferred  stock would be issued,  no  shareholder  approval  will be
required for the issuance of these shares.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors
of the Holding Company,  without shareholder approval, can issue preferred stock
with voting and conversion  rights which could adversely affect the voting power
of the holders of Holding Company Common Stock.

         Restrictions  on  Acquisitions.  See  "Restrictions  on Acquisitions of
Stock and Related  Takeover  Defensive  Provisions" for a description of certain
provisions of the Holding  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws
which  may  affect  the  ability  of  the  Holding  Company's   shareholders  to
participate in certain  transactions  relating to acquisitions of control of the
Holding Company.

         Dividends.  Upon consummation of the purchase of all of First Federal's
outstanding  First Federal Common Stock, the Holding  Company's only assets will
be First Federal common stock,  and a portion of the proceeds from the Offering.
Dividends  from  First  Federal  will be an  important  source of income for the
Holding Company.  Should First Federal elect or be required by its regulators to
retain its income,  the ability of the Holding  Company to pay  dividends to its
own shareholders may be adversely affected.  Furthermore,  if at any time in the
future the Holding Company owns less than 80% of the outstanding  stock of First
Federal,  certain tax benefits under the Code as to inter-company  distributions
will not be fully  available  to the Holding  Company and it will be required to
pay  federal  income  tax on a portion  of the  dividends  received  from  First
Federal, thereby reducing the amount of income available for distribution to the
shareholders  of the Holding  Company.  For further  information  concerning the
ability of First Federal to pay dividends to the Holding Company,  see "Dividend
Policy,"  "Regulation - Regulatory Capital  Requirements" and " -- Limitation on
Dividends and Other Capital Distributions."


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBENTURES


         The Debentures are to be issued  pursuant to an Indenture,  dated as of
________,   1997  (the   "Indenture"),   between   the   Holding   Company   and
_____________________________, as Trustee (the "Trustee").

         The following is a summary of the material  terms of the Debentures and
the Indenture.  This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of
the provisions of the Indenture,  including the  definitions  therein of certain
terms. The following  summary does not purport to be complete and should be read
in conjunction with the Indenture. Wherever particular sections or defined terms
of  the   Indenture  are  referred  to,  such  sections  or  defined  terms  are
incorporated  herein by reference,  and the statements made herein are qualified
in their entirety by such reference.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in
this section of the Prospectus  shall have the meanings  ascribed to them in the
Indenture.  In this regard,  the term  "Holding  Company" in this section of the
Prospectus refers to The Bryan - College Station Financial Holding Company on an
unconsolidated  basis.  The form of Indenture and the Debentures have been filed
with the  Commission as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this
Prospectus  is a  part.  Copies  of the  Indenture  may  be  obtained  from  the
Underwriters.

GENERAL

         The  Debentures  will  be  unsecured  subordinated  obligations  of the
Holding Company, will be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $__________
and will mature on __________,  2002.  The Debentures  will bear interest at the
rate per annum shown on the front cover of this Prospectus from __________, 1997
or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or
provided  for,  payable  quarterly on the 15th  calendar  day of July,  October,
January and April of each year (or the next succeeding  business day if the 15th
calendar day is not a business day),  commencing July 15, 1997, to the Person in
whose name the  Debenture  (or any  predecessor  Debenture) is registered at the
close of business on the Regular Record Date for such  interest,  which shall be
______ or ___________  (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next
preceding such Interest Payment Date.

                                       88

<PAGE>



         Principal of and premium,  if any, and interest on the Debentures  will
be payable at the office or agency of the Holding Company in Bryan,  Texas,  and
the transfer of Debentures  will be registrable at the offices of the Trustee in
_______,  ________.  In addition,  payment of interest may, at the option of the
Holding  Company,  be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled
thereto as it appears in the Security Register.

         The Debentures will be issued only in fully  registered  form,  without
coupons,  in  denominations  of $1,000 and any  integral  multiple  thereof.  No
service  charge  will be made for any  registration  of  transfer or exchange of
Debentures,  but the Holding  Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         Because the Holding  Company is a holding  company,  its rights and the
rights of its creditors, including the Holders of the Debentures, to participate
in the assets or earnings of any Subsidiary  through the payment of dividends or
otherwise  will be subject to the prior  claims of the  Subsidiary's  creditors,
except to the extent  that the  Holding  Company  may itself be a creditor  with
recognized claims against the Subsidiary.

SUBORDINATION

         The payment of the principal and premium,  if any, and interest on, the
Debentures  will, to the extent set forth in the Indenture,  be  subordinated in
right of payment to the prior  payment  in full of all Senior  Indebtedness  (as
defined).  In certain events of insolvency,  the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Debentures will, to the extent set forth in the Indenture,  also
be effectively  subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of
all General Obligations (as defined). Upon any payment or distribution of assets
to creditors  upon any  liquidation,  dissolution,  winding up,  reorganization,
assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors,   marshalling  of  assets  or  any
bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar  proceedings  of the  Holding  Company,  the
holders of all Senior  Indebtedness will first be entitled to receive payment in
full of all  amounts due thereon  before the Holders of the  Debentures  will be
entitled to receive any payment in respect of the  principal  of or premium,  if
any, or interest on, the  Debentures.  If, upon any such payment or distribution
of assets to creditors, there remains, after giving effect to such subordination
provisions in favor of the holders of Senior  Indebtedness,  any amount of cash,
property  or  securities  available  for payment or  distribution  in respect of
Debentures  (as defined in the  Indenture,  "Excess  Proceeds")  and if, at such
time, any creditors in respect of General  Obligations have not received payment
in full of all  amounts  due or to become due on or in  respect of such  General
Obligations,  then such Excess Proceeds shall first be applied to pay or provide
for the  payment  in full of such  General  Obligations  before  any  payment or
distribution  may be made in  respect  of the  Debentures.  In the  event of the
acceleration  of the  maturity  of any  Debentures,  the  holders  of all Senior
Indebtedness  will first be entitled  to receive  payment in full of all amounts
due or to become due thereon  before the Holders of Debentures  will be entitled
to receive any payment upon the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on,
the  Debentures.  No  payments  on account of  principal,  premium,  if any,  or
interest,  in respect of the Debentures may be made if there shall have occurred
and be  continuing a default in any payment with respect to Senior  Indebtedness
or an event of default with respect to any Senior  Indebtedness  permitting  the
holders thereof to accelerate the maturity thereof.

         By reason of such subordination, in the event of insolvency,  creditors
of the  Holding  Company who are not  holders of Senior  Indebtedness  or of the
Debentures may recover less,  ratably,  than holders of Senior  Indebtedness and
may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of Debentures.

         "Senior Indebtedness" is defined to mean the principal of (and premium,
if any)  and  interest  on the  following,  whether  outstanding  at the date of
execution  of the  Indenture or  thereafter  incurred,  assumed or created:  (a)
indebtedness  of the Holding  Company for money  borrowed or purchased,  similar
obligations  arising  from  off-balance-  sheet  guarantees  and  direct  credit
substitutes,  and  obligations  associated  with  derivative  products  such  as
interest and foreign exchange rate contracts,  commodity contracts,  and similar
arrangements,  and (b) any deferrals, renewals, extensions and refundings of any
such Senior  Indebtedness;  other than (i) any  indebtedness or obligation as to
which,  in the  instrument  creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which
the same is  outstanding,  it is expressly  provided that such obligation (A) is
not Senior Indebtedness with respect

                                       89

<PAGE>



to the  Debentures  or (B)  ranks  pari  passu  with  the  Debentures  and  (ii)
indebtedness evidenced by the Debentures.

         "General  Obligations"  means all obligations of the Holding Company to
make  payment  on  account  of  claims  of  general  creditors,  other  than (A)
obligations on account of Senior  Indebtedness and (B) obligations on account of
the Debentures and  indebtedness  for money borrowed  ranking pari passu with or
subordinate to the Debentures.  "Claim" shall have the meaning  assigned thereto
in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy  Code of 1978, as amended to the date of the
Indenture.  The term "indebtedness for money borrowed" when used with respect to
the  Holding  Company is defined to mean any  obligation  of, or any  obligation
guaranteed by, the Holding Company for the repayment of borrowed money,  whether
or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other written instruments.

         As  of  September  30,  1996,   the  Holding   Company  had  no  Senior
Indebtedness  and no General  Obligations  outstanding.  The Holding Company may
from  time  to  time   incur   additional   indebtedness   constituting   Senior
Indebtedness.  The  Indenture  does not  prohibit  or limit  the  incurrence  of
additional Senior Indebtedness and General Obligations.

         The  subordination  provisions  of the Indenture  described  herein are
intended for the benefit of holders of Senior  Indebtedness and are not intended
for the  benefit of  creditors  in respect of General  Obligations.  The Holding
Company and the  Trustee  may amend the  Indenture  to reduce or  eliminate  the
rights of  creditors  in respect of General  Obligations  without the consent of
such creditors or the Holders of Debentures.

LIMITATIONS ON DIVIDENDS, REDEMPTIONS, ETC.

         The Indenture provides that the Holding Company will not (i) declare or
pay any dividend or make any other distribution on any Junior Securities, except
dividends  or  distributions  payable in Junior  Securities,  or (ii)  purchase,
redeem or otherwise  acquire or retire for value any Junior  Securities,  except
Junior Securities acquired upon conversion thereof into other Junior Securities,
or (iii) permit a Subsidiary to purchase,  redeem or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Junior  Securities  if, at the time such  dividend,  distribution,
purchase,  redemption or other acquisition is effected, a default in the payment
of any interest upon any Debenture  when it becomes due and payable or a default
in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debenture at its
Maturity shall have occurred and be continuing.

         The term "Junior Securities" means (i) shares of Holding Company Common
Stock,  (iii) any other non- debt securities of the Holding Company  (whether or
not such other securities are convertible into Junior Securities),  or (iv) debt
securities of the Holding  Company (other than the  Debentures) as to which,  in
the instrument  creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is
outstanding,   it  is  provided  that  such  debt   securities  are  not  Senior
Indebtedness with respect to, or do not rank pari passu with, the Debentures.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         The  Indenture  defines  an  Event  of  Default  with  respect  to  the
Debentures as any one of the following events:  (i) certain events of bankruptcy
of the  Holding  Company or  receivership  of any Major  Depository  Institution
Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture); (ii) default for 30 days in payment of
interest on any Debenture; (iii) default in payment of principal of (or premium,
if any, on) any Debenture when the same shall become due and payable, whether at
Stated  Maturity,  by  acceleration  or  otherwise;  (iv) failure by the Holding
Company for 60 days after due notice to remedy a default in  performance  or the
breach of any material representation, covenant or warranty in the Indenture; or
(v)(A) failure by the Holding Company or any Subsidiary to pay  indebtedness for
money borrowed in an aggregate  principal amount exceeding $1.0 million when due
or upon the  expiration of any  applicable  period of grace with respect to such
principal amount; or (B) acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of the
Holding  Company or any  Subsidiary for borrowed money in excess of $1.0 million
if  such  failure  to pay or  acceleration  results  from a  default  under  the
instrument  giving rise to, or securing,  such  indebtedness and is not annulled
within 10 days after due  notice has been  given,  unless the  validity  of such
default  is  contested  by the  Holding  Company  in good  faith by  appropriate
proceedings.

                                       90

<PAGE>



First Federal Savings Bank will currently be upon consummation of the Merger the
only Major  Depository  Institution  Subsidiary of the Holding  Company.  If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  either the Trustee or the Holders of
not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding  Debentures may declare
the principal  amount of all Debentures to be due and payable  immediately,  but
upon certain  conditions such declaration may be rescinded and annulled and past
defaults may be waived by the Holders of a majority in  principal  amount of the
Outstanding  Debentures on behalf of the Holders of all  Debentures.  In case an
Event  of  Default  shall  occur  and  be  continuing,  the  Trustee  may in its
discretion  proceed  to  protect  and  enforce  its rights and the rights of the
Holders by such  appropriate  judicial  proceedings  as the  Trustee  deems most
effectual.  The  Indenture  does not contain any  provisions  that would provide
protection to Holders of the Debentures against a sudden and significant decline
in  credit  quality  of  the  Holding  Company,  resulting  from  any  takeover,
recapitalization or similar restructuring of the Holding Company.

         The Indenture provides that the Trustee will give to the Holders of the
Outstanding  Debentures  notice of any  default  known to it if  uncured  or not
waived; provided, however, that such notice shall not be given until at least 30
days  after  the  occurrence  of a  default  with  respect  to  the  Outstanding
Debentures.  The term "default",  with respect to the Outstanding Debentures for
the purpose only of this  provision,  means the happening of any event which is,
or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

         The Indenture  provides that, subject to the duty of the Trustee during
default to act with the required standard of care, the Trustee will not be under
an obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the
request or  direction  of any of the  Holders,  unless such  Holders  shall have
offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity.  The Indenture provides
that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debentures
may  direct the time,  method and place of  conducting  any  proceeding  for any
remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  or  exercising  any  trust or  other  power
conferred on the Trustee,  provided  that the Trustee may decline to act if such
direction is contrary to law or the  Indenture  and may take other action deemed
proper that is not inconsistent with such direction.

         The Indenture  includes a covenant  that the Holding  Company will file
annually with the Trustee a certificate of no default, or specifying any default
that exists.

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALES OF ASSETS

         The Holding  Company,  without the consent of the Holders of any of the
Debentures  under the Indenture,  may  consolidate  with or merge into any other
Person or convey,  transfer or lease its properties and assets  substantially as
an  entirety  to any  Person,  provided  that:  (i) the  successor  is a  Person
organized and validly existing under the laws of any domestic jurisdiction; (ii)
the successor  Person,  if other than the Holding  Company,  assumes the Holding
Company's  obligations  with respect to the  Debentures and under the Indenture,
(iii) after giving effect to the  transaction,  no default,  and no event which,
after  notice  or  lapse of time or both  would  become a  default,  shall  have
occurred and be continuing; and (iv) certain other conditions are met.

LIMITATION ON SUITS

         No Holder  of any  Debenture  shall  have the  right to  institute  any
proceeding,  judicial or otherwise,  with respect to the  Indenture,  or for the
appointment  of a  receiver  or  trustee,  or for any  other  remedy  under  the
Indenture,  unless:  (i) such Holder has previously  given written notice to the
Trustee  of a  continuing  default;  (ii) the  Holders  of not less  than 25% in
principal  amount of the Outstanding  Debentures shall have made written request
to the Trustee to institute  proceedings in respect of such Default;  (iii) such
Holder(s)  shall have offered to the Trustee  reasonable  indemnity  against the
costs,  expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer
of indemnity has failed to institute any such  proceeding;  and (v) no direction
inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such
60-day  period  by  the  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of  the
Outstanding Debentures.


                                       91

<PAGE>



MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

         Modifications  and  amendments  of the  Indenture  may be  made  by the
Holding Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than
66-2/3% in principal amount of the Outstanding  Debentures;  provided,  however,
that no such  modification or amendment may,  without the consent of the Holding
Company  and the Holder of each  Outstanding  Debenture  affected  thereby,  (i)
change the Stated  Maturity of the principal of, or any  installment of interest
on, any  Debenture,  (ii)  reduce  the  principal  amount of, or the  premium or
interest  on, any  Debenture,  (iii)  change the place or currency of payment of
principal of, or premium or rate of interest on, any Debenture,  (iv) impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to
any Debenture, (v) adversely affect the right to convert Debentures, (vi) modify
the  subordination  provisions  in a  manner  adverse  to  the  Holders  of  the
Debentures,  (vii) reduce the above-stated  percentage of Outstanding Debentures
necessary to modify or amend the  Indenture or (viii)  reduce the  percentage of
aggregate  principal  amount of Outstanding  Debentures  necessary for waiver of
compliance  with certain  provisions  of the  Indenture or for waiver of certain
defaults.

         The  Holders of not less than a  majority  in  principal  amount of the
Outstanding  Debentures  may on behalf of the  Holders of all of the  Debentures
waive any past default under the  Indenture,  except a default in the payment of
principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture.



                             DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS


         Each Unit issued in this Offering will contain nine  Warrants,  each of
which will  entitle  the holder  thereof to  purchase  one share of the  Holding
Company's  Common Stock at an exercise price of $12.50 at any time prior to 5:00
p.m.,  Eastern  Time on _______,  2002.  The number of shares  purchasable  upon
exercise of the Units and the exercise  price shall be subject to  adjustment to
reflect  among other things,  stock  dividends on or stock splits of the Holding
Company Common Stock or reclassification of its shares of Holding Company Common
Stock. In such situation, the number of shares purchasable upon exercise will be
adjusted  so that the Warrant  holder  shall be entitled to receive the kind and
number of shares which the holder  thereof  would have owned or been entitled to
receive  after  the  occurrence  of any of such  events  if the  Units  had been
exercised prior thereto. The exercise price will be adjusted accordingly.  It is
not anticipated that the Units will be traded publicly,  and therefore investors
may experience substantial difficulty liquidating their investment in the Units.
If a market  should  develop for the Units,  the market  price may be greater or
less than the portion of each Unit's price which is attributable to the Warrants
offered  hereby.  The Warrants  have no value other than as the right to acquire
Holding Company Common Stock at the exercise  price.  The Warrants do not confer
upon the  holders  thereof  any of the rights or  privileges  of a  stockholder.
Accordingly,  the  Warrants  do not  entitle  holders  thereof  to  receive  any
dividends,  to vote,  to call  meetings  or to receive any  distribution  upon a
liquidation of the Company.  The Holding Company has authorized and reserved for
issuance  a number of shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  sufficient  to
provide  for the  exercise of the rights  represented  by the  Warrants.  Shares
issued  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  will be fully paid and  nonassessable.
Warrants not exercised prior to 5:00 p.m.,  Central Time, on  ___________,  2002
shall become null and void.

         The Warrants may be exercised  during the exercise  period stated above
by  delivery  of the  Warrant  Certificate,  with the  subscription  form on the
reverse side of the Warrant  Certificate fully executed,  to the Holding Company
with a check  payable to the Holding  Company in an amount  equal to the Warrant
exercise  price  multiplied  by the number of shares of Holding  Company  Common
Stock being  purchased.  The Holding  Company or its transfer agent will issue a
new Warrant  Certificate  representing the unexercised but not expired Warrants.
The Warrants will be detachable and may trade separately from the Debentures.

         A complete  statement  of the terms and  conditions  pertaining  to the
Warrants  is  contained  in the  Warrant  Certificate,  copies  of which  can be
obtained from the Holding Company. The description  contained in this Prospectus
is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Warrant Certificate.


                                       92

<PAGE>



                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


INTEREST

         Interest paid on the Debentures will be taxable as ordinary income.

REDEMPTION

         Upon a redemption of the Debentures,  an original holder will recognize
gain or loss equal to the difference  between the amount of cash received (other
than cash received on account of accrued interest) and the holder's tax basis in
the  Debentures  received.  Such  gain or loss  will be  capital  gain or  loss,
provided that the Debentures were held as capital assets,  and will be long-term
gain or loss if the Debentures were held for more than one year.

SALE OR EXCHANGE

         The sale or exchange of Debentures or Holding  Company  Common Stock to
or with a person other than the Holding  Company will result in the  recognition
of gain or loss  equal to the  difference  between  the  consideration  received
(i.e.,  cash plus the fair market value of other  property) and the holder's tax
basis in such Debentures or Holding Company Common Stock. Such gain or loss will
be capital gain or loss, if the Debentures were held as capital assets, and will
be long-term if the holding period for such Debentures or Holding Company Common
Stock exceeds one year.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

         Holders of Debentures may be subject to backup  withholding on interest
and on the  proceeds  of any  redemption  or other  disposition  of  Debentures.
Generally, backup withholding applies only when the taxpayer fails to furnish or
certify a proper taxpayer identification number or when the taxpayer is notified
by the Internal  Revenue Service that the taxpayer has failed to report payments
of interest or dividends properly. Holders should consult their own tax advisors
regarding  their  qualification  for exemption from backup  withholding  and the
procedure for obtaining any applicable exemption.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS


         The legality of the Holding Company Common Stock and Debentures will be
passed  upon  for the  Holding  Company  by  Silver,  Freedman  &  Taff,  LLP (a
partnership including  professional  corporations),  1100 New York Avenue, N.W.,
Washington, D.C., special counsel to First Federal. Silver, Freedman & Taff, LLP
has consented to the reference herein to its opinion. Certain legal matters will
be passed  upon for Hoefer & Arnett by  Bracewell  &  Patterson,  LLP,  Houston,
Texas.

                                     EXPERTS


         The Consolidated  Financial Statements of First Federal Savings Bank of
Bryan and its subsidiary as of September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for each of
the years in the three year period  ended  September  30, 1996  included in this
Prospectus/Proxy  Statement have been audited by Crowe,  Chizek and Company LLP,
independent certified public accountants. Such Consolidated Financial Statements
have been  included  herein in  reliance  upon the  report of Crowe,  Chizek and
Company LLP, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the au thority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.



                                       93

<PAGE>


                           FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                                    Page
                                                                    ----

Report of Independent Auditors................................      F-2

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
September 30, 1994 and 1995......................................   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income
Years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996....................   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996.....................  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996.....................  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996.....................  F-8


         All  schedules  are omitted  because the  required  information  is not
applicable or is included in the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and related
Notes.


         FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  OF THE HOLDING  COMPANY  HAVE NOT BEEN  PROVIDED
BECAUSE THE  BRYAN-COLLEGE  STATION  FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY HAS NOT CONDUCTED
ANY OPERATIONS TO DATE AND HAS NOT BEEN CAPITALIZED.

                                       94

<PAGE>


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


The Board of Directors
First Federal Savings Bank
Bryan, Texas


We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
of First Federal  Savings Bank and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  First Service
Corporation  of  Bryan,  as of  September  30,  1996 and  1995  and the  related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period  ended  September  30,  1996.  These  financial
statements are the responsibility of the Bank's  management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of First  Federal
Savings Bank and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  First  Service  Corporation  of
Bryan,  as of September 30, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  September  30,
1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As  discussed  in Note 1 to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Bank
changed its method of accounting for securities for the year ended September 30,
1995.


                                  /s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

                                  Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

Oak Brook, Illinois
November 9, 1996

                                      F-1
<PAGE>



                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           September 30, 1996 and 1995
                         In thousands, except share data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        1996            1995
                                                                                        ----            ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks                                                             $     1,661    $     1,275
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions                                 1,145          5,666
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
     Total cash and cash equivalents                                                      2,806          6,941

Securities held-to-maturity (fair value:
  1996 - $1,000; 1995 - $988) (Note 2)                                                    1,000          1,000
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity (fair value:
  1996 - $1,261; 1995 - $2,247) (Note 2)                                                  1,292          2,278
Loans held for sale, net of unrealized loss of $14 in 1996
  and 1995                                                                                  419          1,840
Loans receivable, net (Note 3)                                                           49,160         46,765
Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                                                845            796
Foreclosed real estate (Note 5)                                                             577            130
Premises and equipment (Note 6)                                                             924          1,034
Accrued interest receivable                                                                 329            377
Other assets                                                                                245            271
                                                                                    -----------    -----------

                                                                                    $    57,597    $    61,432
                                                                                    ===========    ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
     Deposits (Note 7)                                                              $    51,677    $    54,939
     Advance payments by borrowers for insurance and taxes                                  783            910
     Advance from Federal Home Loan Bank (Note 8)                                             -          1,088
     Deferred income taxes (Note 12)                                                         86            146
     Accrued interest payable and other liabilities                                         735            179
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                         53,281         57,262

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 11)

Stockholders' equity (Note 10)
     Preferred  stock - par value  $.01 per  share  (liquidation  preference  of
       $873,000); authorized 200,000 shares,
       issued 87,263 shares                                                                   1              1
     Common stock - par value $.01 per share; authorized
       433,000 shares, issued 239,612 and 228,282 shares at
       September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively                                              2              2
     Additional paid-in capital                                                           2,743          2,630
     Retained earnings, substantially restricted                                          1,570          1,537
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                          4,316          4,170
                                                                                    -----------    -----------

                                                                                    $    57,597    $    61,432
                                                                                    ===========    ===========

</TABLE>
                                      F-2

<PAGE>

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                      In thousands, except per share data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1996           1995            1994
                                                                         ----           ----            ----
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest income
     Loans                                                           $     4,407    $     4,187    $     3,619
     Securities                                                               46             42             33
     Mortgage-backed securities                                               99            162            205
     Other                                                                   276            307            163
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total interest income                                             4,828          4,698          4,020

Interest expense
     Deposits                                                              2,358          2,146          1,701
     Other borrowings                                                          5            148             57
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total interest expense                                            2,363          2,294          1,758
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------


NET INTEREST INCOME                                                        2,465          2,404          2,262

Provision for loan losses (Note 3)                                           (52)            27           (401)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------


NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                        2,517          2,377          2,663

Noninterest income
     Service charges                                                         527            355            202
     Gain on sale of loans (Note 4)                                          125            109            501
     Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights (Note 4)                      205            104            407
     Gain on sale of mortgage-backed securities (Note 2)                      13              -              -
     Operation of foreclosed real estate                                      (9)            (2)             -
     Other                                                                    12             26             14
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total noninterest income                                            873            592          1,124

Noninterest expense
     Compensation and benefits                                             1,337          1,284          1,569
     Occupancy and equipment expense                                         335            298            282
     SAIF special assessment                                                 333              -              -
     Federal insurance premiums                                              125            116            134
     Net loss on real estate owned, including
       provision for losses                                                    8             12             19
     Loan expense                                                             33             61            120
     Office supplies                                                          73             85            100
     Professional fees                                                       179            167            196
     Advertising                                                              57             55             73
     Data processing                                                         148            111            132
     Telephone                                                                57             57             45
     Other                                                                   363            402            426
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
         Total noninterest expense                                         3,048          2,648          3,096
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

                                      F-3

<PAGE>

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                      In thousands, except per share data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1996          1995             1994
                                                                         ----          ----             ----
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE                                     $       342    $       321    $       691

Income tax expense (Note 12)                                                 108            110            234
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------


NET INCOME                                                           $       234    $       211    $       457
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========

Earnings per common share (Note 1)                                   $   .61        $    .52       $   1.54

</TABLE>

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                       In thousands, except per share data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Additional
                                       Preferred        Common          Paid-In         Retained
                                         Stock           Stock          Capital         Earnings        Total
                                      -----------    -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance at
  September 30, 1993                  $         1    $         2     $     2,419    $     1,255    $     3,677

Issuance of 10,321
  common shares as
  5% stock dividend                             -              -             103           (103)             -

Net income                                      -              -               -            457            457

Dividends
  ($1.00 per
  preferred share)                              -              -               -            (87)           (87)
                                      -----------    -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------


Balance at
  September 30, 1994                            1              2           2,522          1,522          4,047

Issuance of 10,802
  common shares as
  5% stock dividend                             -              -             108           (108)             -

Net income                                      -              -               -            211            211

Dividends ($1.00 per
  preferred share)                              -              -               -            (88)           (88)
                                      -----------    -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------


Balance at
  September 30, 1995                            1              2           2,630          1,537          4,170

Issuance of 11,330
  common shares as
  5% stock dividend                             -              -             113           (113)             -

Net income                                      -              -               -            234            234

Dividends ($1.00 per
  preferred share)                              -              -               -            (88)           (88)
                                      -----------    -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------


Balance at
  September 30, 1996                  $         1    $         2     $     2,743    $     1,570    $     4,316
                                      ===========    ===========     ===========    ===========    ===========

</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>



                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                                  In thousands
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1996            1995            1994
                                                                      ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income                                                  $        234     $        211    $        457
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities
         Depreciation                                                     167              154             118
         Amortization of premiums and discounts
           on mortgage-backed securities, net                               5                2               -
         Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans                          13,839           81,838          86,336
         Origination of loans held for sale                           (12,293)         (81,423)        (81,441)
         Market value adjustment of loans held-for-sale                     -              (32)             46
         Change in deferred loan origination fees                         (41)             (62)            (32)
         Change in deferred income taxes                                  (60)              38             155
         Change in deferred gain on real estate owned                       -              (10)              -
         Net (gains) losses on sales of
              Real estate owned                                             1                9               7
              Mortgage-backed securities                                  (13)               -               -
              Mortgage loans                                             (125)            (109)           (501)
              Mortgage servicing rights                                  (205)            (104)           (407)
         Provision for losses on loans and real
           estate owned                                                   (45)              30            (389)
         Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividend                            (49)             (48)            (31)
         Change in
              Accrued interest receivable                                  48              (71)            (23)
              Other assets                                                 26              397            (434)
              Accrued interest payable and other
                liabilities                                               556              (26)           (121)
                                                                 ------------     ------------    ------------
                  Net cash provided by operating
                    activities                                          2,045              794           3,740

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Net increase in loans receivable                                  (2,677)          (5,690)         (6,134)
     Principal payments on mortgage-backed
       securities                                                         418              413           1,748
     Proceeds from sale of mortgage-backed securities                     576                -               -
     Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights                      205              104             407
     Capital expenditures on premises and  
       equipment, net                                                     (57)            (231)           (589)
     Capital expenditures on foreclosed real estate                       (83)             (32)              -
     Proceeds from sale of real estate owned                                3                3              90
                                                                 ------------     ------------    ------------
         Net cash used in investing activities                         (1,615)          (5,433)         (4,478)
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-6






<PAGE>



                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994
                                  In thousands
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1996           1995             1994
                                                                       ----           ----             ----
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
     Net increase (decrease) in deposits                         $     (3,262)    $      4,093    $      3,534
     Net increase (decrease) in advance payments
       by borrowers for insurance                                        (127)              49             127
     Proceeds from other borrowings                                         -            1,088               -
     Repayment of other borrowings                                     (1,088)               -            (500)
     Dividends paid on preferred stock                                    (88)            (110)            (65)
                                                                 ------------     ------------    ------------
         Net cash provided by (used in) financing
           activities                                                  (4,565)           5,120           3,096
                                                                 ------------     ------------    ------------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                       (4,135)             481           2,358

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                          6,941            6,460           4,102
                                                                 ------------     ------------    ------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                         $      2,806     $      6,941    $      6,460
                                                                 ============     ============    ============


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
     Cash paid during the year for
         Interest                                               $       2,369      $     2,288      $    1,755
         Income taxes paid (received)                                     139              (98)            232

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing
  activities
     Net transfer between loans and real estate
       acquired through foreclosure                                      (375)             (17)             (8)
     Cash dividends declared, not paid                                      -                -              22
     Transfer of investment and mortgage-backed
       securities to held-to-maturity upon adoption
       of SFAS No. 115                                                      -            3,693               -
     Transfer of securities to available-for-sale at
       fair value                                                         563                -               -
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis  of  Presentation:  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements
include  the  accounts  of  First  Federal  Savings  Bank  and its  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  First Service  Corporation of Bryan.  All significant  intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Business: First Federal Savings Bank (the Bank) is a federally chartered savings
bank and member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank  (FHLB)  system  which  maintains
insurance on deposit accounts with the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF)
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Operations:  The Bank makes  residential,  commercial  real estate and  consumer
loans primarily in Brazos County of Texas.  Substantially  all loans are secured
by specific items of collateral, including real estate, residences, and consumer
assets.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements:  The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported
amounts  of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of
income and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual  results could differ
from those estimates.

Securities:  Effective  October 1, 1994,  the Bank  adopted  the  provisions  of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 (SFAS No. 115),  "Accounting
for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities".  SFAS No. 115 requires
corporations  to classify  debt  securities  as  held-to-maturity,  trading,  or
available-for-sale.   Securities   are  classified  as   held-to-maturity   when
management has the intent and the Bank has the ability to hold those  securities
to maturity.  Premiums and  discounts are  recognized  in interest  income using
methods that approximate the level-yield  method.  Management  classified all of
the Bank's  investments  and  mortgage-backed  securities  as  held-to-maturity,
therefore,  the  adoption  of this  statement  did not  have  an  effect  on the
financial position or operations of the Bank.

Loans Receivable: Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal balances, less
the allowance for loan losses, and deferred loan origination fees and discounts.

Allowance  for Loan Losses:  Because  some loans may not be repaid in full,  the
Bank has  established  an allowance for loan losses.  Increases to the allowance
are recorded by a provision for loan losses  charged to expense.  Estimating the
risk of the loss and the amount of loss on any loan is  necessarily  subjective.
Accordingly,  the allowance is  maintained  by management at a level  considered
adequate to cover possible losses that are currently  anticipated  based on past
loss  experience,  general  economic  conditions,   information  about  specific
borrower  situations  including their financial  position and collateral values,
and other factors and estimates which

                                       F-8
<PAGE>



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

are subject to change over time.  While  management  may  periodically  allocate
portions of the  allowance  for  specific  problem  loan  situations,  the whole
allowance  is  available  for  any  loan  charge-offs  that  occur.  A  loan  is
charged-off   against  the  allowance  by  management  as  a  loss  when  deemed
uncollectible,  although  collection  efforts continue and future recoveries may
occur.

In May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 114 (SFAS No. 114),  "Accounting by Creditors
for Impairment of a Loan". SFAS No. 114 (as modified by No. 118),  effective for
the Bank beginning October 1, 1995,  requires the measurement of impaired loans,
based on the  present  value of  expected  cash flows  discounted  at the loan's
effective interest rate or, as a practical  expedient,  at the loan's observable
market  price  or the  fair  value  of  collateral  if the  loan  is  collateral
dependent.  Under this standard,  loans considered to be impaired are reduced to
the  present  value of  expected  future  cash  flows  or to the  fair  value of
collateral,  by  allocating a portion of the  allowance  for loan losses to such
loans. If these allocations cause the allowance for loan losses to be increased,
such increase is reported as a provision for loan losses. The effect of adopting
SFAS No. 114 was not material to the Bank's  consolidated  financial position or
results of operations during 1995.

Smaller  balance  homogeneous  loans are defined as  residential  first mortgage
loans secured by one-to-four family residences,  residential construction loans,
and share loans and are evaluated  collectively for impairment.  Commercial real
estate loans are evaluated  individually for impairment.  Normal loan evaluation
procedures, as described in the second preceding paragraph, are used to identify
loans which must be evaluated for impairment.  In general,  loans  classified as
"doubtful"  or  "loss"  are  considered   impaired  while  loans  classified  as
"substandard"  are  individually  evaluated  for  impairment.  Depending  on the
relative size of the credit relationship, late or insufficient payments of 30 to
90 days will cause  management  to  reevaluate  the credit under its normal loan
evaluation   procedures.   While  the  factors  which   identify  a  credit  for
consideration  for measurement of impairment,  or nonaccrual,  are similar,  the
measurement  considerations  differ.  A loan is impaired when the economic value
estimated to be received is less than the value  implied in the original  credit
agreement.  A loan is placed in  nonaccrual  when payments are more than 90 days
past due  unless the loan is  adequately  collateralized  and in the  process of
collection.  Although  impaired loan and  nonaccrual  loan balances are measured
differently,  impaired  loan  disclosures  under  SFAS Nos.  114 and 118 are not
expected  to  differ   significantly   from  nonaccrual  and  renegotiated  loan
disclosures.

Recognition  of Income on Loans:  Interest on loans is accrued  over the term of
the loans based on the principal balance outstanding. Where serious doubt exists
as to the collectibility of a loan, the accrual of interest is discontinued.

                                      F-9

<PAGE>



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loan Fees and Costs:  The Bank  defers  loan  origination  fees,  net of certain
direct loan  origination  costs. The net amount deferred is netted against loans
in the balance sheet and is recognized in interest income as a yield  adjustment
over the contractual term of the loan, adjusted for prepayments.

Loan Sales:  The Bank sells a portion of its  mortgage  loan  production  in the
secondary market.  The Bank obtains sales commitments on these loans immediately
prior to making the origination  commitment.  Loans  classified as held for sale
are  carried at the lower of cost or market  value.  Net  unrealized  losses are
recognized by charges to income.

Premises and  Equipment:  The Bank's  premises and  equipment are stated at cost
less  accumulated  depreciation.  The Bank's premises and related  furniture and
equipment are depreciated  using the  straight-line  method over their estimated
useful lives.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense,  and improvements
are capitalized.

Foreclosed  Real Estate:  Real estate acquired  through  foreclosure and similar
proceedings is carried at the lower of cost (fair value of the asset at the date
of  foreclosure)  or  fair  value  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.  Losses  on
disposition, including expenses incurred in connection with the disposition, are
charged to operations.  Valuation  allowances are recognized when the fair value
less  selling  expenses  is less  than the  cost of the  asset.  Changes  in the
valuation allowance are charged or credited to income.

Statement of Cash Flows:  Cash and cash  equivalents  are defined to include the
Bank's cash on hand, demand balances,  interest-bearing  deposits with financial
institutions and investments in certificates of deposit with original maturities
of less than three months.

Income Taxes:  The Bank records  income tax expense based on the amount of taxes
due on its tax return plus deferred  taxes  computed on the expected  future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases
of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates, in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS No. 109), "Accounting for Income
Taxes".

Earnings Per Common Share:  Earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net
earnings  (less  preferred  stock  dividend) by the weighted  average  number of
common  shares   outstanding  and  common  stock  equivalents   attributable  to
outstanding  stock options,  when dilutive.  The weighted  average number of the
Bank's  shares of common  stock  used to  calculate  the  1996,  1995,  and 1994
earnings per share was 239,612,  after  giving  retroactive  effect to the stock
dividends.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Impact of New  Accounting  Standards:  In March 1995,  the Financial  Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
121 (SFAS No. 121),  "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of". SFAS No. 121 requires that the long-lived
assets and certain identifiable  intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever
events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. However, SFAS No. 121 does not apply to financial instruments, core
deposit  intangibles,  mortgage  and other  servicing  rights,  or deferred  tax
assets. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 had no material effect on the Bank's income
or financial condition.

In May 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 122
(SFAS No.  122),  "Accounting  for  Mortgage  Servicing  Rights".  SFAS No.  122
requires an institution that purchases or originates mortgage loans and sells or
securitizes  those loans with  servicing  rights  retained to allocate the total
cost of the  mortgage  loans to the  mortgage  servicing  rights  and the  loans
(without the mortgage  servicing rights) based on their relative fair values. In
addition,  institutions  are required to assess  impairment  of the  capitalized
mortgage servicing  portfolio based on the fair value of those rights.  SFAS No.
122 is  effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after  December  31,  1995.  The
adoption of this  statement  is not  expected  to have a material  impact on the
Bank's earnings or financial condition. As discussed below, SFAS No. 122 will be
superseded by SFAS No. 125 after December 31, 1996.

In June 1996, the FASB released Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
125  (SFAS  No.  125),   "Accounting  for  Transfers  and   Extinguishments   of
Liabilities".  SFAS No. 125 provides  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for
transfers and servicing of financial assets and  extinguishments of liabilities.
SFAS  No.  125  requires  a  consistent  application  of a  FINANCIAL-COMPONENTS
APPROACH  that  focuses on  control.  Under that  approach,  after a transfer of
financial  assets,  an entity  recognizes the financial and servicing  assets it
controls and the liabilities it has incurred, and derecognizes  liabilities when
extinguished.  SFAS No.  125 also  supersedes  SFAS No.  122 and  requires  that
servicing  assets and  liabilities be  subsequently  measured by amortization in
proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing  income or loss and
requires assessment for asset impairment or increased  obligation based on their
fair values.  SFAS No. 125 applies to transfers  and  extinguishments  occurring
after December 31, 1996 and early or  retroactive  application is not permitted.
Management  anticipates  that  the  adoption  of SFAS  No.  125  will not have a
material impact on the financial condition or operations of the Bank.

In November 1995, the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No.  123,  (SFAS No.  123),  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation".  This
statement  establishes  financial  accounting standards for stock-based employee
compensation  plans.  SFAS No. 123 permits the Bank to choose  either a new fair
value-based method or the current APB Opinion 25 intrinsic value-based method of
accounting for its stock-based compensation arrangements.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

SFAS No. 123  requires  pro forma  disclosures  of net earnings and earnings per
share computed as if the fair  value-based  method has been applied in financial
statements of companies that continue to follow  current  practice in accounting
for such  arrangements  under  APB  Opinion  25.  SFAS No.  123  applies  to all
stock-based  employee  compensation  plans  adopted  in  years  beginning  after
December  15,  1995 in which an  employer  grants  shares  of its stock or other
equity  instruments to employees  except for employee stock ownership plans. The
adoption of SFAS No. 123 is not expected to have a material impact on the Bank's
earnings or financial condition.

Reclassifications:  Certain  reclassifications  were made to the 1995  financial
statements to make them comparable to the 1996 presentation.


NOTE 2 - SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair values of securities  held-to-maturity  at September
30, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1 9 9 6
                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Gross          Gross
                                                       Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized        Fair
                                                         Cost           Gains         Losses          Value
                                                     -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
     U.S. government agency security                 $     1,000     $         -    $         -    $     1,000
                                                     ===========     ===========    ===========    ===========

     FHLMC certificates                              $       872     $         2    $       (31)   $       843
     FNMA certificates                                       420               3             (5)           418
                                                     -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                     $     1,292     $         5    $       (36)   $     1,261
                                                     ===========     ===========    ===========    ===========
<CAPTION>

                                                                                1 9 9 5
                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Gross          Gross
                                                       Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized         Fair
                                                         Cost           Gains         Losses           Value
                                                     -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------

<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
     U.S. government agency security                 $     1,000     $         -    $       (12)   $       988
                                                     ===========     ===========    ===========    ===========

     GNMA certificates                               $        55     $         1    $         -    $        56
     FHLMC certificates                                    1,672              13            (41)         1,644
     FNMA certificates                                       551               4             (8)           547
                                                     -----------     -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                     $     2,278     $        18    $       (49)   $     2,247
                                                     ===========     ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-12

<PAGE>



NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)

On December 1, 1995, the Bank reclassified certain  held-to-maturity  securities
as available-for-sale in accordance with "A Guide to Implementation of Statement
115 on Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities."  The
amortized cost and unrealized gain on the securities  transferred  were $563,000
and $13,000, respectively.

The  $1,000,000  U.S.  government  agency  security  matures on October 1, 1996.
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may
have the right to call or prepay  obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties. Mortgage-backed securities have varying maturities.

Gross sales of  securities  during  1996  totaled  $576,000  with gross gains of
$13,000. There were no sales of investment or mortgage-backed  securities during
1995.


NOTE 3 - LOANS

Loans receivable at September 30 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      In thousands
                                                                  1996            1995
                                                               -----------    -----------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
     First mortgage loans 
         Principal balances:
              Secured by one-to-four-family residences         $    30,477    $    30,966
              Secured by other properties                            4,175          3,643
              Construction loans                                     4,365          4,261
                                                               -----------    -----------
                                                                    39,017         38,870
         Less:
              Undisbursed portion of loans                          (1,966)        (1,664)
              Net deferred loan origination fees                      (128)           (87)
              Deferred gain                                             (3)            (3)
                                                               -----------    -----------
                  Total first mortgage loans                        36,920         37,116

     Consumer and other loans 
         Principal balances:
              Automobile loans                                       9,435          7,634
              Home equity and second mortgage                          151            193
              Loans secured by deposit accounts                        967            705
              Commercial loans                                         595            643
              Purchased automobile and lease pools                       -              4
              Other consumer loans                                   1,339            787
                                                               -----------    -----------
                  Total consumer and other loans                    12,487          9,966

         Less allowance for loan losses:                              (247)          (317)
                                                               -----------    -----------

                                                               $    49,160    $    46,765
                                                               ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-13

<PAGE>



NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   In thousands
                                                                        1996            1995            1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
     Balance at beginning of year                                    $       317    $       313    $       339
     Provision charged to operations                                         (52)            27           (401)
     Charge-offs                                                             (23)           (27)           (39)
     Recoveries                                                                5              4            414
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

         Balance at end of year                                      $       247    $       317    $       313
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

The Bank  recorded a recovery of $401,000  during 1994  primarily as a result of
proceeds  received  from a lawsuit  involving a previously  charged-off  pool of
loans.

There were no impaired  loans at September  30, 1996.  Nonaccrual  loans totaled
approximately  $56,000,  $175,000, and $247,000 at September 30, 1996, 1995, and
1994,  respectively.  The approximate amounts of interest income that would have
been  recorded  under the original  terms of such loans and the interest  income
actually recognized for the years ended September 30, are summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   In thousands
                                                                        1996            1995            1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
     Interest that would have been recorded                          $         5    $        17    $        21
     Interest income recognized                                               (4)            (9)            (6)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

         Interest income foregone                                    $         1    $         8    $        15
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

The  largest  portion  of the Bank's  loans are  originated  for the  purpose of
enabling borrowers to purchase residential real estate property secured by first
liens on such property.  At September 30, 1996,  approximately 62% of the Bank's
loans were secured by owner-occupied,  one-to-four-family  residential property.
The Bank requires collateral on all loans and generally maintains  loan-to-value
ratios of 80% or less.

The Bank has  granted  loans to  certain  officers  and  directors  of the Bank.
Related-party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest
rates  and  collateral,   as  those   prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable
transactions  with unrelated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of
collectibility.  All loans are current in their  contractual  payments  for both
principal and interest.

                                      F-14

<PAGE>



NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

Activity in the loan accounts of executive  officers,  directors,  and principal
shareholders is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           In thousands
                                                                                       1996            1995
                                                                                       ----            ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>
     Balance at beginning of year                                                   $       734    $       574
     Loans disbursed                                                                        566            223
     Principal repayments                                                                  (471)           (63)
     Change in persons classified as related parties                                       (130)             -
                                                                                    -----------    -----------

         Balance at end of year                                                     $       699    $       734
                                                                                    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


NOTE 4 - SECONDARY MORTGAGE MARKET OPERATIONS

The following summarizes the Bank's secondary mortgage market activities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  In thousands
                                                                        1996           1995           1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
     Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans                            $    13,839    $    81,838    $    86,336
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========

     Gain on sale of mortgage loans                                  $       125    $       109    $       501
     Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights                               205            104            407
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                                     $       330    $       213    $       908
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========

     Loans serviced for others                                       $       966    $     4,738    $     1,986
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


NOTE 5 - FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

Properties  which the Bank has acquired in settlement  of mortgage  loans are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          In thousands
                                                                                       1996           1995
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>
     Total cost                                                                     $       584    $       133
     Allowance for losses                                                                    (7)            (3)
                                                                                    -----------    -----------

         Carrying amount                                                            $       577    $       130
                                                                                    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-15

<PAGE>



NOTE 5 - FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE (Continued)

Activity in the  allowance for losses for  foreclosed  real estate is summarized
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  In thousands
                                                                        1996           1995           1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
     Balance at beginning of year                                    $         3    $        19    $        18
     Provision charged to income                                               7              3             12
     Charge-offs, net of recoveries                                           (3)           (19)           (11)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

         Balance at end of year                                      $         7    $         3    $        19
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


NOTE 6 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of premises and equipment at September 30 is as follows:

                                                      In thousands
                                                  1996            1995
                                              -----------    -----------
     Land                                     $       235    $       235
     Buildings and improvements                       741            732
     Furniture and equipment                        1,007            954
                                              -----------    -----------
         Total cost                                 1,983          1,921
     Accumulated depreciation                      (1,059)          (887)
                                              -----------    -----------

                                              $       924    $     1,034
                                              ===========    ===========


NOTE 7 - DEPOSITS

Certificate of deposit accounts with a minimum  denomination of $100,000 or more
totaled $4,260,000 and $4,481,000 at September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

                                      F-16

<PAGE>



NOTE 7 - DEPOSITS (Continued)

At September 30, 1996,  scheduled  maturities of  certificates of deposit are as
follows:

               Year Ending                                  In Thousands
               -----------                                  ------------

          September 30, 1997                                 $    24,854
          September 30, 1998                                       5,810
          September 30, 1999                                       2,026
          September 30, 2000                                       2,121
          September 30, 2001 and thereafter                           75
                                                             -----------

                                                             $    34,886


NOTE 8 - OTHER BORROWINGS

Other  borrowings  at September  30, 1995 consist of a revolving  line of credit
with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas  (FHLB) to fund loans  originated  for
sale by the  Bank.  The line is  secured  by the  underlying  loans  and bears a
variable  interest rate which reprices daily. The interest rate at September 30,
1995 was 7.10%. This line was closed during 1996.


NOTE 9 - BENEFIT PLANS

During 1993, the Bank's Board of Directors  adopted a stock option and incentive
plan (the Plan) that was subsequently  ratified by the  stockholders.  Under the
Plan, options for 18,479 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share were granted
to the  directors and officers of the Bank.  During the fiscal year 1996,  5,018
stock options  expired due to the  resignation  of an officer and a director who
did not exercise  their  options.  At September  30, 1996,  13,461  options were
outstanding.

The Bank has a defined  benefit pension plan covering  substantially  all of the
employees.  The  benefits  are  based  on  years of  service  and an  employee's
compensation  during  the  highest  five  years  out of the  last  ten  years of
employment. The Bank's funding policy is to contribute each year an amount which
satisfies the regulatory funding standards.  The contributions are invested in a
Lincoln National Group Variable Annuity Contract.

                                      F-17

<PAGE>



NOTE 9 - BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

The funded status of the plan is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           In thousands
                                                                                           September 30,
                                                                                       1996            1995
                                                                                       ----            ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>
     Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested
       benefits of $353 and $303, respectively                                      $      (385)   $      (339)
                                                                                    ===========    ===========

     Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date                      $      (498)   $      (471)
     Plan assets at fair value (Lincoln National Group
       Variable Annuity Contract)                                                           333            296
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
     Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets                                 (165)          (175)
     Unrecognized transition obligation which is being
       recognized over 25 years                                                             118            125
     Unrecognized net loss                                                                   43             51
                                                                                    -----------    -----------

         Accrued pension (cost) benefit recorded on statement
           of financial condition                                                   $        (4)   $         1
                                                                                    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

In accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 87, the Bank
has recorded an additional  minimum liability to recognize a pension  obligation
equal to the unfunded  accumulated benefit obligation (shown as accrued interest
payable and other  liabilities)  with an equal amount reflected as an intangible
asset.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  In thousands
                                                                             Year ended September 30,
                                                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                                        1996           1995            1994
                                                                        ----           ----            ----
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Net pension cost includes the following components:
     Service cost earned during the period                           $        73    $        40    $        34
     Interest cost                                                            25             28             25
     Actual return on plan assets                                            (16)           (13)           (14)
     Net amortization and deferral                                             7              7              6
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

         Net periodic pension cost                                   $        89    $        62    $        51
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========

The assumptions used to develop the net periodic pension cost were:

     Discount rate                                                             7%            7%              7%
     Expected long-term rate of return on assets                               7%            7%              7%
     Rate of increase in compensation levels                                   5%            5%              5%

</TABLE>

                                      F-18

<PAGE>



NOTE 10 - REGULATORY MATTERS

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered by
the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements can
initiate certain mandatory,  and possibly additional  discretionary,  actions by
regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could have a direct  material  effect on the
Bank's  financial   statements.   Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the
regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action, the Bank must meet specific
capital  guidelines  that involve  quantitative  measures of the Bank's  assets,
liabilities,  and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting  practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and  classification  are also
subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk
weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation to ensure  capital  adequacy
require  the Bank to  maintain  minimum  amounts  and ratios of total and Tier I
capital as defined in the regulations to risk-weighted assets as defined, and of
Tier I capital to average assets as defined.  As of September 30, 1996, the most
recent  notification from the Office of Thrift Supervision  categorized the Bank
as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.
To be  categorized  as well  capitalized,  the Bank must maintain  minimum total
risk-based,  Tier I risk-based,  Tier I leverage ratios. There are no conditions
or events since that  notification  that  management  believes  have changed the
institution's category.

As of September 30, 1996, the Bank's total  risk-based,  Tier I risk-based,  and
Tier I leverage  ratios  exceeded the regulatory  minimums for being  considered
well  capitalized.   The  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  exceeded  the  well
capitalized  standard  of  10.0%  by  2.9%  or  approximately  $123,000.  Tier I
risk-based capital was greater than the well capitalized minimum of 6.0% by 7.6%
or  approximately  $328,000.  The Tier I leverage ratio was 7.3%,  approximately
$97,000, greater than the well capitalized minimum of 5.0%.

Current regulations also require savings institutions to have minimum regulatory
tangible  capital equal to 1.5% of total assets, a core capital ratio of 3%, and
a risk-based  capital  ratio equal to 8% of  risk-adjusted  assets as defined by
regulation.  The  following  is a  reconciliation  of the Bank's  capital  under
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (GAAP)  to  regulatory  capital  at
September 30, 1996.

                                      F-19

<PAGE>
NOTE 10 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               % of
                                                   % of                      Adjusted                    % of Risk
                                     Tangible    Tangible        Core        Tangible      Risk-based    Adjusted
                                      Capital     Assets        Capital       Assets         Capital      Assets
                                    ---------    -------       ----------   --------      ----------    ----
<S>                                 <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
    GAAP capital                    $   4,316    7.46%         $    4,316   7.46%         $    4,316    10.05%
    Regulatory general
      valuation allowances                  -          -                -          -             247     .57
                                    ---------    -------       ----------   --------      ----------    ----
    Regulatory capital -
      computed                          4,316    7.46               4,316    7.46              4,563    10.62
    Capital adequacy
      requirement                         868    1.50               1,736    3.00              3,347    8.00
                                    ---------    ----          ----------   -----         ----------    ----

       Excess regulatory
         capital over minimum       $   3,448    5.96%         $    2,580   4.46%         $    1,216    2.62%
                                    =========    ====          ==========   ====          ==========    ====
</TABLE>

Accordingly,  management  considers the capital  requirements  to have been met.
Regulations also include restrictions on loans to one borrower; certain types of
investments and loans; loans to officers, directors, and principal shareholders;
brokered deposits; and transactions with affiliates.

Federal  regulations  require the Bank to comply with a Qualified  Thrift Lender
(QTL) test which  requires that 65% of assets be  maintained in  housing-related
finance  and other  specified  assets.  If the QTL test is not met,  limits  are
placed on growth,  branching, new investments,  FHLB advances, and dividends, or
the institution must convert to a commercial bank charter.  Management considers
the QTL test to have been met.

In 1991,  the Board of  Directors of the Bank  adopted a Plan of  Conversion  to
convert from a federal  mutual  savings and loan  association to a stock savings
and loan association.  On April 22, 1993, the Bank sold 207,159 shares of common
stock at $10 per share and received  proceeds of  $1,549,000,  net of conversion
expenses,  and sold 87,263 shares of Series A redeemable  preferred stock at $10
per share and received  proceeds of $873,000.  Series A preferred  stock has a $
 .01 par  value,  is  nonvoting  and  entitles  the  holder  to a $10  per  share
liquidation preference. The stock bears non-cumulative quarterly dividends at an
annual rate of 10%. At the Bank's  option,  the stock can be redeemed  after two
years.


NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CONCENTRATIONS

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing  needs of its  customers.  These
financial  instruments  consist of  commitments  to make loans and fund lines of
credit and loans-in-process.  The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the other party to these financial  instruments is represented
by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Bank follows the same credit
policy to make such commitments as it uses for on-balance-sheet items.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>

NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CONCENTRATIONS  (Continued)

At September 30, these financial instruments are summarized as follows:

                                                       In thousands
                                                         Contract
                                                          Amount
                                                          ------
                                                    1996            1995
                                                    ----            ----
Financial instruments whose contract amounts
  represent credit risk:
    Commitments to make loans                     $ 5,651         $ 1,565
    Loans-in-process                                1,966           1,664
    Lines of credit                                   112           4,733
    Commitments to sell loans                         278           1,229
    Letters of credit                                 175              70

The Bank had $5,422,000 of fixed rate  commitments to originate  loans,  ranging
from 7.0% to 10.25% at September  30,  1996.  The  commitments  have terms of 75
days. Since many commitments to make loans expire without being used, the amount
above does not necessarily represent future cash commitments.  Collateral may be
obtained upon  exercise of a commitment.  The amount of collateral is determined
by management and may include  commercial and residential  real estate and other
business and consumer assets.

Financial  instruments which  potentially  subject the Bank to concentrations of
credit  risk  include  interest-bearing  deposit  accounts  in  other  financial
institutions  and loans.  At September 30, 1996,  the Bank had deposit  accounts
with balances totaling approximately $1,145,000 at the Federal Home Loan Bank of
Dallas. Concentrations of loans are described in Note 3.

The Bank is,  from time to time,  a party to  certain  lawsuits  arising  in the
ordinary  course of its business.  The Bank believes that none of these lawsuits
would, if adversely determined,  have a material adverse effect on its financial
condition, results of operations, or capital.

During September 1996, the Bank entered into a noncancelable operating lease for
office space relating to mortgage operations.  The lease expires August 31, 1998
but has options for renewal through the year 2006.  Projected  minimum  payments
under the terms of the lease,  not  including  insurance  and  maintenance,  are
$20,632 and $18,913 for years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

                                      F-21

<PAGE>



NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CONCENTRATIONS
  (Continued)

The deposits of savings  institutions  such as the Bank are presently insured by
the  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund  (SAIF),  which,  along with the Bank
Insurance  Fund (BIF),  is one of the two insurance  funds  administered  by the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC).  However,  it is not anticipated
that SAIF will be  adequately  recapitalized  until 2002,  absent a  substantial
increase in premium  rates or the  imposition  of special  assessments  or other
significant developments, such as a merger of the SAIF and the BIF. Accordingly,
a recapitalization plan was signed into law on September 30, 1996 which provides
for a  special  assessment  of an  estimated  .65% of all  SAIF-insured  deposit
balances as of March 31, 1995. The Bank's liability for the special  assessment,
totaling approximately $217,000 net of taxes, was recorded in September 1996.


NOTE 12 - INCOME TAX EXPENSE

The provision for income tax expense consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    In thousands
                                                                                     Year Ended
                                                                                    September 30,
                                                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                                        1996            1995            1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
     Current income tax expense                                      $       168    $        72    $        79
     Deferred income tax expense (benefit)                                   (60)            38            155
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                                     $       108    $       110    $       234
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

The  provision  for income  tax  differs  from that  computed  at the  statutory
corporate tax rate as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    In thousands
                                                                                     Year Ended
                                                                                    September 30,
                                                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                                        1996            1995            1994
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
     Tax expense at statutory rate (34%)                             $       116    $       109    $       235
     Other tax effects                                                        (8)             1             (1)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

                                                                     $       108    $       110    $       234
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-22

<PAGE>



NOTE 12 - INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Continued)

The Bank has  qualified  under  provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue Code which
permit it to deduct from taxable  income a provision for bad debts which differs
from the  provision  charged  to income in the  financial  statements.  Retained
earnings at September 30, 1996 include approximately $643,000,  representing tax
bad debt  provisions  through  1986,  for which no deferred  federal  income tax
liability has been recorded.

Tax  legislation  passed in August 1996 now requires all thrift  institutions to
deduct  a  provision  for bad  debts  for tax  purposes  based  on  actual  loss
experience  and  recapture  the excess bad debt reserve  accumulated  in the tax
years after 1986.  The related  amount of deferred tax  liability  which must be
recaptured  is $124,000  and is payable  over a six-year  period,  beginning  in
fiscal year 1997.

Deferred tax assets  (liabilities)  are  comprised of the following at September
30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       In thousands
                                                                   1996           1995
                                                                   ----           ----
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>
     Deferred loan fees                                         $       10     $        30
     SAIF assessment                                                   112               -
     Other                                                               1               -
                                                                ----------     -----------
         Total deferred tax assets                                     123              30

     Depreciation                                                      (23)            (36)
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends                           (111)            (94)
     Loans, principally due to allowance for losses                    (75)            (46)
                                                                ----------     -----------
         Total deferred tax liabilities                               (209)           (176)
                                                                -----------    -----------

              Net deferred tax liabilities                      $      (86)    $      (146)
                                                                ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

Management has not recorded a valuation  allowance  based on previous taxes paid
and its estimate of future taxable income.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>



NOTE 13 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The   approximate   carrying  amount  and  estimated  fair  value  of  financial
instruments is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             September 30, 1996
                                                                      -------------------------------
                                                                        Approximate
                                                                         Carrying          Estimated
                                                                          Amount          Fair Value
                                                                          ------          ----------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
     Financial assets
         Cash and cash equivalents                                       $     2,806    $     2,806
         Securities                                                            2,292          2,261
         Loans, net of allowance for loan losses                              49,160         49,537
         Loans held for sale                                                     419            419
         Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                            845            845
         Accrued interest receivable                                             329            329

     Financial liabilities
         Demand deposits                                                     (12,614)       (12,614)
         Savings deposits                                                     (4,177)        (4,177)
         Time deposits                                                       (34,886)       (35,075)
         Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance                  (783)          (783)
         Accrued interest payable                                                (25)           (25)
</TABLE>

For the purposes of above, the following assumptions were used:

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents:  The  estimated  fair  values  for  cash  and cash
equivalents are based on their carrying  values due to the short-term  nature of
these assets.

Securities:  The fair values of securities  are based on the quoted market value
for the individual security or its equivalent.

Loans: The estimated fair value for loans has been determined by calculating the
present  value of future  cash flows  based on the  current  rate the Bank would
charge for similar loans with similar maturities,  applied for an estimated time
period until the loan is assumed to be repriced or repaid.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock:  The fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock is
assumed to approximate its carrying value.

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>



NOTE 13 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Deposit  Liabilities:  The  estimated  fair  value  for time  deposits  has been
determined  by  calculating  the  present  value of future  cash flows  based on
estimates  of rates the Bank would pay on such  deposits,  applied  for the time
period until maturity. The estimated fair values of interest-bearing  demand and
savings deposits are assumed to approximate  their carrying values as management
establishes  rates on these  deposits  at a level  that  approximates  the local
market area. Additionally, these deposits can be withdrawn on demand.

Accrued Interest: The fair values of accrued interest receivable and payable are
assumed to equal their carrying values.

Advance Payments by Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance: The fair value of advance
payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance approximates the carrying value.

Off-Balance-Sheet  Instruments:  Off-balance-sheet  items consist principally of
unfunded loan commitments. The fair value of these commitments is not material.

Other assets and  liabilities of the Bank not defined as financial  instruments,
such as property and equipment, are not included in the above disclosures.  Also
not included are nonfinancial  instruments typically not recognized in financial
statements such as the value of core deposits and similar items.

While  the  above  estimates  are  based on  management's  judgment  of the most
appropriate  factors,  there is no assurance  that if the Bank disposed of these
items on September 30, 1996,  the fair value would have been  achieved,  because
the market value may differ depending on the  circumstances.  The estimated fair
values at September  30, 1996 should not  necessarily  be considered to apply at
subsequent dates.

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-25


<PAGE>




                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
- -----------------------------------------------------

         Set forth  below is an  estimate  of the  amount  of fees and  expenses
(other than underwriting discounts and commissions) to be incurred in connection
with the issuance of the shares and units.

Counsel fees and expenses...................................     $ 67,500
Accounting fees and expenses................................         *   
Marketing Agent fees........................................         *   
Marketing Agent's counsel fees and expenses.................         *   
Printing, postage and mailing...............................       20,000
Registration and Filing Fees................................         *   
Blue Sky fees and expenses..................................         *   
Trustee fee.................................................
Other expenses..............................................         *   
     TOTAL..................................................     $   *
                                                                 --------
- ------------------
(*) To be completed by amendment.

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers
- ---------------------------------------------------

         Article Eleventh of the Holding Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
provides for  indemnification  of directors and officers of the Holding  Company
against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, court costs,
judgments,   fines,  ERISA  excise  taxes  or  penalties  and  amounts  paid  in
settlement) incurred in any actual,  threatened or potential proceeding,  except
to the extent that such  indemnification is limited by Delaware law and such law
cannot be varied by contract or bylaw.  Article  Eleventh  also provides for the
authority to purchase insurance with respect thereto.

         Section  145 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware
authorizes a  corporation's  Board of Directors to grant indemnity under certain
circumstances  to directors and  officers,  when made, or threatened to be made,
parties to certain  proceedings  by reason of such status with the  corporation,
against judgments,  fines, settlements and expenses,  including attorneys' fees.
In addition, under certain circumstances such persons may be indemnified against
expenses  actually and  reasonably  incurred in defense of a proceeding by or on
behalf  of  the  corporation.   Similarly,   the   corporation,   under  certain
circumstances,  is  authorized  to  indemnify  directors  and  officers of other
corporations  or  enterprises  who are  serving  as such at the  request  of the
corporation,  when such persons are made, or  threatened to be made,  parties to
certain  proceedings  by  reason  of  such  status,  against  judgments,  fines,
settlements  and  expenses,   including   attorneys'  fees;  and  under  certain
circumstances,  such persons may be indemnified  against  expenses  actually and
reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of a proceeding
by or in the right of such other corporation or enterprise. Indemnification is


<PAGE>



permitted  where such person (I) was acting in good faith;  (ii) was acting in a
manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best  interests of
the corporation or other corporation or enterprise,  as appropriate;  (iii) with
respect to a criminal proceeding, has no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful; and (iv) was not adjudged to be liable to the corporation or other
corporation  or enterprise  (unless the court where the  proceeding  was brought
determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity).

         Unless ordered by a court, indemnification may be made only following a
determination that such  indemnification is permissible because the person being
indemnified has met the requisite standard of conduct. Such determination may be
made (I) by the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to such proceeding;  or
(ii) if such a quorum  cannot be  obtained  or the  quorum so  directs,  then by
independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (iii) by the stockholders.

         Section 145 also permits expenses incurred by directors and officers in
defending a  proceeding  to be paid by the  corporation  in advance of the final
disposition  of such  proceedings  upon the  receipt  of an  undertaking  by the
director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately  determined that he
is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation against such expenses.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
- -------------------------------------------------

         The Registrant is newly incorporated,  solely for the purpose of acting
as the holding  company of First  Federal  Savings  Bank  pursuant to the Merger
Agreement  (filed as  Exhibit 2  herein),  and no sales of its  securities  have
occurred to date, other than the sale of one share of the Registrant's  stock to
its  incorporator for the purpose of qualifying the Registrant to do business in
the State of Delaware.



<PAGE>

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
- ----------------------------------------------------

(a) Exhibits:
1        Form of Agency Agreement*
2        Agreement and Plan of Merger
3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company
3.2      Bylaws of the Holding Company
3.3      Charter of First Federal
3.4      Bylaws of First Federal
4.1      Form of Stock Certificate of the Holding Company*
4.2      Indenture, including Form of Debenture
4.3      Form of Warrant*
5.1      Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with Respect to Legality
            of Stock
5.2      Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to Legality of
            Debentures
5.3      Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to Legality of
            Warrants
10.1     1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
10.2     Form of Employment Agreement of J. Stanley Stephen
10.3     Form of Employment Agreement of George Koenig
10.4     Form of Employment Agreement of Mary Lynn Hegan
10.5     Form of Employment Agreement of Kay Watson
23.1     Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
23.2     Consent of Crowe, Chizek & Company, L.L.P.
24       Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
25       Statement of eligibility of trustee
99       Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions


- ----------
*  To be filed  supplementally or by amendment.



<PAGE>



Item 17.  Undertakings
- ----------------------

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(I)          To include  any  Prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3 ) of the
             Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)         To reflect in the  Prospectus any facts or events arising after the
             effective  date of the  Registration  Statement (or the most recent
             post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually or in the
             aggregate,  represent a fundamental  change in the  information set
             forth in the Registration Statement; and

(iii)        To include any  material  information  with  respect to the plan of
             distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement
             or any  material  change to such  information  in the  Registration
             Statement.

             (2) That,  for the purpose of determining  any liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA
FIDE offering thereof.

             (3) To  remove  from  registration  by  means  of a  post-effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,   or  otherwise,  the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and it will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.




<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Bryan, State
of Texas on May 29, 1997.

                                        THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL
                                        HOLDING COMPANY



                                        By:  /s/ J. Stanley Stephen
                                            ---------------------------------
                                            J. Stanley Stephen, President and
                                            Chief Executive Officer
                                            (DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE)


         KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears below  constitutes  and appoints J. Stanley  Stephen and Mary Lynn Hegar
his  true  and  lawful   attorneys-in-fact   and  agents,  with  full  power  of
substitution and  re-substitution,  for him and in his name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments)  to this  Registration  Statement,  and to file the  same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and all other  documents in connection  therewith,  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents full power and  authority  to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might  or  could  do  in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents or their substitutes or substitute may lawfully do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



<S>                                                          <C>
 /s/ J. Stanley Stephen                                       /s/ Mary Lynn Hegar
- --------------------------------------------                  ---------------------------------------------
J. Stanley Stephen, Director,                                 Mary Lynn Hegar, Vice President,
 President and Chief Executive Officer                         Secretary and Chief Financial Officer
  (CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER)                                      (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)
Date:  May 29, 1997                                           Date:  May 29, 1997

 /s/ Richard L. Peacock                                         /s/ Ernest A. Wentrcek
- --------------------------------------------                  ---------------------------------------------
Richard L. Peacock, Chairman of the Board                     Ernest A. Wentrcek, Vice Chairman of the
Date:  May 29, 1997                                             Board 
                                                              Date:  May 29, 1997


 /s/ Charles Neelley                                            /s/ George Koenig
- --------------------------------------------                  ---------------------------------------------
Charles Neelley, Director and Secretary/                      George Koenig, Director and Executive Vice-
   Treasurer                                                    President
Date:  May 29, 1997                                           Date:  May 29, 1997


 /s/ Jack W. Lester                                            /s/ Robert H. Conaway
- --------------------------------------------                  ---------------------------------------------
Jack W. Lester, Director and Assistant                        Robert H. Conaway, Director
  Secretary/Treasurer Director                                Date:  May 29, 1997
Date:  May 29, 1997                                           


 /s/ Ken Hayes                                                 /s/ Phil Hobson
- --------------------------------------------                  ---------------------------------------------
Ken Hayes, Director                                           Phil Hobson, Director
Date:  May 29, 1997                                           Date:  May 29, 1997

 /s/ J. Roland Ruffino
- --------------------------------------------
J. Rolan Ruffino, Director
Date:  May 29, 1997
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 30, 1997

                                                   REGISTRATION NO. 333-________

================================================================================






                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                    -----------------------------------------



                                    EXHIBITS

                                       TO

                                    FORM S-1

                                      UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



                    -----------------------------------------





               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                                2900 TEXAS AVENUE
                               BRYAN, TEXAS 77802






================================================================================


<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBITS:

1         Form of Agency Agreement*
2         Agreement and Plan of Merger
3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company
3.2       Bylaws of the Holding Company
3.3       Charter of First Federal
3.4       Bylaws of First Federal
4.1       Form of Stock Certificate of The Holding Company*
4.2       Indenture, Including Form of Debenture
4.3       Form of Warrant*
5.1       Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to Legality of
          Stock
5.2       Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to Legality of
          Debentures
5.3       Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to Legality of
          Warrants
10.1      1993 Stock Option And Incentive Plan
10.2      Form of Employment Agreement of J. Stanley Stephen
10.3      Form of Employment Agreement of George Koenig
10.4      Form of Employment Agreement of Mary Lynn Hegan
10.5      Form of Employment Agreement of Kay Watson
23.1      Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
23.2      Consent of Crowe, Chizek & Company, L.L.P.
24        Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
25        Statement of Eligibility of Trustee 
27        Financial Data Schedule
99        Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions

- ----------

*  To be filed  supplementally or by amendment.




                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


         THIS  AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER  ("Agreement"),  is made and entered
into by and among FIRST  FEDERAL  SAVINGS  BANK, a  federally-chartered  capital
stock thrift institution  ("First  Federal"),  NEW FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, a
federally-chartered   capital  stock  thrift   institution  in  the  process  of
organization  ("New Bank"),  the sole  stockholder  of the Holding  Company,  J.
Stanley  Stephen  (the  "Holding  Company  Stockholder")  and THE  BRYAN-COLLEGE
STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY, a Delaware business corporation (the "Holding
Company"), effective as of the date executed by all of the parties.


                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  First  Federal is a capital  stock  thrift  institution  duly
organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America and having
its principal office in Bryan,  Texas, with authorized  capital stock consisting
of three  million  shares of common  stock,  par  value  $.01 per share  ("First
Federal Common Stock"), of which 239,612 shares are issued and outstanding,  and
one million shares of serial preferred stock (First Federal Preferred Stock), of
which 87,263 shares are issued and outstanding;

         WHEREAS,  New Bank is a capital stock thrift institution in the process
of  organization  under  the laws of the  United  States  of  America,  which is
proposed  to be a  subsidiary  of the  Holding  Company  and to have  authorized
capital stock  consisting of one million shares of common stock,  par value $.01
per share ("New Bank Stock");

         WHEREAS,  the  Holding  Company  is a capital  stock  corporation  duly
organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, with authorized capital stock
consisting  of three million  shares of common  stock,  par value $.01 per share
("Holding  Company Common Stock") of which one share is issued and  outstanding,
and one million shares serial preferred stock, of which no shares are issued and
outstanding;

         WHEREAS,  the Holding  Company has issued one share of its common stock
to the Holding Company Stockholder in return for $10.00 cash consideration;

         WHEREAS,  the Holding  Company  proposes  to purchase  one share of the
common stock of New Bank for $10.00;

         WHEREAS,  it is the desire of the parties to this  Agreement to adopt a
plan of  reorganization  providing  for the  formation  of a thrift  institution
holding company; and

         WHEREAS,  a majority of the  respective  Boards of  Directors  of First
Federal,  New Bank,  and the Holding  Company have approved and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  pursuant  to which  the  plan of  reorganization,
including the merger of New Bank into First Federal, will be implemented;


<PAGE>



         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, and in order to prescribe the plan of
reorganization  and  merger,  including  its terms and  conditions,  the mode of
carrying the same into  effect,  the manner and basis of  stockholders  of First
Federal  exchanging  their First Federal Common Stock for Holding Company Common
Stock or selling  their First  Federal  Common Stock and such other  details and
provisions  as are deemed  necessary  or proper,  the  parties  hereby  agree as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                            MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

          1.1 Subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, New Bank shall be
merged into First  Federal  under the Charter of First  Federal at the Effective
Date (as defined in Article XI hereof) of the merger (the "Merger").  The Merger
shall be effected  pursuant to the provisions  of, and with the effect  provided
in, the  applicable  provisions  of the laws of the United States of America and
the Rules and Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

          1.2 On the Effective  Date,  the resulting  thrift  institution in the
Merger  shall  be  First  Federal  (hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Surviving
Institution"  whenever  reference is made to it as of the Effective  Date of the
Merger or  thereafter)  which will  continue to operate as a thrift  institution
under its present name as "First  Federal  Savings Bank." The Charter and Bylaws
of First Federal in effect on the Effective Date shall be the Charter and Bylaws
of the Surviving  Institution.  The established  offices and facilities of First
Federal immediately prior to the Merger shall become the established offices and
facilities  of the Surviving  Institution.  The locations of the home office and
any other  offices  of the  Surviving  Institution  are set forth in  Schedule A
attached hereto.

          1.3 On the Effective Date of the Merger, New Bank shall cease to exist
separately  and shall be merged with and into First Federal in  accordance  with
the provisions of this  Agreement and Plan of Merger and in accordance  with the
provisions of applicable laws, rules and regulations,  and all of the assets and
property of every kind and  character,  real,  personal and mixed,  tangible and
intangible, choses in action, rights and credits then owned by New Bank or which
would  inure to it,  shall  immediately,  by  operation  of law and  without any
conveyance  or transfer  and  without any further act or deed,  be vested in and
become the property of the  Surviving  Institution,  which shall have,  hold and
enjoy the same in its own right as fully and to the same extent as the same were
possessed,  held and  enjoyed by New Bank prior to such  Merger.  The  Surviving
Institution  shall be deemed to be and shall be a continuation of the entity and
identity of New Bank and First Federal and all of the rights and  obligations of
New  Bank  and  First  Federal  shall  remain   unimpaired   and  the  Surviving
Institution,  on the  Effective  Date of such Merger,  shall succeed to all such
rights and  obligations and the duties and  liabilities  connected  therewith on
such Effective Date.

          1.4 On the Effective  Date of the Merger,  there will be no holders of
deposit  accounts,  transaction  accounts,  savings  accounts or certificates of
deposit issued by New Bank. Holders of deposit accounts,  transaction  accounts,
savings accounts or certificates of deposit of First Federal as of the Effective
Date of the Merger  shall  continue  to be holders of the same  interest  of the
Surviving  Institution without change as to withdrawal value or other rights. No
existing

                                        2

<PAGE>



deposit account,  transaction account, savings account or certificate of deposit
holder  shall  have  any  of  his  rights  impaired  by  virtue  of  the  Merger
contemplated hereby.

          1.5 The  directors and officers of the  Surviving  Institution  on the
Effective   Date  shall  be  those  persons  who  are  directors  and  officers,
respectively,   of  First  Federal   immediately   before  the  Effective  Date.
Information  with respect to the directors of the Surviving  Institution  is set
forth in Schedule B attached hereto. The committees of the Board of Directors of
the Surviving  Institution on the Effective Date shall be the same as, and shall
be composed of the same persons who were serving on, committees appointed by the
Board of  Directors  of First  Federal  as they  exist  immediately  before  the
Effective Date. The committees, if any, of officers of the Surviving Institution
on the  Effective  Date shall be the same as, and shall be  composed of the same
officers who were  serving on, the  committees  of officers of First  Federal as
they exist immediately before the Effective Date.

          1.6 Except as expressly  prohibited by applicable  laws, all corporate
acts,  plans,  policies,   applications,   agreements,   orders,  registrations,
licenses,  approvals and  authorizations  of First  Federal and New Bank,  their
respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, committees elected or appointed by
their Boards of Directors,  and their respective officers and agents, which were
valid and effective  immediately  before the Effective Date,  shall be taken for
all purposes at and after the  Effective  Date as the acts,  plans and policies,
applications,   agreements,  orders,  registrations,   licenses,  approvals  and
authorizations  of the  Surviving  Institution  and  shall be as  effective  and
binding  thereon  as the same were with  respect to First  Federal  and New Bank
immediately before the Effective Date.


                                   ARTICLE II

                 CONVERSION, EXCHANGE AND CANCELLATION OF SHARES

         2.1 Conversion of First Federal Common Stock. At the Effective Date, by
virtue of the Merger and without  any action on the part of the holder  thereof,
the Holding  Company,  First Federal or any other party to the Agreement,  First
Federal Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective
Date shall  cease to be  outstanding  and shall,  subject to the  provisions  of
Sections 2.2 and 2.3 hereof,  be converted  into and become the right to receive
either:

                         (a) such  number of shares of  Holding  Company  Common
                    Stock equal to the product of 2.5  multiplied  by the number
                    of  shares of First  Federal  Common  Stock to be  converted
                    ("Stock Distribution");

                         (b) an amount in cash  equal to $24.07  per share  (the
                    "Cash Distribution"),

as the holder  thereof  shall elect or be deemed to have  elected as provided in
Section 2.2 of this Agreement (the aggregate of the Cash  Distributions  and the
Stock  Distributions  payable or issuable  pursuant  to the Merger is  sometimes
hereinafter referred to as the "Merger Consideration");  provided, however, that
any shares of First Federal Common Stock held by First Federal,  other than in a
fiduciary  capacity  or as a result  of debts  previously  contracted,  shall be
cancelled and shall not be exchanged for the Merger Consideration.

                                        3

<PAGE>



         2.2      Election Procedures.

                  (a) An  election  form and  other  appropriate  and  customary
transmittal materials (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected,  and
risk of loss  and  title  to the  certificates  theretofore  representing  First
Federal Common Stock shall pass, only upon proper delivery of such  certificates
to the exchange agent designated by Holding  Company,  or to the Holding Company
in its capacity as exchange  agent,  as determined  by the Holding  Company (the
"Exchange  Agent"),  in such form as First Federal and the Holding Company shall
mutually agree ("Election Form") shall be mailed  approximately 25 days prior to
the  anticipated  Effective  Date or on such other date as First Federal and the
Holding  Company shall  mutually  agree (the  "Mailing  Date") to each holder of
record of First  Federal  Common  Stock as of five  business  days  prior to the
Mailing Date ("Election Form Record Date").

                  (b) Each  Election  Form  shall  specify  the amount of Merger
Consideration  receivable  for each share of First  Federal  Common Stock in the
Cash Distribution and the Stock  Distribution and shall permit a holder to elect
to  receive,  as  provided  in  Section  2.2 of this  Agreement,  (i) the  Stock
Distribution for all of his shares (in which case, such holder's shares shall be
deemed to be and shall be referred to herein as "Stock Election  Shares"),  (ii)
the Cash  Distribution  for  certain  designated  shares  (in which  case,  such
holder's  shares so  designated  shall be deemed to be and shall be  referred to
herein as "Cash Election  Shares") with the remaining  shares being converted to
the Stock  Distribution as Stock Election Shares, or (iii) the Cash Distribution
for all of his shares.

                  (c) Any shares of First  Federal  Common Stock with respect to
which the holder  thereof  shall not, as of the  Election  Deadline  (as defined
below),  have made an election to receive  either the Cash  Distribution  or the
Stock  Distribution  (such  holder's  shares  being  deemed  to be and  shall be
referred to herein as "No Election  Shares") by submission to the Exchange Agent
of an  effective,  properly  completed  Election Form shall be deemed to be Cash
Election  Shares.  Any  holder  of 1% or  more of  First  Federal  Common  Stock
(determined as of the Effective  Date) that shall not, on or before the Election
Deadline,  have delivered to the Exchange Agent a tax  certification  confirming
his present intention not to sell, exchange, or otherwise dispose of any Holding
Company  Common  Stock (a "Tax  Certification")  received in the Merger shall be
deemed to have made a timely election to receive the Cash  Distribution  for all
of his shares,  and all shares of First Federal Common Stock held by such holder
shall be deemed to be Cash Election  Shares for all purposes of this  Agreement,
including Section 2.1. (The parties acknowledge that the foregoing sentence will
preclude a holder that acquires  additional shares of First Federal Common Stock
and becomes a holder of 1% or more of such shares  after the  Election  Deadline
from receiving the Stock  Distribution.)  "Election  Deadline"  means 5:00 p.m.,
local time,  on the 20th day  following the Mailing Date, or such other time and
date as the Holding Company and First Federal shall mutually agree.

         (d) First  Federal shall  promptly make  available one or more Election
Forms as may be  reasonably  requested  by all  persons  who become  holders (or
beneficial  owners) of First  Federal  Common Stock  between the  Election  Form
Record  Date and close of  business on the  business  day prior to the  Election
Deadline,  and First Federal shall provide to the Exchange Agent all information
reasonably necessary for it to perform as specified herein.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         (e) Any  such  election  shall  have  been  properly  made  only if the
Exchange Agent shall have actually received a properly  completed  Election Form
by the Election  Deadline.  An Election Form shall be deemed properly  completed
only if accompanied  by one or more  certificates  (or customary  affidavits and
indemnification  regarding the loss or destruction of such  certificates  or the
guaranteed  delivery  of such  certificates)  representing  all  shares of First
Federal Common Stock covered by such Election Form,  together with duly executed
transmittal  materials  included in the Election Form and in the case of holders
of 1% or more of the outstanding First Federal Common Stock, a Tax Certification
if any such  holder  elects  the Stock  Distribution,  in whole or in part.  Any
Election Form may be revoked or changed by the person  submitting  such Election
Form at or prior to the  Election  Deadline.  In the event an  Election  Form is
revoked prior to the Election Deadline, the shares of First Federal Common Stock
represented  by such  Election  Form shall  become No Election  Shares and First
Federal shall cause the certificates  representing First Federal Common Stock to
be promptly  returned without charge to the person  submitting the Election Form
upon written  request to that effect from the person who  submitted the Election
Form.  Subject to the terms of this  Agreement  and of the  Election  Form,  the
Exchange  Agent  shall have  reasonable  discretion  to  determine  whether  any
election, revocation or change has been properly or timely made and to disregard
immaterial  defects in the Election  Forms,  and any good faith decisions of the
Exchange Agent regarding such matters shall be binding and  conclusive.  Neither
the Holding  Company nor the  Exchange  Agent shall be under any  obligation  to
notify any person of any defect in an Election Form.

         (f) Allocation Procedures. Within ten business days after the Effective
Date, or as soon thereafter as practicable,  the Holding Company shall cause the
Exchange  Agent to effect the  allocation  among the  holders  of First  Federal
Common Stock of rights to receive  Holding  Company  Common Stock or cash in the
Merger as follows:

                  (i) Stock  Elections  Less Than The Minimum  Stock  Value,  If
         shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  that would be issued in the
         Merger upon  conversion of the Stock Election  Shares  represents  less
         than 20% of the shares of First Federal Common Stock  outstanding  (the
         "Minimum Stock Value"),  then the Holding  Company will be permitted to
         allocate  cash and stock pro rata to those  shareholders  electing  the
         Cash  Distribution  (other than Dissenting Shares as defined in Section
         2.3) in such  amount as would  result in at least 20% of First  Federal
         Common  Stock  to  be  exchanged  for  Holding  Company  Common  Stock;
         provided,  however,  that the  Holding  Company  may pay cash for First
         Federal  Common Stock which,  if exchanged for Holding  Company  Common
         Stock in the Merger would result in adverse  accounting  treatment,  as
         determined by independent accountants for the Holding Company, and that
         any pro rata  distribution  of cash and stock  pursuant to this Section
         2.2(f)(i) shall be based on the amount Stock Election Shares  excluding
         any Stock Election Shares  exchangeable for cash due to such accounting
         considerations.  For purposes of  determining  the Minimum  Stock Value
         under  this  Section  2.2(f)(i)  and  Section   2.2(f)(ii)  below,  all
         Dissenting Shares shall be deemed Cash Election Shares.

                  (ii) Stock Elections  Greater Than The Maximum Stock Value. If
         the shares of Holding  Company Common Stock that would be issued in the
         Merger upon the conversion of the Stock Election Shares is greater than
         49% of the  shares  of First  Federal  Common  Stock  outstanding  (the
         "Maximum Stock Value"),  then the Holding  Company will be permitted to
         allocate cash and stock pro rata to those shareholders electing the

                                        5

<PAGE>



         Stock  Distribution  in such amount as would result in less than 49% of
         First Federal Common Stock being  exchanged for Holding  Company Common
         Stock in the Merger;  provided,  however,  that the Holding Company may
         pay cash for First Federal Common Stock which, if exchanged for Holding
         Company  Common Stock in the Merger would result in adverse  accounting
         treatment,  as determined by  independent  accountants  for the Holding
         Company,  and that any pro rata distribution of cash and stock pursuant
         to this  Section  2.2(f)(i)  shall  be  based  on the  amount  of Stock
         Election Shares  excluding any Stock Election Shares  exchangeable  for
         cash due to such accounting considerations.  Merger Consideration shall
         be paid in accordance with the Election Forms subject to the provisions
         of Section 2.2(c). No Election Shares shall be converted into the right
         to receive cash.

         2.3  Dissenting  Shares.  Any record holder of First  Federal's  Common
Stock may require First Federal to pay the fair or appraised value of his or her
First Federal  Common Stock,  determined as of the Effective Date of the Merger,
by complying  with Section  552.14 of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")
Rules and Regulations. The computation of fair or appraised value of such shares
(the  "Dissenting  Shares")  will exclude any element of value  arising from the
accomplishment or expectation of the Merger. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Agreement, any Dissenting Shares shall not, after the Effective Date, be
entitled to vote for any purpose or receive any dividends or other distributions
and  shall be  entitled  only to such  rights  as are  afforded  in  respect  of
Dissenting Shares pursuant to the OTS Regulations.

         2.4      Exchange Procedures.

                           (a) In accordance with Section 2.2(a) herein, holders
of record of certificates  formerly  representing shares of First Federal Common
Stock (the  "Certificates")  shall be instructed to tender such  Certificates to
the Exchange Agent  pursuant to a letter of transmittal  that the Exchange Agent
shall  deliver  or  cause to be  delivered  to such  holders,  which  letter  of
transmittal  shall be included with the Election Forms  distributed  pursuant to
Section 2.2(a).

                           (b) The  Holding  Company or, at the  election of the
Holding Company,  the Exchange Agent, shall accept  Certificates upon compliance
with such reasonable terms and conditions as the Holding Company or the Exchange
Agent may  impose to effect an  orderly  exchange  thereof  in  accordance  with
customary exchange practices.  All Certificates shall be appropriately  endorsed
or  accompanied by such  instruments  of transfer as the Holding  Company or the
Exchange Agent may require.

                          (c) Each  outstanding  Certificate  shall  until  duly
surrendered  to the Holding  Company or the Exchange Agent be deemed to evidence
ownership of the Merger  Consideration into which the First Federal Common Stock
previously represented by such Certificate shall have been converted pursuant to
this Agreement.

                          (d) Subject to Section 2.3, after the Effective  Date,
holders of Certificates shall cease to have rights with respect to First Federal
Common Stock previously represented by such Certificates,  and their sole rights
shall be to exchange such Certificates for the Merger Consideration provided for
in this Agreement.  After the Effective Date, there shall be no further transfer
on the records of First Federal of  Certificates,  and if such  Certificates are
presented  to First  Federal  for  transfer,  they  shall be  cancelled  against
delivery of the Merger Consideration

                                        6

<PAGE>



provided therefor in this Agreement.  Neither the Exchange Agent nor the Holding
Company  shall be  obligated  to deliver the Merger  Consideration  to which any
former  holder of First  Federal  Common  Stock is  entitled  as a result of the
Merger until such holder  surrenders the  Certificates  as provided  herein.  No
dividends  declared will be remitted to any person  entitled to receive  Holding
Company  Common  Stock under this  Agreement  until such person  surrenders  the
Certificates  representing  the right to receive  such  Holding  Company  Common
Stock,  at which time such dividends  shall be remitted to such person,  without
interest  and less any taxes that may have been imposed  thereon.  [CERTIFICATES
SURRENDERED  FOR EXCHANGE BY ANY PERSON  CONSTITUTING  AN  "AFFILIATE"  OF FIRST
FEDERAL  FOR  PURPOSES  OF RULE 145 OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED
(TOGETHER WITH THE RULES AND  REGULATIONS  THEREUNDER,  THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"),
SHALL NOT BE  EXCHANGED  FOR  HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK  UNTIL THE HOLDING
COMPANY HAS RECEIVED A WRITTEN  AGREEMENT  FROM SUCH PERSON IN THE FORM ATTACHED
AS EXHIBIT C.] Neither the Exchange  Agent nor any party to this  Agreement  nor
any affiliate  thereof shall be liable to any holder of stock represented by any
Certificate  for  any  consideration  paid  to a  public  official  pursuant  to
applicable abandoned property,  escheat or similar laws. The Holding Company and
the Exchange  Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the stock  transfer  books of
First Federal to establish the identity of those persons entitled to receive the
Merger  Consideration  specified  in  this  Agreement,   which  books  shall  be
conclusive  with  respect  thereto.  In the event of a dispute  with  respect to
ownership of stock  represented by any Certificate,  the Holding Company and the
Exchange Agent shall be entitled to deposit any Merger Consideration represented
thereby in escrow with an  independent  third party and  thereafter  be relieved
with respect to any claims thereto.

         2.5 No Fractional Shares.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this
Agreement,  neither  certificates  nor scrip for  fractional  shares of  Holding
Company  Common Stock shall be issued in the Merger.  Each holder who  otherwise
would have been  entitled  to a fraction  of a share of Holding  Company  Common
Stock shall receive the number of shares  rounded up to the next whole number of
shares.

         2.6 First  Federal  Preferred  Shares.  First Federal  preferred  stock
currently  issued and  outstanding  will  remain  issued and  outstanding  First
Federal  Preferred  Stock.  The  Merger  will  not  change  any of the  terms or
conditions  of First  Federal  Preferred  Stock,  and  holders of First  Federal
Preferred Stock will not have any election in the Merger.

         2.7 New Bank Stock.  The outstanding  share of New Bank Stock issued to
the Holding  Company  shall be  cancelled  and  converted  into a share of First
Federal Common Stock.


                                   ARTICLE III

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HOLDING COMPANY

         The Holding Company hereby represents and warrants as follows:

          3.1 The  Holding  Company is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware.  At the
Effective  Date, the Holding  Company will have corporate  power to carry on its
business as then to be conducted and will be

                                        7

<PAGE>



qualified  to do  business  in every  jurisdiction  in which the  character  and
location  of the  assets to be owned by it or the nature of the  business  to be
transacted by it require qualification.

          3.2 The Holding Company has no subsidiaries other than New Bank at the
date of this  Agreement.  Between the date hereof and the  Effective  Date,  the
Holding  Company  will not create or acquire  any  subsidiaries,  other than New
Bank, without the consent of First Federal.

          3.3 The authorized  capital stock of the Holding  Company  consists on
the date hereof of three million  shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock,  par
value $.01 per share, and one million shares of serial  preferred stock.  Except
as set forth above or as  contemplated  by this  Agreement or necessary  for the
effectuation of the Merger,  as of the date hereof,  the Holding Company has one
share  of its  capital  stock  issued  and  outstanding  and  does  not have any
outstanding subscriptions, options or other agreements or commitments obligating
it to issue shares of its capital stock.

          3.4 Compliance  with the terms and provisions of this Agreement by the
Holding  Company  will not  conflict  with or  result  in a breach of any of the
terms, conditions or provisions of any judgment,  order,  injunction,  decree or
ruling of any court or governmental  authority,  domestic or foreign,  or of any
agreement or instrument to which the Holding Company is a party, or constitute a
default thereunder.

          3.5 The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Agreement have
been duly  authorized by the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company and have
been approved by the Holding Company Common Stockholders.

          3.6 The Holding Company has complete and  unrestricted  power to enter
into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  subject
to approval of this Agreement and the Merger by the Holding Company  Stockholder
and the provisions of Section 7.3 hereof.

          3.7 On or prior to the Effective  Date, the Holding  Company will have
available  the funds  necessary to convert and exchange  the  outstanding  First
Federal  Common Stock to be converted  and  exchanged  pursuant to the Merger as
provided herein.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FIRST FEDERAL

         First Federal hereby represents and warrants as follows:

          4.1  First  Federal  is  a  capital  stock  thrift   institution  duly
organized,  validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the United
States of America,  and is duly authorized to carry on its business as it is now
being conducted.

          4.2 The authorized capital stock of First Federal consists on the date
hereof of three million shares of First Federal Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, of which 239,612 shares

                                        8

<PAGE>



are issued and outstanding, and one million shares of serial preferred stock, of
which 87,263 shares are issued and outstanding.

          4.3  Compliance  with the terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement by
First Federal will not conflict with,  constitute a default under or result in a
breach of any of the terms,  conditions or  provisions  of any judgment,  order,
injunction, decree or ruling of any court or governmental authority, domestic or
foreign, or of any agreement or instrument to which First Federal is a party.

          4.4 The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Agreement have
been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of First Federal.

          4.5 First  Federal has complete and  unrestricted  power to enter into
and to consummate the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  subject to
the provisions of Section 7.3 hereof.


                                    ARTICLE V

                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NEW BANK

         New Bank hereby represents and warrants as follows:

          5.1 New Bank, at the direction of the Holding  Company,  will apply to
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  to be  chartered  as a capital  stock  thrift
institution,  and immediately  before the Effective Date will be duly organized,
validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the United  States of
America,  and duly  authorized  to carry on the  business of an interim  federal
thrift institution.

          5.2 The authorized capital stock of New Bank is proposed to consist of
one million shares of New Bank Stock,  par value $.01 per share.  Except for the
share of New Bank Stock issued to the Holding  Company for the  effectuation  of
the Merger,  prior to the Merger, New Bank will not have any shares of its stock
issued and outstanding. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options or other
arrangements  or  commitments  obligating  New Bank to issue  any  shares of its
capital stock.

          5.3 Compliance  with the terms and provisions of this Agreement by New
Bank will not conflict with, constitute a default under or result in a breach of
any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any judgment,  order,  injunction,
decree or ruling of any court or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or
of any agreement or instrument to which New Bank is, or upon  organization  will
be, a party.

          5.4 Prior to the Merger,  the execution,  delivery and  performance of
this Agreement will be duly authorized by the Board of Directors of New Bank and
will be approved by the Holding Company as the sole stockholder of New Bank.

          5.5 New Bank has complete and unrestricted  power to enter into and to
consummate  the  transaction  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  subject  to the
approval of this Agreement and

                                        9

<PAGE>



the  Merger  by the  Holding  Company  as sole  stockholder  of New Bank and the
provisions of Section 7.3 hereof.



                                   ARTICLE VI

              OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES PENDING THE EFFECTIVE DATE

          6.1 Prior to the  Effective  Date,  (i) New Bank  shall  complete  its
organization  and have directors who shall be duly elected and  qualified,  (ii)
the Holding Company shall complete its organization and have directors who shall
be duly elected and qualified,  and (iii) this Agreement shall be duly submitted
to the  stockholders  of First Federal for the purpose of considering and acting
upon this Agreement in the manner required by law. Each party shall use its best
efforts to obtain the requisite approvals of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated  herein and, after  obtaining such  approval,  the parties  through
their  respective  officers  and  directors,  shall  execute  and file  with the
appropriate  regulatory  authorities  all documents and papers,  and the parties
shall take every reasonable action,  necessary to comply with and to secure such
approval of this Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  herein as may be
required by all applicable statutes, rules and regulations.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CONSUMMATION OF
                          THE MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

         The  obligations of the parties hereto to consummate the Merger and the
reorganization contemplated hereby shall be subject to the conditions that on or
before the Effective Date:

          7.1 Each of the parties  hereto shall have performed and complied with
all of its  obligations  hereunder which are to be complied with or performed on
or before the Effective Date.

          7.2 This Agreement and related transactions  contemplated hereby shall
have been duly and  validly  authorized,  approved  and  adopted at a meeting of
stockholders  duly and properly  called for such purpose by First  Federal by an
affirmative vote of at least 50 percent of the outstanding voting stock of First
Federal  plus one  affirmative  vote,  all in  accordance  with  the  applicable
regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

          7.3 Orders,  consents and approvals,  in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to all the parties hereto, shall have been entered by the Office of
Thrift Supervision,  (or there shall have been received  satisfactory  assurance
that  such  orders,  consents  or  approvals  are not  required),  granting  the
authority  necessary for consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  pursuant to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations of the Office
of Thrift  Supervision,  all other requirements  prescribed by law and the rules
and regulations of any other regulatory  authority having  jurisdiction over the
transactions contemplated herein shall have been satisfied.

                                       10

<PAGE>



          7.4 There shall have been received  from Crowe,  Chizek & Company LLP,
accountants to First Federal, an opinion to the effect that:

           1.     No gain  or loss  will be  recognized  on the  receipt  of the
                  Holding   Company   Common  Stock  by  First  Federal   common
                  shareholders  who receive solely Holding  Company Common Stock
                  in  exchange  for First  Federal  Common  Stock  (IRC  Section
                  351(a)).  Gain,  but not  loss,  will be  recognized  by First
                  Federal common  shareholders  who receive both Holding Company
                  Common  Stock and cash in exchange  for First  Federal  Common
                  Stock,  but in an amount  not in  excess of the cash  received
                  (IRC Section 351(b)).

           2.     No gain or loss will be recognized  by the Holding  Company on
                  the receipt of cash and First  Federal  Common Stock solely in
                  exchange  for  shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock (IRC
                  Section 1032).

           3.     The basis of the Holding  Company  Common Stock  received by a
                  First  Federal  common  shareholder  will  be the  same as the
                  adjusted basis of the First Federal  Common Stock  surrendered
                  in  exchange  therefor,  decreased  by the  amount of any cash
                  received, and increased by any gain recognized in the exchange
                  (IRC Section 358).

           4.     The holding period of the Holding  Company Stock received by a
                  First Federal common  shareholder in exchange for the transfer
                  of First  Federal  Common Stock will include the period during
                  which the First Federal  Common Stock  surrendered in exchange
                  therefor  was held,  provided  that the First  Federal  Common
                  Stock was held as a capital  asset on the date of the exchange
                  (IRC Section 1223(1)).

           5.     The basis of the First  Federal  Common Stock  received by the
                  Holding  Company  will be the same as the  basis of the  First
                  Federal  Common Stock in the hands of the First Federal common
                  shareholders  immediately prior to the exchange,  increased by
                  any gain  recognized by the First Federal common  shareholders
                  in the exchange (IRC Section 362(a)).

           6.     The holding  period of the First Federal Common Stock received
                  by Holding  Company will  include the period  during which the
                  First  Federal  Common  Stock  was held by the  First  Federal
                  common shareholders (IRC Section 1223(2)).

           7.     Gain or loss,  if any,  will be  recognized by a First Federal
                  common  shareholder  who receives  solely cash in exchange for
                  the transfer of First Federal Common Stock.

          7.6 Holders of no more than 80% of First  Federal  Common  Stock shall
elect to receive  cash as Merger  Consideration  (approximately  $4.6 million of
cash elections).

           7.7 The Holding  Company  will have  successfully  completed a public
offering for at least 100,000  shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock,  and at
least  $3,900,000 of Units,  each Unit  consisting of debentures and warrants to
purchase Holding Company Common Stock.


                                       11

<PAGE>



          7.8  No  good  faith  action,  suit  or  proceeding  shall  have  been
instituted or shall have been threatened before any court or other  governmental
body or by any public  authority to restrain,  enjoin or prohibit the Merger and
reorganization contemplated herein, or which might restrict the operation of the
business of the Surviving  Institution  or the ownership of the capital stock of
the Surviving  Institution or the exercise of any rights with respect thereto by
the  Holding  Company,  or  subject  any of the  parties  hereto or any of their
directors  or officers to any  liability,  fine,  forfeiture,  or penalty on the
grounds that the transactions  contemplated  hereby, the parties hereto or their
directors  or  officers,  have  breached  or will breach any  applicable  law or
regulation,   or  have  otherwise  acted   improperly  in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby, and with respect to which the parties hereto
have been advised by counsel that, in the opinion of such counsel,  such action,
suit or  proceeding  raises  substantial  questions  of law or fact which  could
reasonably  be  decided  adversely  to any  party  hereto  or its  directors  or
officers.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

           8.1  Each  obligation  of the  Holding  Company  and  New  Bank to be
performed  on  or  prior  to  the  Effective   Date  shall  be  subject  to  the
satisfaction,  on or before the  Effective  Date,  of the  following  additional
conditions:

               (a) The  representations and warranties made by First Federal and
          by  New  Bank  in  this  Agreement   shall  be  true  as  though  such
          representations and warranties had been made or given on and as of the
          Effective Date; and

               (b) The Holding Company shall have received an opinion of Silver,
          Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. which shall be to the effect that:

                           (i) First Federal is duly organized, validly existing
                  and in good  standing  under the laws of the United  States of
                  America and the Rules and  Regulations of the Office of Thrift
                  Supervision;

                           (ii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement did
                  not,  and the  consummation  of the Merger and  reorganization
                  contemplated  hereby will not,  violate any  provisions of the
                  Charter or Bylaws of First Federal;

                           (iii) New Bank is a capital stock thrift institution,
                  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under
                  the  laws of the  United  States  of  America  and  Rules  and
                  Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision;

                           (iv) the execution and delivery of this Agreement did
                  not,  and the  consummation  of the Merger and  reorganization
                  contemplated  hereby will not,  violate any  provisions of the
                  Charter or Bylaws of New Bank; and

                           (v) the Boards of Directors and stockholders of First
                  Federal and New Bank have taken all corporate  action required
                  by their  respective  Charters and Bylaws and by the Rules and
                  Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision to

                                       12

<PAGE>



                  authorize the execution and delivery of this  Agreement and to
                  approve the Merger and  reorganization  in accordance with the
                  terms of this  Agreement;  First  Federal  and New  Bank  have
                  obtained  the  requisite  approvals  from the Office of Thrift
                  Supervision  to  consummate  the  Merger  and   reorganization
                  contemplated by this Agreement; and this Agreement is a legal,
                  valid and binding  agreement of First  Federal and New Bank in
                  accordance   with  its  terms,   except  to  the  extent  that
                  enforceability  may be limited by bankruptcy laws,  insolvency
                  laws,  or  other  laws   affecting  the  rights  of  creditors
                  generally or the rights of  creditors  of thrift  institutions
                  the  accounts  of which are  insured  by the  Federal  Deposit
                  Insurance  Corporation  or which are subject to  regulation by
                  the Office of Thrift Supervision, including but not limited to
                  laws relating to the availability of equitable remedies.

           8.2 Each  obligation  of First Federal to be performed on or prior to
the  Effective  Date  shall be  subject  to the  satisfaction,  on or before the
Effective Date, of the following additional conditions:

               (a)  The  representations  and  warranties  made  by the  Holding
          Company and by New Bank contained in this  Agreement  shall be true as
          though such  representations  and warranties had been made or given at
          and as of the Effective Date;

               (b) This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall
          have been duly and  validly  authorized,  approved  and adopted by the
          Holding Company and by New Bank; and

               (c) First  Federal  shall  have  received  an  opinion of Silver,
          Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. which shall be to the effect that:

                    (i) The Holding  Company is a  corporation  duly  organized,
               validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
               of Delaware;

                    (ii) The Holding  Company has corporate power to execute and
               deliver this  Agreement;  the Board of Directors  and the Holding
               Company  Stockholder  have  taken  all  action  required  by  its
               Certificate  of  Incorporation   and  Bylaws  to  authorize  such
               execution and delivery,  to approve the Merger and reorganization
               contemplated  hereby and to authorize  the issuance of the shares
               of Holding  Company  Common  Stock  necessary to  consummate  the
               Merger and reorganization; and this Agreement is the legal, valid
               and binding  agreement of the Holding  Company in accordance with
               its  terms,  except  to the  extent  that  enforceability  may be
               limited  by  bankruptcy  laws,  insolvency  laws,  or other  laws
               affecting  the rights of the creditors  generally,  including but
               not limited to laws  relating to the  availability  of  equitable
               remedies;

                    (iii) New Bank is a capital  stock thrift  institution  duly
               organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under the laws
               of the United States of America and the Rules and  Regulations of
               the Office of Thrift Supervision;

                    (iv) New Bank has  corporate  power to execute,  deliver and
               perform  this   Agreement;   the  Board  of  Directors   and  the
               stockholder of New Bank have taken

                                       13

<PAGE>



               all action  required  by its  Charter and Bylaws and by the Rules
               and Regulations of the Office of Thrift  Supervision to authorize
               such  execution,  delivery  and  performance  and to approve  the
               Merger;  and this  Agreement  is the  legal,  valid  and  binding
               agreement of New Bank in accordance with its terms, except to the
               extent that  enforceability  may be limited by  bankruptcy  laws,
               insolvency  laws, or other laws affecting the rights of creditors
               generally or the rights of creditors of thrift  institutions  the
               accounts of which are insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
               Corporation  or which are subject to  regulation by the Office of
               Thrift Supervision, including but not limited to laws relating to
               the availability of equitable remedies; and

                    (v) The Holding  Company and New Bank have  obtained or will
               obtain  the  requisite   approvals  from  the  Office  of  Thrift
               Supervision   to   consummate   the  Merger  and   reorganization
               contemplated by this Agreement.

          In rendering opinions provided for in this Agreement, counsel may rely
upon opinions of other counsel and, as to matters of fact, upon  certificates of
public  officials and of any officer or officers of First Federal,  New Bank and
the Holding Company.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   AMENDMENTS

          First Federal,  the Holding Company and New Bank, by mutual consent of
their respective  Boards of Directors or  incorporators,  as the case may be, to
the extent  permitted by law, may amend,  modify,  supplement and interpret this
Agreement  in such manner as may be  mutually  agreed upon by them in writing at
any time before or after the approval and adoption  thereof by the  stockholders
of First  Federal,  provided,  however,  that no such  amendment,  modification,
supplement or  interpretation  shall have a materially  adverse  impact on First
Federal or its  stockholders  except with the  approval of the  stockholders  of
First Federal.


                                    ARTICLE X

                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

          10.1   Anything   contained   in  this   Agreement   to  the  contrary
notwithstanding,   this   Agreement  may  be  terminated   and  the  Merger  and
reorganization  abandoned at any time (whether  before or after the approval and
adoption  thereof by the  stockholders  of First Federal) prior to the Effective
Date:

                  (a) By mutual consent of the parties hereto;

                  (b) By the Holding  Company or New Bank,  if any condition set
          forth in  Sections  7.1  through  7.8 of Article VII or Section 8.1 of
          Article VIII has not been met or has not been validly waived or if; or


                                       14

<PAGE>



                  (c) By First  Federal,  if any condition set forth in Sections
          7.1 through 7.8 of Article VII or Section 8.2 of Article  VIII has not
          been met or has not been validly waived or if the holders of more than
          10 percent of the  outstanding  voting stock of First Federal  deliver
          properly  to First  Federal a demand for  appraisal  and  payment  for
          shares pursuant to 12 C.F.R. Section 552.14.

          10.2 An election by a party hereto to  terminate  this  Agreement  and
abandon the Merger as provided in Section  10.1 shall be  exercised on behalf of
such  thrift   institution   or   corporation  by  its  Board  of  Directors  or
incorporators, as may be the case.

          10.3 In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10.1 hereof,  this Agreement shall become void and have no
effect and create no liability on the part of any of the parties hereto or their
respective incorporators, directors, officers or stockholders in respect to this
Agreement.

          10.4 Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement  (other than the
necessary approvals of stockholders and government authorities) may be waived at
any time by the party which is entitled to the benefit thereof,  by action taken
by its Board of Directors;  provided,  however,  that such action shall be taken
only if, in the  judgment  of the Board of  Directors  taking the  action,  such
waiver will not have a materially  adverse effect on the benefits intended under
this Agreement to be afforded to the stockholders of First Federal.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 EFFECTIVE DATE

          The effective date of the Merger  ("Effective Date") shall be the last
day of the calendar month during which the last to occur of the following events
takes place: (i) the Merger is approved by the Office of Thrift  Supervision and
the Articles of  Combination  are executed by the Office of Thrift  Supervision,
(ii) all other required regulatory  approvals have been obtained,  and (iii) all
other  conditions  to the Merger  herein set forth have been met.  The Boards of
Directors of First Federal,  New Bank and the Holding Company each  specifically
and  expressly  delegate  to  their  respective  chief  executive  officers  the
authority to change,  by mutual consent of such officers,  the Effective Date of
the Merger if  necessary  to properly  and  efficiently  accomplish  the Merger.
However, in no event shall the Merger become effective unless and until approved
by the Office of Thrift Supervision.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                       TERMINATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND
                        WARRANTIES AND CERTAIN AGREEMENTS

          The respective representations,  warranties,  covenants and agreements
of the parties hereto in Articles III, IV and V hereof shall expire with, and be
terminated and extinguished by, the Merger and  reorganization  pursuant to this
Agreement at the time of the consummation thereof on the Effective Date. None of
the parties shall be under any liability whatsoever with respect

                                       15

<PAGE>



to any such  representation,  warranty,  covenant  or  agreement  which does not
survive the Merger and reorganization, it being intended that the sole remedy of
the  parties  for a breach of any such  representation,  warranty,  covenant  or
agreement shall be to elect not to proceed with the Merger and reorganization if
such breach has resulted in the failure to satisfy a condition precedent to such
party's obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          13.1 This Agreement  embodies the entire  agreement  among the parties
and there have been and are no agreements,  representations  or warranties among
the parties other than those set forth or provided for herein.

          13.2 Any number of  counterparts  hereof may be executed and each such
counterpart  shall  be  deemed  to be  an  original  instrument,  but  all  such
counterparts together shall constitute but one instrument.

          13.3 Any notice or waiver to be given to any party shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if  delivered,  mailed,  or sent by
prepaid  telegram,  addressed to such party at 2900 Texas Avenue,  Bryan,  Texas
77802.

          13.4  The  captions   contained  in  this  Agreement  are  solely  for
convenient  reference  and  shall  not  be  deemed  to  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of any paragraph hereof.

          13.5  First  Federal  will  pay all  fees  and  expenses  incurred  in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                       16

<PAGE>



          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  First Federal,  New Bank and the Holding Company
each under the authority of its Board of Directors,  and Richard E. Belcher have
caused this Agreement to be executed with the intent to be legally bound hereby.

                                    FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
ATTEST:


By: /s/ Charles Neelley             By: /s/ J. Stanley Stephen
    Charles Neelley, Secretary          J. Stanley Stephen,
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer


Date:                                     Date:

                                          NEW FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS
ATTEST:                                     BANK


By: /s/ Charles Neelley             By: /s/J. Stanley Stephen
    Charles Neelley, Secretary          J. Stanley Stephen
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer


Date:                                     Date:


ATTEST:                                   THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION
                                          FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY


By: /s/ Charles Neelley             By: /s/ J. Stanley Stephen
    Charles Neelley, Secretary          J. Stanley Stephen
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer


Date:                                     Date:


Witness:

/s/ Charles Neelley                           /s/ J. Stanley Stephen
Charles Neelley                               J. Stanley Stephen


Date:                                     Date:


                                       17

<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE A

                        OFFICES OF SURVIVING INSTITUTION


MAIN OFFICE

2900 Texas Avenue
Bryan, Texas 77802

BRANCH OFFICE

2200 Longmire
College Station, Texas

LOAN PRODUCTION OFFICES

510 N. Valley Mills Drive
Waco, Texas 76710

701 Normal Park, Suite 208E
Huntsville, Texas 77340


                                       18

<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE B

                       DIRECTORS OF SURVIVING INSTITUTION



                                                                    Term
            Name                     Address                       Expires
            ----                     -------                       -------

J. Stanley Stephen         2900 Texas Avenue                         1997
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

Ken Hayes                  2900 Texas Avenue                         1997
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

Charles Neelley            2900 Texas Avenue                         1997
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

George Koenig              2900 Texas Avenue                         1997
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

Ernest A. Wentrcek         2900 Texas Avenue                         1998
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

Robert H. Conaway          2900 Texas Avenue                         1998
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

Richard L. Peacock         2900 Texas Avenue                         1999
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

Jack W. Lester, Jr.        2900 Texas Avenue                         1999
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

Phil Hobson                2900 Texas Avenue                         1999
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

J. Roland Ruffino          2900 Texas Avenue                         1999
                           Bryan, Texas  77802

          Successor or substitute  directors may be named, subject to compliance
with the  requirements  of  applicable  law and the  Charter  and  Bylaws of the
Surviving Institution.



                                       19


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY


         The  Bryan-College  Station  Financial  Holding Company,  a corporation
organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

         The  Bryan-College  Station  Financial  Holding Company,  a corporation
organized  and  existing  under  the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State of
Delaware (the "Corporation") does hereby certify:


         1. The name of the corporation is The  Bryan-College  Station Financial
Holding  Company.  The  Bryan-College  Station  Financial  Holding  Company  was
originally  incorporated  under the same name,  and the original  Certificate of
Incorporation  was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
December 10, 1996.

         2.       The Corporation has not received payment for any of its stock.

         3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, approved and
adopted by the sole incorporator, restates and integrates and further amends the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation in accordance
with  Sections  241 and  245 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State  of
Delaware.

         3. The  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  was duly  adopted  in
accordance  with  the  applicable  provisions  of  Section  245 of  the  General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         4. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is
hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as follows:


         FIRST:  The  name  of  the  Corporation  is The  Bryan-College  Station
Financial   Holding   Company   (hereinafter   sometimes   referred  to  as  the
"Corporation").

         SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is Corporation  Trust Center,  1209 Orange Street, in the City
of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of the registered  agent at that
address is The Corporation Trust Company.



<PAGE>



         THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General  Corporation
Law of Delaware.

         FOURTH:

                  A.  The total  number of shares of  all classes of stock which
the  Corporation  shall have the authority to issue is four million  (4,000,000)
consisting of:

                         1. One million  (1,000,000)  shares of preferred stock,
                    par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Preferred Stock");
                    and

                         2. Three  million  (3,000,000)  shares of common stock,
                    par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Common Stock").

                  B. Each holder of any of the shares of the Common Stock of the
corporation shall be entitled to a preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for
any unissued stock of any class of voting stock or any additional  shares of any
class to be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized  capital stock of
the corporation of any class, or bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures
or  other  securities  convertible  into  voting  stock of the  corporation,  or
carrying any rights to purchase stock of any class of voting stock, whether said
unissued  stock  shall  be  issued  for  cash,  property,  or any  other  lawful
consideration,  and,  without  limitation  of the  foregoing,  shall have such a
preemptive  right with  respect to such shares or other  securities  offered for
sale if they (a) are issued or  optioned by the board of  directors  to effect a
merger or consolidation or for a consideration other than cash; and (b) are part
of the shares or other  securities of the corporation  originally  authorized in
its certificate of incorporation in excess of the shares which are issued in the
initial public  offering of the  corporation's  common stock  (including  shares
exchanged  for  subsidiary  common  stock  simultaneously  therewith).  If  such
preemptive  right is not exercised  within thirty (30) calendar days of the date
upon which notice of a  transaction  is delivered to such holder the  preemptive
right shall be deemed waived as to such securities.

                  C. The  Board of  Directors  is hereby  expressly  authorized,
subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the
shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the
applicable  law of the State of Delaware  (such  certificate  being  hereinafter
referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"),  to establish from time to time
the  number  of  shares  to be  included  in each  such  series,  and to fix the
designation,  powers,  preferences  and rights of the shares of each such series
and any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof.  The number of
authorized  shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not
below the number of shares thereof then  outstanding) by the affirmative vote of
the holders of a majority of the Common Stock,  without a vote of the holders of
the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders
is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         FIFTH: The following  provisions are inserted for the management of the
business  and the  conduct of the  affairs of the  Corporation,  and for further
definition,  limitation and regulation of the powers of the  Corporation  and of
its directors and stockholders:

                  A.  The  business  and  affairs  of the  Corporation  shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  In addition to the
powers  and  authority  expressly  conferred  upon  them by  Statute  or by this
Certificate of Incorporation  or the By-laws of the  Corporation,  the directors
are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things
as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

                  B.  The directors  of the  Corporation  need not be elected by
written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

                  C.  Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of
Preferred   Stock,  any  action  required  or  permitted  to  be  taken  by  the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  must be effected  at a duly called  annual or
special  meeting of  stockholders  of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such stockholders.

                  D.  Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of
Preferred  Stock,  special  meetings of  stockholders  of the Corporation may be
called  only by the Board of  Directors  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a
majority of the total number of directors  which the  Corporation  would have if
there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (the "Whole Board").

                  E. Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes
for the election of directors.

         SIXTH:

                  A. The  number of  directors  shall be fixed from time to time
exclusively  by the Board of  Directors  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a
majority of the Whole Board. The directors,  other than those who may be elected
by the holders of any class or series of preferred stock, shall be elected for a
term of one year,  with the term of office  to expire at the  conclusion  of the
first annual  meeting of  stockholders,  with each director to hold office until
his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  At each annual
meeting of  stockholders,  commencing with the first annual  meeting,  directors
elected to succeed  those  directors  whose terms  expire shall be elected for a
term of office to expire at the first succeeding  annual meeting of stockholders
after  their  election,  with  each  director  to hold  office  until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

                  B.  Subject  to the  rights of the  holders  of any  series of
Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized  number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of
Directors  resulting  from  death,  resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,
removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority

                                        3

<PAGE>



vote of the directors then in office,  though less than a quorum,  and directors
so chosen  shall  hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the  annual  meeting of
stockholders  at which the term of  office of the class to which  they have been
elected  expires,  and until  such  director's  successor  shall  have been duly
elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of directors  constituting the
Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

                  C.  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election
of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of
the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the
By-laws of the Corporation.

                  D.  Subject  to the  rights of the  holders  of any  series of
Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding,  any  directors,  or the  entire  Board  of
Directors,  may be removed from office at any time,  but only for cause (as such
term is defined under the  applicable  law of the State of Delaware) and only by
the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all
of the  then-outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

         SEVENTH:  The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend
or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  Any adoption,  amendment or repeal of
the  By-laws of the  Corporation  by the Board of  Directors  shall  require the
approval  of a majority of the Whole  Board.  The  stockholders  shall also have
power to adopt,  amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  In addition to
any vote of the  holders  of any class or  series  of stock of this  Corporation
required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least 80% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors,  voting together as a single class,  shall be required to
adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the By-laws of the Corporation.

         EIGHTH:

                  A. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or this
Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Section:

                           1. any merger or  consolidation of the Corporation or
         any  Subsidiary  (as  hereinafter  defined)  with  (i)  any  Interested
         Stockholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or (ii) any other  corporation
         (whether or not itself an  Interested  Stockholder)  which is, or after
         such merger or  consolidation  would be, an Affiliate  (as  hereinafter
         defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or

                           2.  any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,
         transfer  or other  disposition  (in one  transaction  or a  series  of
         transactions) to or with any Interested  Stockholder,  or any Affiliate
         of any Interested Stockholder,  of any assets of the Corporation or any
         Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereafter

                                        4

<PAGE>



         defined)  equaling or  exceeding 25% or more of the  combined assets of
         the Corporation and its Subsidiaries; or

                           3. the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any
         Subsidiary  (in one  transaction  or a series of  transactions)  of any
         securities  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  to any  Interested
         Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested  Stockholder in exchange
         for cash,  securities  or other  property  (or a  combination  thereof)
         having an aggregate  Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding 25% of the
         combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries except pursuant
         to an  employee  benefit  plan  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary
         thereof; or

                           4.  the  adoption  of any  plan or  proposal  for the
         liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation  proposed by or on behalf
         of any  Interested  Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of any  Interested
         Stockholder; or

                           5. any reclassification of securities  (including any
         reverse stock split), or  recapitalization  of the Corporation,  or any
         merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries
         or any  other  transaction  (whether  or not with or into or  otherwise
         involving an Interested  Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or
         indirectly,  of increasing the  proportionate  share of the outstanding
         shares  of  any  class  of  equity  or  convertible  securities  of the
         Corporation or any Subsidiary  which is directly or indirectly owned by
         any   Interested   Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of  any  Interested
         Stockholder (a "Disproportionate Transaction"); provided, however, that
         no such transaction shall be deemed a  Disproportionate  Transaction if
         the  increase  in  the   proportionate   ownership  of  the  Interested
         Stockholder or Affiliate as a result of such  transaction is no greater
         than the increase experienced by the other stockholders generally;

shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting
power of the  then-outstanding  shares of stock of the  Corporation  entitled to
vote in the election of directors  (the "Voting  Stock"),  voting  together as a
single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding  the fact
that no vote may be required,  or that a lesser percentage may be specified,  by
law or by any other  provisions  of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or any
Preferred  Stock  Designation or in any agreement  with any national  securities
exchange or quotation system or otherwise.

         The term  "Business  Combination"  as used in this Article EIGHTH shall
mean any  transaction  which is referred to in any one or more of  paragraphs  1
through 5 of Section A of this Article EIGHTH.

                  B. The  provisions  of Section A of this Article  EIGHTH shall
not be  applicable to any  particular  Business  Combination,  and such Business
Combination  shall  require  only the  affirmative  vote of the  majority of the
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  entitled  to vote,  or such  vote as is
required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation,  if, in the case of any
Business Combination that does not involve any cash or other consideration being
received by

                                        5

<PAGE>



the stockholders of the Corporation  solely in their capacity as stockholders of
the Corporation, the condition specified in the following paragraph 1 is met or,
in the case of any other Business  Combination,  all of the conditions specified
in either of the following paragraphs 1 and 2 are met:

                           1. The Business  Combination shall have been approved
         by a majority of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined).

                           2. All of the  following  conditions  shall have been
         met:

                                    (a) The aggregate amount of the cash and the
                  Fair Market  Value as of the date of the  consummation  of the
                  Business  Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be
                  received  per share by the  holders  of  Common  Stock in such
                  Business  Combination shall at least be equal to the higher of
                  the following:

                                            I. (if  applicable)  the Highest Per
                           Share Price,  including  any  brokerage  commissions,
                           transfer taxes and soliciting  dealers' fees, paid by
                           the  Interested  Stockholder or any of its Affiliates
                           for any  shares of Common  Stock  acquired  by it (X)
                           within the two-year period  immediately  prior to the
                           first  public  announcement  of the  proposal  of the
                           Business  Combination (the  "Announcement  Date"), or
                           (Y)  in  the   transaction  in  which  it  became  an
                           Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher.

                                            II. the Fair Market  Value per share
                           of Common  Stock on the  Announcement  Date or on the
                           date on which the  Interested  Stockholder  became an
                           Interested  Stockholder (such latter date is referred
                           to in  this  Article  EIGHTH  as  the  "Determination
                           Date"), whichever is higher.

                                    (b) The aggregate amount of the cash and the
                  Fair Market  Value as of the date of the  consummation  of the
                  Business  Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be
                  received  per  share by  holders  of  shares  of any  class of
                  outstanding  Voting  Stock other than Common Stock shall be at
                  least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended
                  that  the  requirements  of this  subparagraph  (b)  shall  be
                  required  to be met  with  respect  to  every  such  class  of
                  outstanding  Voting  Stock,  whether  or  not  the  Interested
                  Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular
                  class of Voting Stock):

                                            I. (if  applicable)  the Highest Per
                           Share Price (as hereinafter  defined),  including any
                           brokerage commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting
                           dealers' fees, paid by the Interested Stockholder for
                           any shares of such class of Voting Stock  acquired by
                           it (X) within the two-

                                       6


<PAGE>

                           year  period  immediately  prior to the  Announcement
                           Date, or (Y) in the transaction in which it became an
                           Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;

                                            II.  (if   applicable)  the  highest
                           preferential amount per share to which the holders of
                           shares of such class of Voting  Stock are entitled in
                           the   event   of   any   voluntary   or   involuntary
                           liquidation,   dissolution   or  winding  up  of  the
                           Corporation; and

                                            III. the Fair Market Value per share
                           of such  class of  Voting  Stock on the  Announcement
                           Date  or on  the  Determination  Date,  whichever  is
                           higher.

                                    (c)  The  consideration  to be  received  by
                  holders of a  particular  class of  outstanding  Voting  Stock
                  (including  Common Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form
                  as the Interested  Stockholder  has previously paid for shares
                  of such class of Voting Stock.  If the Interested  Stockholder
                  has paid for shares of any class of Voting  Stock with varying
                  forms  of  consideration,  the  form  of  consideration  to be
                  received  per share by  holders  of  shares  of such  class of
                  Voting  Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire
                  the  largest  number of shares of such  class of Voting  Stock
                  previously acquired by the Interested  Stockholder.  The price
                  determined in accordance with subparagraph B.2 of this Article
                  EIGHTH shall be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event
                  of any stock dividend,  stock split,  combination of shares or
                  similar event.

                                    (d) After such  Interested  Stockholder  has
                  become an Interested Stockholder and prior to the consummation
                  of such  Business  Combination;  (i) except as  approved  by a
                  majority of the Disinterested Directors, there shall have been
                  no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any
                  full quarterly  dividends  (whether or not  cumulative) on any
                  outstanding  stock having  preference over the Common Stock as
                  to dividends or liquidation; (ii) there shall have been (X) no
                  reduction in the annual rate of  dividends  paid on the Common
                  Stock (except as necessary to reflect any  subdivision  of the
                  Common  Stock),  except  as  approved  by a  majority  of  the
                  Disinterested  Directors,  and (Y) an  increase in such annual
                  rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification
                  (including   any  reverse  stock   split),   recapitalization,
                  reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect
                  of reducing the number of outstanding  shares of Common Stock,
                  unless the failure to so increase such annual rate is approved
                  by a  majority  of  the  Disinterested  Directors;  and  (iii)
                  neither such Interested  Stockholder nor any of its Affiliates
                  shall  have  become  the  beneficial  owner of any  additional
                  shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which
                  results in such Interested  Stockholder becoming an Interested
                  Stockholder.


                                        7

<PAGE>



                                    (e) After such  Interested  Stockholder  has
                  become an Interested Stockholder,  such Interested Stockholder
                  shall not have  received the benefit,  directly or  indirectly
                  (except  proportionately  as a  stockholder),  of  any  loans,
                  advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or
                  any tax  credits  or  other  tax  advantages  provided  by the
                  Corporation,  whether in anticipation of or in connection with
                  such Business Combination or otherwise.

                                    (f)  A  proxy   or   information   statement
                  describing  the proposed  Business  Combination  and complying
                  with the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
                  and the rules and  regulations  thereunder  (or any subsequent
                  provisions  replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be
                  mailed to  stockholders  of the  Corporation  at least 30 days
                  prior  to  the  consummation  of  such  Business   Combination
                  (whether  or  not  such  proxy  or  information  statement  is
                  required  to be  mailed  pursuant  to such  Act or  subsequent
                  provisions).

                  C.       For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:

                           1. A "Person"  shall include an  individual,  a group
         acting in concert,  a corporation,  a partnership,  an  association,  a
         joint   venture,   a  pool,  a  joint  stock  company,   a  trust,   an
         unincorporated  organization  or similar  company,  a syndicate  or any
         other group formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing
         of securities.

                           2.  "Interested  Stockholder"  shall  mean any Person
         (other  than the  Corporation  or any  holding  company  or  Subsidiary
         thereof) who or which:

                                    (a) is  the  beneficial  owner,  directly or
                  indirectly,  of  more  than  25% of  the  voting  power of the
                  outstanding Voting Stock; or

                                    (b) is an Affiliate of the  Corporation  and
                  at any time within the two-year  period  immediately  prior to
                  the date in question  was the  beneficial  owner,  directly or
                  indirectly,  of  25%  or  more  of  the  voting  power  of the
                  then-outstanding Voting Stock; or

                                    (c)  is  an  assignee  of or  has  otherwise
                  succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time
                  within the two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in
                  question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder,  if
                  such  assignment  or  succession  shall have  occurred  in the
                  course  of  a  transaction  or  series  of  transactions   not
                  involving  a  public   offering  within  the  meaning  of  the
                  Securities Act of 1933.



                           3. A Person  shall  be a  "beneficial  owner"  of any
         Voting Stock:


                                        8

<PAGE>



                                    (a)  which   such   Person  or  any  of  its
                  Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially
                  owns,  directly or indirectly within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
                  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as in effect on
                  December 10, 1996; or

                                    (b)  which   such   Person  or  any  of  its
                  Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire (whether
                  such  right  is  exercisable  immediately  or only  after  the
                  passage of time),  pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or
                  understanding  or upon  the  exercise  of  conversion  rights,
                  exchange rights,  warrants or options,  or otherwise,  or (ii)
                  the right to vote pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement  or
                  understanding  (but neither such Person nor any such Affiliate
                  or Associate shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any
                  shares of Voting Stock  solely by reason of a revocable  proxy
                  granted for a particular meeting of stockholders,  pursuant to
                  a public  solicitation  of proxies for such meeting,  and with
                  respect  to which  shares  neither  such  Person  nor any such
                  Affiliate  or Associate  is  otherwise  deemed the  beneficial
                  owner); or

                                    (c) which are beneficially  owned,  directly
                  or  indirectly  within the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  under the
                  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 10,
                  1996, by any other Person with which such Person or any of its
                  Affiliates or Associates  has any  agreement,  arrangement  or
                  understanding for the purposes of acquiring,  holding,  voting
                  (other than solely by reason of a revocable proxy as described
                  in  Subparagraph  (b) of this  Paragraph 3) or in disposing of
                  any shares of Voting Stock;

         provided, however, that, in the case of any employee stock ownership or
         similar  plan of the  Corporation  or of any  Subsidiary  in which  the
         beneficiaries  thereof  possess  the right to vote any shares of Voting
         Stock  held by such plan,  no such plan nor any  trustee  with  respect
         thereto (nor any Affiliate of such  trustee),  solely by reason of such
         capacity of such trustee,  shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to
         beneficially own any shares of Voting Stock held under any such plan.

                           4. For the purpose of determining whether a Person is
         an  Interested  Stockholder  pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Section C,
         the number of shares of Voting  Stock  deemed to be  outstanding  shall
         include shares deemed owned through  application of Paragraph 3 of this
         Section C but shall not include any other  shares of Voting Stock which
         may  be   issuable   pursuant   to  any   agreement,   arrangement   or
         understanding,  or upon  exercise  of  conversion  rights,  warrants or
         options, or otherwise.

                           5.   "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"   shall  have  the
         respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General
         Rules and Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in
         effect on December 10, 1996.


                                        9

<PAGE>



                           6.  "Subsidiary"  means  any  corporation  of which a
         majority  of any  class  of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or
         indirectly,  by  the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that  for  the
         purposes  of the  definition  of  Interested  Stockholder  set forth in
         Paragraph 2 of this Section C, the term "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a
         corporation  of which a majority  of each class of equity  security  is
         owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

                           7.  "Disinterested  Director" means any member of the
         Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Interested  Stockholder
         and was a member of the Board of  Directors  prior to the time that the
         Interested  Stockholder  became  an  Interested  Stockholder,  and  any
         director who is  thereafter  chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of
         Directors or who is elected and who, in either event,  is  unaffiliated
         with the  Interested  Stockholder,  and in  connection  with his or her
         initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election
         by  a  majority  of  Disinterested  Directors  then  on  the  Board  of
         Directors.

                           8.  "Fair  Market  Value"  means:  (a) in the case of
         stock,  the highest  closing sales price of the stock during the 30-day
         period  immediately  preceding  the date in question of a share of such
         stock of the Nasdaq System or any system then in use, or, if such stock
         is admitted to trading on a principal United States securities exchange
         registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Fair Market Value
         shall be the  highest  sale price  reported  during  the 30-day  period
         preceding  the  date  in  question,  or,  if  no  such  quotations  are
         available,  the Fair Market Value on the date in question of a share of
         such stock as  determined  by the Board of Directors in good faith,  in
         each case with  respect to any class of stock,  appropriately  adjusted
         for  any  dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of such  stock  or in
         combination or  reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock
         into a smaller  number of shares of such stock,  and (b) in the case of
         property  other  than  cash or  stock,  the Fair  Market  Value of such
         property  on the  date  in  question  as  determined  by the  Board  of
         Directors in good faith.

                           9.  Reference  to "Highest  Per Share Price" shall in
         each case with  respect to any class of stock  reflect  an  appropriate
         adjustment for any dividend or  distribution in shares of such stock or
         any stock split or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock
         into a greater  number of shares of such  stock or any  combination  or
         reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such  stock into a smaller
         number of shares of such stock.

                           10. In the event of any Business Combination in which
         the Corporation survives,  the phrase "consideration other than cash to
         be  received"  as used in  Subparagraphs  (a) and (b) of Paragraph 2 of
         Section B of this  Article  EIGHTH  shall  include the shares of Common
         Stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding  Voting Stock
         retained by the holders of such shares.


                                        10

<PAGE>



                  D.  A  majority  of  the   Disinterested   Directors   of  the
Corporation  shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this
Article  EIGHTH,  on the basis of  information  known to them  after  reasonable
inquiry,  (a) whether a person is an Interested  Stockholder;  (b) the number of
shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person; (c) whether a person is
an Affiliate  or Associate of another;  and (d) whether the assets which are the
subject of any Business  Combination  have, or the  consideration to be received
for the issuance or transfer of securities by the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
in any  Business  Combination  has an aggregate  Fair Market  Value  equaling or
exceeding 25% of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.  A
majority  of the  Disinterested  Directors  shall  have  the  further  power  to
interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article EIGHTH.

                  E. Nothing contained in this Article EIGHTH shall be construed
to relieve any Interested  Stockholder from any fiduciary  obligation imposed by
law.

                  F. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote
or no vote,  but in  addition  to any  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of any
particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, this Certificate
of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the
holders  of at least  80% of the  voting  power  of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required
to alter, amend or repeal this Article EIGHTH.

         NINTH: The Board of Directors of the  Corporation,  when evaluating any
offer of another  Person (as  defined  in Article  EIGHTH  hereof) to (A) make a
tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the  Corporation,  (B) merge
or  consolidate  the  Corporation  with  another  corporation  or  entity or (C)
purchase or otherwise  acquire all or  substantially  all of the  properties and
assets of the Corporation,  may, in connection with the exercise of its judgment
in  determining  what  is in the  best  interest  of  the  Corporation  and  its
stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without
limitation,  the social and economic  effect of  acceptance of such offer on the
Corporation's  present  and  future  customers  and  employees  and those of its
Subsidiaries (as defined in Article EIGHTH hereof);  on the communities in which
the Corporation and its Subsidiaries  operate or are located;  on the ability of
the Corporation to fulfill its corporate  objectives as a financial  institution
holding  company and on the ability of its subsidiary  financial  institution to
fulfill  the  objectives  of a federally  insured  financial  institution  under
applicable statutes and regulations.

         TENTH:

                  A. Except as set forth in Section B of this Article TENTH,  in
addition  to any  affirmative  vote  of  stockholders  required  by law or  this
Certificate  of  Incorporation,   any  direct  or  indirect  purchase  or  other
acquisition by the Corporation of any Equity  Security (as hereinafter  defined)
of any class from any Interested  Person (as hereinafter  defined) shall require
the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting Stock of the
Corporation  that is not  beneficially  owned (as  hereinafter  defined) by such
Interested Person, voting together as

                                       11

<PAGE>



a single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact
that no vote may be required,  or that a lesser percentage may be specified,  by
law or by any other  provisions  of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or any
Preferred  Stock  Designation or in any agreement  with any national  securities
exchange or quotation system,  or otherwise.  Certain defined terms used in this
Article TENTH are as set forth in Section C below.

                  B. The provisions of Section A of this Article TENTH shall not
be applicable with respect to:

                           1. any purchase or other  acquisition  of  securities
         made as part of a tender  or  exchange  offer by the  Corporation  or a
         Subsidiary (which term, as used in this Article TENTH, is as defined in
         the first  clause of  Section  C.6 of  Article  EIGHTH  hereof)  of the
         Corporation  to purchase  securities of the same class made on the same
         terms  to all  holders  of  such  securities  and  complying  with  the
         applicable  requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
         rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provision replacing
         such Act, rules or regulations);

                           2. any purchase or  acquisition  made  pursuant to an
         open  market  purchase  program  approved by a majority of the Board of
         Directors,  including a majority of the Disinterested  Directors (which
         term, as used in this Article  TENTH,  is as defined in Article  EIGHTH
         hereof); or

                           3. any purchase or acquisition which is approved by a
         majority  of the  Board  of  Directors,  including  a  majority  of the
         Disinterested  Directors,  and which is made at no more than the Market
         Price (as  hereinafter  defined),  on the date  that the  understanding
         between  the  Corporation  and the  Interested  Person is reached  with
         respect to such  purchase  (whether  or not such  purchase is made or a
         written agreement  relating to such purchase is executed on such date),
         of shares of the class of Equity Security to be purchased.

                  C. For the purposes of this Article TENTH:

                           1. The term  Interested  Person shall mean any Person
         (other than the Corporation,  Subsidiaries of the Corporation, pension,
         profit  sharing,  employee stock  ownership or other  employee  benefit
         plans of the Corporation and its  Subsidiaries,  entities  organized or
         established by the Corporation or any of its  Subsidiaries  pursuant to
         the terms of such plans and  trustees and  fiduciaries  with respect to
         any such plan acting in such  capacity)  that is the direct or indirect
         beneficial owner of 25% or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation,
         and any Affiliate or Associate of any such person.

                           2. The  Market  Price of  shares of a class of Equity
         Security on any day shall mean the highest sale price of shares of such
         class of Equity  Security on such day, or, if that day is not a trading
         day, on the trading day immediately preceding such day,

                                       12

<PAGE>



         on the national  securities  exchange or the Nasdaq System or any other
         system then in use on which such class of Equity Security is traded.

                           3. The term Equity  Security  shall mean any security
         described in Section  3(a)(11) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
         as in effect  on  December  10,  1996,  which is  traded on a  national
         securities  exchange or the Nasdaq  System or any other  system then in
         use.

                           4. For purposes of this Article TENTH, all references
         to the term Interested  Stockholder in the definition of  Disinterested
         Director shall be deemed to refer to the term Interested Person.

                           5. Beneficial  ownership shall be determined pursuant
         to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 (or any  successor  rule or statutory  provision),
         or,  if said  Rule  13d-3  shall be  rescinded  and  there  shall be no
         successor rule or statutory  provision  thereto,  pursuant to said Rule
         13d-3 as in effect on December  10,  1996;  provided,  however,  that a
         person shall, in any event,  also be deemed the  "beneficial  owner" of
         any Common Stock:

                                    (a)  which  such  person   or  any   of  its
                  affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

                                    (b)  which   such   person  or  any  of  its
                  affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is
                  exercisable  immediately  or only after the  passage of time),
                  pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or understanding  (but
                  shall not be deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of any voting
                  shares  solely by reason of an agreement,  contract,  or other
                  arrangement  with this  Corporation to effect any  transaction
                  which  is  described  in any  one or more  of the  clauses  of
                  Section  A  of  Article   EIGHTH)  or  upon  the  exercise  of
                  conversion rights,  exchange rights,  warrants,  or options or
                  otherwise,  or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment  power
                  with respect thereto  pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement,
                  understanding,  relationship  or  otherwise  (but shall not be
                  deemed to be the beneficial  owner of any voting shares solely
                  by  reason  of a  revocable  proxy  granted  for a  particular
                  meeting of stockholders,  pursuant to a public solicitation of
                  proxies  for such  meeting,  with  respect  to shares of which
                  neither such person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed
                  the beneficial owner); or

                                    (c) which are beneficially  owned,  directly
                  or  indirectly,  by any other  person  with  which  such first
                  mentioned   person  or  any  of  its  affiliates   acts  as  a
                  partnership,  limited  partnership,  syndicate  or other group
                  pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  for
                  the purpose of acquiring,  holding, voting or disposing of any
                  shares of capital stock of this Corporation;


                                       13

<PAGE>



         and provided further,  however, that (1) no director or officer of this
         Corporation  (or any affiliate of any such director or officer)  shall,
         solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers  acting in
         their  capacities  as such,  be deemed,  for any  purposes  hereof,  to
         beneficially own any Common Stock  beneficially owned by any other such
         director or officer  (or any  affiliate  thereof),  and (2) neither any
         employee  stock  ownership or similar plan of this  Corporation  or any
         subsidiary of this Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or
         any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity
         of such trustee,  be deemed,  for any purposes hereof,  to beneficially
         own any  Common  Stock  held  under  any such  plan.  For  purposes  of
         computing  the  percentage  beneficial  ownership  of Common Stock of a
         person,  the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned
         by such person  through  application  of this  subsection but shall not
         include  any  other   Common  Stock  which  may  be  issuable  by  this
         Corporation  pursuant to any agreement,  or upon exercise of conversion
         rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.  For all other purposes, the
         outstanding   Common  Stock  shall   include  only  Common  Stock  then
         outstanding  and  shall  not  include  any  Common  Stock  which may be
         issuable by this  Corporation  pursuant to any  agreement,  or upon the
         exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

         ELEVENTH:

                  A. Each person who was or is made a party or is  threatened to
be made a party to or is otherwise  involved in any action,  suit or proceeding,
whether  civil,  criminal,   administrative  or  investigative   (hereinafter  a
"proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director  or an
officer  of  the  Corporation  or is or  was  serving  at  the  request  of  the
Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation,  including, without
limitation,  any Subsidiary (as defined in Article EIGHTH herein),  partnership,
joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an  "indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such
proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or
in any  other  capacity  while  serving  as a  director  or  officer,  shall  be
indemnified  and  held  harmless  by  the  Corporation  to  the  fullest  extent
authorized by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment  permits the Corporation to provide broader  indemnification
rights  than  such  law  permitted  the  Corporation  to  provide  prior to such
amendment),  against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees,
court costs, judgments,  fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid
in settlement)  reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection
therewith;  provided, however, that, except as provided in Section C hereof with
respect to  proceedings to enforce rights to  indemnification,  the  Corporation
shall  indemnify any such  indemnitee in connection  with a proceeding  (or part
thereof)  initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof)
was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                  B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section A of this
Article  shall  include  the right to be paid by the  Corporation  the  expenses
(including  incidental  expenses)  incurred in defending any such  proceeding in
advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an

                                       14

<PAGE>



"advancement of expenses");  provided,  however,  that, if the Delaware  General
Corporation Law requires,  an advancement of expenses  incurred by an indemnitee
in his or her capacity as a director or officer  (and not in any other  capacity
in which  service  was or is  rendered by such  indemnitee,  including,  without
limitation,  service  to an  employee  benefit  plan)  shall be made  only  upon
delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by
or on behalf of such  indemnitee,  to repay all  amounts so advanced if it shall
ultimately  be  determined  by final  judicial  decision  from which there is no
further  right  to  appeal  (hereinafter  a  "final  adjudication"),  that  such
indemnitee  is not  entitled  to be  indemnified  for such  expenses  under this
Section or otherwise.  The rights to  indemnification  and to the advancement of
expenses  conferred in Sections A and B of this Article shall be contract rights
and such  rights  shall  continue  as to an  indemnitee  who has  ceased to be a
director or officer and shall  inure to the benefit of the  indemnitee's  heirs,
executors and administrators.

                  C. If a claim under Section A or B of this Article is not paid
in full by the  Corporation  within  sixty days  after a written  claim has been
received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of
expenses,  in which  case  the  applicable  period  shall be  twenty  days,  the
indemnitee  may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against the  Corporation  to
recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any
such suit, or in a suit brought by the  Corporation to recover an advancement of
expenses  pursuant to the terms of an undertaking,  the indemnitee shall also be
entitled to be paid the expense of  prosecuting  or defending  such suit. In (i)
any suit  brought  by the  indemnitee  to  enforce  a right  to  indemnification
hereunder  (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an
advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the
Corporation to recover an  advancement  of expenses  pursuant to the terms of an
undertaking  the  Corporation  shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a
final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable  standard for
indemnification  set forth in the Delaware General  Corporation Law. Neither the
failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,  independent legal
counsel,  or its  stockholders)  to  have  made  a  determination  prior  to the
commencement  of such suit that  indemnification  of the indemnitee is proper in
the  circumstances  because the indemnitee  has met the  applicable  standard of
conduct  set  forth in the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  nor an  actual
determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,  independent
legal  counsel,  or its  stockholders)  that  the  indemnitee  has not met  such
applicable  standard of conduct,  shall create a presumption that the indemnitee
has not met the  applicable  standard  of conduct or, in the case of such a suit
brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the
indemnitee  to  enforce  a right  to  indemnification  or to an  advancement  of
expenses hereunder,  or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses
pursuant  to the  terms  of an  undertaking,  the  burden  of  proving  that the
indemnitee  is  not  entitled  to be  indemnified,  or to  such  advancement  of
expenses, under this Article or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

                  D. The rights to  indemnification  and to the  advancement  of
expenses  conferred  in this  Article  shall not be exclusive of any other right
which any person may have or hereafter  acquire  under any statute,  regulation,
the Corporation's  Certificate of  Incorporation,  By-laws,  agreement,  vote of
stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

                                       15

<PAGE>



                  E. The Corporation may maintain insurance,  at its expense, to
protect itself and any director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation
or another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise
against any expense,  liability or loss,  whether or not the  Corporation  would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,  liability or loss
under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                  F. The Corporation may, to the extent  authorized from time to
time  by a  majority  vote  of the  disinterested  directors,  grant  rights  to
indemnification  and to the  advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of
the  Corporation  to the fullest  extent of the  provisions of this Article with
respect to the  indemnification  and  advancement  of expenses of directors  and
officers of the Corporation.

                  G.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   for  so  long  as  the
Corporation is a depository  institution holding company,  this Article ELEVENTH
shall  be  subject  to any  limitation  imposed  by  applicable  federal  law or
regulation  upon  the   indemnification   by  similarly   situation   depository
institution holding companies.

         TWELFTH:  A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable
to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a
knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)  under  Section 174 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter
amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors,  then
the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest  extent  permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, as so
amended.

         Any  repeal  or  modification   of  the  foregoing   paragraph  by  the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

         THIRTEENTH:  The Corporation  reserves the right to amend or repeal any
provision   contained  in  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  in  the  manner
prescribed  by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights  conferred  upon
stockholders are granted subject to this reservation;  provided,  however, that,
notwithstanding  any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any
provision of law which might  otherwise  permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in
addition  to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this
Corporation  required  by law  or by  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the
affirmative  vote of the  holders of at least 80% of the voting  power of all of
the then-outstanding  shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors , voting together as a single class,
shall be  required  to amend or  repeal  this  Article  THIRTEENTH,  clause B of
Article FOURTH, clauses C or D of Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, Article SEVENTH,
Article EIGHTH, Article TENTH or Article ELEVENTH.

                                       16

<PAGE>



         FOURTEENTH: The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as
follows:

               NAME                                 MAILING ADDRESS

         J. Stanley Stephen                         2900 Texas Avenue
                                                    Bryan, Texas  77802





                                       17

<PAGE>






         I, THE UNDERSIGNED,  being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming
a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware,  do make, file and record
this Certificate of  Incorporation,  do certify that the facts herein stated are
true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 21st day of April, 1997.



                                             /s/ J. Stanley Stephen
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            J. Stanley Stephen, Incorporator






              THE BRYAN - COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY

                                     BY-LAWS


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS


Section 1.        Annual Meeting.

         An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to
succeed those whose terms expire and for the  transaction of such other business
as may properly  come before the meeting,  shall be held at such place,  on such
date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix.

Section 2.        Special Meetings.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred stock of The Bryan- College Station Holding Company  (hereinafter  the
"Corporation"),  special  meetings of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  may be
called  only by the Board of  Directors  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a
majority of the total number of directors  which the  Corporation  would have if
there  were no  vacancies  on the Board of  Directors  (hereinafter  the  "Whole
Board").

Section 3.        Notice of Meetings.

         Written  notice of the place,  date,  and time of all  meetings  of the
stockholders  shall be given, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the
date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting,  except as otherwise  provided herein or required by law (meaning,
here and  hereinafter,  as required  from time to time by the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

         When a meeting is adjourned  to another  place,  date or time,  written
notice need not be given of the  adjourned  meeting if the place,  date and time
thereof  are  announced  at the  meeting  at which  the  adjournment  is  taken;
provided,  however,  that if the date of any  adjourned  meeting is more than 30
days after the date for which the meeting was  originally  noticed,  or if a new
record date is fixed for the  adjourned  meeting,  written  notice of the place,
date and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At
any  adjourned  meeting,  any business may be  transacted  which might have been
transacted at the original meeting.

Section 4.        Quorum.

         At any meeting of the  stockholders,  the holders of at least one-third
of all of the shares of the stock  entitled to vote at the  meeting,  present in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except
to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where
a separate  vote by a class or classes is required,  a majority of the shares of
such  class or  classes,  present  in person  or  represented  by  proxy,  shall
constitute  a quorum  entitled to take action with  respect to that vote on that
matter.


<PAGE>

         If a quorum  shall  fail to attend any  meeting,  the  chairman  of the
meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who
are present,  in person or by proxy,  may adjourn the meeting to another  place,
date or time.

         If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to
all  stockholders  entitled to vote  thereat,  stating that it will be held with
those present  constituting a quorum,  then except as otherwise required by law,
those  present at such  adjourned  meeting  shall  constitute a quorum,  and all
matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 5.        Organization.

         Such person as the Board of Directors  may have  designated  or, in the
absence of such a person,  the  President of the  Corporation  or, in his or her
absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any
meeting of the stockholders  and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence
of the Secretary of the Corporation,  the secretary of the meeting shall be such
person as the chairman appoints.

Section 6.        Conduct of Business.

                  (a)  The  chairman  of  any  meeting  of  stockholders   shall
determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such
regulation  of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him
or her in order.

                  (b) At any  annual  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only  such
business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by
or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any  stockholder of the
Corporation  who is entitled to vote with respect  thereto and who complies with
the  notice  procedures  set forth in this  Section  6(b).  For  business  to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must
have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the  Corporation
and also to the  President of the  Corporation.  To be timely,  a  stockholder's
notice must be delivered or mailed to and  received at the  principal  executive
offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days prior to the anniversary of the
preceding year's annual meeting;  provided,  however, that in the event that the
date of the annual  meeting is advanced by more than twenty days,  or delayed by
more than 60 days from such  anniversary  date,  notice by the stockholder to be
timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of
the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the eighth day following the day on
which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or public announcement
of the date of such  meeting  is  first  made.  A  stockholder's  notice  to the
Secretary and the President  shall set forth as to each matter such  stockholder
proposes  to bring  before the annual  meeting  (i) a brief  description  of the
business  desired to be brought  before the annual  meeting  and the reasons for
conducting  such business at the annual meeting,  (ii) the name and address,  as
they appear on the  Corporation's  books,  of the  stockholder who proposed such
business,  (iii)  the class and  number of shares of the  Corporation's  capital
stock that are

                                        2

<PAGE>

beneficially  owned by such  stockholder and (iv) any material  interest of such
stockholder in such business.  Notwithstanding  anything in these By-laws to the
contrary,  no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting
except in accordance  with the  provisions of this Section 6(b). The Chairman of
the meeting or other person  presiding  over the annual  meeting  shall,  if the
facts so warrant,  determine  and declare to the meeting  that  business was not
properly  brought  before the meeting in accordance  with the provisions of this
Section 6(b) and, if he should so determine,  he shall so declare to the meeting
and any such  business  so  determined  to be not  properly  brought  before the
meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the compliance of a shareholder
with the  procedures set forth above,  the presiding  officer may declare out of
order any business  proposed to be brought  before the meeting if he  determines
that such proposal  addresses  matters not appropriate for  consideration of the
shareholders, including without limitation, proposals for actions which would be
illegal for the  Corporation or which address  matters  involving the day-to-day
operations of the  Corporation  which would  ordinarily be within the purview of
the board of directors or its designee.

                  At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business
shall be conducted  as shall have been  brought  before the meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors.

                  (c) Only  persons who are  nominated  in  accordance  with the
procedures  set  forth in  these  By-laws  shall be  eligible  for  election  as
directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation  may be made at a meeting of  stockholders at which directors are to
be elected only (i) by or at the  direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by
any  stockholder  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  for the  election  of
directors at the meeting who complies  with the notice  procedures  set forth in
this  Section  6(c).  Such  nominations,  other  than  those  made  by or at the
direction of the Board of  Directors,  shall be made by timely notice in writing
to the Secretary and President of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's
notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received at the  principal  executive
offices  of the  Corporation  not  less  than 60 days  prior  to the date of the
meeting; provided,  however, that in the event that less than 40 days' notice of
the date of the  meeting  is  first  given or made to  stockholders,  by  public
announcement or mail, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received
not later than the close of  business  on the eighth  day  following  the day on
which such notice of the date of the  meeting was mailed or public  announcement
was first made. Such stockholder's  notice shall set forth (i) as to each person
whom such  stockholder  proposes to nominate  for election or  re-election  as a
director,  all  information  relating  to such  person  that is  required  to be
disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise
required,  in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended  (including such person's written consent to being named
in the proxy  statement  as a nominee and to serving as a director if  elected);
and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice:  (x) the name and address,  as
they appear on the  Corporation's  books, of such  stockholder and (y) the class
and number of shares of the  Corporation's  capital stock that are  beneficially
owned by such stockholder.  At the request of the Board of Directors, any person
nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director  shall furnish to
the Secretary of the Corporation that information  required to be set forth in a
stockholder's  notice of  nomination  which  pertains to the nominee.  No person
shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated
in accordance  with the  provisions  of this Section  6(c).  The Chairman of the
meeting or other person presiding at the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant,
determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and,
if he or she should so determine,  he or she shall so declare to the meeting and
the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

                                        3

<PAGE>


Section 7.        Proxies and Voting.

         At any meeting of the stockholders,  every stockholder entitled to vote
may vote in person or by proxy  authorized  by an  instrument  in writing (or as
otherwise  permitted  under  applicable  law)  by the  stockholder  or his  duly
authorized  attorney-in-fact  filed in accordance with the procedure established
for the meeting. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as
directed by the stockholder or in the absence of such  direction,  as determined
by a majority of the Board of  Directors.  No proxy shall be valid after  eleven
months  from  the  date of its  execution  except  for a proxy  coupled  with an
interest.

         Each stockholder  shall have one vote for every share of stock entitled
to vote  which  is  registered  in his or her  name on the  record  date for the
meeting,   except  as  otherwise  provided  herein  or  in  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Corporation or as required by law.

         All voting,  including on the election of directors but excepting where
otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided,  however, that upon
demand therefore by a stockholder  entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock
vote shall be taken.  Every  stock vote shall be taken by ballot,  each of which
shall  state  the  name of the  stockholder  or  proxy  voting  and  such  other
information as may be required under the procedure  established for the meeting.
Every  vote  taken by ballot  shall be counted  by an  inspector  or  inspectors
appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

         All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and
except  as  otherwise  required  by law or as  provided  in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes
cast.

Section 8.        Stock List.

         The  officer  who  has  charge  of  the  stock  transfer  books  of the
Corporation  shall  prepare  and  make,  in the  time  and  manner  required  by
applicable law, a list of stockholders entitled to vote and shall make such list
available for such purposes,  at such places,  at such times and to such persons
as  required  by  applicable  law.  The stock  transfer  books shall be the only
evidence as to the  identity of the  stockholders  entitled to examine the stock
transfer books or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 9.        Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the  stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual
or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such stockholders.



                                        4

<PAGE>



Section 10.       Inspectors of Election

         The  Board  of   Directors   shall,   in  advance  of  any  meeting  of
stockholders,  appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election,  to act at
the meeting or any  adjournment  thereof and make a written report  thereof,  in
accordance with applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.        General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

         The  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The number of directors shall be
as provided  for in the  Certificate  of  Incorporation.  The Board of Directors
shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board and a President of the  Corporation
from among its members and shall designate, when present, either the Chairman of
the Board or the President to preside at its meetings.

         The  directors,  other than those who may be elected by the  holders of
any class or series of preferred stock, shall be elected for a term of one year,
with the term of office to expire at the  conclusion of the first annual meeting
of  stockholders,  with each  director to hold office until his or her successor
shall  have  been  duly  elected  and  qualified.  At  each  annual  meeting  of
stockholders,  commencing  with the first annual meeting,  directors  elected to
succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office
to expire at the first  succeeding  annual meeting of  stockholders  after their
election,  with each  director to hold office until his or her  successor  shall
have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 2.        Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized  number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of
Directors  resulting  from  death,  resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,
removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority  vote of the
directors  then in office,  though less than a quorum,  and  directors so chosen
shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders  at
which the term of office of the class to which they have been  elected  expires,
and until such director's  successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
No decrease in the number of authorized  directors  constituting the Board shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 3.        Regular Meetings.

         Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place
or places,  on such date or dates,  and at such time or times as shall have been
established  by the Board of Directors and  publicized  among all  directors.  A
notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.


                                        5

<PAGE>



Section 4.        Special Meetings.

         Special  meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by a majority
of the directors  then in office  (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by
the President and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as
they or he or she shall fix.  Notice of the place,  date,  and time of each such
special  meeting  shall be given to each  director  by whom it is not  waived by
mailing  written  notice  not less than  five  days  before  the  meeting  or by
telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile  transmission of the same not less than
twenty-four  (24) hours before the meeting.  Unless  otherwise  indicated in the
notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 5.        Quorum.

         At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  a majority of the authorized
number of directors then  constituting  the Board shall  constitute a quorum for
all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those
present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further
notice or waiver thereof.

Section 6.        Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

         Members of the Board of  Directors,  or of any committee  thereof,  may
participate  in a meeting  of such  Board or  committee  by means of  conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each other and such  participation  shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 7.        Conduct of Business.

         At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  business shall be transacted
in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time  determine,  and all
matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors  present,
except as otherwise  provided  herein or required by law. Action may be taken by
the Board of Directors  without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto
in  writing,  and the  writing  or  writings  are  filed  with  the  minutes  of
proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 8.        Powers.

         The Board of  Directors  may,  except  as  otherwise  required  by law,
exercise  all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or
done by the  Corporation,  including,  without  limiting the  generality  of the
foregoing, the unqualified power:

               (1) To declare  dividends  from time to time in  accordance  with
law;

               (2) To purchase or  otherwise  acquire  any  property,  rights or
privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

               (3) To authorize the creation,  making and issuance, in such form
as it may  determine,  of  written  obligations  of every  kind,  negotiable  or
non-negotiable,  secured  or  unsecured,  and  to do  all  things  necessary  in
connection therewith;

                                        6

<PAGE>

               (4) To remove  any  officer  of the  Corporation  with or without
cause,  and from time to time to devolve  the  powers and duties of any  officer
upon any other person for the time being;

               (5) To confer  upon any officer of the  Corporation  the power to
appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

               (6) To  adopt  from  time  to  time  such  stock,  option,  stock
purchase,  bonus or other  compensation  plans  and  employment  agreements  for
directors,   officers,   employees  and  agents  of  the   Corporation  and  its
subsidiaries as it may determine;

               (7) To adopt from time to time such  insurance,  retirement,  and
other  benefit  plans  for  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

               (8) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with
these By-laws, for the management of the Corporation's business and affairs.

Section 9.        Compensation of Directors.

         Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of
Directors,  fixed fees and other  compensation  for their services as directors,
including,  without  limitation,  their services as members of committees of the
Board of Directors.

Section 10. Qualification of Directors.  Each director shall at all times be the
beneficial  owner  of  not  less  than  300  shares  of  capital  stock  of  The
Bryan-College Station Financial Holding Company.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   COMMITTEES

Section 1.        Committees of the Board of Directors.

         The  Board  of  Directors,  by a vote of a  majority  of the  Board  of
Directors,  may from time to time designate  committees of the Board,  with such
lawfully  delegable  powers and duties as it  thereby  confers,  to serve at the
pleasure of the Board and shall,  for those  committees and any others  provided
for  herein,  elect a director or  directors  to serve as the member or members,
designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace
any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee
so designated  may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to
declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate
of  ownership  and  merger  pursuant  to  Section  253 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law  if  the  resolution   which  designated  the  committee  or  a
supplemental  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  shall so  provide.  In the
absence or  disqualification  of any member of any  committee  and any alternate
member in his or her place,  the member or members of the  committee  present at
the meeting and not disqualified  from voting,  whether or not he or she or they
constitute a quorum,  may by unanimous vote appoint  another member of the Board
of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or

                                        7

<PAGE>

disqualified member. The President of the Corporation shall serve as a member of
each Committee of the Board of Directors,  except for the Audit Committee or the
Compensation Committee.

Section 2.        Conduct of Business.

         Each  committee  may  determine  the  procedural  rules for meeting and
conducting  its  business  and  shall  act in  accordance  therewith,  except as
otherwise  provided herein or required by law. Adequate  provision shall be made
for  notice  to  members  of all  meetings;  a  majority  of the  members  shall
constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in
which event one member  shall  constitute  a quorum;  and all  matters  shall be
determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any
committee  without a meeting if all members  thereof consent thereto in writing,
and the writing or writings  are filed with the  minutes of the  proceedings  of
such committee. Minutes of all committee meetings shall be provided to the Board
of Directors at each meeting of the Board for its review.

Section 3.        Nominating Committee.

         The Board of Directors may appoint a Nominating Committee of the Board,
consisting of not less than three  members,  one of which shall be the President
if,  and only so long as,  the  President  remains  in office as a member of the
Board of Directors.  The Nominating Committee shall have authority (i) to review
any  nominations for election to the Board of Directors made by a stockholder of
the  Corporation  pursuant to Section  6(c)(ii) of Article I of these By-laws in
order to  determine  compliance  with such By-law and (ii) to  recommend  to the
Whole Board  nominees for  election to the Board of  Directors to replace  those
directors whose terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders next ensuing.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           OFFICERS OF THE CORPORATION

Section 1.        Generally.

                  (a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after
the annual meeting of stockholders  shall choose a President,  a Secretary and a
Treasurer  and from time to time may choose  such other  officers as it may deem
proper.  The President  shall be chosen from among the directors.  Any number of
offices may be held by the same person.

                  (b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next
annual  election of officers and until their  respective  successors are chosen,
but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the  affirmative  vote
of a majority of the authorized  number of directors then constituting the Board
of Directors.

                  (c) All officers  chosen by the Board of Directors  shall each
have such powers and duties as generally  pertain to their  respective  offices,
subject to the specific  provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also
have such powers and duties as from time to time may be  conferred  by the Board
of Directors or by any committee thereof.

                                        8

<PAGE>

Section 2.        President.

         The President shall be the chief executive  officer and, subject to the
control of the Board of Directors,  shall have general power over the management
and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation's  business
and general  supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs.  The
President  shall see that all orders and  resolutions  of the Board of Directors
and of any committee  thereof are carried into effect.  The President shall also
have the authority to hire and terminate any officers junior to the President.

         Each meeting of the Board of Directors  shall be presided  over by such
officer as has been designated by the Board of Directors or, in his absence,  by
such officer or other person as is chosen at the meeting.  The  Secretary or, in
the Secretary's  absence, the General Counsel of the Corporation or such officer
as has been  designated  by the  Board of  Directors  or, in his  absence,  such
officer  or other  person  as is chosen by the  person  presiding,  shall act as
secretary of each meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors.

Section 3.        Vice President.

         The Vice President or Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform the duties
of the  President in his absence or during his  disability  to act. In addition,
the Vice  Presidents  shall  perform the duties and exercise the powers  usually
incident to their respective  offices and/or such other duties and powers as may
be properly  assigned to them from time to time by the Board of  Directors,  the
Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 4.        Secretary.

         The  Secretary  or  an  Assistant  Secretary  shall  issue  notices  of
meetings,  shall  keep  their  minutes,  shall  have  charge of the seal and the
corporate books,  shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers
as are usually  incident to such offices  and/or such other duties and powers as
are properly  assigned  thereto by the Board of  Directors,  the Chairman of the
Board or the President.

Section 5.        Treasurer.

         The  Treasurer  shall have charge of all monies and  securities  of the
Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation
which has a treasurer or financial  officer appointed by the Board of Directors,
and shall keep regular books of account.  The funds of the Corporation  shall be
deposited in the name of the  Corporation  by the  Treasurer  with such banks or
trust  companies or other  entities as the Board of Directors  from time to time
shall  designate.  The Treasurer shall sign or countersign  such  instruments as
require his signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as
are usually  incident to such office  and/or such other duties and powers as are
properly assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or
the President, and may be required to give bond, payable by the Corporation, for
the faithful  performance  of his duties in such sum and with such surety as may
be required by the Board of Directors.

                                        9

<PAGE>

Section 6.        Assistant Secretaries and Other Officers.

         The Board of Directors  may appoint one or more  assistant  secretaries
and one or more assistant  treasurers,  or one appointee to both such positions,
which  officers  shall have such  powers and shall  perform  such  duties as are
provided  in  these  By-laws  or as may be  assigned  to  them by the  Board  of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 7.        Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

         Unless otherwise  directed by the Board of Directors,  the President or
any officer of the  Corporation  authorized by the President shall have power to
vote and otherwise act on behalf of the  Corporation,  in person or by proxy, at
any meeting of  stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of
any  other  corporation  in  which  this  Corporation  may hold  securities  and
otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this  Corporation  may
possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

Section 1.        Certificates of Stock.

         Each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate  signed by, or in
the name of the Corporation  by, the President or a Vice  President,  and by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
certifying  the  number  of  shares  owned  by  him  or  her.  Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

Section 2.        Transfers of Stock.

         Transfers  of stock shall be made only upon the  transfer  books of the
Corporation  kept  at  an  office  of  the  Corporation  or by  transfer  agents
designated to transfer  shares of the stock of the  Corporation.  Except where a
certificate  is  issued  in  accordance  with  Section  4 of  Article V of these
By-laws,  an outstanding  certificate for the number of shares involved shall be
surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore.

Section 3.        Record Date.

         In order that the Corporation may determine the  stockholders  entitled
to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any
rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or  exchange  of stock or for the
purpose of any other  lawful  action,  the Board of  Directors  may fix a record
date,  which  record  date shall not  precede  the date on which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted  and which  record date shall not be more than
60 nor less than ten days  before the date of any meeting of  stockholders,  nor
more  than 60 days  prior  to the time for such  other  action  as  hereinbefore
described;  provided,  however,  that if no record date is fixed by the Board of
Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or
to vote at a meeting of  stockholders  shall be at the close of  business on the
day next  preceding  the day on which  such  notice  is given  or,  if notice is
waived,  at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the
meeting is held, and, for determining  stockholders  entitled to receive payment
of any dividend or other  distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any

                                       10

<PAGE>


rights of change,  conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the
record  date shall be at the close of  business on the day on which the Board of
Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

         A  determination  of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

Section 4.        Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

         In the event of the loss,  theft or destruction  of any  certificate of
stock,  another may be issued in its place  pursuant to such  regulations as the
Board  of  Directors  may  establish  concerning  proof of such  loss,  theft or
destruction  and  concerning  the  giving  of a  satisfactory  bond or  bonds of
indemnity.

Section 5.        Regulations.

         The issue,  transfer,  conversion and  registration  of certificates of
stock shall be governed by such other  regulations as the Board of Directors may
establish.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     NOTICES

Section 1.         Notices.

         Except as otherwise  specifically  provided  herein or required by law,
all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee
or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be  effectively  given by
hand delivery to the  recipient  thereof,  or by  depositing  such notice in the
mail, postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram or mailgram or
by sending such notice by facsimile  machine or other  electronic  transmission.
Any such notice

                                       11

<PAGE>



shall be addressed to such stockholder,  director, officer, employee or agent at
his or her  last  known  address  as  the  same  appears  on  the  books  of the
Corporation.  The time  when such  notice is  received,  if hand  delivered,  or
dispatched,  if  delivered  through  the mail,  by  telegram  or  mailgram or by
facsimile  machine or other  electronic  transmission,  shall be the time of the
giving of the notice.

Section 2.        Waivers.

         A written  waiver of any  notice,  signed by a  stockholder,  director,
officer,  employee or agent,  whether  before or after the time of the event for
which notice is to be given,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the notice required
to be given to such stockholder,  director,  officer, employee or agent. Neither
the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1.        Facsimile Signatures.

         In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere
specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or
officers of the  Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board
of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 2.        Corporate Seal.

         The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name
of the Corporation,  which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  If and
when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of
the seal may be kept and used by the  Treasurer or by an Assistant  Secretary or
Assistant Treasurer.

Section 3.        Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

         Each director,  each member of any committee designated by the Board of
Directors,  and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his
or her  duties,  be fully  protected  in relying in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions,
reports or  statements  presented to the  Corporation  by any of its officers or
employees,  or  committees  of the Board of Directors so  designated,  or by any
other person as to matters  which such director or committee  member  reasonably
believes are within such other person's  professional  or expert  competence and
who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4.        Fiscal Year.

         The fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall be as fixed by the Board of
Directors.

Section 5.        Time Periods.

         In applying any provision of these  By-laws which  requires that an act
be done or not be done a  specified  number of days prior to an event or that an
act be done  during a period of a  specified  number of days  prior to an event,
calendar  days shall be used,  the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded
and the day of the event shall be included.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

         The By-laws of the Corporation  may be adopted,  amended or repealed as
provided  in  Article  SEVENTH  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation.


                                       12


                              Federal Stock Charter

                           FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


         SECTION 1. Corporate  Title.  The full  corporate  title of the Federal
stock association hereby chartered is "First Federal Savings Bank".

         SECTION 2.           Office.  The home office of the association shall
be located in Bryan, in the County of Brazos, State of Texas.

         SECTION 3. Duration. The duration of the association is perpetual.

         SECTION 4.  Purpose and Powers.  The purpose of the  association  is to
pursue  any or all of the  lawful  objectives  of a  Federal  stock  association
chartered  under  section 5 of the Home  Owners' Loan Act and to exercise all of
the express,  implied,  and incidental  powers conferred thereby and by all acts
amendatory  thereof and  supplemental  thereto,  subject to the Constitution and
laws of the United States as they are now in effect, or as they may hereafter be
amended, and subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders
of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Office").

         SECTION 5. Capital Stock.  The total number of shares of all classes of
the capital stock which the  association has the authority to issue is 4,000,000
of which  3,000,000  shall be common stock of par value of $.01 per share and of
which 1,000,000 shall be serial  preferred  stock. The shares may be issued from
time to time as authorized by the board of directors without further approval of
its  shareholders,  except as  otherwise  provided  in this  Section 5 or to the
extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule or regulation.  The
consideration  for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their
issuance and shall not be less than the par value.  Neither promissory notes nor
future  services  shall  constitute  payment or part payment for the issuance of
shares of the  association.  The  consideration  for the  shares  shall be cash,
tangible  or  intangible  property  (to the  extent  direct  investment  in such
property  would be permitted),  labor,  or services  actually  performed for the
association, or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud
in the  transaction,  the  value  of  such  property,  labor,  or  services,  as
determined by the board of directors of the  association,  shall be  conclusive.
Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid
and nonassessable.  In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the surplus of
the  association  which is  transferred  to stated  capital upon the issuance of
shares as a share  dividend  shall be deemed to be the  consideration  for their
issuance.


<PAGE>



         Except for shares  issuable in  connection  with the  conversion of the
association  from the mutual to the stock form of  capitalization,  no shares of
capital stock (including shares issuable upon conversion,  exchange, or exercise
of other  securities)  shall be issued,  directly or  indirectly,  to  officers,
directors,  or controlling  persons of the  association  other than as part of a
general  public  offering or as  qualifying  shares to a director,  unless their
issuance  or the plan under  which they would be issued has been  approved  by a
majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.

         Nothing contained in this Section 5 (or in any  supplementary  sections
hereto)  shall  entitle the holders of any class of a series of capital stock to
vote as a separate class or series or to more than one vote per share, except as
to the  cumulation of votes for the election of directors:  Provided,  That this
restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply:

            (i)     To any  provision  which  would  authorize  the  holders  of
                    preferred stock,  voting as a class or series, to elect some
                    members  of the board of  directors,  less  than a  majority
                    thereof, in the event of default in the payment of dividends
                    on any class or series of preferred stock;

           (ii)     To  any  provision   which  would  require  the  holders  of
                    preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to approve the
                    merger or  consolidation  of the  association  with  another
                    corporation or the sale, lease, or conveyance (other than by
                    mortgage  or pledge) of  properties  or business in exchange
                    for securities of a corporation  other than the  association
                    if the preferred  stock is exchanged for  securities of such
                    other corporation:  Provided,  that no provision may require
                    such   approval  for   transactions   undertaken   with  the
                    assistance or pursuant to the  direction of the Office,  the
                    Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  or the Resolution
                    Trust Corporation;

          (iii)     To any amendment which would  adversely  change the specific
                    terms of any class or series of  capital  stock as set forth
                    in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto),
                    including  any  amendment  which would create or enlarge any
                    class  or  series   ranking  prior  thereto  in  rights  and
                    preferences.  An  amendment  which  increases  the number of
                    authorized  shares of any class or series of capital  stock,
                    or  substitutes  the  surviving  association  in a merger or
                    consolidation  for the association,  shall not be considered
                    to be such an adverse change.

                                        2

<PAGE>



         A  description  of the  different  classes  and  series (if any) of the
association's  capital  stock  and a  statement  of the  designations,  and  the
relative rights, preferences, and limitations of the shares of each class of and
series (if any) of capital stock are as follows:

         A.  Common  Stock.  Except  as  provided  in this  Section 5 (or in any
supplementary   sections  thereto),  the  holders  of  the  common  stock  shall
exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each  holder of shares of common  stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such  holder,  except as to
the cumulation of votes for the election of directors.

         Whenever  there  shall have been paid,  or  declared  and set aside for
payment,  to the holders of the outstanding  shares of any class of stock having
preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount
of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund, or other retirement payments,
if any, to which such holders are  respectively  entitled in  preference  to the
common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or
series of stock  entitled to  participate  therewith as to dividends  out of any
assets legally available for the payment of dividends.

         In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding  up of the
association,  the  holders of the common  stock (and the holders of any class or
series  of  stock  entitled  to  participate   with  the  common  stock  in  the
distribution  of assets) shall be entitled to receive,  in cash or in kind,  the
assets of the  association  available  for  distribution  remaining  after:  (i)
Payment or provision  for payment of the  association's  debts and  liabilities;
(ii)   distributions  or  provision  for  distributions  in  settlement  of  its
liquidation  account; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to
holders of any class or series of stock having  preference over the common stock
in the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the association. Each share of
common  stock shall have the same  relative  rights as and be  identical  in all
respects with all the other shares of common stock.

         B.  Preferred  Stock.  The  association  may  provide in  supplementary
sections to its charter for one or more classes of preferred stock,  which shall
be separately identified. The shares of any class may be divided into and issued
in series,  with each series  separately  designated  so as to  distinguish  the
shares  thereof from the shares of all other  series and  classes.  The terms of
each series shall be set forth in a  supplementary  section to the charter.  All
shares of the same class shall be identical except as to the following  relative
rights and preferences,  as to which there may be variations  between  different
series:

         (a)      The  distinctive  serial  designation and the number of shares
                  constituting such series;

                                        3

<PAGE>



         (b)      The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the
                  shares of such series,  whether  dividends shall be cumulative
                  and,  if so,  from which  date(s),  the  payment  date(s)  for
                  dividends,  and the  participating or other special rights, if
                  any, with respect to dividends;

         (c)      The  voting  powers,  full  or  limited,  if any, of shares of
                  such series;

         (d)      Whether  the shares of such  series shall be  redeemable  and,
                  if so,  the price(s)  at which,  and the terms and  conditions
                  on which such shares may be redeemed;

         (e)      The amount(s)  payable  upon the shares  of such series in the
                  event of  voluntary or  involuntary liquidation,  dissolution,
                  or winding up of the association;

         (f)      Whether  the shares of such  series  shall be  entitled to the
                  benefit of a sinking or  retirement  fund to be applied to the
                  purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the
                  amount  of  such  fund  and  the  manner  of its  application,
                  including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed or
                  purchased through the application of such fund;

         (g)      Whether the shares of such series shall be  convertible  into,
                  or  exchangeable  for, shares of any other class or classes of
                  stock of the association and, if so, the conversion  price(s),
                  or the rate(s) of exchange,  and the adjustments  thereof,  if
                  any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any
                  other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

         (h)      The  price or other  consideration  for  which  the  shares of
                  such series shall be issued; and

         (i)      Whether  the  shares  of such  series  which are  redeemed  or
                  converted  shall have the status of  authorized  but  unissued
                  shares of serial  preferred  stock and whether such shares may
                  be  reissued  as  shares  of the same or any  other  series of
                  serial preferred stock.

         Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same
relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of
the same series.

         The board of directors shall have authority to divide,  by the adoption
of supplementary charter sections,  any authorized class of preferred stock into
series,  and, within the limitations set forth in this section and the remainder
of this charter,  fix and determine the relative  rights and  preferences of the
shares of any series so established.

                                        4

<PAGE>



         Prior to the issuance of any preferred  shares of a series  established
by a  supplementary  charter  section  adopted  by the board of  directors,  the
association  shall  file with the  Secretary  to the Office a dated copy of that
supplementary section of this charter established and designating the series and
fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.

         SECTION  6.  Preemptive  Rights.  Holders of the  capital  stock of the
association  shall not be entitled  to  preemptive  rights  with  respect to any
shares of the association which may be issued.

         SECTION 7.  Liquidation  Account.  Pursuant to the  requirements of the
Office'  regulations (12 C.F.R.  Subchapter D), the association  shall establish
and  maintain a  liquidation  account  for the  benefit of its  savings  account
holders  as of June 30,  1990  ("eligible  savers").  In the event of a complete
liquidation of the association,  it shall comply with such Rules and Regulations
with  respect to the amount and the  priorities  on  liquidation  of each of the
association's  eligible saver's inchoate interest in the liquidation account, to
the extent it is still in existence. Provided, however, that an eligible saver's
inchoate  interest in the  liquidation  account  shall not entitle such eligible
saver to any voting rights at meetings of the association's shareholders.

         SECTION   8.   Certain   Provisions    Applicable   for   Five   Years.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the association's charter or bylaws to the
contrary,  for a  period  of five  years  from  the  date of  completion  of the
conversion  of  the  association  from  mutual  to  stock  form,  the  following
provisions shall apply:

         A.  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation.  No  person  shall  directly  or
indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10%
of any class of an equity security of the association. This limitation shall not
apply to a transaction in which the association  forms a holding company without
change in the  respective  beneficial  ownership  interests of its  shareholders
other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and appraisal  rights,  the
purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering,  or the
purchase  of shares by a  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plan which is
exempt from the  approval  requirements  under  Section  574.3(c)(1)(vi)  of the
Office's regulations.

         In the event  shares are  acquired in  violation of this Section 8, all
shares  beneficially  owned by any  person in excess of 10% shall be  considered
"excess  shares"  and shall not be counted as shares  entitled to vote and shall
not be voted by any person or counted as voting  shares in  connection  with any
matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote.

         For purposes of this Section 8, the following definitions apply:

                                        5

<PAGE>



         (1) The  term  "person"  includes  an  individual,  a group  acting  in
concert, a corporation,  a partnership,  a association, a joint stock company, a
trust, an  unincorporated  organization or similar  company,  a syndicate or any
other group  formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or  disposing of the
equity securities of the association.

         (2) The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or otherwise  acquire,
solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for
tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value.

         (3) The term  "acquire"  includes  every type of  acquisition,  whether
effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

         (4) The term "acting in concert" means (a) knowing  participation  in a
joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not
pursuant to an express  agreement,  or (b) a combination or pooling of voting or
other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose  pursuant to
any  contract,  understanding,  relationship,  agreement or other  arrangements,
whether written or otherwise.

         B. Cumulative Voting Limitation. Shareholders shall not be permitted to
cumulate their votes for election of directors.

         C. Call for Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders relating
to changes in control of the  association  or amendments to its charter shall be
called only upon direction of the board of directors.

         SECTION 9. Directors. The association shall be under the direction of a
board of directors.  The authorized  number of directors shall not be fewer than
seven nor more than fifteen, as stated in the association's  bylaws, except that
the number of directors  may be increased to a number  greater than fifteen with
the prior approval of the Director of the Office.

         SECTION 10.  Amendment of Charter.  Except as provided in Section 5, no
amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of this charter shall be made,
unless such is first proposed by the board of directors of the association, then
preliminarily  approved by the Office, which preliminary approval may be granted
by the Office pursuant to regulations specifying preapproved charter amendments,
and  thereafter  approved by the  shareholders  by a majority of the total votes
eligible to be cast at a legal  meeting.  Any amendment,  addition,  alteration,
change,  or repeal so acted upon shall be effective  upon filing with the Office
in accordance with regulatory procedures or on such other date as the Office may
specify in its preliminary approval.


                                        6

<PAGE>


                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                              ASSOCIATION OF BRYAN





ATTEST:                                 By:
       ----------------------------         --------------------------------
           Secretary of the                  President
             Association


                                        DIRECTOR OF THE
                                        OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION



ATTEST:                                 By:
        ---------------------------        ---------------------------------
             Secretary of the
               Office of Thrift
               Supervision



Declared effective this ____ day of _____________, 199_.




                                        7






                                    BYLAWS OF

                           FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   HOME OFFICE

         The home  office  of the  association  shall be at 2900  Texas  Avenue,
Bryan, the County of Brazos, in the State of Texas.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

         SECTION  1. Place of  Meetings.  All annual  and  special  meetings  of
shareholders  shall be held at the home  office  of the  association  or at such
other  place in the  State in which  the prin  cipal  place of  business  of the
association is located as the board of directors may determine.

         SECTION  2.  Annual  Meeting.  A  meeting  of the  shareholders  of the
association  for the election of directors and for the  transaction or any other
business of the association shall be held annually within 120 days after the end
of the association's  fiscal year on the third Tuesday of each January, if not a
legal holiday,  and if a legal holiday,  then on the next day following which is
not a legal  holiday,  at 2:00 p.m.,  or at such other date and time within such
120-day period as the board of directors may determine.

         SECTION 3. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for
any purpose or purposes,  unless otherwise  prescribed by the regulations of the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  ("Office"),  may be  called  at any time by the
chairman of the board,  the  president or a majority of the board of  directors,
and  shall be  called  by the  chairman  of the  board,  the  president,  or the
secretary upon the written  request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of
all of the outstanding capital stock of the association  entitled to vote at the
meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting
and shall be  delivered to the home office of the  association  addressed to the
chairman of the board, the president, or the secretary.

         SECTION 4. Conduct of Meetings.  Annual and special  meetings  shall be
conducted in accordance with the most current edition of Robert's Rules of Order
unless  otherwise  prescribed by regulations of the Office or these bylaws.  The
board of directors  shall  designate,  when present,  either the chairman of the
board or president to preside at such meetings.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 5. Notice of Meetings.  Written notice  stating the place,  day
and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall
be  delivered  not fewer  than 10 nor more than 50 days  before  the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of
the board,  the  president,  or the  secretary,  or the  directors  calling  the
meeting,  to each  shareholder  of record  entitled to vote at such meeting.  If
mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail,
addressed to the  shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer
books or records of the  association as of the record date prescribed in Section
6 of this  Article II with  postage  prepaid.  When any  shareholders'  meeting,
either  annual  or  special,  is  adjourned  for 30 days or more,  notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall
not be  necessary  to give  any  notice  of the time  and  place of any  meeting
adjourned  for less  than 30 days or of the  business  to be  transacted  at the
meeting,  other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is
taken.

         SECTION  6.  Fixing of Record  Date.  For the  purpose  of  determining
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or
in order to make a determination  of shareholders  for any other proper purpose,
the board of  directors  shall fix in advance a date as the record  date for any
such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than
60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not fewer than 10 days prior
to the date on which the  particular  action,  requiring such  determination  of
shareholders,  is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders  entitled to
vote at any meeting of  shareholders  has been made as provided in this section,
such determination shall apply to any adjournment.

         SECTION 7. Voting  Lists.  At least 20 days before each  meeting of the
shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for
shares  of the  association  shall  make a  complete  list  of the  shareholders
entitled to vote at such meeting,  or any adjournment,  arranged in alphabetical
order,  with the  address  and the number of shares  held by each.  This list of
shareholders  shall be kept on file at the home  office of the  association  and
shall be subject to  inspection  by any  shareholder  at any time  during  usual
business  hours for a period of 20 days prior to such  meeting.  Such list shall
also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be
subject to inspection by any shareholder  during the entire time of the meeting.
The original  stock transfer book shall  constitute  prima facie evidence of the
shareholders  entitled to examine such list or transfer  books or to vote at any
meeting of  shareholders.  In lieu of making the shareholder  list available for
inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding paragraph,  the board of
directors may elect to follow the procedures  prescribed in Section  552.6(d) of
the Office's regulations as now or hereafter in effect.

         SECTION  8.  Quorum.  A  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of the
association  entitled  to  vote,  represented  in  person  or  by  proxy,  shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority of the
outstanding  shares is  represented  at a meeting,  a majority  of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At
such adjourned  meeting at which a quorum shall be present or  represented,  any
business may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting as
originally

                                        2

<PAGE>



notified.  The shareholders  present at a duly organized meeting may continue to
transact business until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.

         SECTION 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders,  a shareholder may
vote by proxy  executed  in  writing  by the  shareholder  or by his or her duly
authorized attorney in fact. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall
be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as
determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more
than eleven  months from the date of its  execution  except for a proxy  coupled
with an interest.

         SECTION 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More  Persons.  When
ownership  stands in the name of two or more persons,  in the absence of written
directions  to  the  association  to  the  contrary,   at  any  meeting  of  the
shareholders of the association any one or more of such  shareholders  may cast,
in person or by proxy,  all votes to which such  ownership is  entitled.  In the
event an attempt is made to cast  conflicting  votes,  in person or by proxy, by
the several  persons in whose names shares of stock stand,  the vote or votes to
which  those  persons  are  entitled  shall be cast as directed by a majority of
those holding such stock and present in person or by proxy at such meeting,  but
no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.

         SECTION 11. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by any officer,  agent, or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe,  or, in the absence of such provision,
as the board of directors of such  corporation may determine.  Shares held by an
administrator,  executor,  guardian,  or conservator may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  without a transfer of such shares into his or her
name.  Shares  standing  in the  name of a  trustee  may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  but no trustee  shall be  entitled to vote shares
held by him or her  without  a  transfer  of such  shares  into his or her name.
Shares  standing in the name of a receiver  may be voted by such  receiver,  and
shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such  receiver
without the transfer  into his or her name if authority to do so is contained in
an  appropriate  order of the  court or other  public  authority  by which  such
receiver was appointed.

         A  shareholder  whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

         Neither  treasury  shares of its own stock held by the  association nor
shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote
for  the  election  of  directors  of such  other  corporation  are  held by the
association,  shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining  the total
number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         SECTION 12. Cumulative Voting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter
of the  association,  every  shareholder  entitled  to vote at an  election  for
directors  shall  have the right to vote,  in person or by proxy,  the number of
shares owned by the shareholder for as many persons as there are directors to be
elected  and for  whose  election  the  shareholder  has a right to vote,  or to
cumulate  the votes by giving one  candidate as many votes as the number of such
directors  to be elected  multiplied  by the number of shares  shall equal or by
distributing such votes on the same principle among any number of candidates.

         SECTION  13.  Inspectors  of  Election.  In advance  of any  meeting of
shareholders,  the board of directors may appoint any person other than nominees
for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any  adjournment.
The  number of  inspectors  shall be either one or three.  Any such  appointment
shall not be  altered at the  meeting.  If  inspectors  of  election  are not so
appointed,  the chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of
not fewer than 10 percent of the votes  represented at the meeting  shall,  make
such  appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting,  the majority of
the votes  present shall  determine  whether one or three  inspectors  are to be
appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or
refuses  to act,  the  vacancy  may be  filled  by  appointment  by the board of
directors  in advance of the  meeting or at the  meeting by the  chairman of the
board or the president.

         Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office, the duties of
such inspectors  shall include:  determining the number of shares and the voting
power of each share, the shares  represented at the meeting,  the existence of a
quorum, and the authenticity,  validity and effect of proxies:  receiving votes,
ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any
way arising in connection  with the rights to vote;  counting and tabulating all
votes or  consents;  determining  the result;  and such acts as may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

         SECTION 14. Nominating Committee. The board of directors shall act as a
nominating  committee  for  selecting  the  management  nominees for election as
directors.  Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death
or other  incapacity of a management  nominee,  the nominating  committee  shall
deliver written  nominations to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date
of the annual  meeting.  Upon delivery,  such  nominations  shall be posted in a
conspicuous  place  in  each  office  of the  association.  No  nominations  for
directors  except those made by the nominating  committee shall be voted upon at
the annual meeting unless other  nominations by shareholders are made in writing
and  delivered to the secretary of the  association  at least five days prior to
the date of the annual meeting. Upon delivery,  such nominations shall be posted
in a conspicuous  place in each office of the  association.  Ballots bearing the
names  of  all  the  persons  nominated  by  the  nominating  committee  and  by
shareholders  shall be provided for use at the annual meeting.  However,  if the
nominating  committee  shall fail or refuse to act at least 20 days prior to the
annual  meeting,  nominations for directors may be made at the annual meeting by
any shareholder entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         SECTION 15. New Business.  At an annual  meeting of  shareholders  only
such new business  shall be conducted,  and only such  proposals  shall be acted
upon,  as shall  have been  properly  brought  before the  meeting.  For any new
business  proposed  by  management  to be  properly  brought  before  the annual
meeting,  such new business shall be approved by the board of directors,  either
directly  or  through  its  approval  of proxy  solicitation  materials  related
thereto,  and shall be stated in  writing  and filed with the  secretary  of the
association  at least 20 days  before  the date of the annual  meeting,  and all
business  so  stated,  proposed  and filed  shall be  considered  at the  annual
meeting.  Any  shareholder may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and
the same may be discussed and considered, but unless properly brought before the
meeting such proposal shall not be acted upon at the meeting.  For a proposal to
be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder,  the shareholder
must have  given  timely  notice  thereof in  writing  to the  secretary  of the
association.  To be timely,  a  shareholder's  notice  must be  delivered  to or
received at the principal executive offices of the association, not less than 20
days prior to the meeting;  provided,  however, that in the event that less than
30 days notice of the date of the meeting is given to shareholders (which notice
shall be accompanied by a proxy or information  statement  which  describes each
matter  proposed  by the board of  directors  to be acted upon at the  meeting),
notice by the  shareholder  to be timely must be so received  not later than the
close of business on the 10th day  following the day on which such notice of the
date of the annual meeting was mailed.  A shareholder's  notice to the secretary
shall set forth as to each matter the  shareholder  proposes to bring before the
annual meeting:  (a) a brief  description of the proposal  desired to be brought
before the annual meeting; (b) the name and address of the shareholder proposing
such  business and (c) the class and number of shares of the  association  which
are owned of record by the shareholder.  Notwithstanding  anything in the bylaws
to the contrary,  no business  shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 15.

         SECTION 16. Informal Action by Shareholders.  Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of shareholders,  or any other action which may be taken at a
meeting of  shareholders,  may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing,
setting  forth the  action so taken,  shall be given by all of the  shareholders
entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.


                                   ARTICLE III

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         SECTION 1. General Powers.  The business and affairs of the association
shall be under the direction of its board of  directors.  The board of directors
shall  annually  elect a chairman  of the board and a  president  from among its
members and shall designate,  when present,  either the chairman of the board or
the president to preside at its meetings.

         SECTION 2. Number and Term.  The board of  directors  shall  consist of
eleven members and shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number
as possible. The

                                        5

<PAGE>



members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their
successors  are  elected  and  qualified.  One class  shall be elected by ballot
annually.

         SECTION  3.  Regular  Meetings.  A  regular  meeting  of the  board  of
directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately  after,
and at the same  place as,  the annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  The board of
directors  may  provide,   by  resolution,   the  time  and  place,  within  the
association's  normal lending  territory,  for the holding of additional regular
meetings without other notice than such resolution.

         SECTION 4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors
may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,  the president,
or one-third of the directors.  The persons  authorized to call special meetings
of the board of directors,  may fix any place,  within the association's  normal
lending territory,  as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of
directors called by such persons.

         Members of the board of directors may  participate in special  meetings
by means of conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation
shall constitute presence in person but shall not constitute  attendance for the
purpose of compensation pursuant to Section 12 of this Article.

         SECTION 5. Notice. Written notice of any special meeting shall be given
to each director at least two days prior thereto when delivered personally or by
telegram  or at least  five days prior  thereto  when  delivered  by mail at the
address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered  when  deposited in the mail so  addressed,  with postage
prepaid  if  mailed  or  when  delivered  to the  telegraph  company  if sent by
telegram.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing  filed with
the  secretary.  The  attendance of a director at a meeting  shall  constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting,  except where a director attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business  because the
meeting  is  not  lawfully  called  or  convened.  Neither  the  business  to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need be
specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

         SECTION 6.  Quorum.  A majority  of the  number of  directors  fixed by
Section 2 of this Article III shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of
business  at any  meeting  of the  board of  directors;  but if less  than  such
majority  is present  at a meeting,  a majority  of the  directors  present  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time.  Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be
given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.

         SECTION 7. Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the board
of directors,  unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office
or by these bylaws.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         SECTION 8. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  board of  directors  at a  meeting  may be taken  without  a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the directors.

         SECTION 9. Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by sending
a  written  notice of such  resignation  to the home  office of the  association
addressed  to the  chairman  of the  board or the  president.  Unless  otherwise
specified,  such  resignation  shall take effect upon receipt by the chairman of
the board or the president.  More than three  consecutive  absences from regular
meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by resolution of the board of
directors,  shall  automatically  constitute a resignation,  effective when such
resignation is accepted by the board of directors.

         SECTION 10. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors
may be filled by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the remaining  directors
although  less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A director  elected to
fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by
the shareholders.  Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the
number of directors  may be filled by election by the board of  directors  for a
term of office  continuing  only until the next  election  of  directors  by the
shareholders.

         SECTION  11.  Compensation.  Directors,  as such,  may receive a stated
salary for their services. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable
fixed sum, and  reasonable  expenses of  attendance,  if any, may be allowed for
each  regular or special  meeting of the board of  directors.  Members of either
standing  or special  committees  may be allowed  such  compensation  for actual
attendance at committee meetings as the board of directors may determine.

         SECTION 12. Presumption of Assent. A director of the association who is
present  at a  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors  at  which  action  on any
association  matter is taken shall be  presumed  to have  assented to the action
taken unless his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of
the meeting or unless he or she shall file a written dissent to such action with
the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof
or shall  forward  such  dissent  by  registered  mail to the  secretary  of the
association within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting
is  received.  Such right to dissent  shall not apply to a director who voted in
favor of such action.

         SECTION 13. Removal of Directors.  At a meeting of shareholders  called
expressly for that  purpose,  any director may be removed for cause by a vote of
the holders of a majority of the shares then  entitled to vote at an election of
directors.  If less  than  the  entire  board  is to be  removed,  no one of the
directors  may be  removed  if the  votes  cast  against  the  removal  would be
sufficient to elect a director if then cumulatively  voted at an election of the
class of directors of which such director is a part. Whenever the holders of the
shares  of any  class  are  entitled  to  elect  one or  more  directors  by the
provisions of the charter or supplemental  sections  thereto,  the provisions of
this section  shall apply,  in respect to the removal of a director or directors
so

                                        7

<PAGE>



elected,  to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class and
not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                         EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

         SECTION 1. Appointment.  The board of directors,  by resolution adopted
by a majority of the full board,  may designate the chief executive  officer and
two or more of the other  directors to  constitute an executive  committee.  The
designation  of any committee  pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of
authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors,  or any director,
of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

         SECTION  2.  Authority.  The  executive  committee,  when the  board of
directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of
the board of directors  except to the extent,  if any, that such authority shall
be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also
that the  executive  committee  shall  not have the  authority  of the  board of
directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends;  the amendment of the
charter or bylaws of the association, or recommending to the shareholders a plan
of merger,  consolidation,  or conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition
of all or  substantially  all of the  property  and  assets  of the  association
otherwise  than in the usual and  regular  course of its  business;  a voluntary
dissolution of the  association;  a revocation of any of the  foregoing;  or the
approval  of a  transaction  in which  any  member of the  executive  committee,
directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.

         SECTION  3.  Tenure.  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section 8 of this
Article IV, each member of the executive  committee  shall hold office until the
next  regular  annual  meeting of the board of  directors  following  his or her
designation  and until a successor is  designated  as a member of the  executive
committee.

         SECTION 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be
held without notice at such times and places as the executive  committee may fix
from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may
be called by any member  thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the
place,  date, and hour of the meeting,  which notice may be written or oral. Any
member of the executive  committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice
of any meeting  need be given to any member  thereof who attends in person.  The
notice of a  meeting  of the  executive  committee  need not state the  business
proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

         SECTION 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee
shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business  at any  meeting
thereof,  and  action  of the  executive  committee  must be  authorized  by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  members  present at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.

                                        8

<PAGE>



         SECTION 6. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  executive  committee  at a  meeting  may be taken  without a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

         SECTION 7.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy in the  executive  committee may be
filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

         SECTION  8.  Resignations  and  Removal.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted
by a  majority  of the full  board of  directors.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may resign from the executive  committee at any time by giving written
notice to the  president  or  secretary  of the  association.  Unless  otherwise
specified,  such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt;  the acceptance
of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

         SECTION 9. Procedure.  The executive  committee shall elect a presiding
officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure  which shall not
be  inconsistent  with  these  bylaws.  It shall  keep  regular  minutes  of its
proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at
the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.

         SECTION 10. Other Committees.  The board of directors may by resolution
establish an audit,  loan, or other committee  composed of directors as they may
determine to be necessary or appropriate  for the conduct of the business of the
association and may prescribe the duties, constitution and procedures thereof.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION  1.  Positions.  The  officers  of the  association  shall be a
president,  one or more vice  presidents,  a secretary and a treasurer,  each of
whom shall be elected by the board of directors. The board of directors may also
designate the chairman of the board as an officer.  The  president  shall be the
chief executive officer,  unless the board of directors  designates the chairman
of the board as the chief executive  officer.  The president shall be a director
of the  association.  The offices of the  secretary and treasurer may be held by
the same person and a vice  president  may also be either the  secretary  or the
treasurer.  The board of directors may designate one or more vice  presidents as
executive  vice president or senior vice  president.  The board of directors may
also elect or authorize the  appointment  of such other officers as the business
of the  association  may require.  The officers  shall have such  authority  and
perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or
determine.  In the  absence of action by the board of  directors,  the  officers
shall  have such  powers  and duties as  generally  pertain to their  respective
offices.


                                        9

<PAGE>



         SECTION 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the association
shall be elected  annually at the first  meeting of the board of directors  held
after each annual  meeting of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers is
not held at such  meeting,  such  election  shall be held as soon  thereafter as
possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected
and  qualified  or until the  officer's  death,  resignation,  or removal in the
manner hereinafter provided.  Election or appointment of an officer, employee or
agent shall not of itself create contractual  rights. The board of directors may
authorize the association to enter into an employment  contract with any officer
in accordance with regulations of the Office;  but no such contract shall impair
the  right of the  board of  directors  to  remove  any  officer  at any time in
accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.

         SECTION  3.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be  removed  by the  board  of
directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the association will be
served  thereby,  but such  removal,  other  than for  cause,  shall be  without
prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

         SECTION  4.  Vacancies.  A  vacancy  in any  office  because  of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification,  or otherwise may be filled by the board
of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

         SECTION 5.  Remuneration.  The  remuneration  of the officers  shall be
fixed from time to time by the board of directors.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

         SECTION 1.  Contracts.  To the extent  permitted by  regulations of the
Office,  and except as  otherwise  prescribed  by these  bylaws with  respect to
certificates  for shares,  the board of  directors  may  authorize  any officer,
employee,  or agent of the association to enter into any contract or execute and
deliver any  instrument  in the name of and on behalf of the  association.  Such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

         SECTION  2.  Loans.  No loans  shall be  contracted  on  behalf  of the
association and no evidence of  indebtedness  shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by the board of directors.  Such authority may be general or confined
to specific instances.

         SECTION 3. Checks,  Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money,  notes or other  evidences of  indebtedness  issued in the
name of the  association  shall be signed by one or more officers,  employees or
agents  of the  association  in  such  manner  as  shall  from  time  to time be
determined by the board of directors.


                                       10

<PAGE>



         SECTION  4.  Deposits.  All  funds  of the  association  not  otherwise
employed shall be deposited  from time to time to the credit of the  association
in any of its duly authorized depositories as the board of directors may select.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                   CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

         SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of
capital stock of the association shall be in such form as shall be determined by
the board of directors and approved by the Office.  Such  certificates  shall be
signed by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the association
authorized by the board of directors,  attested by the secretary or an assistant
secretary,  and sealed  with the  corporate  seal or a  facsimile  thereof.  The
signatures  of  such  officers  upon  a  certificate  may be  facsimiles  if the
certificate  is  manually  signed on behalf of a transfer  agent or a  registrar
other than the association itself or one of its employees.  Each certificate for
shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.
The name and  address  of the person to whom the  shares  are  issued,  with the
number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books
of the association. All certificates surrendered to the association for transfer
shall be  cancelled  and no new  certificate  shall be issued  until the  former
certificate  for a like  number of shares  has been  surrendered  or  cancelled,
except that in case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be
issued  upon  such  terms  and  indemnity  to the  association  as the  board of
directors may prescribe.

         SECTION 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of capital stock of
the association  shall be made only on its stock transfer  books.  Authority for
such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record or by his or her legal
representative,  who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority,  or by his
or her attorney  authorized by a duly executed  power of attorney and filed with
the association.  Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation
of the certificate  for such shares.  The person in whose name shares of capital
stock stand on the books of the  association  shall be deemed by the association
to be the owner for all purposes.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            FISCAL YEAR; ANNUAL AUDIT

         The  fiscal  year  of the  association  shall  end on the  last  day of
September of each year. The  association  shall be subject to an annual audit as
of the end of its fiscal year by independent public accountants appointed by and
responsible to the board of directors. The appointment of such accountants shall
be subject to annual ratification by the shareholders.



                                       11

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    DIVIDENDS

         Subject to the terms of the  association's  charter and the regulations
and  orders  of the  Office,  the  board of  directors  may,  from time to time,
declare,  and the  association may pay,  dividends on its outstanding  shares of
capital stock.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

         The board of directors may provide an1 association  seal which shall be
two concentric  circles between which shall be the name of the association.  The
year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   AMENDMENTS

         These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with the regulations
of the Office at any time by a majority vote of the full board of directors,  or
by a majority vote of the votes cast by the  shareholders  of the association at
any legal meeting.



                                       12


         INDENTURE,  dated as of  __________,  1997,  between The  Bryan-College
Station  Holding  Company,  a corporation  duly organized and existing under the
laws of the  State  of  Delaware  (herein  called  the  "Company"),  having  its
principal   office   at   2900   Texas   Avenue,   Bryan,   Texas   77802,   and
[_____________________________],   a  banking  corporation  duly  organized  and
existing  under the laws of the State of [________],  as Trustee  (herein called
the "Trustee").

                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

         The Company has duly  authorized  the creation of an issue of its ____%
_______________  Subordinated  Debentures  due _______ , 2002 (herein called the
"Securities") of substantially  the tenor and amount  hereinafter set forth, and
to provide  therefor the Company has duly  authorized the execution and delivery
of this Indenture.

         All things  necessary  to make the  Securities,  when  executed  by the
Company  and  authenticated  and  delivered  hereunder  and duly  issued  by the
Company,  the valid  obligations  of the Company,  and to make this  Indenture a
valid  agreement of the Company,  in accordance  with their and its terms,  have
been done.

         NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

         For  and in  consideration  of the  premises  and the  purchase  of the
Securities  by the Holders  thereof,  it is mutually  agreed,  for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

                                   ARTICLE ONE
                        Definitions and Other Provisions
                             of General Application

SECTION 101.      Definitions.

         For all  purposes  of this  Indenture,  except as  otherwise  expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (1)  the  terms  defined  in this  Article  have  the meanings
         assigned to  them in this Article and include the plural as well as the
         singular;

                  (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
         Indenture  Act,  either  directly  or by  reference  therein,  have the
         meanings assigned to them therein;

                  (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
         meanings  assigned  to  them  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
         accounting  principles,  and,  except  as  otherwise  herein  expressly
         provided,  the term "generally  accepted  accounting  principles"  with
         respect to any computation required or permitted


<PAGE>



         hereunder  shall  mean  such  accounting  principles  as are  generally
         accepted at the date of such computation; and

                  (4) the words  "herein,"  "hereof" and  "hereunder"  and other
         words of similar  import" refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to
         any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

         "Act," when used with respect to any Holder,  has the meaning specified
in Section 104.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control  with  such  specified  Person.  For the  purposes  of this  definition,
"control,"  when used with  respect to any  specified  Person means the power to
direct the  management  and  policies of such  Person,  directly or  indirectly,
whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or otherwise;
and the terms  "controlling" and "controlled"  have meanings  correlative to the
foregoing."

         "Authenticating  Agent"  means any  Person  authorized  by the  Trustee
pursuant  to  Section  614 to act on  behalf  of  the  Trustee  to  authenticate
Securities.

         "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company
or any duly authorized committee of that board.

         "Board  Resolution"  means  a copy  of a  resolution  certified  by the
Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by
the Board of  Directors  and to be in full  force and effect on the date of such
certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Business  Day" means each  Monday,  Tuesday,  Wednesday,  Thursday and
Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in Texas or New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

         "Claim" shall have the meaning  assigned  thereto in Section  101(5) of
the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended to the date of this Indenture.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
to time constituted,  created under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, or, if
at any time  after the  execution  of this  instrument  such  Commission  is not
existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust  Indenture
Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

         "Common Stock" includes any stock of any class of the Company which has
no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts  payable in the event of any
voluntary or involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution or winding-up of the Company
and which is not subject to redemption by the Company.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>



         "Company"  means  the  Person  named  as the  "Company"  in  the  first
paragraph  of this  instrument  until a successor  Person shall have become such
pursuant  to  the  applicable  provisions  of  this  Indenture,  and  thereafter
"Company" shall mean such successor Person.

         "Company  Request" or "Company  Order" means,  respectively,  a written
request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board,
its Vice Chairman of the Board,  its President or a Vice  President,  and by its
Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer,  its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and
delivered to the Trustee.

         "Corporate  Trust Office" means the principal  office of the Trustee in
Chicago,  Illinois at which at any particular  time its corporate trust business
shall be administered.

         "Corporation" means a corporation,  association,  company,  joint-stock
company or business trust.

         "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

         "Excess Proceeds" has the meaning specified in Section 1115.

         "FDIC"  means  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance   Corporation  or  its
successor.

         "General  Obligations"  means all  obligations  of the  Company to make
payment on account of claims of general creditors, other than (A) obligations on
account of Senior  Indebtedness and (B) obligations on account of the Securities
and  indebtedness  for money borrowed  ranking pari passu with or subordinate to
the Securities.

         "Holder"  means a Person in whose name a Security is  registered in the
Security Register.

         "Indebtedness  for  Money  Borrowed,"  when used  with  respect  to the
Company,  means any obligation of, or any obligation  guaranteed by, the Company
for the  repayment  of  borrowed  money,  whether  or not  evidenced  by  bonds,
debentures, notes or other written instruments.

         "Indenture"  means this instrument as originally  executed or as it may
from  time  to  time  be  supplemented  or  amended  by one or  more  indentures
supplemental  hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable  provisions hereof,
including,  for all  purposes  of this  instrument  and  any  such  supplemental
indenture,  the  provisions  of the Trust  Indenture Act that are deemed to be a
part  of and  govern  this  instrument  and  any  such  supplemental  indenture,
respectively.

         "Interest  Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
interest on the Securities.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>



         "Junior Securities" means (1) shares of Common Stock, (2) shares of any
other class or classes of capital stock of the Company,  (3) any other  non-debt
securities of the Company  (whether or not such other securities are convertible
into Junior  Securities of the Company),  or (4) debt  securities of the Company
(other  than  the  Securities)  as to  which,  in  the  instrument  creating  or
evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided
that such debt securities are not Senior Indebtedness with respect to, or do not
rank pari passu with, the Securities.

         "Major Depository Institution Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary that is an
insured  depository  institution  and that is under the "control" of the Company
(as such term is defined in 12 C.F.R. S 574.4(a));  provided,  however, that any
Subsidiary that had consolidated  quarterly  average total assets that were less
than 20% of the Company's  consolidated  quarterly  average total assets for the
most recently  available  quarter  shall not be deemed to be a Major  Depository
Institution Subsidiary.

         "Maturity,"  when used with respect to any Security,  means the date on
which the  principal  of such  Security  becomes  due and  payable as therein or
herein   provided,   whether  at  the  Stated  Maturity  or  by  declaration  of
acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

         "Officers'  Certificate"  means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President,  and
by  the  Treasurer,  an  Assistant  Treasurer,  the  Secretary  or an  Assistant
Secretary,  of the Company,  and  delivered to the Trustee.  One of the officers
signing an  Officers'  Certificate  given  pursuant to Section 1004 shall be the
principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company.

         "Opinion of Counsel"  means a written  opinion of counsel  delivered to
the Trustee,  who may be counsel for the Company, and who shall be acceptable to
the Trustee.

         "OTS" means the Office of Thrift Supervision or its successor.

         "Outstanding,"  when used with respect to Securities,  means, as of the
date of determination,  all Securities  theretofore  authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture, except:

                         (i) Securities  theretofore  canceled by the Trustee or
                    delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

                         (ii)  Securities for whose payment or redemption  money
                    in the necessary amount has been theretofore  deposited with
                    the Trustee or any Paying  Agent (other than the Company) in
                    trust or set aside and  segregated  in trust by the  Company
                    (if the Company  shall act as its own paying  Agent) for the
                    Holders  of  such   Securities;   provided   that,  if  such
                    Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has
                    been duly given pursuant to this

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



                    Indenture or provision therefor  satisfactory to the Trustee
                    has been made; and

                         (iii)  Securities  which  have  been paid  pursuant  to
                    Section  306 or in  exchange  for or in lieu of which  other
                    Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to
                    this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of
                    which there shall have been  presented to the Trustee  proof
                    satisfactory  to it that such  Securities are held by a bona
                    fide  purchaser  in whose  hands such  Securities  are valid
                    obligations  of the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  in
                    determining  whether the Holders of the requisite  principal
                    amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request,
                    demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent or waiver
                    hereunder,  Securities  owned by the  Company  or any  other
                    obligor upon the  Securities or any Affiliate of the Company
                    or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not
                    to be Outstanding,  except that, in determining  whether the
                    Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request,
                    demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver,
                    only Securities which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall
                    be so  disregarded.  Securities  so owned  which  have  been
                    pledged in good faith may be regarded as  Outstanding if the
                    pledgee  establishes to the  satisfaction of the Trustee the
                    pledgee's  right so to act with  respect to such  Securities
                    and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor
                    upon the  Securities  or any  affiliate of the Company or of
                    such other obligor.

         "Paying  Agent" means any Person  authorized  by the Company to pay the
principal of (and  premium,  if any) or interest on any  Securities on behalf of
the Company.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust,  unincorporated  organization  or  government  or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

         "Predecessor  Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security  evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular  Security;  and,  for the purposes of this  definition,  any Security
authenticated  and  delivered  under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Security shall be deemed to evidence the
same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

         "Proceeding" has the meaning specified in Section 1202.

         "Redemption  Date,"  when  used  with  respect  to any  Security  to be
redeemed,  means  the date  fixed for such  redemption  by or  pursuant  to this
Indenture.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



         "Redemption  Price,"  when  used with  respect  to any  Security  to be
redeemed,  means  the  price  at  which it is to be  redeemed  pursuant  to this
Indenture.

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest  payable on any Interest Payment
Date means July 1,  October 1,  January 1 or April 1 (whether  or not a Business
Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

         "Securities"  has  the  meaning  specified  in  the  Recitals  to  this
Indenture.

         "Securities Payment" has the meaning specified in Section 1202.

         "Security  Register"  and  "Security  Registrar"  have  the  respective
meanings specified in Section 305.

         "Senior  Indebtedness" means the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on the following,  whether outstanding at the date of execution of this
Indenture or thereafter  incurred,  assumed or created:  (a) indebtedness of the
Company for money  borrowed  or  purchased,  similar  obligations  arising  from
off-balance  sheet  guarantees and direct credit  substitutes,  and  obligations
associated with derivative  products such as interest and foreign  exchange rate
contracts, commodity contracts, and similar arrangements, and (b) any deferrals,
renewals, extensions and refundings of any such Senior Indebtedness;  other than
(i) any  indebtedness or obligation as to which,  in the instrument  creating or
evidencing  the  same or  pursuant  to  which  She  same is  outstanding,  it is
expressly  provided that such  obligation  (A) is not Senior  Indebtedness  with
respect to the Securities or (B) ranks pari passu with the Securities;  and (ii)
indebtedness evidenced by the Securities.

         "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

         "Stated  Maturity,"  when  used with  respect  to any  Security  or any
installment  of interest  thereon,  means the date specified in such Security as
the fixed date on which the  principal of such Security or such  installment  of
interest is due and payable.

         "Subsidiary"  means a  corporation  more  than  50% of the  outstanding
voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one
or  more  other  Subsidiaries,   or  by  the  Company  and  one  or  more  other
Subsidiaries.  For the purposes of this  definition,  "voting stock" means stock
which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors,  whether at all
times  or only so long as no  senior  class of stock  has such  voting  power by
reason of any contingency.

         "Trustee"  means  the  Person  named  as the  "Trustee"  in  the  first
paragraph of this  instrument  until a successor  Trustee shall have become such
pursuant  to  the  applicable  provisions  of  this  Indenture,  and  thereafter
"Trustee" shall mean such successor Trustee.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>



         "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force
at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that in
the event the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 is amended  after such date,  "Trust
Indenture Act" means, to the extent  required by any such  amendment,  the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

         "Vice President," when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee,
means any vice  president,  whether or not  designated  by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "vice president."

SECTION 102.     Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

         Upon any  application  or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this  Indenture,  the Company shall furnish to
the  Trustee  such   certificates  and  opinions  stating  that  all  conditions
precedent,  if any,  provided  for in this  Indenture  relating to the  proposed
action have been complied with, except that, in the case of any such application
or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required
by any provision of this Indenture  relating to such  particular  application or
request,  no  additional  certificate  or opinion need be  furnished.  Each such
certificate  or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers'  Certificate,
if to be given by an officer of the Company,  or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be
given by counsel,  and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture
Act and any other requirement set forth in this Indenture.

         Every  certificate  or  opinion  with  respect  to  compliance  with  a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

               (1) a statement that each individual  signing such certificate or
          opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein
          relating thereto;

               (2)  a  brief  statement  as to  the  nature  and  scope  of  the
          examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements or opinions
          contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

               (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual,  he
          has made such  examination or  investigation as is necessary to enable
          him to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not such covenant
          or condition has been complied with; and

               (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such
          individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 103.     Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

         In any case where  several  matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified  Person,  it is not  necessary  that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by
only one  document,  but one such  Person may  certify  or give an opinion  with
respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other  matters,
and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such  matters in one or
several documents.

         Any  certificate  or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal  matters,  upon a  certificate  or opinion of, or
representations  by,  counsel,  unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or  representations
with respect to the matters upon which his  certificate  or opinion is based are
erroneous.  Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based,  insofar as
it  relates  to  factual   matters,   upon  a  certificate  or  opinion  of,  or
representations  by, an officer or  officers  of the  Company  stating  that the
information  with respect to such factual  matters is in the  possession  of the
Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should
know,  that the certificate or opinion or  representations  with respect to such
matters are erroneous.

         Where any  Person is  required  to make,  give or  execute  two or more
applications,  requests, consents,  certificates,  statements, opinions or other
instruments  under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated  and
form one instrument.

SECTION 104.     Acts of Holders; Record Dates.

         (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver  or  other  action  provided  by this  Indenture  to be given or taken by
Holders  may  be  embodied  in and  evidenced  by one  or  more  instruments  of
substantially  similar  tenor signed by such Holders in person or by their agent
duly appointed in writing;  and, except as herein otherwise  expressly provided,
such action shall become  effective  when such  instrument  or  instruments  are
received by the  Trustee  and,  where it is hereby  expressly  required,  to the
Company.  Such instrument or instruments  (and the action  embodied  therein and
evidenced  thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders
signing  such  instrument  or  instruments.  Proof  of  execution  of  any  such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this  Indenture  and (subject to Section 601)  conclusive in favor of
the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

         (b) The  fact  and  date of the  execution  by any  Person  of any such
instrument  or  writing  may be proved  by the  affidavit  of a witness  of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer  authorized by
law to take  acknowledgments  of deeds,  certifying that the individual  signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution  is by a  signer  acting  in a  capacity  other  than  his  individual
capacity,  such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute  sufficient proof
of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such  instrument or
writing,  or the authority of the Person  executing the same, may also be proved
in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

         (c) The  Company  may,  in the  circumstances  permitted  by the  Trust
Indenture  Act,  by  Board  Resolution  fix any day as the  record  date for the
purpose of determining the Holders

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice,
consent,  waiver  or  other  action,  or to vote on any  action,  authorized  or
permitted  to be given or taken by Holders.  If not set by the Company  prior to
the first  solicitation  of a Holder  made by any  Person in respect of any such
action,  or, in the case of any such vote,  prior to such vote,  the record date
for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the
most recent list of Holders  required  to be provided  pursuant to Section  701)
prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any
record date,  only the Holders on such date (or their duly  designated  proxies)
shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action.

         (d) The  ownership  of  Securities  shall  be  proved  by the  Security
Register.

         (e) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder
of the  same  Security  and  the  Holder  of  every  Security  issued  upon  the
registration of transfer  thereof or in exchange  therefor or in lieu thereof in
respect of anything  done,  omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the
Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon
such Security.

SECTION 105.     Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.

         Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Holders or other  document  provided or permitted by this Indenture to
be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

                  (1) the  Trustee  by any  Holder  or by the  Company  shall be
         sufficient  for every purpose  hereunder if made,  given,  furnished or
         filed    in    writing    to   or    with    the    Trustee    at   its
         [_________________________________________]; or

                  (2) the  Company  by the  Trustee  or by any  Holder  shall be
         sufficient  for  every  purpose   hereunder  (unless  otherwise  herein
         expressly  provided)  if in writing  and  mailed,  first-class  postage
         prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal
         office  specified in the first  paragraph of this  instrument or at any
         other  address  previously  furnished  in writing to the Trustee by the
         Company.

SECTION 106.     Notice to Holders; Waiver.

         Where this Indenture  provides for notice to Holders of any event, such
notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly  provided)
if in writing and mailed,  first-class  postage prepaid, to each Holder affected
by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register,  not later
than the latest date (if any),  and not earlier than the earliest date (if any),
prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is
given by mail,  neither the failure to mail such  notice,  nor any defect in any
notice so mailed,  to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such
notice with respect to other Holders.  Where this Indenture  provides for notice
in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



Person  entitled to receive such notice,  either before or after the event,  and
such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders
shall be filed  with the  Trustee,  but such  filing  shall  not be a  condition
precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

         In case by reason of the  suspension  of  regular  mail  service  or by
reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail,
then such  notification  as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

SECTION 107.     Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

         If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision
of the Trust  Indenture Act that is required  under such Act to be a part of and
govern this Indenture,  the latter provision shall control.  If any provision of
this  Indenture  modifies or excludes any  provision of the Trust  Indenture Act
that may be so modified or  excluded,  the latter  provision  shall be deemed to
apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

SECTION 108.     Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

         The Article and Section  headings  herein and the Table of Contents are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 109.     Successors and Assigns.

         All  covenants and  agreements  in this  Indenture by the Company shall
bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 110.     Separability Clause.

         In case any provision in this Indenture or in the  Securities  shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 111.     Benefits of Indenture.

         Nothing in this  Indenture  or in the  Securities,  express or implied,
shall give to any Person, other than (a) the parties hereto and their successors
hereunder, (b) the holders of Senior Indebtedness, (c) the Holders of Securities
and (d) subject to Section 901, the creditors in respect of General Obligations,
any  benefit-or  any  legal or  equitable  right,  remedy  or claim  under  this
Indenture.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



SECTION 112.     Governing Law.

         This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 113.     Legal Holidays.

         In any case where any Interest Payment Date,  Redemption Date or Stated
Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then  (notwithstanding any
other provision of this Indenture or of the  Securities)  payment of interest or
principal  (and premium,  if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made
on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on
the  Interest  Payment  Date or  Redemption  Date,  or at the  Stated  Maturity,
provided  that no  interest  shall  accrue  for the  period  from and after such
Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.


                                   ARTICLE TWO
                                 Security Forms

SECTION 201.     Forms Generally.

         The Securities, the conversion notice and the Trustee's certificates of
authentication  shall be in  substantially  the forms set forth in this Article,
with such appropriate insertions, omissions,  substitutions and other variations
as are  required or  permitted  by this  Indenture,  and may have such  letters,
numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed
thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any  securities  exchange
or as may,  consistently  herewith, be determined by the officers executing such
Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities.

         The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be
produced in any other manner  permitted by the rules of any securities  exchange
on which  the  Securities  may be  listed,  all as  determined  by the  officers
executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.



                                      -11-

<PAGE>



SECTION 202.     Form of Face of Security.

         THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR SAVINGS ACCOUNT AND IS NOT INSURED BY
THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER  GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY OR
INSTRUMENTALITY.


                    THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION HOLDING COMPANY

                 ____% Subordinated Debenture due _______, 2002

No.                                                           $

The  Bryan-College  Station Holding  Company,  a corporation  duly organized and
existing under the laws of Delaware  (herein  called the  "Company,"  which term
includes any successor Person under the Indenture  hereinafter referred to), for
value received, hereby promises to pay to ______________________________________
____________________, or registered  assigns,  the principal sum of $ Dollars on
__________,  2002, and to pay interest thereon from _________,  1997 or from the
most  recent  Interest  Payment  Date to which  interest  has been  paid or duly
provided for,  quarterly on July 15, October 15, January 15 and April 15 in each
year,  commencing  ________,  1997,  at the rate of ____% per  annum,  until the
principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable,
and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest  Payment Date will, as
provided in such  Indenture,  be paid to the Person in whose name this  Security
(or one or more  Predecessor  Securities) is registered at the close of business
on the Regular Record Date for such interest,  which shall be July 1, October 1,
January 1 and April 1 (whether or not a Business  Day), as the case may be, next
preceding such Interest  Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually  paid
or duly  provided for will  forthwith  cease to be payable to the Holder on such
Regular  Record  Date and may  either be paid to the  Person in whose  name this
Security (or one or more  Predecessor  Securities) is registered at the close of
business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted  Interest to
be fixed by the Trustee,  notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities
not less than 10 days prior to such Special  Record Date, or be paid at any time
in any  other  lawful  manner  not  inconsistent  with the  requirements  of any
securities  exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice
as may be  required  by  such  exchange,  all as  more  fully  provided  in said
Indenture.  Payment of the  principal of (and  premium,  if any) and interest on
this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for
that purpose in the [CITY OF _______, ________,] in such coin or currency of the
United  States of America as at the time of payment is legal  tender for payment
of public  and  private  debts;  provided,  however,  that at the  option of the
Company  payment of interest  may be made by check  mailed to the address of the
Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

         Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set
forth on the reverse  hereof,  which further  provisions  shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

                                      -12-

<PAGE>



         Unless the  certificate of  authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security
shall  not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under  the  Indenture  or be  valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed under its corporate seal.


Dated:                              THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION HOLDING COMPANY



                                    By:
                                        ----------------------------------------

Attest:



SECTION 203.     Form of Reverse of Security.

         This  Security is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Securities of the
Company  designated  as its ____%  Subordinated  Debentures  due ________ , 2002
(herein  called the  "Securities"),  limited in  aggregate  principal  amount to
$__________, issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of ________ _,
1997   (herein    called   the    "Indenture"),    between   the   Company   and
[_____________________________],  as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee," which
term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and
all indentures  supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of
the respective rights,  limitations of rights,  duties and immunities thereunder
of the Company,  the Trustee, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders
of the  Securities,  and of the terms upon which the Securities  are, and are to
be, authenticated and delivered.

         The indebtedness  evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided
in the  Indenture,  subordinate  and  subject  in right of  payment to the prior
payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness,  and this Security is issued subject
to the  provisions of the Indenture  with respect  thereto.  Each Holder of this
Security,  by  accepting  the  same,  (a)  agrees  to and shall be bound by such
provisions,  (b)  authorizes  and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such
action as may be necessary or  appropriate to effectuate  the  subordination  so
provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his  attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes.

         If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing,  the principal of
all the  Securities  may be declared  due and payable in the manner and with the
effect provided in the Indenture.


                                      -13-

<PAGE>



         The  indebtedness  evidenced by this Security is issued  subject to the
provisions  of the  Indenture  regarding  payments  to  creditors  in respect of
General Obligations (as defined in the Indenture). In particular,  the Indenture
provides  that if upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events  of  bankruptcy  or
insolvency  relating to the Company,  there remains,  after giving effect to the
subordination  provisions referred to in the preceding paragraph,  any amount of
cash, property or securities available for payment or distribution in respect of
Securities (as defined in the  Indenture,  "Excess  Proceeds"),  and if, at such
time, any creditors in respect of General  Obligations have not received payment
in full of all  amounts  due or to become due on or in  respect of such  General
Obligations,  then such Excess Proceeds shall first be applied to pay or provide
for the  payment  in full of such  General  Obligations  before  any  payment or
distribution may be made in respect of Securities.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and  obligations  of the
Company and the rights of the Holders of the  Securities  under the Indenture at
any time by the  Company  and the  Trustee  with the consent of the Holders of a
66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding.
The  Indenture  also  contains  provisions  permitting  the Holders of specified
percentages  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Securities  at  the  time
Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities, to waive compliance
by the Company  with  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  and  certain  past
defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver
by the Holder of this Security  shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder
and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  herefor  or in lieu  hereof,
whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

         No reference  herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security
or of the Indenture  shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company,  which
is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest  on this  Security  at the  times,  place and rate,  and in the coin or
currency, herein prescribed.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set  forth,  the  transfer  of this  Security  is  registrable  in the  Security
Register,  upon surrender of this Security for  registration  of transfer at the
office or agency of the Company in the [CITY OF _______],  duly  endorsed by, or
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Company and the Security  Registrar  duly  executed by, the Holder hereof or his
attorney duly  authorized in writing,  and thereupon one or more new Securities,
of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be
issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

         The Securities are issuable only in registered  form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral  multiple  thereof.  As provided in the
Indenture and subject to certain limitations  therein set forth,  Securities are
exchangeable for a like aggregate  principal amount of Securities of a different
authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

                                      -14-

<PAGE>



         No service charge shall be made for any such  registration  of transfer
or exchange,  but the Company may require  payment of a sum  sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer,
the  Company,  the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes,  whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         All terms used in this  Security  which are  defined  in the  Indenture
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

         No  recourse  shall  be had  for the  payment  of the  principal  of or
interest  on this  Security,  or for any claim based  hereon,  or  otherwise  in
respect  hereof,  or based on or in respect of the  Indenture  or any  indenture
supplement thereto, against any incorporator,  stockholder, officer or director,
as  such,  past,  present  or  future,  of  the  Company  or  any  incorporator,
stockholder,  officer or director of any  successor  at law of the Company or by
the  enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise  against such person,
all  such  liability  being,  by  the  acceptance  hereof  and  as  part  of the
consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

         Each Holder of a Security covenants and agrees by his or her acceptance
thereof to comply with and be bound by the foregoing provisions.

         This Security is unsecured by any  collateral,  including the assets of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates.


SECTION 204.     Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.

         This  is one  of the  Securities  referred  to in the  within-mentioned
Indenture.


                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                      as Trustee


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                              Authorized Officer




                                      -15-

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE THREE
                                 The Securities

SECTION 301.     Title and Terms.

         The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated
and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $_______, except for Securities
authenticated  and delivered  upon  registration  of transfer of, or in exchange
for, or in lieu of, other Securities pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306 or 906.

         The Securities shall be known and designated as the "____% Subordinated
Debentures due ________ , 2002" of the Company.  Their Stated  Maturity shall be
________ _, 2002,  and they shall bear  interest at the rate of ____% per annum,
from  ________ _, 1997 or from the most recent  Interest  Payment  Date to which
interest  has been  paid or duly  provided  for,  as the  case  may be,  payable
quarterly  on  July  15,  October  15,  January  15  and  April  15,  commencing
__________,  1997,  until the  principal  thereof is paid or made  available for
payment.

         The principal of (and premium,  if any) and interest on the  Securities
shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company in the [CITY OF _______]
maintained for such purpose and at any other office or agency  maintained by the
Company for such purpose;  provided,  however, that at the option of the Company
payment of  interest  may be made by check  mailed to the  address of the Person
entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

         The  Securities  shall be  subordinated  in right of  payment to Senior
Indebtedness as provided in Article Eleven.


SECTION 302.     Denominations.

         The  Securities  shall be  issuable  only in  registered  form  without
coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

SECTION 303.     Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

         The  Securities  shall be  executed  on  behalf of the  Company  by its
Chairman of the Board,  its Vice Chairman of the Board,  its President or one of
its Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by its
Secretary or one of its  Assistant  Secretaries.  The  signature of any of these
officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

         Securities  bearing the manual or facsimile  signatures of  individuals
who were at any time the proper  officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding  that such  individuals  or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the  authentication  and delivery of such Securities or did not
hold such offices at the date of such Securities.


                                      -16-

<PAGE>



         At any time and from time to time after the  execution  and delivery of
this Indenture,  the Company may deliver  Securities  executed by the Company to
the  Trustee  for  authentication,   together  with  a  Company  Order  for  the
authentication  and delivery of such  Securities;  and the Trustee in accordance
with such Company  Order shall  authenticate  and deliver such  Securities as in
this Indenture provided and not otherwise.

         Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

         No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or  obligatory  for any purpose  unless there  appears on such  Security a
certificate  of  authentication  substantially  in the form  provided for herein
executed  by the  Trustee by manual  signature,  and such  certificate  upon any
Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security
has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 304.     Temporary Securities.

         Pending  the  preparation  of  definitive  Securities,  the Company may
execute,  and upon Company  Order the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and deliver,
temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed,  typewritten, mimeographed
or otherwise  produced,  in any authorized  denomination,  substantially  of the
tenor of the  definitive  Securities  in lieu of which  they are issued and with
such appropriate  insertions,  omissions,  substitutions and other variations as
the officers  executing such  Securities  may  determine,  as evidenced by their
execution of such Securities.

         If temporary  Securities are issued,  the Company will cause definitive
Securities to be prepared without  unreasonable  delay. After the preparation of
definitive  Securities,  the  temporary  Securities  shall be  exchangeable  for
definitive  Securities upon surrender of the temporary  Securities at any office
or agency of the Company designated  pursuant to Section 1002, without charge to
the  Holder.  Upon  surrender  for  cancellation  of any one or  more  temporary
Securities,  the Company shall execute and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and
deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of
authorized  denominations.  Until so exchanged the temporary Securities shall in
all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive
Securities.

SECTION 305.     Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

         The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee a register  (the  register  maintained  in such  office and in any other
office or agency  designated  pursuant to Section  1002 being  herein  sometimes
collectively  referred to as the "Security  Register") in which, subject to such
reasonable  regulations as it may  prescribe,  the Company shall provide for the
registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby
appointed  "Security  Registrar" for the purpose of  registering  Securities and
transfers of Securities as herein provided.


                                      -17-

<PAGE>



         Upon  surrender  for  registration  of transfer  of any  Security at an
office or agency of the Company  designated  pursuant  to Section  1002 for such
purpose,  the Company  shall  execute,  and the Trustee shall  authenticate  and
deliver,  in the name of the designated  transferee or transferees,  one or more
new Securities of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal
amount.

         At the option of the  Holder,  Securities  may be  exchanged  for other
Securities of any authorized  denominations  and of a like  aggregate  principal
amount,  upon  surrender  of the  Securities  to be  exchanged at such office or
agency.  Whenever any Securities are so  surrendered  for exchange,  the Company
shall execute,  and the Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver,  the Securities
which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

         All Securities  issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Securities  shall be the valid  obligations of the Company,  evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture,  as the Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
for  exchange  shall (if so  required  by the  Company or the  Trustee)  be duly
endorsed,  or be  accompanied  by a  written  instrument  of  transfer  in  form
satisfactory  to the Company and the Security  Registrar duly  executed;  by the
Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing,

         No service  charge  shall be made for any  registration  of transfer or
exchange of Securities,  but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection
with any  registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  of  Securities,  other  than
exchanges pursuant to Section 304 or 906 not involving any transfer.

         The Company  shall not be required (i) to issue,  register the transfer
of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business
15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of  redemption  of  Securities
selected for  redemption  under Section 1104 and ending at the close of business
on the day of such mailing,  or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any
Security so selected for  redemption in whole or in part,  except the unredeemed
portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

SECTION 306.     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

         If any mutilated  Security is surrendered  to the Trustee,  the Company
shall  execute  and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver in  exchange
therefor a new Security of like tenor and principal  amount and bearing a number
not contemporaneously outstanding.

         If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence
to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii)
such  security or  indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and
any agent of either of them  harmless,  then,  in the  absence  of notice to the
Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by

                                      -18-

<PAGE>



a bona  fide  purchaser,  the  Company  shall  execute  and  the  Trustee  shall
authenticate  and  deliver,  in  lieu of any  such  destroyed,  lost  or  stolen
Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number
not contemporaneously outstanding.

         In case any such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Security  has
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

         Upon the issuance of any new Security  under this Section,  the Company
may  require  the  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax  or  other
governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in  relation  thereto  and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

         Every new  Security  issued  pursuant  to this  Section  in lieu of any
destroyed,  lost or stolen  Security  shall  constitute  an original  additional
contractual  obligation of the Company,  whether or not the  destroyed,  lost or
stolen  Security  shall be at any  time  enforceable  by  anyone,  and  shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately  with
any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the  replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 307.     Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

         Interest on any Security  which is payable,  and is punctually  paid or
duly provided  for, on any Interest  Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in
whose name that Security (or one or more  Predecessor  Securities) is registered
at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

         Any interest on any Security  which is payable,  but is not  punctually
paid  or  duly  provided  for,  on any  Interest  Payment  Date  (herein  called
"Defaulted  Interest")  shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the
relevant  Regular  Record  Date by virtue of having been such  Holder,  and such
Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company,  at its election in each case, as
provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

                  (1) The  Company  may elect to make  payment of any  Defaulted
         Interest  to the  Persons  in whose  names  the  Securities  (or  their
         respective  Predecessor  Securities)  are  registered  at the  close of
         business on a Special  Record  Date for the  payment of such  Defaulted
         Interest,  which shall be fixed in the  following  manner.  The Company
         shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest
         proposed  to be paid  on each  Security  and the  date of the  proposed
         payment,  and at the  same  time the  Company  shall  deposit  with the
         Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be
         paid in respect

                                      -19-

<PAGE>



         of such Defaulted  Interest or shall make arrangements  satisfactory to
         the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment,
         such money when  deposited  to be held in trust for the  benefit of the
         Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.
         Thereupon the Trustee  shall fix a Special  Record Date for the payment
         of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not
         less than 10 days  prior to the date of the  proposed  payment  and not
         less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the
         proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such
         Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company,
         shall cause notice of the proposed  payment of such Defaulted  Interest
         and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed,  first-class postage
         prepaid,  to each Holder at his  address as it appears in the  Security
         Register,  not less than 10 days  prior to such  Special  Record  Date.
         Notice of the  proposed  payment  of such  Defaulted  Interest  and the
         Special  Record Date  therefor  having been so mailed,  such  Defaulted
         Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or
         their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of
         business  on such  Special  Record  Date and shall no longer be payable
         pursuant to the following clause (2).

                  (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted  Interest in
         any other lawful manner not  inconsistent  with the requirements of any
         securities  exchange on which the  Securities  may be listed,  and upon
         such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given
         by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed  payment pursuant to this
         clause,  such  manner of  payment  shall be deemed  practicable  by the
         Trustee.

         Subject to the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section,  each Security
delivered  under this Indenture upon  registration of transfer of or in exchange
for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest  accrued
and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 308.     Persons Deemed Owners.

         Prior to due  presentment of a Security for  registration  of transfer,
the  Company,  the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the  Person  in whose  name such  Security  is  registered  as the owner of such
Security for the purpose of receiving  payment of principal of (and premium,  if
any) and  (subject to Section 307)  interest on such  Security and for all other
purposes  whatsoever,  whether or not such Security be overdue,  and neither the
Company,  the  Trustee  nor any agent of the  Company  or the  Trustee  shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.


                                      -20-

<PAGE>



SECTION 309.     Cancellation.

         All Securities  surrendered  for payment,  redemption,  registration of
transfer or exchange or conversion  shall,  if  surrendered  to any Person other
than the Trustee,  be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by
it. The Company may at any time  deliver to the  Trustee  for  cancellation  any
Securities  previously  authenticated and delivered  hereunder which the Company
may have  acquired in any manner  whatsoever,  and all  Securities  so delivered
shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee.  No Securities shall be authenticated
in lieu of or in  exchange  for any  Securities  canceled  as  provided  in this
Section,  except  as  expressly  permitted  by  this  Indenture.   All  canceled
Securities  held by the  Trustee  shall be  disposed of as directed by a Company
Order.

SECTION 310.     Computation of Interest.

         Interest on the Securities  shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year of twelve 30-day months.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                           Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 401.     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

         This  Indenture  shall cease to be of further  effect (except as to any
surviving  rights  of  conversion,  registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  of
Securities herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee,  on demand of and at
the expense of the  Company,  shall  execute  proper  instruments  acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

                  (1)      either

                         (A)  all  Securities   theretofore   authenticated  and
               delivered  (other than (i) Securities  which have been destroyed,
               lost or stolen and which have been  replaced  or paid as provided
               in Section 306 and (ii)  Securities  for whose  payment money has
               theretofore  been  deposited in trust or  segregated  and held in
               trust by the  Company  and  thereafter  repaid to the  Company or
               discharged  from such trust,  as  provided in Section  1003) have
               been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

                         (B) all such  Securities not  theretofore  delivered to
               the Trustee for cancellation

                              (i) have become due and payable, or

                              (ii)  will   become   due  and  payable  at  their
                    Stated Maturity within one year, or


                                      -21-

<PAGE>



                           (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year
                  under arrangements  satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving
                  of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the
                  expense, of the Company,

         and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited
         or caused to be deposited  with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for
         the  purpose  an amount  sufficient  to pay and  discharge  the  entire
         indebtedness  on  such  Securities  not  theretofore  delivered  to the
         Trustee for  cancellation,  for  principal  (and  premium,  if any) and
         interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of  Securities  which
         have become due and  payable) or to the Stated  Maturity or  Redemption
         Date, as the case may be;

                  (2) the  Company  has paid or caused to be paid all other sums
         payable hereunder by the Company; and

                  (3) the Company  has  delivered  to the  Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
         precedent   herein  provided  for  relating  to  the  satisfaction  and
         discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

         Notwithstanding  the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture,  the
obligations  of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607 and, if money shall
have been deposited with the Trustee  pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of
this  Section,  the  obligations  of the Trustee  under Section 402 and the last
paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive.

SECTION 402.     Application of Trust Money.

         Subject to the  provisions of the last  paragraph of Section 1003,  all
money deposited with the Trustee  pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust
and applied by it, in accordance  with the provisions of the Securities and this
Indenture,  to  the  payment,  either  directly  or  through  any  Paying  Agent
(including  the  Company  acting as its own  Paying  Agent) as the  Trustee  may
determine,  to the Persons entitled thereto,  of the principal (and premium,  if
any) and  interest  for whose  payment  such money has been  deposited  with the
Trustee.



                                      -22-

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                                    Remedies

SECTION 501.     Events of Default.

         "Event  of  Default,"  wherever  used  herein,  means  any  one  of the
following  events  (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it
shall be  occasioned  by the  provisions  of Article  Eleven or be  voluntary or
involuntary  or be effected  by  operation  of law or pursuant to any  judgment,
decree  or  order  of  any  court  os  any  order,  rule  or  regulation  of any
administrative or governmental body):

                  (1) the entry by a court having  jurisdiction  in the premises
         of a decree  or order  for  relief  in  respect  of the  Company  in an
         involuntary  case or proceeding  under the Federal  bankruptcy laws, as
         now or hereafter constituted, and the continuance of any such decree or
         order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

                  (2) the  commencement  by the Company of a  voluntary  case or
         proceeding  under the  Federal  bankruptcy  laws,  as now or  hereafter
         constituted,  or the consent by the Company to the entry of a decree or
         order for relief in an  involuntary  case or proceeding  under any such
         law; or

                  (3)  (A) the  appointment  by the OTS or the  FDIC  (or  other
         competent  government agency having primary  regulatory  authority over
         any Major  Depository  Institution  Subsidiary)  under  any  applicable
         federal  or  state  banking,  insolvency  or other  similar  law now or
         hereafter  in  effect  of a  receiver,  conservator  or  other  similar
         official for any Major Depository  Institution Subsidiary or for all or
         substantially  all of its  assets or (B) the entry of a decree or order
         in any  case or  proceeding  under  any  applicable  federal  or  state
         banking,  insolvency  or other  similar law now or  hereafter in effect
         adjudging  any Major  Depository  Institution  Subsidiary  insolvent or
         bankrupt,  or  appointing  any receiver,  conservator  or other similar
         official for any Major Depository  Institution Subsidiary or for all or
         substantially  all  of  its  assets,  or  ordering  the  winding  up or
         liquidation of its affairs; or

                  (4)  (A)  the  filing  by  any  Major  Depository  Institution
         Subsidiary  with  the OTS or the FDIC (or  other  competent  government
         agency having primary  regulatory  authority over any Major  Depository
         Institution  Subsidiary) of a notice of voluntary  liquidation or other
         similar  action  under  any   applicable   federal  or  state  banking,
         insolvency  or other  similar law now or hereafter in effect or (B) the
         commencement by any Major Depository Institution Subsidiary of any case
         or proceeding under any applicable federal or state banking, insolvency
         or other  similar  law now or  hereafter  in effect  to be  adjudicated
         insolvent  or  bankrupt  or  seeking  the  appointment  of a  receiver,
         conservator or other similar official for any

                                      -23-

<PAGE>



         Major Depository Institution Subsidiary or for all or substantially all
         of its  assets,  or the  consent  by any Major  Depository  Institution
         Subsidiary  to the entry of a decree or order in any case or proceeding
         under the federal or state  banking,  insolvency  or other similar laws
         adjudging  any Major  Depository  Institution  Subsidiary  insolvent or
         bankrupt,  or  appointing  any receiver,  conservator  or other similar
         official for any Major Depository  Institution Subsidiary or for all or
         substantially  all  of  its  assets,  or  ordering  the  winding  up or
         liquidation  of its affairs,  or the taking of any corporate  action by
         any Major  Depository  Institution  Subsidiary in  furtherance  of such
         action.

                  (5) default in the payment of any  interest  upon any Security
         or any amount  payable  hereunder  when the same  shall  become due and
         payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days.

                  (6) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if
         any,  on) any  Security  when the same shall  become  due and  payable,
         whether at the Stated Maturity thereof, by acceleration or otherwise.

                  (7) default in the  performance,  or breach,  of any  material
         covenant,  representation  or warranty of the Company contained in this
         Indenture (other than a covenant,  representation or warranty a default
         in whose  performance  or whose  breath is  elsewhere  in this  Section
         specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for
         a period  of 60 days  after  there has been  given,  by  registered  or
         certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
         Trustee  by the  Holders  of at least  25% in  principal  amount of the
         Outstanding  Securities  a written  notice  specifying  such default or
         breach and  requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is
         a "Notice of Default" hereunder.

                  (8) a  default  under  any  bond,  debenture,  note  or  other
         evidence  of  indebtedness  for  money  borrowed  by the  Company  or a
         Subsidiary or under any mortgage,  indenture or instrument  under which
         there may be issued or by which there may be secured or  evidenced  any
         indebtedness  for  money  borrowed  by  the  Company  or  a  Subsidiary
         (including this  Indenture),  whether such  indebtedness  now exists or
         shall hereafter be created,  which default shall have resulted (i) in a
         failure to pay an aggregate  principal amount  exceeding  $1,000,000 of
         such  indebtedness  when due or upon the  expiration of any  applicable
         grace period with respect  thereto or (ii) in such  indebtedness  in an
         amount exceeding  $1,000,000  becoming or, with the giving of notice or
         lapse of time or both, being declared due and payable prior to the date
         on which it would  otherwise have become due and payable,  without such
         indebtedness  having been discharged,  or such acceleration having been
         rescinded  or  annulled,  within a period of 10 days after  there shall
         have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the
         Trustee or to the  Company  and the  Trustee by the Holders of at least
         25% in principal amount of the Outstanding  Securities a written notice
         specifying such

                                      -24-

<PAGE>



         default  and  requiring  the Company to cause such  indebtedness  to be
         discharged or cause such  acceleration  to be rescinded or annulled and
         stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;  provided,
         however,  that any such default shall not be deemed to have occurred if
         and so long as the Company shall  contest the validity  thereof in good
         faith by appropriate proceedings.

SECTION 502.     Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

         (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  then and in every
such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal of all the Securities to be
due and payable  immediately,  by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the
Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall
become immediately due and payable.

         (b) At any time after such a declaration of acceleration  has been made
and before a judgment or decree for  payment of the money due has been  obtained
by the  Trustee  as  hereinafter  in this  Article  provided,  the  Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to
the Company and the  Trustee,  may  rescind and annul such  declaration  and its
consequences if

                  (1)   the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum
         sufficient to pay

                           (A)      all overdue interest on all Securities,

                           (B) the  principal of (and  premium,  if any, on) any
                  Securities  which  have  become  due  otherwise  than  by such
                  declaration of acceleration  and interest  thereon at the rate
                  borne by the Securities,

         (c) to the extent that  payment of such  interest  is lawful,  interest
upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Securities, and

                           (D)  all  sums  paid  or   advanced  by  the  Trustee
                  hereunder   and   the   reasonable   compensation,   expenses,
                  disbursements  and  advances  of the  Trustee,  its agents and
                  counsel;

         and

                  (2) all  Events  of  Default  have  been  cured or  waived  as
         provided in Section 513.

         No such  rescission  shall affect any subsequent  default or impair any
         right consequent thereon.

                                      -25-

<PAGE>



SECTION 503.    Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

         The Company covenants that if any of the Events of Default specified in
paragraphs  (5) or (6) of Section 501 occurs,  the Company will,  upon demand of
the Trustee,  pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities,  the
whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium,
if any) and interest,  and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be
legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and
on any overdue interest,  at the rate borne by the Securities,  and, in addition
thereto,  such  further  amount  as shall be  sufficient  to cover the costs and
expenses  of  collection,  including  the  reasonable  compensation,   expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

         If the Company  fails to pay such amounts  forthwith  upon such demand,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial  proceeding  for the  collection  of the  sums so due and  unpaid,  may
prosecute  such  proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other  obligor upon such  Securities  and collect the
moneys  adjudged  or decreed to be payable in the manner  provided by law out of
the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities,  wherever
situated.

         If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its
discretion  proceed  to  protect  and  enforce  its rights and the rights of the
Holders by such appropriate  judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
effectual  to protect  and  enforce any such  rights,  whether for the  specific
enforcement  of any  covenant or  agreement  in this  Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 504.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

         In case of the pendency of any receivership,  insolvency,  liquidation,
bankruptcy,  reorganization,   arrangement,  adjustment,  composition  or  other
judicial  proceeding  relative  to the Company  (or any other  obligor  upon the
Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether
the  principal  of the  Securities  shall  then be due and  payable  as  therein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee
shall have made any demand on the Company  for the payment of overdue  principal
or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding
or otherwise,  to take any and all actions  authorized under the Trust Indenture
Act in order to have claims of the  Holders and the Trustee  allowed in any such
proceeding.  In  particular,  the  Trustee  shall be  authorized  to collect and
receive any moneys or other  property  payable or deliverable on any such claims
and to distribute  the same;  and any custodian,  receiver,  assignee,  trustee,
liquidator,  sequestrator  or  other  similar  official  in  any  such  judicial
proceeding  is hereby  authorized  by each  Holder to make such  payments to the
Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee  shall  consent to the making of such
payments  directly to the  Holders,  to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for
the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and  advances  of  the
Trustee,  its agents and counsel,  and any other  amounts due the Trustee  under
Section 607.


                                      -26-

<PAGE>



         No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to  authorize  or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan
of  reorganization,   arrangement,   adjustment  or  composition  affecting  the
Securities  or the rights of any Holder  thereof or to authorize  the Trustee to
vote in  respect of the claim of any  Holder in any such  proceeding;  provided,
however,  that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders,  vote for the election
of a  trustee  in  bankruptcy  or  similar  official  and may be a member of the
creditors' committee.

SECTION 505.     Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

         All rights of action and claims under this  Indenture or the Securities
may be prosecuted  and enforced by the Trustee  without the possession of any of
the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and
any such  proceeding  instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name
as trustee of an express  trust,  and any  recovery  of  judgment  shall,  after
provision   for  the   payment  of  the   reasonable   compensation,   expenses,
disbursements  and advances of the Trustee,  its agents and counsel,  be for the
ratable  benefit  of the  Holders  of the  Securities  in  respect of which such
judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 506.     Application of Money Collected.

         Subject to Article Eleven,  any money collected by the Trustee pursuant
to this Article  shall be applied in the following  order,  at the date or dates
fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the  distribution  of such money on account
of  principal  (or  premium,  if  any) or  interest,  upon  presentation  of the
Securities  and the notation  thereon of the payment if only  partially paid and
upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

                      FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under
            Sections 503 and 607; and

                      SECOND:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid
            for   principal  of  (and   premium,  if  any)  and  interest on the
            Securities  in  respect  of which or for the  benefit  of which such
            money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of
            any  kind,  according  to  the  amounts  due  and  payable  on  such
            Securities  for  principal  (and  premium,  if  any)  and  interest,
            respectively.

SECTION 507.     Limitation on Suits.

            No Holder of any  Security  shall  have any right to  institute  any
proceeding,  judicial or otherwise,  with respect to this Indenture,  or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

                             (1) such Holder has previously given written notice
            to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;


                                      -27-

<PAGE>



                              (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in  principal
            amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request
            to the Trustee to institute  proceedings in respect of such Event of
            Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

                              (3) such  Holder or  Holders  have  offered to the
            Trustee  reasonable  indemnity  against  the  costs,   expenses  and
            liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

                              (4) the  Trustee  for 60 days after its receipt of
            such notice,  request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute
            any such proceeding; and

                              (5) no  direction  inconsistent  with such written
            request has been given to the Trustee  during such 60-day  period by
            the Holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  Outstanding
            Securities;

it being  understood  and intended  that no one or more  Holders  shall have any
right in any manner  whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any  provision of
this Indenture to affect,  disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders,
or to obtain or to seek to obtain  priority or preference over any other Holders
or to enforce  any right  under  this  Indenture,  except in the  manner  herein
provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders.

SECTION 508.     Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

         If the Trustee or any Holder has  instituted  any proceeding to enforce
any  right  or  remedy  under  this  Indenture  and  such  proceeding  has  been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason,  or has been  determined  adversely to
the  Trustee or to such  Holder,  then and in every  such  case,  subject to any
determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall
be restored  severally and respectively to their former positions  hereunder and
thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue
as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 509.     Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

         Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment
of mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  securities  in the last  paragraph of
Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee
or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy,  and
every right and remedy shall, to the extent  permitted by law, be cumulative and
in addition to every other right and remedy given  hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any
right or remedy  hereunder,  or  otherwise,  shall not  prevent  the  concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.


                                      -28-

<PAGE>



SECTION 510.     Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

         No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any
such right or remedy or  constitute  a waiver of any such Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to
the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised  from time to time,  and as often
as may be deemed  expedient,  by the Trustee or by the Holders,  as the case may
be.

SECTION 511.     Control by Holders.

         The  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Outstanding
Securities  shall  have the  right to  direct  the  time,  method  and  place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

               (1) such direction  shall not be in conflict with any rule of law
          or with this Indenture;

               (2) the Trustee may take any other  action  deemed  proper by the
          Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction; and

               (3) that  (subject to the  provisions of Section 601) the Trustee
          shall have the right to decline  to follow any such  direction  if the
          Trustee,  being advised by counsel, shall determine that the action or
          proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee in
          good faith shall  determine that the action or proceedings so directed
          might  involve the Trustee in personal  liability or if the Trustee in
          good  faith  shall so  determine  that  the  actions  or  forbearances
          specified in or pursuant to such direction shall be unduly prejudicial
          to the  interest  of  Holders  not  joining  in  the  giving  of  said
          direction,  it being  understood  that  (subject  to Section  601) the
          Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or
          forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.

SECTION 512.     Waiver of Past Defaults.

         The  Holders of not less than a  majority  in  principal  amount of the
Outstanding  Securities may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities waive
any past default hereunder and its consequences, except a default

               (1) in the payment of the  principal of (or  premium,  if any) or
          interest on any Security, or


                                      -29-

<PAGE>



               (2) in respect of a covenant  or  provision  hereof  which  under
          Article Nine cannot be modified or amended  without the consent of the
          Holder of each Outstanding Security affected.

         Upon any such waiver,  such default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of  Default  arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  cured,  for every
purpose of this Indenture;  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 513.     Undertaking for Costs.

         In any suit for the  enforcement  of any  right or  remedy  under  this
Indenture,  or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to
file an  undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess costs against
any such party  litigant,  in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust
Indenture  Act;  provided that neither this Section nor the Trust  Indenture Act
shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make
such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company;  and provided  further
that  provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit  instituted by such
Trustee,  to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders,  holding in
the  aggregate  more  than ten per  centum  (10%)  in  principal  amount  of the
Securities,  or to any suit  instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the
payment  of the  principal  of or  interest  on any  Security,  on or after  the
respective due dates expressed in such Security.

SECTION 514.     Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

         The Company  covenants  (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time  hereafter  in force,  which may affect the  covenants or the
performance  of this  Indenture;  and the  Company  (to the  extent  that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law
and  covenants  that it will not hinder,  delay or impede the  execution  of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.


                                   ARTICLE SIX
                                   The Trustee

SECTION 601.     Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

         The duties and  responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by
the Trust  Indenture Act.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no provision of this
Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder,
or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if

                                      -30-

<PAGE>



it shall have  reasonable  grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
adequate  indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably  assured to
it.  Whether or not therein  expressly  so  provided,  every  provision  of this
Indenture  relating to the conduct or  affecting  the  liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

SECTION 602.     Notice of Defaults.

         The  Trustee  shall give the Holders  notice of any  default  hereunder
known to the Trustee as and to the extent  provided by the Trust  Indenture Act;
provided,  however,  that in the case of any Event of Default  of the  character
specified in Section 501(5), (6), (7) or (8), no such notice to Holders shall be
given until at least 30 consecutive days after the occurrence  thereof.  For the
purpose of this Section,  the term "default"  means any event which is, or after
notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

SECTION 603.     Certain Rights of Trustee.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 601:

                     (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be  protected  in acting
             or  refraining  from  acting  upon  any  resolution,   certificate,
             statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction,
             consent,   order,   bond,   debenture,   note,  other  evidence  of
             indebtedness  or  other  paper  or  document  believed  by it to be
             genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
             parties;

                     (b) any  request  or  direction  of the  Company  mentioned
             herein  shall be  sufficiently  evidenced  by a Company  Request or
             Company  Order and any  resolution of the Board of Directors may be
             sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

                     (c) whenever in the  administration  of this  Indenture the
             Trustee  shall  deem  it  desirable  that a  matter  be  proved  or
             established  prior to  taking,  suffering  or  omitting  any action
             hereunder,   the   Trustee   (unless   other   evidence  be  herein
             specifically  prescribed)  may,  in the absence of bad faith on its
             part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

                     (d) before the Trustee acts or refrains  from  acting,  the
             Trustee may  consult  with  counsel and the written  advice of such
             counsel  or any  Opinion  of  Counsel  shall be full  and  complete
             authorization  and  protection  in  respect  of any  action  taken,
             suffered or omitted by it  hereunder  in good faith and in reliance
             thereon;

                     (e) the Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to exercise
             any of the rights or powers  vested in it by this  Indenture at the
             request  or  direction  of any  of the  Holders  pursuant  to  this
             Indenture, unless such Holders shall have

                                      -31-

<PAGE>



             offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the
             costs,  expenses and  liabilities  which might be incurred by it in
             compliance with such request or direction;

                     (f)  the   Trustee   shall   not  be   bound  to  make  any
             investigation  into the facts or matters stated in any  resolution,
             certificate,   statement,   instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,
             request,  direction,  consent, order, bond, debenture,  note, other
             evidence  of  indebtedness  or  other  paper or  document,  but the
             Trustee,  in its  discretion,  may make  such  further  inquiry  or
             investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if
             the  Trustee  shall  determine  to make  such  further  inquiry  or
             investigation,  it shall be entitled to examine the books,  records
             and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

                     (g) the  Trustee  may  execute  any of the trusts or powers
             hereunder or perform any duties  hereunder either directly or by or
             through   agents  or  attorneys   and  the  Trustee  shall  not  be
             responsible  for any  misconduct  or  negligence on the part of any
             agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

                     (h) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or
             omitted by it in good faith and with due care and believed by it to
             be authorized or within the discretion,  rights or powers conferred
             upon it by this Indenture;

                     (i) the  Trustee  shall not be required to give any bond or
             surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties here-
             under;

                     (j) the  permissive  rights  of the  Trustee  to do  things
             enumerated in this  Indenture  shall not be construed as a duty and
             the Trustee shall not be answerable  for other than its  negligence
             or willful misconduct; and

                     (k) except for (i) a default under  Sections  501(5) or (6)
             hereof,  or (ii) any other  event of which the  Trustee has "actual
             knowledge"  and  which  event,  with the  giving  of  notice or the
             passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under
             this  Indenture,  the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of
             any  default or event  unless  specifically  notified in writing of
             such event by the  Company  or the  Holders of not less than 25% in
             aggregate principal amount of the Securities  Outstanding;  as used
             herein,  the term  "actual  knowledge"  means  the  actual  fact or
             statement  of knowing,  without any duty to make any  investigation
             with regard thereto.


                                      -32-

<PAGE>



SECTION 604.     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

         The  recitals  contained  herein  and in  the  Securities,  except  the
Trustee's  certificates of  authentication,  shall be taken as the statements of
the Company,  and the Trustee assumes no responsibility  for their  correctness.
The Trustee makes no  representations  as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use
or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 605.     May Hold Securities.

         The Trustee,  any Paying  Agent,  any  Security  Registrar or any other
agent of the Company,  in its individual or any other  capacity,  may become the
owner or  pledgee  of  Securities  and,  subject to  Sections  608 and 613,  may
otherwise  deal with the  Company  with the same rights it would have if it were
not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 606.     Money Held in Trust.

         Money held by the  Trustee in trust  hereunder  need not be  segregated
from other  funds  except to the extent  required by law.  The Trustee  shall be
under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder  except as
otherwise agreed to in writing with the Company.

SECTION 607.     Compensation and Reimbursement.

         The Company agrees

                     (1) to pay to the  Trustee  from  time  to  time,  and  the
             Trustee  shall be  entitled  to,  reasonable  compensation  for all
             services rendered by it hereunder (which  compensation shall not be
             limited by any provision of law in regard to the  compensation of a
             trustee of an express trust);

                     (2)  except as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  to
             reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
             disbursements  and  advances  incurred  or made by the  Trustee  in
             accordance  with any  provision of this  Indenture  (including  the
             reasonable  compensation and the expenses and  disbursements of its
             agents and  counsel),  except  any such  expense,  disbursement  or
             advance  as  may  be  attributable  to its  negligence  or  willful
             misconduct;

                     (3) to  indemnify  the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless
             against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence
             or willful  misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection
             with the acceptance or administration of this trust,  including the
             costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any
             claim or liability in connection  with the exercise or  performance
             of any of its powers or duties hereunder; and

                                      -33-

<PAGE>



                     (4) to treat as an administrative expense priority pursuant
             to 11 U.S.C.  Section 503, any expenses  incurred by the Trustee or
             compensation  for  services  rendered to the Company by the Trustee
             after any Event of Default as defined in Section 501.

                     (5) the  obligations  of the Company  under this Section to
             compensate  the  Trustee,  to  pay or  reimburse  the  Trustee  for
             expenses,  disbursements  and advances  and to  indemnify  and hold
             harmless the Trustee shall constitute General Obligations hereunder
             and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

SECTION 608.     Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

         If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting  interest  within the
meaning of the Trust  Indenture  Act, the Trustee  shall either  eliminate  such
interest or resign,  to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to
the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

SECTION 609.     Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

         There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person
that is eligible  pursuant to the Trust  Indenture  Act to act as such and has a
combined capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000.  If such Person publishes
reports of condition at least annually,  pursuant to law or to the  requirements
of said  supervising  or  examining  authority,  then for the  purposes  of this
Section,  the combined  capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be
its  combined  capital  and  surplus as set forth in its most  recent  report of
condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section,  it shall resign  immediately in
the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

SECTION 610.     Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

                     (a)  No  resignation  or  removal  of  the  Trustee  and no
             appointment of a successor  Trustee  pursuant to this Article shall
             become  effective  until  the  acceptance  of  appointment  by  the
             successor Trustee under Section 611.

                     (b) The  Trustee  may resign at any time by giving  written
             notice thereof to the Company.  If an instrument of acceptance by a
             successor  Trustee  shall not have been  delivered  to the  Trustee
             within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation,  the
             resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction
             for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                     (c) The  Trustee  may be  removed at any time by Act of the
             Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of the  Outstanding
             Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.


                                      -34-

<PAGE>



             (d)     If at any time:

                     (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 after
             written  request  therefor  by the Company or by any Holder who has
             been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

                     (2) the Trustee  shall cease to be eligible  under  Section
             609 and shall fail to resign after written request  therefor by the
             Company or by any such Holder, or

                     (3) the Trustee  shall become  incapable of acting or shall
             be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or
             of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take
             charge or control of the Trustee or of its  property or affairs for
             the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then,  in any such case,  (i) the Company by a Board  Resolution  may remove the
Trustee,  or (ii)  subject to Section  514,  any Holder who has been a bona fide
Holder of a Security  for at least six months  may, on behalf of himself and all
others similarly situated,  petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                     (e) If the  Trustee  shall  resign,  be  removed  or become
             incapable of acting,  or if a vacancy  shall occur in the office of
             Trustee for any cause, the Company,  by a Board  Resolution,  shall
             promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within 90 days after such
             resignation,  removal or  incapability,  or the  occurrence of such
             vacancy,  a  successor  Trustee  shall be  appointed  by Act of the
             Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of the  Outstanding
             Securities  delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee,  the
             successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance
             of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede the
             successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee
             shall have been so  appointed  by the  Company or the  Holders  and
             accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder
             who has been a bona  fide  Holder  of a  Security  for at least six
             months may, on behalf of himself and-all others similarly situated,
             petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of
             a successor Trustee.

                     (f) The Company shall give notice of each  resignation  and
             each  removal of the  Trustee and each  appointment  of a successor
             Trustee to all Holders in the manner  provided in Section 106. Each
             notice  shall  include  the name of the  successor  Trustee and the
             address of its Corporate Trust Office.


                                      -35-

<PAGE>



SECTION 611.     Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

         Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute,  acknowledge
and deliver to the Company and to the retiring  Trustee an instrument  accepting
such  appointment,  and  thereupon  the  resignation  or removal of the retiring
Trustee shall become effective and such successor  Trustee,  without any further
act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts
and duties of the  retiring  Trustee;  but,  on  request  of the  Company or the
successor  Trustee,  such retiring  Trustee shall,  upon payment of its charges,
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the
rights,  powers  and  trusts of the  retiring  Trustee  and shall  duly  assign,
transfer  and deliver to such  successor  Trustee all property and money held by
such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the
Company  shall  execute  any and all  instruments  for more fully and  certainly
vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights,  powers and
trusts.

         No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of
such  acceptance  such  successor  Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.

SECTION 612.     Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

         Any  corporation  into which the Trustee may be merged or  converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to which  the  Trustee  shall be a party,  or any
corporation  succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business
of the Trustee,  shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,  provided such
corporation  shall be  otherwise  qualified  and  eligible  under this  Article,
without the  execution  or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated,
but not  delivered,  by the Trustee  then in office,  any  successor  by merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to such  authenticating  Trustee  may adopt  such
authentication  and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect
as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

SECTION 613.     Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

         If and when the  Trustee  shall be or become a creditor  of the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Securities),  the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against
the Company (or any such other obligor).

SECTION 614.         Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

         The Trustee may appoint an  Authenticating  Agent or Agents which shall
be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate  Securities issued
upon  original  issue  and upon  exchange,  registration  of  transfer,  partial
conversion or partial  redemption or pursuant to Section 306, and  Securities so
authenticated  shall be entitled to the benefits of this  Indenture and shall be
valid  and  obligatory  for all  purposes  as if  authenticated  by the  Trustee
hereunder.  Whenever  reference is made in this Indenture to the  authentication
and delivery of Securities by the Trustee

                                      -36-

<PAGE>



or the Trustee's certificate of authentication,  such references shall be deemed
to  include  authentication  and  delivery  on  behalf  of  the  Trustee  by  an
Authenticating  Agent and a certificate of authentication  executed on behalf of
the  Trustee by an  Authenticating  Agent.  Each  Authenticating  Agent shall be
acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation  organized and
doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof
or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating
Agent,  having a combined  capital and surplus of not less than  $50,000,000 and
subject to supervision or  examination  by Federal or State  authority.  If such
Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually,  pursuant
to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining  authority,  then
for the  purposes  of this  Section,  the  combined  capital and surplus of such
Authenticating  Agent shall be deemed to be its combined  capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an
Authenticating  Agent  shall  cease  to  be  eligible  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of this Section,  such Authenticating  Agent shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

         Any  corporation  into which an  Authenticating  Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be  consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting
from any merger,  conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party,  or any  corporation  succeeding  to the  corporate  agency or
corporate  trust business of an  Authenticating  Agent,  shall continue to be an
Authenticating  Agent,  provided such  corporation  shall be otherwise  eligible
under this Section,  without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

         An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate
the agency of an  Authenticating  Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating  Agent  and to the  Company.  Upon  receiving  such a  notice  of
resignation  or  upon  such  a  termination,   or  in  case  at  any  time  such
Authenticating  Agent  shall  cease  to  be  eligible  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of this Section,  the Trustee may appoint a successor  Authenticating
Agent  which  shall be  acceptable  to the Company and shall give notice of such
appointment to all Holders in the manner  provided in Section 106. Any successor
Authenticating  Agent upon acceptance of its appointment  hereunder shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if  originally  named as an  Authenticating  Agent.  No successor
authenticating  Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of
this Section.

         The  Trustee  agrees to pay to each  Authenticating  Agent from time to
time  reasonable  compensation  for its  services  under this  Section,  and the
Trustee shall be entitled to be  reimbursed  for such  payments,  subject to the
provisions of Section 607.

         If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section,  the Securities may
have   endorsed   thereon,   in  addition  to  the  Trustee's   certificate   of
authentication,  an alternative  certificate of  authentication in the following
form:


                                      -37-

<PAGE>



         This  is one  of  the  Securities  described  in  the  within-mentioned
Indenture.


                                            ----------------------------------,
                                                                    As trustee


                                            By
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                        As Authenticating Agent


                                            By
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                             Authorized Officer


                                  ARTICLE SEVEN
                Holders' Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company

SECTION 701.     Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

         The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

                              (a)  quarterly,  not more than 15 days  after each
             Regular  Record  Date,  a list,  in such  form as the  Trustee  may
             reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of
             such Regular Record Date, and

                              (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request
             in writing,  within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any
             such  request,  a list of similar form and content as of a date not
             more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

excluding from any such list names and addresses  received by the Trustee in its
capacity as Security Registrar.

SECTION 702.     Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

                              (a) The Trustee  shall  preserve,  in as current a
             form as is  reasonably  practicable,  the  names and  addresses  of
             Holders  contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee
             as provided in Section 701 and the names and  addresses  of Holders
             received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.  The
             Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section
             701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

                                      -38-

<PAGE>



                              (b) The  rights of  Holders  to  communicate  with
             other Holders with respect to their rights under this  Indenture or
             under the Securities,  and the  corresponding  rights and duties of
             the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

                              (c) Every Holder of  Securities,  by receiving and
             holding the same,  agrees  with the  Company  and the Trustee  that
             neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them
             shall  be  held   accountable   by  reason  of  any  disclosure  of
             information  as to names and  addresses of Holders made pursuant to
             the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 703.     Reports by Trustee.

         The Trustee  shall  transmit to Holders  such  reports  concerning  the
Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required  pursuant to the
Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

SECTION 704.     Reports by Company.

         The  Company  shall  file  with the  Trustee  and the  Commission,  and
transmit to Holders,  such  information,  documents and other reports,  and such
summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the
times and in the manner  provided  pursuant to such Act;  provided that any such
information,  documents  or reports  required  to be filed  with the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 shall be
filed with the Trustee  within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed
with the Commission.


                                  ARTICLE EIGHT
              Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

SECTION 801.  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

         The Company shall not  consolidate  with or merge into any other Person
or convey,  transfer  or lease its  properties  and assets  substantially  as an
entirety  to any  Person,  and the  Company  shall  not  permit  any  Person  to
consolidate  with or merge into the  Company or  convey,  transfer  or lease its
properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:

                     (1) in case the  Company  shall  consolidate  with or merge
            into another Person or convey,  transfer or lease its properties and
            assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed
            by such  consolidation  or into  which the  Company is merged or the
            Person which  acquires by conveyance  or transfer,  or which leases,
            the  properties  and  assets  of  the  Company  substantially  as an
            entirety shall be a corporation, partnership or trust, shall

                                      -39-

<PAGE>



            be  organized  and  validly  existing  under the laws of the  United
            States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and
            shall  expressly  assume,  by  an  indenture   supplemental  hereto,
            executed and delivered to the Trustee,  in form  satisfactory to the
            Trustee,  the due and  punctual  payment  of the  principal  of (and
            premium,  if  any)  and  interest  on all  the  Securities  and  the
            performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the
            part of the  Company  to be  performed  or  observed  and shall have
            provided for conversion rights in accordance with Section 1311;

                     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
            Default,  and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both,
            would  become  an Event  of  Default,  shall  have  happened  and be
            continuing; and

                     (3) the Company has  delivered  to the Trustee an Officers'
            Certificate  and an  Opinion  of  Counsel,  each  stating  that such
            consolidation,  merger,  conveyance,  transfer  or lease  and,  if a
            supplemental   indenture  is  required  in   connection   with  such
            transaction,  such  supplemental  indenture comply with this Article
            and that all conditions  precedent  herein  provided for relating to
            such transaction have been complied with.

SECTION 802.     Successor Substituted.

            Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company
into,  any other Person or any  conveyance,  transfer or lease of the properties
and assets of the  Company  substantially  as an  entirety  in  accordance  with
Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the
Company is merged or to which such  conveyance,  transfer or lease is made shall
succeed to, and be  substituted  for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the  Company  under this  Indenture  with the same  effect as if such  successor
Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter,  except in the case
of a lease,  the  predecessor  Person shall be relieved of all  obligations  and
covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

                                  ARTICLE NINE
                             Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 901.     Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

         Without the consent of any Holders,  the Company,  when authorized by a
Board Resolution,  and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter
into one or more indentures  supplemental  hereto,  in form  satisfactory to the
Trustee, for any of the following purposes:


                                      -40-

<PAGE>



               (1) to evidence the  succession of another  Person to the Company
          and the  assumption  by any such  successor  of the  covenants  of the
          Company herein and in the Securities; or

               (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
          Holders,  or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
          Company; or

               (3) to evidence  and provide for the  acceptance  of  appointment
          hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities and to
          add to or change any of the  provisions of this  Indenture as shall be
          necessary  to provide  for or  facilitate  the  administration  of the
          trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

               (4) to add any additional Events of Default; or

               (5) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision
          herein which may be inconsistent  with any other provision  herein, or
          to make any other  provisions  with  respect to  matters or  questions
          arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent  with the
          provisions of this  Indenture;  provided that such action  pursuant to
          this  clause  (6) shall not  adversely  affect  the  interests  of the
          Holders in any material respect.

         Notwithstanding  any  provision  in this  Indenture or  otherwise,  the
rights of creditors in respect of General  Obligations  under this Indenture and
otherwise in respect of the  Securities  may, at any time and from time to time,
be reduced or eliminated by a supplemental indenture entered into by the Company
and the Trustee,  which,  supplemental indenture will not require the consent of
the Holders of Securities or any creditor in respect of General Obligations.

SECTION 902.     Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.

         With the consent of the  Holders of not less than 66 2/3% in  principal
amount of the Outstanding  Securities,  by Act of said Holders  delivered to the
Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and
the Trustee may enter into an indenture or  indentures  supplemental  hereto for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights
of  the  Holders  under  this  Indenture;   provided,   however,  that  no  such
supplemental  indenture  shall,  without  the  consent  of the  Holder  of  each
Outstanding Security affected thereby,

                     (1) change the Stated  Maturity of the principal of, or any
            installment  of interest on, any  Security,  or reduce the principal
            amount  thereof  or the  rate of  interest  thereon  or any  premium
            payable upon the redemption  thereof, or change the place of payment
            where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium
            or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to

                                      -41-

<PAGE>



            institute  suit for the  enforcement of any such payment on or after
            the Stated  Maturity  thereof (or, in the case of redemption,  on or
            after  the  Redemption  Date),  or  modify  the  provisions  of this
            Indenture with respect to the  subordination  of the Securities in a
            manner adverse to the Holders, or

                     (2)  reduce  the  percentage  in  principal  amount  of the
            Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for
            any such supplemental  indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is
            required for any waiver (of  compliance  with certain  provisions of
            this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences)
            provided for in this Indenture, or

                     (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section
            513,  except to  increase  any such  percentage  or to provide  that
            certain  other  provisions of this  Indenture  cannot be modified or
            waived  without  the  consent  of the  Holder  of  each  Outstanding
            Security affected thereby.

         It shall not be necessary  for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 903.     Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

         In  executing,  or  accepting  the  additional  trusts  created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture,  the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
and  (subject  to Section  601) shall be fully  protected  in relying  upon,  an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is
authorized  or  permitted by this  Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated  to,  enter into any such  supplemental  indenture  which  affects the
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 904.     Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

         Upon the execution of any  supplemental  indenture  under this Article,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith,  and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Securities  theretofore or thereafter  authenticated and delivered  hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 905.     Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

         Every  supplemental  indenture  executed pursuant to this Article shall
conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.


                                      -42-

<PAGE>



SECTION 906.     Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

         Securities  authenticated  and  delivered  after the  execution  of any
supplemental  indenture  pursuant  to this  Article  may bear a notation in form
approved  by the  Trustee as to any  matter  provided  for in such  supplemental
indenture.  If the Company shall so determine,  new Securities so modified as to
conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental
indenture  may be prepared  and  executed by the Company and  authenticated  and
delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

                                  ARTICLE TEN
                                    Covenants

SECTION 1001.  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

         The Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium,
if any) and  interest  on the  Securities  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Securities and this Indenture.

SECTION 1002.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

         The Company will  maintain in  [_______,  ________] an office or agency
where  Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment,  where Securities
may be surrendered for  registration of transfer or exchange,  where  Securities
may be  surrendered  for conversion and where notices and demands to or upon the
Company in respect  of the  Securities  and this  Indenture  may be served.  The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location,  and any
change in the  location,  of such  office or agency.  If at any time the Company
shall  fail to  maintain  any such  required  office or agency or shall  fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,  such  presentations,  surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the  Corporate  Trust Office of the
Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

         The  Company  may also from time to time  designate  one or more  other
offices or agencies (in or outside [_______, ________]) where the Securities may
be presented or  surrendered  for any or all such  purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations;  provided,  however, that no such designation or
rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in [_______,  ________] for such purposes.  The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such  designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 1003.  Money for Security to Be Held in Trust.

         If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent,  it will,
on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest
on any of the  Securities,  segregate  and hold in trust for the  benefit of the
Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium,  if
any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such

                                      -43-

<PAGE>



Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the
Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

         Whenever  the Company  shall have one or more Paying  Agents,  it will,
prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium,  if any) or interest on
any Securities, deposit with a paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount,
such sum to be held as provided by the Trust  Indenture  Act,  and (unless  such
paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its
action or failure so to act.

         The  Company  will cause each  Paying  Agent  other than the Trustee to
execute  and  deliver to the Trustee an  instrument  in which such Paying  Agent
shall agree with the Trustee,  subject to the  provisions of this Section,  that
such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
applicable  to it as a Paying  Agent  and (ii)  during  the  continuance  of any
default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the  Securities) in the making
of any payment in respect of the  Securities,  upon the  written  request of the
Trustee,  forthwith  pay to the  Trustee  all sums held in trust by such  Paying
Agent as such.

         The  Company  may at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose,  pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Company or such Paying  Agent,  such sums to be held by the Trustee
upon the same  trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the  Company or
such Paying  Agent;  and,  upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
such Paying Agent shall be released from all further  liability  with respect to
such money.

         Any money  deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company,  in trust for the payment of the principal of (and  premium,  if
any) or interest on any Security  and  remaining  unclaimed  for two years after
such  principal  (and  premium,  if any) or interest  has become due and payable
shall  be paid to the  Company  on  Company  Request,  or (if  then  held by the
Company)  shall be discharged  from such trust;  and the Holder of such Security
shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for
payment  thereof,  and all  liability  of the Trustee or such Paying  Agent with
respect  to such  trust  money,  and all  liability  of the  Company  as trustee
thereof,  shall thereupon  cease;  provided,  however,  that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent,  before being  required to make any such  repayment,  shall at the
expense of the Company cause to be published  once, in a newspaper  published in
the English language,  customarily published an each Business Day and of general
circulation  in the  City of  Bryan,  Texas,  notice  that  such  money  remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than
30 days from the date of such  publication,  any unclaimed balance of such money
then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 1004.  Statement by Officers as to Default.

         The Company will deliver to the Trustee,  within 120 days after the end
of each fiscal year of the Company  ending after the date  hereof,  an Officers'
Certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof
the Company is in default in the performance and

                                      -44-

<PAGE>



observance of any of the terms,  provisions  and  conditions  of this  Indenture
(without  regard  to any  period  of grace or  requirement  of  notice  provided
hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults
and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

SECTION 1005.  Existence.

         Subject to Article  Eight,  the Company will do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and
that  of any  Major  Depository  Institution  Subsidiary,  rights  (charter  and
statutory)  and franchises of the Company and any Major  Depository  Institution
Subsidiary;  provided,  however,  that the  Company  shall  not be  required  to
preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors  shall  determine
that the  preservation  thereof  is no longer  desirable  in the  conduct of the
business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not  disadvantageous in any
material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 1006.  Limitations on Dividends, Redemptions, Etc.

         The Company  will not (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other
distribution  on any Junior  Securities  of the  Company,  except  dividends  or
distributions  payable in Junior  Securities  of the Company,  or (2)  purchase,
redeem or  otherwise  acquire or retire for value any Junior  Securities  of the
Company,  except Junior Securities  acquired upon conversion  thereof into other
Junior Securities of the Company, or (3) permit a Subsidiary to purchase, redeem
or otherwise  acquire or retire for value any Junior  Securities of the Company,
if, upon giving effect to such dividend,  distribution,  purchase, redemption or
other  acquisition,  a default in the payment of any interest  upon any Security
when it becomes due and payable or a default in the payment of the  principal of
(or premium, if any, on) any Security at its Maturity shall have occurred and be
continuing.

SECTION 1007.   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

         The Company will pay or  discharge  or cause to be paid or  discharged,
before  the  same  shall  become  delinquent,  (1) all  taxes,  assessments  and
governmental  charges  levied or imposed upon the Company or any  Subsidiary  or
upon the income,  profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary,  and (2)
all lawful claims for labor,  materials and supplies which, if unpaid,  might by
law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary;  provided,
however,  that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to
be paid or discharged  any such tax,  assessment,  charge or claim whose amount,
applicability  or  validity  is being  contested  in good  faith by  appropriate
proceedings.

SECTION 1008.  Maintenance of Properties.

         The Company will cause all properties  used or useful in the conduct of
its business or the business of any Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good
condition,  repair and working order and supplied  with all necessary  equipment
and will cause to be made all necessary repairs,

                                      -45-

<PAGE>



renewals,  replacements,  betterments and  improvements  thereof,  all as in the
judgment of the  Company may be  necessary  so that the  business  carried on in
connection therewith may be properly and advantageously  conducted at all times;
provided,  however,  that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from
discontinuing  the operation or  maintenance  of any of such  properties if such
discontinuance  is, in the judgment of the Company,  desirable in the conduct of
its business or the business of any  Subsidiary and not  disadvantageous  in any
material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 1009.  Waiver of Certain Covenants.

         The Company  may,  except as  otherwise  required  by law,  omit in any
particular  instance  to comply  with any  covenant  or  condition  set forth in
Sections  1007 and 1008,  if before  or after the time for such  compliance  the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Debentures at the time
Outstanding shall, by Act of such Holders,  either waive such compliance in such
instance or generally waive  compliance with such covenant or condition,  but no
such waiver shall extend to or affect such  covenant or condition  except to the
extent so expressly  waived and, until such waiver shall become  effective,  the
obligations  of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such
covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN
                           Subordination of Securities

SECTION 1101.  Securities Subordinate to Senior Indebtedness.

         The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by his
acceptance  thereof,  likewise covenants and agrees,  that, to the extent and in
the manner  hereinafter set forth in this Article  (subject to the provisions of
Article Four), the indebtedness represented by the Securities and the payment of
the  principal  of (and  premium,  if any) and  interest  on each and all of the
Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment
to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 1102.  Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

         In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or
any  receivership,   liquidation,   reorganization  or  other  similar  case  or
proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors,
as such, or to its assets, or (b) any liquidation,  dissolution or other winding
up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving
insolvency or bankruptcy,  or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or
any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company,  then and in any
such event  specified in (a), (b) or (c) above (each such event,  if any, herein
sometimes  referred to as a  "Proceeding")  the  holders of Senior  Indebtedness
shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due
on or in respect of all Senior Indebtedness, or provision shall be made for such
payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory

                                      -46-

<PAGE>



to the holders of Senior Indebtedness,  before the Holders of the Securities are
entitled  to receive  any  payment  or  distribution  of any kind or  character,
whether in cash, property or securities, on account of principal of (or premium,
if any) or interest  on the  Securities  or on account of any  purchase or other
acquisition  of Securities by the Company or any  Subsidiary of the Company (all
such payments,  distributions,  purchases and  acquisitions  herein referred to,
individually and collectively,  as a "Securities Payment"),  and to that end the
holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive, for application
to  the  payment  thereof,  any  Securities  Payment  which  may be  payable  or
deliverable in respect of the Securities in any such Proceeding.

         In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions of this
Section,  the  Trustee or the Holder of any  Security  shall have  received  any
Securities  Payment  before all Senior  Indebtedness  is paid in full or payment
thereof  provided  for in cash or cash  equivalents  or  otherwise  in a  manner
satisfactory to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness,  and if such fact shall, at
or prior to the time of such  Securities  payment,  have been made  known to the
Trustee  or,  as the case may be,  such  Holder,  then  and in such  event  such
Securities  Payment shall be paid over or delivered  forthwith to the trustee in
bankruptcy,  receiver,  liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee, agent or other
Person making payment or  distribution  of assets of the Company for application
to the  payment  of all  Senior  Indebtedness  remaining  unpaid,  to the extent
necessary to pay all Senior  Indebtedness  in full,  after giving  effect to any
concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

         For  purposes  of  this  Article  only,   the  words  "any  payment  or
distribution of any kind or character,  whether in cash, property or securities"
shall not be deemed to include a payment or  distribution of stock or securities
of the  Company  provided  for  by a  plan  of  reorganization  or  readjustment
authorized  by an order or  decree  of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  in a
reorganization  proceeding  under any applicable  bankruptcy law or of any other
corporation  provided for by such plan of reorganization or readjustment,  which
stock or securities are subordinated in right of payment to all then outstanding
Senior  Indebtedness to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent
than,  the  Securities  are so  subordinated  as provided in this  Article.  The
consolidation  of the Company with,  or the merger of the Company into,  another
Person or the liquidation or dissolution or the Company following the conveyance
or  transfer  of all or  substantially  all of its  properties  and assets as an
entirety to another  Person upon the terms and  conditions  set forth in Article
Eight shall not be deemed a  Proceeding  for the purposes of this Section if the
Person formed by such  consolidation  or into which the Company is merged or the
Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer such properties and assets as an
entirety,  as the case may be, shall, as a part of such  consolidation,  merger,
conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions set forth in Article Eight.

SECTION 1103.  Prior  Payment  to  Senior  Indebtedness   Upon  Acceleration  of
Securities.

         In the event that any  Securities  are declared due and payable  before
their  Stated  Maturity,  then  and in such  event  the  holders  of the  Senior
Indebtedness  outstanding at the time such  Securities so become due and payable
shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due on or in respect
of all Senior Indebtedness, or provision shall be made for such

                                      -47-

<PAGE>



payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the
holders of such Senior  Indebtedness,  before the Holders of the  Securities are
entitled to receive any Securities Payment.

         In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Company shall
make any  Securities  Payment to the  Trustee or any  Holder  prohibited  by the
foregoing provisions of this Section, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the
time of such  Securities  Payment,  have  been  made  known  to the  Trustee  by
delivering  to the  Trustee  the notice  required  by Section  1110  (unless the
Trustee  otherwise  has actual  knowledge)  or, as the case may be, such Holder,
then and in such event such Securities  Payment shall be paid over and delivered
forthwith to the Company.

         The  provisions  of this  Section  shall  not  apply to any  Securities
Payment with respect to which Section 1102 would be applicable.

SECTION 1104.  No Payment When Senior Indebtedness in Default.

         In the event and during the  continuation of any default in the payment
of  principal  of (or  premium,  if any) or interest on any Senior  Indebtedness
beyond any applicable  grace period with respect  thereto,  or in the event that
any event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred
and be continuing and shall have resulted in such Senior  Indebtedness  becoming
or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would  otherwise
have become due and payable,  unless and until such event of default  shall have
been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and such  acceleration  shall
have been rescinded or annulled,  or in the event any judicial  proceeding shall
be pending with respect to any such default in payment or event of default, then
no Securities Payment shall be made.

         In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Company shall
make any  Securities  Payment to the  Trustee or any  Holder  prohibited  by the
foregoing provisions of this Section, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the
time of such Securities Payment,  have been made known to the Trustee or, as the
case may be, such Holder,  then and in such event such Securities  Payment shall
be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Company.

         The  provisions  of this  Section  shall  not  apply to any  Securities
Payment with respect to which Section 1102 would be applicable.

SECTION 1105.  Payment Permitted If No Default.

         Nothing  contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in
any of the Securities  shall prevent (a) the Company,  at any time except during
the  pendency  of any  Proceeding  referred  to in  Section  1102 or  under  the
conditions  described in Section 1103 or 1104, from making Securities  Payments,
or (b) the  application by the Trustee of any money  deposited with it hereunder
to  Securities  Payments  or the  retention  of such  Securities  Payment by the
Holders,  if, at the time of such  application  by the Trustee,  it did not have
knowledge  that such  Securities.  Payment  would  have been  prohibited  by the
provisions of this Article.

                                      -48-

<PAGE>



SECTION 1106.  Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

         Subject to the  payment in full of all  amounts due or to become due on
or in respect of Senior Indebtedness,  or the provision for such payment in cash
or cash  equivalents  or  otherwise in a manner  satisfactory  to the holders of
Senior  Indebtedness,  the Holders of the Securities  shall be subrogated to the
extent of the  payments  or  distributions  made to the  holders of such  Senior
Indebtedness  pursuant to the  provisions  of this Article  (equally and ratably
with the holders of all  indebtedness  of the Company which by its express terms
is subordinated to indebtedness of the Company to substantially  the same extent
as  the  Securities  are   subordinated  and  is  entitled  to  like  rights  of
subrogation) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive
payments and  distributions of cash,  property and securities  applicable to the
Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on
the  Securities  shall be paid in full.  For  purposes of such  subrogation,  no
payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash,
property or  securities  to which the Holders of the  Securities  or the Trustee
would be entitled  except for the  provisions of this  Article,  and no payments
over  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Article  to the  holders  of Senior
Indebtedness  by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee,  shall,  as among the
Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders
of the  Securities,  be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to
or on account of the Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 1107.  Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

         The  provisions  of this  Article are and are  intended  solely for the
purpose of defining the  relative  rights of the Holders on the one hand and the
holders of Senior  Indebtedness (and, in the case of Section 1116, the creditors
in respect of General  Obligations) on the other hand. Nothing contained in this
Article or elsewhere in this  Indenture or in the  Securities  is intended to or
shall (a) impair,  as among the  Company,  its  creditors  other than holders of
Senior  Indebtedness  and the Holders of the  Securities,  the obligation of the
Company,  which is absolute and unconditional  and which,  subject to the rights
under this Article of the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  (and the rights under
Section  1116 of creditors  in respect of General  Obligations),  is intended to
rank equally with all other general  obligations  of the Company,  to pay to the
Holders of the Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on
the  Securities  as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance
with their terms;  or (b) affect the relative  rights against the Company of the
Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of
Senior  Indebtedness;  or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any  Security
from exercising all remedies otherwise  permitted by applicable law upon default
under this Indenture,  subject to the rights,  if any, under this Article of the
holders of Senior  Indebtedness  (and under Section 1116 of creditors in respect
of General  Obligations)  to receive  cash,  property and  securities  otherwise
payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.



                                      -49-

<PAGE>



SECTION 1108.  Trustee to Effectuate Subordination and Payment Provisions.

         Each  Holder of a Security by his  acceptance  thereof  authorizes  and
directs  the Trustee on his behalf to take such  action as may be  necessary  or
appropriate to effectuate the subordination and payment  provisions  provided in
this Article and appoints the Trustee his  attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes.

SECTION 1109.  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

         No right of any present or future holder of any Senior  Indebtedness to
enforce  subordination  as  herein  provided  shall  at any  time  in any way be
prejudiced  or  impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company
or by any act or failure to act, in good faith,  by any such  holder,  or by any
noncompliance  by the Company with the terms,  provisions  and covenants of this
Indenture,  regardless of any  knowledge  thereof any such holder may have or be
otherwise charged with.

         Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing  paragraph,
the  holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness  may,  at any time and from time to time,
without  the  consent  of or  notice  to  the  Trustee  or  the  Holders  of the
Securities,  without  incurring  responsibility to the Holders of the Securities
and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article or
the  obligations  hereunder of the Holders of the  Securities  to the holders of
Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner,
place or terms of payment  or extend the time of payment  of, or renew or alter,
Senior  Indebtedness,  or otherwise  amend or  supplement  in any manner  Senior
Indebtedness or any instrument  evidencing the same or any agreement under which
Senior Indebtedness is outstanding;  (ii) sell,  exchange,  release or otherwise
deal  with  any  property  pledged,   mortgaged  or  otherwise  securing  Senior
Indebtedness;  (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the  collection
of Senior Indebtedness;  and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Company and any other Person.

SECTION 1110.  Notice to Trustee.

         The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact
known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the
Trustee in respect of the  Securities.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this
Article or any other  provision  of this  Indenture,  the  Trustee  shall not be
charged with  knowledge of the  existence of any facts which would  prohibit the
making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities,  unless
and until the  Trustee  shall have  received  written  notice  thereof  from the
Company or a holder of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor (or from
any creditor in respect of General  Obligations);  and,  prior to the receipt of
any such written notice, the Trustee,  subject to the provisions of Section 601,
shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist;  provided,
however,  that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in
this  Section  at least two  Business  Days  prior to the date upon which by the
terms hereof any money may become  payable for any purpose  (including,  without
limitation,  the payment of the principal of (and  premium,  if any) or interest
on, any Security), then, anything herein contained to the

                                      -50-

<PAGE>



contrary  notwithstanding,  the Trustee  shall have full power and  authority to
receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was
received  and shall not be affected by any notice to the  contrary  which may be
received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 601, the Trustee shall be entitled
to rely on the  delivery  to it of a  written  notice  by a Person  representing
himself  to be a holder  of Senior  Indebtedness  or a  trustee  therefor  (or a
creditor in respect of General  Obligations)  to establish  that such notice has
been  given by a holder  of Senior  Indebtedness  or a  trustee  therefor  (or a
creditor  in  respect  of General  Obligations).  In the event that the  Trustee
determines  in good faith that further  evidence is required with respect to the
right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a creditor in respect
of General  Obligations) to participate in any payment or distribution  pursuant
to this Article,  the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the
reasonable  satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior  Indebtedness
(or General Obligations) held by such Person, the extent to which such person is
entitled to  participate  in such  payment or  distribution  and any other facts
pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article,  and if such evidence
is not  furnished,  the Trustee  may defer any  payment to such  Person  pending
judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 1111.  Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

         Upon any payment or distribution  of assets of the Company  referred to
in this Article, the Trustee,  subject to the provisions of Section 601, and the
Holders of the  Securities  shall be  entitled  to rely upon any order or decree
entered  by any court of  competent  jurisdiction  in which such  Proceeding  is
pending,  or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy,  receiver,  liquidating
trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person
making such payment or distribution,  delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders
of  Securities,  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  Persons  entitled  to
participate  in  such  payment  or  distribution,  the  holders  of  the  Senior
Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company (and the creditors in respect
of General  Obligations),  the amount thereof or payable thereon,  the amount or
amounts paid or distributed  thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to
this Article.

SECTION 1112.  Trustee Not  Fiduciary  for  Holders  of  Senior Indebtedness (or
               Creditors in Respect of General Obligations)

         The  Trustee  shall  not be  deemed  to owe any  fiduciary  duty to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness (or creditors in respect of General  Obligations)
and it  undertakes  to  perform  or  observe  only  such  of its  covenants  and
obligations  as are  specifically  set  forth in this  Article,  and no  implied
covenants or obligations with respect to the Senior  Indebtedness  shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be liable to any
such  holders (or  creditors in respect of General  Obligations)  if it shall in
good faith  mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the
Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders
of Senior Indebtedness (or creditors in respect of General Obligations) shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise.

                                      -51-

<PAGE>



SECTION 1113.  Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness (or Creditor);
               Preservation of Trustee's Rights.

         The  Trustee in its  individual  capacity  shall be entitled to all the
rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior  Indebtedness  which
may at any time be held by it (and with respect to any General  Obligations owed
to the Trustee as a creditor),  to the same extent as any other holder of Senior
Indebtedness  (or creditors in respect of General  Obligations),  and nothing in
this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder (or
creditor in respect of General Obligations).

         Nothing in this  Article  shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 607.

SECTION 1114.  Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

         In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee  shall have
been appointed by the Company and be then acting  hereunder,  the term "Trustee"
as used in this  Article  shall  in such  case  (unless  the  context  otherwise
requires) be construed  as extending to and  including  such Paying Agent within
its meaning as fully for all intents and  purposes as if such Paying  Agent were
named in this  Article  in  addition  to or in place of the  Trustee;  provided,
however,  that Section  1113 shall not apply to the Company or any  Affiliate of
the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

SECTION 1115.  Payment of Proceeds in Certain Cases.

                     (a) Upon the  occurrence of any  Proceeding  referred to in
            Section 1102,  the  provisions of that Section shall be given effect
            to determine the amount of cash, property or securities which may be
            payable   or   deliverable   as  between   the   holders  of  Senior
            Indebtedness, on the one hand, and the Holders of Securities, on the
            other hand.

                     (b) If, after giving  effect to the  provisions  of Section
            1102 and Section  1107,  any amount of cash,  property or securities
            shall be  available  for payment or  distribution  in respect of the
            Securities  ("Excess  Proceeds"),  and any creditors - in respect of
            General  Obligations  shall not have received payment in full of all
            amounts  due or to  become  due on or in  respect  of  such  General
            Obligations,  then  such  Excess  Proceeds  shall  first be  applied
            (ratably with any amount of cash,  property or securities  available
            for payment or distribution in respect of any other  indebtedness of
            the Company that by its express terms  provides for the payment over
            of amounts  corresponding to Excess Proceeds to creditors in respect
            of General  Obligations)  to pay or provide  for the  payment of the
            General Obligations remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay
            all  General  Obligations  in  full,  after  giving  effect  to  any
            concurrent payment or distribution to or for creditors in respect of
            General obligations. Any Excess Proceeds remaining after the payment
            (or provision for payment) in full of all General  Obligations shall
            be  available  for  payment  or   distribution  in  respect  of  the
            Securities.

                                      -52-

<PAGE>



                     (c)  In  the  event  that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing
            provisions of subsection (b) of this Section,  the Trustee or Holder
            of any Security shall have received any Securities  Payment,  before
            all General  Obligations  are paid in full or payment  thereof  duly
            provided  for,  and if such fact  shall,  at or prior to the time of
            such payment or distribution have been made known to the Trustee or,
            as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event,  subject to
            any obligation  that the Trustee or such Holder may have pursuant to
            Section  1102,  such  Securities  Payment  shall  be  paid  over  or
            delivered   forthwith  to  the  trustee  in  bankruptcy,   receiver,
            liquidating  trustee,  custodian,  assignee,  agent or other  Person
            making payment or  distribution of assets of the Company for payment
            in accordance with subsection (b).

                     (d)   Subject  to  the  payment  in  full  of  all  General
            Obligations,  the  Holders  of the  Securities  shall be  subrogated
            (equally  and ratably  with the holders of all  indebtedness  of the
            Company that by its express  terms  provides for the payment over of
            amounts  corresponding to Excess Proceeds to creditors in respect of
            General  Obligations  and is entitled to like rights of subrogation)
            to the rights of the creditors in respect of General  Obligations to
            receive payments and distributions of cash,  property and securities
            applicable  to the General  Obligations  until the  principal of and
            interest on the  Securities  shall be paid in full.  For purposes of
            such  subrogation,  no payments or  distributions  to  creditors  in
            respect of General  Obligations of any cash,  property or securities
            to which Holders of the  Securities or the Trustee would be entitled
            except for the  provisions  of this  Section,  and no payments  over
            pursuant to the  provisions  of this Section to creditors in respect
            of General  Obligations  by Holders of  Securities  or the  Trustee,
            shall,  as among the Company,  its creditors other than creditors in
            respect of General  Obligations  and the  Holders of  Securities  be
            deemed to be a  payment  or  distribution  by the  Company  to or on
            account of The General Obligations.

                     (e) The provisions of subsections  (b), (c) and (d) of this
            Section are and are intended  solely for the purpose of defining the
            relative rights of the Holders of the  Securities,  on the one hand,
            and the  creditors in respect of General  Obligations,  on the other
            hand,  after  giving  effect to the rights of the  holders of Senior
            Indebtedness,  as provided in this  Article.  Nothing  contained  in
            subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section is intended to or shall
            affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the
            Securities and (1) the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  or (2) other
            creditors of the Company other than  creditors in respect of General
            Obligations.


                                      -53-

<PAGE>



            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to
be duly executed,  and their  respective  corporate seals to be hereunto affixed
and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                             THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION COMPANY


                                             By
                                               ---------------------------------
            Attest:
                                             [TRUSTEE]


                                             By
                                               ---------------------------------

            Attest:




                                      -54-

<PAGE>


STATE OF TEXAS                   )       ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________________ )

         On ________________,  before me,  ____________,  a Notary Public in and
for the State of Texas,  personally appeared  ____________________________,  the
__________________________  of the corporations  described in and which executed
the foregoing  instrument,  personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis
of  satisfactory  evidence)  to be the person  whose name is  subscribed  to the
foregoing instrument,  and acknowledged to me that he or she executed the within
instrument in his or her  authorized  capacity and that, by his or her signature
on the foregoing instrument, the person or entity upon behalf of which he or she
acted executed the foregoing instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.



Signature
          --------------------------------

STATE OF _______________________ ) ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________________ )

         On , 1997, before me, _________________________, a Notary Public in and
for the State of Illinois, personally appeared ___________________________,  one
of the  corporations  described in and which executed the foregoing  instrument,
personally  known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory  evidence)
to be the person  whose name is  subscribed  to the  foregoing  instrument,  and
acknowledged  to me that he or she executed the within  instrument in his or her
authorized  capacity  and  that,  by  his  or her  signature  on  the  foregoing
instrument,  the person or entity upon behalf of which he or she acted  executed
the foregoing instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.



Signature                                                  (Seal)
          --------------------------------


                                      -55-





                                                  May 29, 1997


The Bryan - College Station
Financial Holding Company
2900 Texas Avenue
Bryan, Texas 77802

         RE:   Registration Statement on Form S-1

Members of the Board of Directors:

         we  have  examined  (i)   Registration   Statement  on  Form  S-1  (the
"Registration  Statement") filed by the Company with the Securities And Exchange
Commission (the "Commission")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities  Act"),  (ii) the  prospectus  (the  "Prospectus"),  relating to the
issuance by the company of up to 200,000 shares of common stock,  par value $.01
Per share (the  "common  stock"),  in the  manner set forth in the  Registration
Statement and the Prospectus,  (iii) the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws and (iv) records of the Company's corporate  proceedings  relative to
its issuance of the Common Stock.

         We have examined  originals,  or copies identified to our satisfaction,
of such corporate  records of the Company and have made such examinations of law
as we have deemed  relevant.  In our  examination,  we have assumed and have not
verified (i) the  genuineness of all  signatures,  (ii) the  authenticity of all
documents submitted to us as originals,  (iii) the conformity with the originals
of  all  documents  supplied  to  us  as  copies,  and  (iv)  the  accuracy  and
completeness  of all corporate  records and documents and all  certificates  and
statements of fact,  in each case given or made  available to us by the Company.
We have  relied  upon  certificates  and other  written  documents  from  public
officials  and  government  agencies  and  departments  and we have  assumed the
accuracy and authenticity of such certificates and documents.

         Based  upon  the  foregoing,   and  having  a  regard  for  such  legal
considerations as we deem relevant,  we are of the opinion that the Common Stock
will be, upon issuance,  against payment  therefor as contemplated in the merger
agreement, legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

                                              Very truly yours,


                                              /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF
                                              ---------------------------
                                              SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF









                                                                  (202) 414-6100




                                  May 29, 1997





The Bryan - College Station
 Financial Holding Company
2900 Texas Avenue
Bryan, Texas 77802

                     Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have  examined  (i) the  Registration  Statement  on Form  S-1  (the
"Registration  Statement")  filed  by  you  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the  preliminary
public offering prospectus (the  "Prospectus"),  relating to the issuance by you
of debentures (the "Debentures") in the principal amount of up to $3,700,000, in
the manner set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,  (ii) the
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of The Bryan - College Station Financial
Holding  Company (the  "Company")  and (iii) records of the Company's  corporate
proceedings relative to its organization and to the issuance of the Debentures.

         We have examined  originals,  or copies identified to our satisfaction,
of such corporate  records of the Company and have made such examinations of law
as we have deemed  relevant.  In our  examination,  we have assumed and have not
verified (i) the  genuineness of all  signatures,  (ii) the  authenticity of all
documents submitted to us as originals,  (iii) the conformity with the originals
of  all  documents  supplied  to  us  as  copies,  and  (iv)  the  accuracy  and
completeness  of all corporate  records and documents and all  certificates  and
statements of fact,  in each case given or made  available to us by the Company.
We have  relied  upon  certificates  and other  written  documents  from  public
officials  and  government  agencies  and  departments  and we have  assumed the
accuracy and authenticity of such certificates and documents.


<PAGE>


The Bryan - College Station Financial Holding Company
May 29, 1997
Page 2

         Based  upon  the  foregoing,   and  having  a  regard  for  such  legal
considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

         The Debentures  will be, upon issuance,  against  payment  therefore as
         contemplated in the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus,  duly
         authorized,  legally  issued and binding  obligations of the Company in
         accordance  with their terms and subject to (i) the indenture  covering
         the  Debentures  and  (ii)  any  applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
         reorganization  or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
         rights  generally and the  application  of equitable  principles  where
         equitable principle remedies are sought.

                                           Very truly yours,



                                         /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.







                                  May 29, 1997



The Bryan - College Station
 Financial Holding Company
2900 Texas Avenue
Bryan, Texas 77802

                  Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have  acted as  counsel  to The  Bryan - College  Station  Financial
Holding Company (the "Company"),  a Delaware corporation,  in the preparation of
the  above-referenced  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1  (the  "Registration
Statement"),  in connection  with the  registration  under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended,  of up to 33,300  warrants  entitling  the holder  thereof to
purchase  one share of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  ("Common  Stock") of the
Company (the "Warrants").

         We have made such legal and factual  examinations and such inquiries as
we have deemed  appropriate  for the purposes of rendering this opinion.  On the
basis thereof,  and in reliance  thereon,  we are of the opinion that the shares
issued upon exercise of the Warrants as described in the Registration Statement,
will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.



                                               /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF
                                               ---------------------------
                                               SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF



               FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OF BRYAN

                      1993 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


          1. Plan  Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term
interests  of the  Institution  and its  stockholders  by  providing a means for
attracting and retaining  directors,  officers and employees of the  Institution
and its Affiliates.  It is intended that designated  Options granted pursuant to
the provisions of this Plan to persons  employed by the Institution will qualify
as Incentive  Stock  Options.  Options  granted to persons who are not employees
will be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

          2. Definitions. The following definitions are applicable to the Plan:

             "Affiliate"  -  means  any  "parent   corporation"  or  "subsidiary
corporation" of the Institution, as such terms are defined in Section 425(e) and
(f), respectively, of the Code.

             "Award" - means the grant by the  Committee of an  Incentive  Stock
Option,  a Non-Qualified  Stock Option,  a Stock  Appreciation  Right, a Limited
Stock Appreciation Right, or of Restricted Stock, or any combination thereof, as
provided in the Plan.

             "Code" - means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

             "Committee" - means the Committee referred to in Section 3 hereof.

             "Continuous  Service" - means the  absence of any  interruption  or
termination of service as a director,  officer or employee of the Institution or
an  Affiliate,  except  that,  when used with  respect  to  persons  granted  an
Incentive  Option,  it means the absence of any  interruption  or termination of
service as an employee of the Institution or an Affiliate.  Service shall not be
considered  interrupted  in the case of sick leave,  military leave or any other
leave of absence approved by the Institution or in the case of transfers between
payroll locations of the Institution or between the Institution, its parent, its
subsidiaries or its successor.

             "Disinterested Person" - means any member of the Board of Directors
of the Institution who, at the time discretion under the Plan is exercised,  has
not at any time within one year prior  thereto  received  grants or awards under
the Plan or any other plan of the  Institution or any of its affiliates (as that
term is used in the  Exchange  Act) except as  provided  in Rule  16b-3(c)(2)(i)
under the Exchange Act and is not selected as a Participant  in the Plan or as a
person  to whom  stock  may be  allocated  or to whom  stock  options  or  stock
appreciation rights may be granted pursuant to any other plan of the Institution
or any of its  affiliates  (as that term is used in the Exchange Act)  entitling
the participants  therein to acquire stock,  stock options or stock appreciation
rights of the Institution or of any such  affiliates  except as provided in Rule
16b-3(c)(2)(i) under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no recipient of a
stock option  granted  pursuant to Section 21 hereof shall be deemed not to be a
Disinterested Person solely by reason of such grant.

             "Employee"  - means any person,  including  an officer or director,
who is employed by the Institution or any Affiliate.

             "ERISA" - means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act, as
amended.

             "Exchange  Act" - means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.

             "Exercise  Price" - means (i) in the case of an  Option,  the price
per Share at which the Shares  subject  to such  Option  may be  purchased  upon
exercise  of such  Option  and (ii) in the case of a Right,  the price per Share
(other  than the Market  Value per Share on the date of  exercise  and the Offer
Price per Share as  defined  in  Section  10  hereof)  which,  upon  grant,  the
Committee  determines shall be utilized in calculating the aggregate value which
a  Participant  shall be  entitled  to receive  pursuant to Sections 9, 10 or 13
hereof upon exercise of such Right.


<PAGE>



             "Incentive  Stock  Option"  - means an option  to  purchase  Shares
granted by the  Committee  pursuant to Section 6 hereof  which is subject to the
limitations  and  restrictions  of Section 8 hereof and is  intended  to qualify
under Section 422A of the Code.

             "Institution" - means First Federal Savings and Loan Association of
Bryan, a capital stock savings association.

             "Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right" - means a stock  appreciation
right with respect to Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6 and
10 hereof.

             "Market Value" - means the average of the high and low quoted sales
price on the date in question (or, if there is no reported sale on such date, on
the last  preceding  date on which any reported sale occurred) of a Share on the
Composite  Tape for the New York Stock  Exchange-Listed  Stocks,  or, if on such
date the  Shares  are not quoted on the  Composite  Tape,  on the New York Stock
Exchange,  or, if the  Shares  are not  listed or  admitted  to  trading on such
Exchange,  on the principal United States securities  exchange  registered under
the Exchange  Act on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading,  or, if
the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange,  the mean
between the closing high bid and low asked quotations with respect to a Share on
such date on the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,  Automated
Quotations  System, or any similar system then in use, or, if no such quotations
are  available,  the fair market value on such date of a Share as the  Committee
shall determine.

             "Non-Qualified  Stock Option" - means an option to purchase  Shares
granted  by the  Committee  pursuant  to Section 6 hereof,  which  Option is not
intended to qualify under Section 422A of the Code.

             "Option" - means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock
Option.

             "Participant"  - means any  director,  officer or  employee  of the
Institution  or any  Affiliate  who is selected by the  Committee  to receive an
Award.

             "Plan" - means the 1992  Stock  Option  and  Incentive  Plan of the
Institution.

             "Related"  - means  (i) in the  case of a Right,  a Right  which is
granted in connection with, and to the extent exercisable,  in whole or in part,
in lieu of, an Option or  another  Right and (ii) in the case of an  Option,  an
Option with respect to which and to the extent a Right is exercisable,  in whole
or in part, in lieu thereof has been granted.

             "Restricted  Period" - means the  period  of time  selected  by the
Committee for the purpose of determining  when  restrictions are in effect under
Section 11 hereof with respect to Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.

             "Restricted  Stock" - means  Shares  which  have been  contingently
awarded to a Participant by the Committee  subject to the restrictions  referred
to in Section 11 hereof, so long as such restrictions are in effect.

             "Right"  - means a  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right  or a Stock
Appreciation Right.

             "Shares" - means the shares of common stock of the Institution.

             "Senior  Officer" - means the  Institution's  president,  principal
financial officer, or principal  accounting  officer,  any vice president of the
Institution in charge of a principal  business unit,  division or function (such
as  sales,  administration  or  finance),  any  other  officer  who  performs  a
policy-making  function,  or any other person who performs similar policy-making
functions for the Institution. Officers of the Institution's Affiliates shall be
deemed senior  officers of the  Institution  if they perform such  policy-making
functions for the Institution.

             "Stock  Appreciation Right" - means a stock appreciation right with
respect to Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6 and 9 hereof.

                                        2

<PAGE>



             "Ten Percent Beneficial Owner" - means the beneficial owner of more
than ten percent of any class of the Institution's equity securities  registered
pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

          3.  Administration.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by a  Committee
consisting of two or more members, each of whom shall be a Disinterested Person.
The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board of Directors of the
Institution.  Except as  limited  by the  express  provisions  of the Plan,  the
Committee  shall have sole and complete  authority and  discretion to (i) select
Participants and grant Awards; (ii) determine the number of Shares to be subject
to types of Awards generally,  as well as to individual Awards granted under the
Plan;  (iii)  determine  the terms and  conditions  upon which  Awards  shall be
granted  under  the  Plan;  (iv)  prescribe  the form and  terms of  instruments
evidencing such grants;  and (v) establish from time to time regulations for the
administration  of the Plan,  interpret  the Plan,  and make all  determinations
deemed necessary or advisable for the  administration of the Plan. The Committee
may maintain,  and update from time to time as appropriate,  a list  designating
selected directors, officers and employees as Disinterested Persons. The purpose
of  such  list  shall  be  to  evidence  the  status  of  such   individuals  as
Disinterested  Persons,  and the Board of Directors may appoint to the Committee
any individual  actually  qualifying as a  Disinterested  Person,  regardless of
whether identified as such on said list.

         A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum,  and the acts of
a majority of the  members  present at any meeting at which a quorum is present,
or acts  approved in writing by a majority of the  Committee  without a meeting,
shall be acts of the Committee.

          4.  Participation.   The  Committee  may  select  from  time  to  time
Participants  in the Plan from those  directors,  officers and employees  (other
than  Disinterested  Persons),  of the Institution or its Affiliates who, in the
opinion of the Committee,  have the capacity for  contributing to the successful
performance of the Institution or its Affiliates.

          5. Shares  Subject to Plan.  Subject to adjustment by the operation of
Section 12 hereof, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may
be made under the Plan is 10% of the total  Shares  issued in the  Institution's
conversion  to the capital  stock form.  The Shares with respect to which Awards
may be made  under  the Plan may be either  authorized  and  unissued  shares or
issued shares  heretofore or hereafter  reacquired and held as treasury  shares.
Shares which are subject to Related Rights and Related  Options shall be counted
only once in  determining  whether the maximum  number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be granted under the Plan has been exceeded. An Award shall not
be  considered  to have been made  under the Plan with  respect to any Option or
Right which  terminates or with respect to Restricted  Stock which is forfeited,
and new  Awards  may be  granted  under the Plan with  respect  to the number of
Shares as to which such termination or forfeiture has occurred.

          6. General Terms and  Conditions of Options and Rights.  The Committee
shall have full and  complete  authority  and  discretion,  except as  expressly
limited by the Plan, to grant Options and/or Rights and to provide the terms and
conditions  (which  need  not  be  identical  among  Participants)  thereof.  In
particular,  the Committee  shall  prescribe the following terms and conditions:
(i) the Exercise Price of any Option or Right,  which shall not be less than the
Market  Value per Share at the date of grant of such  Option or Right,  (ii) the
number of Shares  subject to, and the  expiration  date of, any Option or Right,
which  expiration date shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant,  (iii)
the manner,  time and rate  (cumulative or otherwise) of exercise of such Option
or Right,  and (iv) the  restrictions,  if any, to be placed upon such Option or
Right or upon Shares which may be issued upon  exercise of such Option or Right.
The Committee may, as a condition of granting any Option or Right,  require that
a  Participant  agree not to  thereafter  exercise one or more Options or Rights
previously granted to such Participant.

          7.      Exercise of Options or Rights.

                  (a) An  Option  or  Right  granted  under  the  Plan  shall be
exercisable  during the lifetime of the Participant to whom such Option or Right
was granted only by such  Participant,  and except as provided in paragraphs (c)
and (d) of this  Section 7, no such Option or Right may be  exercised  unless at
the time such Participant  exercises such Option or Right,  such Participant has
maintained  Continuous  Service since the date of grant of such Option or Right.
Cash  settlements  of Rights may be made only in accordance  with any applicable
restrictions pursuant to Rule 16b-3(c) under the Exchange Act.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (b) To  exercise  an  Option  or Right  under  the  Plan,  the
Participant  to whom such Option or Right was granted shall give written  notice
to the  Institution  in form  satisfactory  to the  Committee  (and,  if partial
exercises  have been  permitted by the  Committee,  by specifying  the number of
Shares with respect to which such Participant  elects to exercise such Option or
Right)  together  with full  payment of the  Exercise  Price,  if any and to the
extent required.  The date of exercise shall be the date on which such notice is
received by the Institution.  Payment, if any is required,  shall be made either
(i) in cash (including check, bank draft or money order) or (ii) if permitted by
the Committee,  by delivering (A) Shares  already owned by the  Participant  and
having a fair market value equal to the  applicable  exercise  price,  such fair
market value to be determined in such  appropriate  manner as may be provided by
the  Committee  or as may be  required  in order to comply with or to conform to
requirements of any applicable laws or regulations, or (B) a combination of cash
and such Shares.

                  (c) If a  Participant  to whom an Option or Right was  granted
shall cease to maintain  Continuous  Service for any reason  (including total or
partial  disability  and normal or early  retirement,  but  excluding  death and
termination of employment by the  Institution or any Affiliate for cause),  such
Participant  may,  but  only  within  the  period  of three  months  immediately
succeeding  such  cessation  of  Continuous  Service  and in no event  after the
expiration  date of such Option or Right,  exercise  such Option or Right to the
extent that such  Participant  was entitled to exercise  such Option or Right at
the date of such cessation, provided, however, that such right of exercise after
cessation of Continuous  Service shall not be available to a Participant  if the
Committee otherwise  determines and so provides in the applicable  instrument or
instruments  evidencing  the grant of such  Option or Right.  If the  Continuous
Service  of a  Participant  to  whom an  Option  or  Right  was  granted  by the
Institution  is  terminated  for cause,  all rights under any Option or Right of
such Participant shall expire  immediately upon the giving to the Participant of
notice of such termination.

                  (d) In the  event of the death of a  Participant  while in the
Continuous  Service of the Institution or an Affiliate or within the three-month
period  referred to in  paragraph  (c) of this Section 7, the person to whom any
Option or Right held by the  Participant at the time of his death is transferred
by will or the laws of descent and distribution may, but only to the extent such
Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or Right  immediately  prior to
his death, exercise such Option or Right at any time within a period of one year
succeeding the date of death of such Participant, but in no event later than ten
years from the date of grant of such Option or Right. Following the death of any
Participant  to whom an Option  was  granted  under the  Plan,  irrespective  of
whether any Related Right shall have theretofore been granted to the Participant
or whether the person  entitled to exercise such Related Right desires to do so,
the Committee may, as an alternative  means of settlement of such Option,  elect
to pay to the person to whom such Option is  transferred  by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified  domestic relations order
as  defined  in the Code or Title I of the  ERISA or the rules  thereunder,  the
amount by which the  Market  Value  per  Share on the date of  exercise  of such
Option shall exceed the Exercise Price of such Option,  multiplied by the number
of Shares  with  respect to which such Option is  properly  exercised.  Any such
settlement  of an Option shall be  considered an exercise of such Option for all
purposes of the Plan.

         8. Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only
to  Participants  who are  Employees.  Any provision of the Plan to the contrary
notwithstanding,  (i) no  Incentive  Stock Option shall be granted more than ten
years  from the  date  the Plan is  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  of the
Institution  and no Incentive  Stock Option shall be  exercisable  more than ten
years from the date such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  (ii) the Exercise
Price of any Incentive  Stock Option shall not be less than the Market Value per
Share on the date such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  (iii) any Incentive
Stock Option shall not be transferable by the Participant to whom such Incentive
Stock  Option  is  granted  other  than  by  will or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution,  and shall be exercisable during such Participant's  lifetime only
by such  Participant,  (iv) no  Incentive  Stock  Option shall be granted to any
individual who, at the time such Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  owns stock
possessing  more than 10% of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of
stock of the  Institution  or any  Affiliate  unless the Exercise  Price of such
Incentive  Stock  Option is at least 110% of the  Market  Value per Share at the
date of grant  and such  Incentive  Stock  Option is not  exercisable  after the
expiration of five years from the date such  Incentive  Stock Option is granted,
and (v) the  aggregate  Market Value  (determined  as of the time any  Incentive
Stock  Option is granted) of the Shares with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock
Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant in any calendar year
shall not exceed $100,000.


                                        4

<PAGE>



          9. Stock  Appreciation  Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right shall, upon
its exercise,  entitle the Participant to whom such Stock Appreciation Right was
granted to  receive a number of Shares or cash or  combination  thereof,  as the
Committee in its discretion shall determine, the aggregate value of which (i.e.,
the sum of the amount of cash and/or  Market Value of such Shares on the date of
exercise)  shall  equal (as nearly as  possible,  it being  understood  that the
Institution  shall not  issue any  fractional  shares)  the  amount by which the
Market  Value per Share on the date of such  exercise  shall exceed the Exercise
Price of such Stock Appreciation Right,  multiplied by the number of Shares with
respect of which such Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall have been  exercised.  A
Stock  Appreciation  Right  may be  Related  to an  Option  or  may  be  granted
independently  of any  Option as the  Committee  shall from time to time in each
case determine. At the time of grant of an Option, the Committee shall determine
whether and to what extent a Related Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be granted
with respect thereto; provided, however, and notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan,  that if the  Related  Option is an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the
Related  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall  satisfy  all  the  restrictions  and
limitations of Section 8 hereof as if such Related Stock Appreciation Right were
an Incentive  Stock Option and as if other rights which are Related to Incentive
Stock Options were  Incentive  Stock Options.  In the case of a Related  Option,
such Related  Option shall cease to be  exercisable  to the extent of the Shares
with respect to which the Related Stock Appreciation  Right was exercised.  Upon
the exercise or termination of a Related Option,  any Related Stock Appreciation
Right  shall  terminate  to the extent of the Shares  with  respect to which the
Related Option was exercised or terminated.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no
Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be exercised by a Ten Percent Beneficial Owner,
director or Senior Officer of the  Institution  within six months of the date of
its grant.

         10.  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Rights.  At the  time of grant of an
Option or Stock Appreciation Right to any Participant,  the Committee shall have
full and complete  authority and discretion to also grant to such  Participant a
Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right  which is  Related  to such  Option or Stock
Appreciation Right;  provided,  however, and notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan,  that if the  Related  Option is an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the
Related Limited Stock  Appreciation Right shall satisfy all the restrictions and
limitations  of Section 8 hereof as if such Related  Limited Stock  Appreciation
Right  were an  Incentive  Stock  Option  and as if all other  Rights  which are
Related to Incentive Stock Options were Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding
any other  provision of the Plan, a Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be
exercisable only during the period beginning on the first day following the date
of expiration of any "offer" (as such term is hereinafter defined) and ending on
the  forty-fifth  day following such date,  provided,  however,  that no Limited
Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable by a Ten Percent Beneficial Owner,
director or Senior Officer of the  Institution  within six months of the date of
its grant.

         A Limited Stock  Appreciation  Right shall, upon its exercise,  entitle
the  Participant  to whom such Limited Stock  Appreciation  Right was granted to
receive  an amount of cash  equal to the  amount by which the  "Offer  Price per
Share" (as such term is hereinafter  defined) or the Market Value on the date of
such exercise, as shall have been provided by the Committee in its discretion at
the time of  grant,  shall  exceed  the  Exercise  Price of such  Limited  Stock
Appreciation  Right,  multiplied  by the number of Shares with  respect to which
such  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall have been  exercised.  Upon the
exercise  of a Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  any Related  Option  and/or
Related Stock  Appreciation Right shall cease to be exercisable to the extent of
the Shares  with  respect to which such  Limited  Stock  Appreciation  Right was
exercised. Upon the exercise or termination of a Related Option or Related Stock
Appreciation Right, any Related Limited Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate
to the extent of the Shares with respect to which such Related Option or Related
Stock Appreciation Right was exercised or terminated.

         For the purposes of this  Section 10, the term  "Offer"  shall mean any
tender  offer  or  exchange  offer  for  Shares  other  than  one  made  by  the
Institution,  provided that the  corporation,  person or other entity making the
offer acquires  pursuant to such offer either (i) 25% of the Shares  outstanding
immediately  prior to the  commencement of such offer or (ii) a number of Shares
which,  together with all other Shares  acquired in any tender offer or exchange
offer (other than one made by the  Institution)  which expired within sixty days
of the  expiration  date of the  offer in  question,  equals  25% of the  Shares
outstanding  immediately prior to the commencement of the offer in question. The
term "Offer  Price per Share" as used in this  Section 10 shall mean the highest
price per Share paid in any Offer  which  Offer is in effect any time during the
period  beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which a Limited Stock
Appreciation  Right is  exercised  and ending on the date on which such  Limited
Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. Any securities or property which are part
or all of the consideration paid for

                                        5

<PAGE>



Shares in the Offer shall be valued in determining  the Offer Price per Share at
the higher of (A) the  valuation  placed on such  securities  or property by the
corporation,  person or other  entity  making  such  Offer or (B) the  valuation
placed on such securities or property by the Committee.

         11. Terms and Conditions of Restricted  Stock. The Committee shall have
full and complete  authority,  subject to the  limitations of the Plan, to grant
awards of  Restricted  Stock  and,  in  addition  to the  terms  and  conditions
contained  in  paragraphs  (a) through (f) of this  Section 11, to provide  such
other terms and conditions  (which need not be identical among  Participants) in
respect  of such  Awards,  and  the  vesting  thereof,  as the  Committee  shall
determine  and provide in the  agreement  referred to in  paragraph  (d) of this
Section 11.

                  (a) At the time of an award of Restricted Stock, the Committee
shall  establish for each  Participant a Restricted  Period of not less than six
months  during  which or at the  expiration  of which,  as the  Committee  shall
determine  and provide in the  agreement  referred to in  paragraph  (d) of this
Section 11, the Shares  awarded as Restricted  Stock shall vest,  and subject to
any such other terms and conditions as the Committee  shall  provide,  shares of
Restricted Stock may not be sold,  assigned,  transferred,  pledged or otherwise
encumbered  by the  Participant,  except as  hereinafter  provided,  during  the
Restricted Period. Except for such restrictions,  and subject to paragraphs (c),
(d) and (e) of this Section 11 and Section 12 hereof,  the  Participant as owner
of such shares  shall have all the rights of a  stockholder,  including  but not
limited to the right to receive all dividends  paid on such shares and the right
to vote such shares. The Committee shall have the authority,  in its discretion,
to accelerate the time at which any or all of the restrictions  shall lapse with
respect  to any  shares  of  Restricted  Stock  prior to the  expiration  of the
Restricted  Period  with  respect  thereto,  or to  remove  any or  all of  such
restrictions,  whenever  it may  determine  that such action is  appropriate  by
reason  of  changes  in  applicable  tax or  other  laws  or  other  changes  in
circumstances occurring after the commencement of such Restricted Period.

                  (b) Except as provided in Section 14 hereof,  if a Participant
ceases to maintain Continuous Service for any reason (other than death, total or
partial  disability or normal or early  retirement)  unless the Committee  shall
otherwise determine and provide in the agreement referred to in paragraph (d) of
this  Section 11, all shares of  Restricted  Stock  theretofore  awarded to such
Participant and which at the time of such termination of Continuous  Service are
subject to the  restrictions  imposed by paragraph  (a) of this Section 11 shall
upon such  termination  of  Continuous  Service be forfeited and returned to the
Institution.  Unless the Committee shall have provided in the agreement referred
to in paragraph (d) of this Section 11 for a ratable lapse of restrictions  with
respect to an award of shares of Restricted Stock during the Restricted  Period,
if a Participant ceases to maintain Continuous Service by reason of death, total
or partial disability or normal or early retirement, such portion of such shares
of  Restricted  Stock  awarded  to such  Participant  which  at the time of such
termination  of Continuous  Service are subject to the  restrictions  imposed by
paragraph  (a) of this  Section  11 as  shall be  equal  to the  portion  of the
Restricted  Period with  respect to such shares  which shall have elapsed at the
time of such termination of Continuous Service shall be free of restrictions and
shall not be forfeited.

                  (c) Each  certificate in respect of shares of Restricted Stock
awarded under the Plan shall be registered  in the name of the  Participant  and
deposited by the  Participant,  together  with a stock power  endorsed in blank,
with the Institution and shall bear the following (or a similar) legend:

                           "The  transferability  of  this  certificate  and the
         shares  of stock  represented  hereby  are  subject  to the  terms  and
         conditions  (including  forfeiture)  contained in the 1992 Stock Option
         and Incentive  Plan of First Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  of
         Bryan and an Agreement  entered into between the  registered  owner and
         First Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  of Bryan.  Copies of such
         Plan and Agreement are on file in the offices of the Secretary of First
         Federal  Savings  and Loan  Association  of Bryan,  2900 Texas  Avenue,
         Bryan, Texas 77805."

                  (d) At the time of an award of shares of Restricted Stock, the
Participant  shall  enter  into an  Agreement  with  the  Institution  in a form
specified by the  Committee,  agreeing to the terms and  conditions of the award
and such other matters as the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine.

                  (e) At the time of an award of shares of Restricted Stock, the
Committee may, in its discretion,  determine that the payment to the Participant
of dividends declared or paid on such shares, or specified

                                        6

<PAGE>



portion thereof, by the Institution shall be deferred until the earlier to occur
of (i) the  lapsing of the  restrictions  imposed  under  paragraph  (a) of this
Section 11 or (ii) the  forfeiture  of such shares under  paragraph  (b) of this
Section  11,  and  shall  be held by the  Institution  for  the  account  of the
Participant  until  such time.  In the event of such  deferral,  there  shall be
credited at the end of each year (or portion thereof)  interest on the amount of
the account at the  beginning of the year at a rate per annum as the  Committee,
in its discretion, may determine.  Payment of deferred dividends,  together with
interest  accrued thereon as aforesaid,  shall be made upon the earlier to occur
of the events specified in (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence.

                  (f) At the expiration of the restrictions imposed by paragraph
(a) of this Section 11, the  Institution  shall redeliver to the Participant (or
where the relevant  provision of paragraph (b) of this Section 11 applies in the
case of a deceased  Participant,  to his legal  representative,  beneficiary  or
heir) the certificate(s) and stock power deposited with it pursuant to paragraph
(c) of this Section 11 and the Shares represented by such  certificate(s)  shall
be free of the restrictions referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 11.

         12.  Adjustments  Upon Changes in  Capitalization.  In the event of any
change in the outstanding Shares subsequent to the effective date of the Plan by
reason of any  reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock split,  stock dividend,
combination or exchange of shares,  merger,  consolidation  or any change in the
corporate  structure or Shares of the Institution,  the maximum aggregate number
and class of shares as to which  Awards  may be  granted  under the Plan and the
number and class of shares with  respect to which Awards  theretofore  have been
granted under the Plan shall be appropriately  adjusted by the Committee,  whose
determination  shall be  conclusive.  Any  shares  of stock or other  securities
received, as a result of any of the foregoing,  by a Participant with respect to
Restricted   Stock   shall  be  subject  to  the  same   restrictions   and  the
certificate(s)  or other  instruments  representing or evidencing such shares or
securities  shall be legend and  deposited  with the  Institution  in the manner
provided in Section 11 hereof.

         13.  Effect of Merger.  In the event of any  merger,  consolidation  or
combination  of  the  Institution   (other  than  a  merger,   consolidation  or
combination in which the  Institution is the  continuing  association  and which
does not result in the outstanding  Shares being converted into or exchanged for
different securities,  cash or other property, or any combination thereof),  any
Participant  to whom an Option or Right has been granted under the Plan at least
6 months prior to such event shall have the right  (subject to the provisions of
the Plan and any limitation applicable to such Option or Right),  thereafter and
during the term of each such Option or Right,  to receive  upon  exercise of any
such Option or Right an amount  equal to the excess of the fair market  value on
the  date  of such  exercise  of the  securities,  cash or  other  property,  or
combination thereof,  receivable upon such merger,  consolidation or combination
in  respect  of a Share  over  the  Exercise  Price  of such  Right  or  Option,
multiplied  by the number of Shares  with  respect to which such Option or Right
shall have been  exercised.  Such amount may be payable fully in cash,  fully in
one or  more  of  the  kind  or  kinds  of  property  payable  in  such  merger,
consolidation  or  combination,  or partly in cash and  partly in one or more of
such kind or kinds of property,  all in the discretion of the Committee.  Unless
the  Committee  shall have provided  otherwise in the  agreement  referred to in
paragraph  (d)  of  Section  11  hereof,  in  the  event  of  any  such  merger,
consolidation  or combination any Restricted  Period shall lapse with respect to
Shares of Restricted  Stock awarded at least six months prior to such event, all
such Shares shall be fully vested in the  Participants  to whom such Shares were
awarded,  and the holders of such Shares shall be eligible to receive in respect
thereof the full amount  receivable per Share in such merger,  consolidation  or
combination.

         14.  Effect of Change in Control.  Each of the events  specified in the
following clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 14 shall be deemed a "change
of  control":  (i) any third  person,  including a "group" as defined in Section
13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, shall become the beneficial owner of shares of the
Institution  with  respect to which 25% or more of the total number of votes for
the election of the Board of Directors of the Institution may be cast, (ii) as a
result  of,  or in  connection  with,  any cash  tender  offer,  merger or other
business  combination,  sale of assets or contested election,  or combination of
the foregoing,  the persons who were directors of the Institution shall cease to
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Institution, or (iii) the
stockholders of the Institution shall approve an agreement  providing either for
a  transaction  in  which  the  Institution  will  cease  to be  an  independent
publicly-owned  association  or  for a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all or
substantially  all the assets of the Institution;  provided,  however,  that the
occurrence  of any such  events  shall not be deemed a "change in  control"  if,
prior to such occurrence,  a resolution  specifically  approving such occurrence
shall have been adopted by at least

                                        7

<PAGE>



a majority  of the Board of  Directors  of the  Institution.  If the  Continuous
Service of any Participant of the Institution or any Affiliate is  involuntarily
terminated  for  whatever  reason,  at any time within  eighteen  months after a
change in control,  unless the Committee  shall have  otherwise  provided in the
agreement  referred to in  paragraph  (d) of Section 11 hereof,  any  Restricted
Period with respect to Restricted Stock theretofore  awarded to such Participant
shall lapse upon such  termination  and all Shares  awarded as Restricted  Stock
shall become fully vested in the  Participant  to whom such Shares were awarded.
If a tender offer or exchange  offer for Shares (other than such an offer by the
Institution) is commenced, or if the event specified in clause (iii) above shall
occur,  unless the Committee  shall have  otherwise  provided in the  instrument
evidencing the grant of an Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right, all Options and
Stock Appreciation  Rights  theretofore  granted and not fully exercisable shall
become  exercisable in full upon the happening of such event and shall remain so
exercisable  for a period of sixty days  following  such date,  after which they
shall revert to being  exercisable  in  accordance  with their terms;  provided,
however,  that no Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right shall be exercisable by a
Ten Percent  Beneficial  Owner,  director or Senior  Officer of the  Institution
within  six  months of the date of grant of such  Option  or Stock  Appreciation
Right and no Option  or Stock  Appreciation  Right  which  has  previously  been
exercised or otherwise terminated shall become exercisable.

         15. Assignments and Transfers.  No Award nor any right or interest of a
Participant under the Plan in any instrument evidencing any Award under the Plan
may be assigned,  encumbered or transferred except, in the event of the death of
a Participant,  by will or the laws of descent and  distribution or, in the case
of Non-Qualified Stock Options, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order
as defined in the Code or Title I of the ERISA or the rules thereunder.

         16.  Employee  Rights Under the Plan. No director,  officer or employee
shall have a right to be selected as a Participant nor, having been so selected,
to be selected  again as a  Participant  and no director,  officer,  employee or
other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan
or  under  any  other  incentive  or  similar  plan  of the  Institution  or any
Affiliate.  Neither the Plan nor any action taken  thereunder shall be construed
as giving any employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Institution
or any Affiliate.

         17. Delivery and Registration of Stock. The Institution's obligation to
deliver Shares with respect to an Award shall, if the Committee so requests,  be
conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment  intention
of the Participant to whom such Shares are to be delivered,  in such form as the
Committee  shall  determine  to be  necessary  or  advisable  to comply with the
provisions of the Securities  Act of 1933 or any other  federal,  state or local
securities legislation or regulation. It may be provided that any representation
requirement shall become  inoperative upon a registration of the Shares or other
action  eliminating the necessity of such  representation  under such Securities
Act or other securities  legislation.  The Institution  shall not be required to
deliver any Shares  under the Plan prior to (i) the  admission of such shares to
listing on any stock  exchange on which Shares may then be listed,  and (ii) the
completion of such registration or other  qualification of such Shares under any
state or federal law, rule or regulation, as the Committee shall determine to be
necessary or advisable.

         This Plan is intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.
Any  provision of the Plan which is  inconsistent  with said Rule shall,  to the
extent of such  inconsistency,  be inoperative and shall not affect the validity
of the remaining provisions of the Plan.

         18. Withholding Tax. Upon the termination of the Restricted Period with
respect to any shares of Restricted  Stock (or at any such earlier time, if any,
that an election is made by the Participant  under Section 83(b) of the Code, or
any successor  provision thereto, to include the value of such shares in taxable
income),  the  Institution  shall have the right to require the  Participant  or
other  person  receiving  such shares to pay the  Institution  the amount of any
taxes which the Institution is required to withhold with respect to such shares,
or, in lieu thereof,  to retain or sell without notice,  a sufficient  number of
shares held by it to cover the amount  required to be withheld.  The Institution
shall have the right to deduct from all dividends paid with respect to shares of
Restricted  Stock the amount of any taxes which the  Institution  is required to
withhold with respect to such dividend payments.

         The Institution shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in
cash with respect to the  exercise of a Right under the Plan any taxes  required
by law to be withheld with respect to such cash payments. Where a Participant or
other person is entitled to receive Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option
or Right pursuant to

                                        8

<PAGE>


the Plan,  the  Institution  shall have the right to require the  Participant or
such  other  person to pay the  Institution  the  amount of any taxes  which the
Institution  is required to withhold  with respect to such  Shares,  or, in lieu
thereof,  to retain,  or sell without notice, a number of such Shares sufficient
to cover the amount required to be withheld.

         19. Amendment or Termination. The Board of Directors of the Institution
may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, but
(except as provided  in Section 12 hereof) no  amendment  shall be made  without
approval of the  stockholders  of the  Institution  which  shall (i)  materially
increase the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be made
under the Plan,  (ii) materially  increase the aggregate  number of Shares which
may be subject to Awards to Participants who are not Employees, (iii) change the
class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan or (iv) materially increase
the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan; provided, however, that no
such  amendment,  suspension  or  termination  shall  impair  the  rights of any
Participant,  without his consent, in any Award theretofore made pursuant to the
Plan.

         Notwithstanding  anything  else in this  Plan to the  contrary,  to the
extent  that  the  Plan  provides  for  formula  awards,   as  defined  in  Rule
16b-3(c)(2)(ii)  under the Exchange Act, such provisions may not be amended more
than once every six  months,  other than to  comport  with  changes in the Code,
ERISA or the rules thereunder.

         20.  Effective Date and Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become  effective
upon its adoption by the Board of Directors of the  Institution,  subject to the
Institution  converting to a stock  institution and approval of the Plan by vote
of the  holders  of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of the  Institution
entitled to vote on the adoption of the Plan. It shall  continue in effect for a
term of ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 19 hereof.

         21. Initial Grant.  By, and  simultaneously  with, the adoption of this
Plan,  each member of the Board of Directors of the  Institution  at the time of
the  Institution's  conversion to stock form who is not a full-time  Employee is
hereby granted a Non-Qualified  Stock Option to purchase .75% each of the shares
reserved  hereunder,  all at an Exercise  Price per share equal to the per share
price at which shares are sold in connection with the  Institution's  conversion
from mutual to capital  stock form.  Each such Option  shall be  evidenced by an
agreement in a form  approved by the Board of Directors  and shall be subject in
all respects to the terms and conditions of this Plan, which are controlling.

                                        9


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this _____ day of  ______________,  1996, by and between  First Federal  Savings
Bank  (hereinafter  referred to as the  "Bank"),  and Joe Stanley  Stephen  (the
"Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee is  currently  serving as  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Bank  ("Board of  Directors")
recognized that as is the case with publicly held  corporations  generally,  the
possibility  of a  change  in  control  of the  Bank may  exist  and  that  such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may  result  in the  departure  or  distraction  of key  management
personnel to the detriment of the Bank and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of
the Bank to enter  into  this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to assure
continuity  of  management  of the  Bank  and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect  as stated in
Section 2 hereof:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.       Definitions.

                  (a) The  term  "Change  in  Control"  means  (1) an event of a
nature that (i) results in a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of
the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12  C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect on the
date  hereof;  of (ii) would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of
the  current  report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")
if the Exchange Act were  applicable to the Bank; (2) any person (as the term is
used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange  Act)  becomes the  beneficial
owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly
of securities  of the Bank  representing  20% or more of the Bank's  outstanding
securities  (except  for  the  existing  "Community  Group"  of the  Bank  which
currently owns  approximately  58% of the common shares  outstanding of the Bank
and who were approved for control pursuant to the Control  regulation by the OTS
as a part of the Conversion of the Bank which was effective in April,  1993) (3)
individuals  who are members of the board of  Directors  of the Bank on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the Directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the


<PAGE>



Bank's  stockholders was approved by the nominating  committee  serving under an
Incumbent  Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or (4) a
reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  sale of all or substantially all of the
assets  of the  Bank or a  similar  transaction  in  which  the  Bank is not the
resulting entity.  The term "Change in Control" shall not include an acquisition
of  securities  by an employee  benefit plan of the Bank on the  acquisition  of
securities  of the Bank by a  holding  company  in a  transaction  in which  the
shareholders  of the Bank  exchange  their  shares of Bank  stock for  identical
number of shares  of stock of the  holding  company.  In the  application  of 12
C.F.R. Part 574 to a determination of a Change in Control,  determinations to be
made by the OTS or its  Director  under  such  regulations  shall be made by the
Board of Directors of the Bank to administer this Agreement.

                  (b) The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date  first set
forth above.

                  (c) The term "Date of  Termination"  means the  earlier of (1)
the date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of
the Employee's  employment with the Bank or (2) the date upon which the Employee
ceases to serve as an employee of the Bank.

                  (d) The term "Involuntarily  Termination" means termination of
the employment of the Employee  without the Employee's  express written consent,
and shall include a material  diminution of or interference  with the Employee's
duties,  responsibilities  and benefits as President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Bank,  including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless
consented to in writing by the Employee: (1) a change in the principal workplace
of the  Employee  to a location  outside of the city  limits of Bryan or College
Station,  Texas,  or (2) a material  demotion  of the  Employee;  (3) a material
reduction in the number of seniority  of other Bank  personnel  reporting to the
Employee or a material  reduction in the frequency with which,  or in the nature
of the  matters  with  respect  to which,  such  personnel  are to report to the
Employee,  other  than as part  of a  Bank-wide  reduction  in  staff;  or (4) a
material  adverse  change  in  the  Employee's  salary,  perquisites,  benefits,
contingent  benefits  or  vacation,  other than and part of an  overall  program
applied  uniformly  and with  equitable  effect  to all  members  of the  senior
management  of the Bank;  or (5) a material  permanent  increase in the required
hours  of  work  or  the  workload  of  the  Employee.   The  term  "Involuntary
Termination" does not include Termination for Cause or termination of employment
due to  retirement,  death,  disability  or suspension or temporary or permanent
prohibition  from  participation  in the  conduct  of the Bank's  affairs  under
Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA").

                  (e) The terms  "Termination  for  Cause" and  "Terminated  For
Cause"  mean  termination  of the  employment  of the  Employee  because  of the
Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule, or regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar  offenses) or final  cease--and-desist  order, or material
breach of any provision of this  Agreement.  The Employee shall not be deemed to
have been  Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered
to the Employee a copy of a resolution,  duly adopted by the affirmative vote of
not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a
meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to the  Employee  and  an  opportunity  for  the  Employee,  together  with  the
Employee's  counsel,  to be heard  before the Board),  stating  that in the good
faith

                                        2

<PAGE>



opinion  of the Board the  Employee  has  engaged in  conduct  described  in the
preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall  be a period  of one year
commencing  on the  Commencement  Date,  unless  terminated  earlier as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the then remaining term, provided that (1) the
Bank has not given  notice to the  Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to
such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended  further;
and (2) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors of the Bank explicitly
reviews  and  approves  the  extension.  Reference  herein  to the  term of this
Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such tended terms.

         3.  Employment.  The  Employee  is  employed  as  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer of the Bank. As such, the Employee shall render administrative
and  management  services as are  customarily  performed by persons  situated in
similar executive capacities,  and shall have such other powers and duties of an
officer of the Bank as the President/CEO and/or Board of Directors may prescribe
from time to time.

         4. Compensation.

                  (a)  Salary.  The Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this Agreement the salary  established by the Board of Directors,  which
shall be at least the  Employee's  base salary in effect as of the  Commencement
Date.  The amount of the  Employee's  salary  shall be  reviewed by the Board of
Directors,  beginning not later than the first  anniversary of the  Commencement
Date.  Adjustments in salary or other compensation shall not limit or reduce any
other obligation of the Bank under this Agreement.

                  (b) Discretionary  Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Bank
in discretionary bonuses as authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to
its  executive  employees,  including  but not limited to incentive  bonuses and
stock option plans. No other  compensation  provided for in this Agreement shall
be deemed a substitute for the  Employee's  right to participate in such bonuses
and stock option plans when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

                  (c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the Bank,  provided that the Employee
accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedure.



                                        3

<PAGE>



         5.       Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans.
The Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension,
thrift,  profit-sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical  and dental  coverage,
education,   cash  bonuses,   and  other  retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combinations thereof, in which the Bank's executive officers participate.

                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive  benefits under,  any fringe benefit plans which are
or may become applicable to the Bank's executive officers.

         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The  Employee  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation in  accordance  with the  policies  established  by the Bank's Board of
Directors  for  executive  officers and to voluntary  leave of absence,  with or
without  pay,  from time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the
Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a) Involuntary  Termination.  Although the Board of Directors
or the  President/CEO  may  terminate  the  Employee's  employment  at any time;
however,  except  in  the  case  of  Termination  for  Cause,  such  involuntary
termination  of  employment   shall  not  prejudice  the  Employee's   right  to
compensation  or other  benefits  under this  Agreement for the  remaining  term
hereof.  In the event of such Involuntary  Termination  other than in connection
with or within 12 months  after a Change in  Control,  (1) the Bank shall pay to
the  Employee  an amount  equal to one year's  base  salary in effect at Date of
Termination,  and (2) the Bank shall provide to the Employee for a period of one
year after Date of  Termination,  health  benefits as maintained by the Bank for
the benefit of its  executive  officers from time to time or  substantially  the
same  health  benefits  as  the  Bank  maintained  for  its  executive  officers
immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

                  (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of Termination  for
Cause, the Bank shall pay the Employee the Employee's salary through the Date of
Termination, and the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee under
this Agreement.

                  (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The Employee's  employment may be
voluntarily  terminated by the Employee at any time upon 90 days' written notice
to the Bank or such  shorter  period as may be agreed upon  between the Employee
and the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank.  In the  event  of  such  voluntary
termination,  the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay to the Employee the
Employee's salary and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time
such  payments  are due,  and the Bank shall have no further  obligation  to the
Employee under this Agreement.

                  (d) Change in Control. In the event of Involuntary Termination
in connection with or within 12 months after a Change in Control which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall,
subject to Section 8 of this  Agreement,  (1) pay to the Employee in a lump sum,
in cash within 25 business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to
200% of the Employee's "base amount" as defined in

                                        4

<PAGE>



Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");  and
(2) provide to the Employee  during the remaining  term of this  Agreement  such
health  benefits as are maintained for executive  officers of the Bank from time
to time during the remaining  term of this Agreement or  substantially  the same
health  benefits as the Bank maintained for its executive  officers  immediately
prior to the Date of Termination.

                  (e)  Death:  Disability.  In the  event  of the  death  of the
Employee while  employed  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination of
employment,  the  Employee's  estate,  or such person as the  Employee  may have
previously designated in writing, shall be entitled to receive from the Bank the
salary of the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month in which the
Employee  died. If the Employee  becomes  disabled as defined in the Bank's then
current disability plan, if any, or if the Employee is otherwise unable to serve
as  President/CEO,  the  Employee  shall be entitled to receive  group and other
disability  income  benefits of the type,  if any, then provided by the Bank for
executive officers.

                  (f) Temporary  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Bank's  obligations  under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the  charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its
discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (g) Permanent  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by an order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12  U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  and  (g)(1),  all  obligations  of the Bank  under  this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                  (h) Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined
in Section  3(x)(10 of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall
terminate  as of the date of default,  but this  provision  shall not affect any
vested rights of the contracting parties.

                  (i)  Termination by  Regulators.  All  obligations  under this
Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation
of this  Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the Bank: (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at  the  time  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the
Resolution Trust Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to
or on behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the
FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however shall not be affected by any such action.



                                        5

<PAGE>



         8.       Certain Reduction of Payments by the Bank.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if
the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
amounts and the value of benefits  received or to be received by the Employee in
connection  with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be  nondeductible
by the Bank for federal  income tax  purposes  pursuant  to Section  280G of the
Code,  then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less
than zero) to the extent  necessary  so as to maximize  amounts and the value of
benefits to the Employee  without causing any amount to become  nondeductible by
the Bank  pursuant to or by reason of such  Section  280G.  The  Employee  shall
determine the  allocation of such  reduction  among payments and benefits to the
Employee.

                  (b)  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance
with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         9. No  Mitigation.  The Employee  shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any salary or other payment or benefit  provided for in this Agreement
be  reduced  by any  compensation  earned  by the  Employee  as  the  result  of
employment  by  another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits  after  the date of
termination or otherwise.

         10.  Attorneys  Fees.  In the  event  the Bank  exercises  its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 17 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the Bank has  failed to make  timely  payment  of any  amounts  owed to the
Employee under this Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement
for all reasonable  costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging
such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in
addition to all rights to which the  Employee is otherwise  entitled  under this
Agreement.

         11.  No Assignments:

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the Bank, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Bank would be required  to perform it if no such  succession  or
assignment  had taken  place.  Failure of the Bank to obtain such an  assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Bank in the same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 7(d) hereof.  For purposes of implementing  the provision of
this Section  11(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.


                                        6

<PAGE>



                  (b) This  Agreement  and all rights of the Employee  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributee, devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while any amounts
would still be payable to the Employee  hereunder if the Employee had  continued
to live, all such amounts,  unless otherwise  provided herein,  shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee
or other designee or if there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.

         12. Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Bank at its home office,
to the  attention of the Board of Directors  with a copy to the Secretary of the
Bank, or, if to the Employee,  to such home or other address as the Employee has
most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

         13.  Amendments:  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         14.  Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely
for  convenience  and  shall  not  affect,  or be sued in  connection  with  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

         15.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         16.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Texas. Venue shall be in Brazos County, Texas.

         17.  Survival.  Section 17 and 18 of this  Agreement  shall survive the
termination thereof.

         18.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in
accordance  with  the  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.  Judgment may be entered on the  arbitrator's  award in any court having
jurisdiction.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.



                                        7

<PAGE>



         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:                                    FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

- -------------------------                  ---------------------------

                                           By:
                                           Its:


                                           Employee

                                           ----------------------------




                                        8


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this _____ day of  ______________,  1996, by and between  First Federal  Savings
Bank  (hereinafter   referred  to  as  the  "Bank"),   and  George  Koenig  (the
"Employee").

         WHEREAS,   the  Employee  is  currently   serving  as  Executive   Vice
President/Marketing, Operations and Branches of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Bank  ("Board of  Directors")
recognized that as is the case with publicly held  corporations  generally,  the
possibility  of a  change  in  control  of the  Bank may  exist  and  that  such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may  result  in the  departure  or  distraction  of key  management
personnel to the detriment of the Bank and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of
the Bank to enter  into  this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to assure
continuity  of  management  of the  Bank  and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect  as stated in
Section 2 hereof:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.       Definitions.

                  (a) The  term  "Change  in  Control"  means  (1) an event of a
nature that (i) results in a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of
the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12  C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect on the
date  hereof;  of (ii) would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of
the  current  report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")
if the Exchange Act were  applicable to the Bank; (2) any person (as the term is
used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange  Act)  becomes the  beneficial
owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly
of securities  of the Bank  representing  20% or more of the Bank's  outstanding
securities  (except  for  the  existing  "Community  Group"  of the  Bank  which
currently owns  approximately  58% of the common shares  outstanding of the Bank
and who were approved for control pursuant to the Control  regulation by the OTS
as a part of the Conversion of the Bank which was effective in April,  1993) (3)
individuals  who are members of the board of  Directors  of the Bank on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the Directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the


<PAGE>



Bank's  stockholders was approved by the nominating  committee  serving under an
Incumbent  Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or (4) a
reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  sale of all or substantially all of the
assets  of the  Bank or a  similar  transaction  in  which  the  Bank is not the
resulting entity.  The term "Change in Control" shall not include an acquisition
of  securities  by an employee  benefit plan of the Bank on the  acquisition  of
securities  of the Bank by a  holding  company  in a  transaction  in which  the
shareholders  of the Bank  exchange  their  shares of Bank  stock for  identical
number of shares  of stock of the  holding  company.  In the  application  of 12
C.F.R. Part 574 to a determination of a Change in Control,  determinations to be
made by the OTS or its  Director  under  such  regulations  shall be made by the
Board of Directors of the Bank to administer this Agreement.

                  (b) The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date  first set
forth above.

                  (c) The term "Date of  Termination"  means the  earlier of (1)
the date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of
the Employee's  employment with the Bank or (2) the date upon which the Employee
ceases to serve as an employee of the Bank.

                  (d) The term "Involuntarily  Termination" means termination of
the employment of the Employee  without the Employee's  express written consent,
and shall include a material  diminution of or interference  with the Employee's
duties,  responsibilities  and benefits as Executive  Vice  President/Marketing,
Operations and Branches of the Bank,  including (without  limitation) any of the
following  actions unless consented to in writing by the Employee:  (1) a change
in the  principal  workplace of the  Employee to a location  outside of the city
limits of Bryan or College  Station,  Texas,  or (2) a material  demotion of the
Employee;  (3) a material  reduction  in the number of  seniority  of other Bank
personnel  reporting  to the Employee or a material  reduction in the  frequency
with  which,  or in the  nature of the  matters  with  respect  to  which,  such
personnel  are to  report to the  Employee,  other  than as part of a  Bank-wide
reduction in staff; or (4) a material  adverse change in the Employee's  salary,
perquisites,  benefits,  contingent benefits or vacation, other than and part of
an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of
the senior management of the Bank; or (5) a material  permanent  increase in the
required  hours of work or the workload of the Employee.  The term  "Involuntary
Termination" does not include Termination for Cause or termination of employment
due to  retirement,  death,  disability  or suspension or temporary or permanent
prohibition  from  participation  in the  conduct  of the Bank's  affairs  under
Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA").

                  (e) The terms  "Termination  for  Cause" and  "Terminated  For
Cause"  mean  termination  of the  employment  of the  Employee  because  of the
Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule, or regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar  offenses) or final  cease--and-desist  order, or material
breach of any provision of this  Agreement.  The Employee shall not be deemed to
have been  Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered
to the Employee a copy of a resolution,  duly adopted by the affirmative vote of
not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a
meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to the  Employee  and  an  opportunity  for  the  Employee,  together  with  the
Employee's  counsel,  to be heard  before the Board),  stating  that in the good
faith

                                        2

<PAGE>



opinion  of the Board the  Employee  has  engaged in  conduct  described  in the
preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall  be a period  of one year
commencing  on the  Commencement  Date,  unless  terminated  earlier as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the then remaining term, provided that (1) the
Bank has not given  notice to the  Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to
such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended  further;
and (2) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors of the Bank explicitly
reviews  and  approves  the  extension.  Reference  herein  to the  term of this
Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such tended terms.

         3.   Employment.   The   Employee  is  employed   as   Executive   Vice
President/Marketing,  Operations & Branches,  of the Bank. As such, the Employee
shall render administrative and management services as are customarily performed
by persons situated in similar executive  capacities,  and shall have such other
powers and duties of an officer of the Bank as the President/CEO and/or Board of
Directors may prescribe from time to time.

         4. Compensation.

                  (a)  Salary.  The Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this Agreement the salary  established by the Board of Directors,  which
shall be at least the  Employee's  base salary in effect as of the  Commencement
Date.  The amount of the  Employee's  salary  shall be  reviewed by the Board of
Directors,  beginning not later than the first  anniversary of the  Commencement
Date.  Adjustments in salary or other compensation shall not limit or reduce any
other obligation of the Bank under this Agreement.

                  (b) Discretionary  Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Bank
in discretionary bonuses as authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to
its  executive  employees,  including  but not limited to incentive  bonuses and
stock option plans. No other  compensation  provided for in this Agreement shall
be deemed a substitute for the  Employee's  right to participate in such bonuses
and stock option plans when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

                  (c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the Bank,  provided that the Employee
accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedure.

         5.       Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans.
The Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension,
thrift,  profit-sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical  and dental  coverage,
education,   cash  bonuses,   and  other  retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combinations thereof, in which the Bank's executive officers participate.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive  benefits under,  any fringe benefit plans which are
or may become applicable to the Bank's executive officers.

         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The  Employee  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation in  accordance  with the  policies  established  by the Bank's Board of
Directors  for  executive  officers and to voluntary  leave of absence,  with or
without  pay,  from time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the
Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a) Involuntary  Termination.  Although the Board of Directors
or the  President/CEO  may  terminate  the  Employee's  employment  at any time;
however,  except  in  the  case  of  Termination  for  Cause,  such  involuntary
termination  of  employment   shall  not  prejudice  the  Employee's   right  to
compensation  or other  benefits  under this  Agreement for the  remaining  term
hereof.  In the event of such Involuntary  Termination  other than in connection
with or within 12 months  after a Change in  Control,  (1) the Bank shall pay to
the  Employee  an amount  equal to one year's  base  salary in effect at Date of
Termination,  and (2) the Bank shall provide to the Employee for a period of one
year after Date of  Termination,  health  benefits as maintained by the Bank for
the benefit of its  executive  officers from time to time or  substantially  the
same  health  benefits  as  the  Bank  maintained  for  its  executive  officers
immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

                  (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of Termination  for
Cause, the Bank shall pay the Employee the Employee's salary through the Date of
Termination, and the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee under
this Agreement.

                  (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The Employee's  employment may be
voluntarily  terminated by the Employee at any time upon 90 days' written notice
to the Bank or such  shorter  period as may be agreed upon  between the Employee
and the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank.  In the  event  of  such  voluntary
termination,  the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay to the Employee the
Employee's salary and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time
such  payments  are due,  and the Bank shall have no further  obligation  to the
Employee under this Agreement.

                  (d) Change in Control. In the event of Involuntary Termination
in connection with or within 12 months after a Change in Control which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall,
subject to Section 8 of this  Agreement,  (1) pay to the Employee in a lump sum,
in cash within 25 business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to
200% of the Employee's  "base amount" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code");  and (2) provide to the Employee
during  the  remaining  term of  this  Agreement  such  health  benefits  as are
maintained  for  executive  officers  of the Bank from time to time  during  the
remaining term of this Agreement or  substantially  the same health  benefits as
the Bank maintained for its executive officers  immediately prior to the Date of
Termination.


                                        4

<PAGE>



                  (e)  Death:  Disability.  In the  event  of the  death  of the
Employee while  employed  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination of
employment,  the  Employee's  estate,  or such person as the  Employee  may have
previously designated in writing, shall be entitled to receive from the Bank the
salary of the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month in which the
Employee  died. If the Employee  becomes  disabled as defined in the Bank's then
current disability plan, if any, or if the Employee is otherwise unable to serve
as Executive Vice President/Marketing, Operations & Branches, the Employee shall
be entitled to receive group and other  disability  income benefits of the type,
if any, then provided by the Bank for executive officers.

                  (f) Temporary  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Bank's  obligations  under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the  charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its
discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (g) Permanent  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by an order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12  U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  and  (g)(1),  all  obligations  of the Bank  under  this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                  (h) Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined
in Section  3(x)(10 of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall
terminate  as of the date of default,  but this  provision  shall not affect any
vested rights of the contracting parties.

                  (i)  Termination by  Regulators.  All  obligations  under this
Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation
of this  Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the Bank: (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at  the  time  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the
Resolution Trust Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to
or on behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the
FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however shall not be affected by any such action.

         8.       Certain Reduction of Payments by the Bank.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if
the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
amounts and the value of benefits  received or to be received by the Employee in
connection  with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be  nondeductible
by the Bank for federal  income tax  purposes  pursuant  to Section  280G of the
Code, then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be

                                        5

<PAGE>



reduced (not less than zero) to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts
and the value of benefits to the Employee  without  causing any amount to become
nondeductible  by the Bank  pursuant to or by reason of such Section  280G.  The
Employee shall  determine the  allocation of such  reduction  among payments and
benefits to the Employee.

                  (b)  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance
with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         9. No  Mitigation.  The Employee  shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any salary or other payment or benefit  provided for in this Agreement
be  reduced  by any  compensation  earned  by the  Employee  as  the  result  of
employment  by  another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits  after  the date of
termination or otherwise.

         10.  Attorneys  Fees.  In the  event  the Bank  exercises  its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 17 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the Bank has  failed to make  timely  payment  of any  amounts  owed to the
Employee under this Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement
for all reasonable  costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging
such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in
addition to all rights to which the  Employee is otherwise  entitled  under this
Agreement.

         11.  No Assignments:

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the Bank, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Bank would be required  to perform it if no such  succession  or
assignment  had taken  place.  Failure of the Bank to obtain such an  assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Bank in the same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 7(d) hereof.  For purposes of implementing  the provision of
this Section  11(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                  (b) This  Agreement  and all rights of the Employee  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributee, devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while any amounts
would still be payable to the Employee  hereunder if the Employee had  continued
to live, all such amounts,  unless otherwise  provided herein,  shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee
or other designee or if there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.


                                        6

<PAGE>


         12. Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Bank at its home office,
to the  attention of the Board of Directors  with a copy to the Secretary of the
Bank, or, if to the Employee,  to such home or other address as the Employee has
most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

         13.  Amendments:  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         14.  Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely
for  convenience  and  shall  not  affect,  or be sued in  connection  with  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

         15.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         16.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Texas. Venue shall be in Brazos County, Texas.

         17.  Survival.  Section 17 and 18 of this  Agreement  shall survive the
termination thereof.

         18.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in
accordance  with  the  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.  Judgment may be entered on the  arbitrator's  award in any court having
jurisdiction.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:                                    FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

- -------------------------                  ---------------------------

                                           By:
                                           Its:


                                           Employee

                                           ----------------------------


                                        7


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this _____ day of  ______________,  1996, by and between  First Federal  Savings
Bank  (hereinafter  referred  to as  the  "Bank"),  and  Mary  Lynn  Hegar  (the
"Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the Employee is currently  serving as Sr. Vice  President and
Chief Financial Officer of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Bank  ("Board of  Directors")
recognized that as is the case with publicly held  corporations  generally,  the
possibility  of a  change  in  control  of the  Bank may  exist  and  that  such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may  result  in the  departure  or  distraction  of key  management
personnel to the detriment of the Bank and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of
the Bank to enter  into  this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to assure
continuity  of  management  of the  Bank  and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect  as stated in
Section 2 hereof:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.       Definitions.

                  (a) The  term  "Change  in  Control"  means  (1) an event of a
nature that (i) results in a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of
the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12  C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect on the
date  hereof;  of (ii) would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of
the  current  report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")
if the Exchange Act were  applicable to the Bank; (2) any person (as the term is
used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange  Act)  becomes the  beneficial
owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly
of securities  of the Bank  representing  20% or more of the Bank's  outstanding
securities  (except  for  the  existing  "Community  Group"  of the  Bank  which
currently owns  approximately  58% of the common shares  outstanding of the Bank
and who were approved for control pursuant to the Control  regulation by the OTS
as a part of the Conversion of the Bank which was effective in April,  1993) (3)
individuals  who are members of the board of  Directors  of the Bank on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the Directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the


<PAGE>



Bank's  stockholders was approved by the nominating  committee  serving under an
Incumbent  Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or (4) a
reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  sale of all or substantially all of the
assets  of the  Bank or a  similar  transaction  in  which  the  Bank is not the
resulting entity.  The term "Change in Control" shall not include an acquisition
of  securities  by an employee  benefit plan of the Bank on the  acquisition  of
securities  of the Bank by a  holding  company  in a  transaction  in which  the
shareholders  of the Bank  exchange  their  shares of Bank  stock for  identical
number of shares  of stock of the  holding  company.  In the  application  of 12
C.F.R. Part 574 to a determination of a Change in Control,  determinations to be
made by the OTS or its  Director  under  such  regulations  shall be made by the
Board of Directors of the Bank to administer this Agreement.

                  (b) The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date  first set
forth above.

                  (c) The term "Date of  Termination"  means the  earlier of (1)
the date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of
the Employee's  employment with the Bank or (2) the date upon which the Employee
ceases to serve as an employee of the Bank.

                  (d) The term "Involuntarily  Termination" means termination of
the employment of the Employee  without the Employee's  express written consent,
and shall include a material  diminution of or interference  with the Employee's
duties,  responsibilities and benefits as Sr. Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of the Bank, including (without limitation) any of the following actions
unless  consented to in writing by the  Employee:  (1) a change in the principal
workplace of the  Employee to a location  outside of the city limits of Bryan or
College  Station,  Texas,  or (2) a material  demotion  of the  Employee;  (3) a
material reduction in the number of seniority of other Bank personnel  reporting
to the Employee or a material  reduction in the frequency with which,  or in the
nature of the matters with respect to which, such personnel are to report to the
Employee,  other  than as part  of a  Bank-wide  reduction  in  staff;  or (4) a
material  adverse  change  in  the  Employee's  salary,  perquisites,  benefits,
contingent  benefits  or  vacation,  other than and part of an  overall  program
applied  uniformly  and with  equitable  effect  to all  members  of the  senior
management  of the Bank;  or (5) a material  permanent  increase in the required
hours  of  work  or  the  workload  of  the  Employee.   The  term  "Involuntary
Termination" does not include Termination for Cause or termination of employment
due to  retirement,  death,  disability  or suspension or temporary or permanent
prohibition  from  participation  in the  conduct  of the Bank's  affairs  under
Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA").

                  (e) The terms  "Termination  for  Cause" and  "Terminated  For
Cause"  mean  termination  of the  employment  of the  Employee  because  of the
Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule, or regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar  offenses) or final  cease--and-desist  order, or material
breach of any provision of this  Agreement.  The Employee shall not be deemed to
have been  Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered
to the Employee a copy of a resolution,  duly adopted by the affirmative vote of
not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a
meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to the  Employee  and  an  opportunity  for  the  Employee,  together  with  the
Employee's  counsel,  to be heard  before the Board),  stating  that in the good
faith

                                        2

<PAGE>



opinion  of the Board the  Employee  has  engaged in  conduct  described  in the
preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall  be a period  of one year
commencing  on the  Commencement  Date,  unless  terminated  earlier as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the then remaining term, provided that (1) the
Bank has not given  notice to the  Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to
such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended  further;
and (2) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors of the Bank explicitly
reviews  and  approves  the  extension.  Reference  herein  to the  term of this
Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such tended terms.

         3. Employment. The Employee is employed as Sr. Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the Bank. As such, the Employee shall render administrative
and  management  services as are  customarily  performed by persons  situated in
similar executive capacities,  and shall have such other powers and duties of an
officer of the Bank as the President/CEO and/or Board of Directors may prescribe
from time to time.

         4. Compensation.

                  (a)  Salary.  The Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this Agreement the salary  established by the Board of Directors,  which
shall be at least the  Employee's  base salary in effect as of the  Commencement
Date.  The amount of the  Employee's  salary  shall be  reviewed by the Board of
Directors,  beginning not later than the first  anniversary of the  Commencement
Date.  Adjustments in salary or other compensation shall not limit or reduce any
other obligation of the Bank under this Agreement.

                  (b) Discretionary  Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Bank
in discretionary bonuses as authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to
its  executive  employees,  including  but not limited to incentive  bonuses and
stock option plans. No other  compensation  provided for in this Agreement shall
be deemed a substitute for the  Employee's  right to participate in such bonuses
and stock option plans when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

                  (c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the Bank,  provided that the Employee
accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedure.

         5.       Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans.
The Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension,
thrift,  profit-sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical  and dental  coverage,
education,   cash  bonuses,   and  other  retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combinations thereof, in which the Bank's executive officers participate.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive  benefits under,  any fringe benefit plans which are
or may become applicable to the Bank's executive officers.

         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The  Employee  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation in  accordance  with the  policies  established  by the Bank's Board of
Directors  for  executive  officers and to voluntary  leave of absence,  with or
without  pay,  from time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the
Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a) Involuntary  Termination.  Although the Board of Directors
or the  President/CEO  may  terminate  the  Employee's  employment  at any time;
however,  except  in  the  case  of  Termination  for  Cause,  such  involuntary
termination  of  employment   shall  not  prejudice  the  Employee's   right  to
compensation  or other  benefits  under this  Agreement for the  remaining  term
hereof.  In the event of such Involuntary  Termination  other than in connection
with or within 12 months  after a Change in  Control,  (1) the Bank shall pay to
the  Employee  an amount  equal to one year's  base  salary in effect at Date of
Termination,  and (2) the Bank shall provide to the Employee for a period of one
year after Date of  Termination,  health  benefits as maintained by the Bank for
the benefit of its  executive  officers from time to time or  substantially  the
same  health  benefits  as  the  Bank  maintained  for  its  executive  officers
immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

                  (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of Termination  for
Cause, the Bank shall pay the Employee the Employee's salary through the Date of
Termination, and the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee under
this Agreement.

                  (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The Employee's  employment may be
voluntarily  terminated by the Employee at any time upon 90 days' written notice
to the Bank or such  shorter  period as may be agreed upon  between the Employee
and the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank.  In the  event  of  such  voluntary
termination,  the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay to the Employee the
Employee's salary and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time
such  payments  are due,  and the Bank shall have no further  obligation  to the
Employee under this Agreement.

                  (d) Change in Control. In the event of Involuntary Termination
in connection with or within 12 months after a Change in Control which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall,
subject to Section 8 of this  Agreement,  (1) pay to the Employee in a lump sum,
in cash within 25 business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to
200% of the Employee's  "base amount" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code");  and (2) provide to the Employee
during  the  remaining  term of  this  Agreement  such  health  benefits  as are
maintained  for  executive  officers  of the Bank from time to time  during  the
remaining term of this Agreement or  substantially  the same health  benefits as
the Bank maintained for its executive officers  immediately prior to the Date of
Termination.


                                        4

<PAGE>



                  (e)  Death:  Disability.  In the  event  of the  death  of the
Employee while  employed  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination of
employment,  the  Employee's  estate,  or such person as the  Employee  may have
previously designated in writing, shall be entitled to receive from the Bank the
salary of the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month in which the
Employee  died. If the Employee  becomes  disabled as defined in the Bank's then
current disability plan, if any, or if the Employee is otherwise unable to serve
as Sr.  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  Employee  shall be
entitled to receive group and other  disability  income benefits of the type, if
any, then provided by the Bank for executive officers.

                  (f) Temporary  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Bank's  obligations  under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the  charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its
discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (g) Permanent  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by an order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12  U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  and  (g)(1),  all  obligations  of the Bank  under  this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                  (h) Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined
in Section  3(x)(10 of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall
terminate  as of the date of default,  but this  provision  shall not affect any
vested rights of the contracting parties.

                  (i)  Termination by  Regulators.  All  obligations  under this
Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation
of this  Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the Bank: (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at  the  time  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the
Resolution Trust Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to
or on behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the
FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however shall not be affected by any such action.

         8.       Certain Reduction of Payments by the Bank.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if
the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
amounts and the value of benefits  received or to be received by the Employee in
connection  with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be  nondeductible
by the Bank for federal  income tax  purposes  pursuant  to Section  280G of the
Code,  then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less
than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the value of

                                        5

<PAGE>



benefits to the Employee  without causing any amount to become  nondeductible by
the Bank  pursuant to or by reason of such  Section  280G.  The  Employee  shall
determine the  allocation of such  reduction  among payments and benefits to the
Employee.

                  (b)  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance
with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         9. No  Mitigation.  The Employee  shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any salary or other payment or benefit  provided for in this Agreement
be  reduced  by any  compensation  earned  by the  Employee  as  the  result  of
employment  by  another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits  after  the date of
termination or otherwise.

         10.  Attorneys  Fees.  In the  event  the Bank  exercises  its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 17 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the Bank has  failed to make  timely  payment  of any  amounts  owed to the
Employee under this Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement
for all reasonable  costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging
such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in
addition to all rights to which the  Employee is otherwise  entitled  under this
Agreement.

         11.  No Assignments:

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the Bank, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Bank would be required  to perform it if no such  succession  or
assignment  had taken  place.  Failure of the Bank to obtain such an  assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Bank in the same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 7(d) hereof.  For purposes of implementing  the provision of
this Section  11(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                  (b) This  Agreement  and all rights of the Employee  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributee, devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while any amounts
would still be payable to the Employee  hereunder if the Employee had  continued
to live, all such amounts,  unless otherwise  provided herein,  shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee
or other designee or if there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         12. Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Bank at its home office,
to the  attention of the Board of Directors  with a copy to the Secretary of the
Bank, or, if to the Employee,  to such home or other address as the Employee has
most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

         13.  Amendments:  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         14.  Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely
for  convenience  and  shall  not  affect,  or be sued in  connection  with  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

         15.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         16.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Texas. Venue shall be in Brazos County, Texas.

         17.  Survival.  Section 17 and 18 of this  Agreement  shall survive the
termination thereof.

         18.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in
accordance  with  the  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.  Judgment may be entered on the  arbitrator's  award in any court having
jurisdiction.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:                                   FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

- -------------------------                 ---------------------------

                                          By:
                                          Its:


                                          Employee

                                          ----------------------------



                                        7


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this _____ day of  ______________,  1996, by and between  First Federal  Savings
Bank (hereinafter referred to as the "Bank"), and Kay Watson (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as Vice  President/Personnel
& Stockholders Relations of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Bank  ("Board of  Directors")
recognized that as is the case with publicly held  corporations  generally,  the
possibility  of a  change  in  control  of the  Bank may  exist  and  that  such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may  result  in the  departure  or  distraction  of key  management
personnel to the detriment of the Bank and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of
the Bank to enter  into  this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to assure
continuity  of  management  of the  Bank  and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect  as stated in
Section 2 hereof:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.       Definitions.

                  (a) The  term  "Change  in  Control"  means  (1) an event of a
nature that (i) results in a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of
the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12  C.F.R.  Part 574 as in effect on the
date  hereof;  of (ii) would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of
the  current  report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")
if the Exchange Act were  applicable to the Bank; (2) any person (as the term is
used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange  Act)  becomes the  beneficial
owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly
of securities  of the Bank  representing  20% or more of the Bank's  outstanding
securities  (except  for  the  existing  "Community  Group"  of the  Bank  which
currently owns  approximately  58% of the common shares  outstanding of the Bank
and who were approved for control pursuant to the Control  regulation by the OTS
as a part of the Conversion of the Bank which was effective in April,  1993) (3)
individuals  who are members of the board of  Directors  of the Bank on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the Directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the


<PAGE>



Bank's  stockholders was approved by the nominating  committee  serving under an
Incumbent  Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or (4) a
reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  sale of all or substantially all of the
assets  of the  Bank or a  similar  transaction  in  which  the  Bank is not the
resulting entity.  The term "Change in Control" shall not include an acquisition
of  securities  by an employee  benefit plan of the Bank on the  acquisition  of
securities  of the Bank by a  holding  company  in a  transaction  in which  the
shareholders  of the Bank  exchange  their  shares of Bank  stock for  identical
number of shares  of stock of the  holding  company.  In the  application  of 12
C.F.R. Part 574 to a determination of a Change in Control,  determinations to be
made by the OTS or its  Director  under  such  regulations  shall be made by the
Board of Directors of the Bank to administer this Agreement.

                  (b) The term  "Commencement  Date"  means  the date  first set
forth above.

                  (c) The term "Date of  Termination"  means the  earlier of (1)
the date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of
the Employee's  employment with the Bank or (2) the date upon which the Employee
ceases to serve as an employee of the Bank.

                  (d) The term "Involuntarily  Termination" means termination of
the employment of the Employee  without the Employee's  express written consent,
and shall include a material  diminution of or interference  with the Employee's
duties, responsibilities and benefits as Vice President/Personnel & Stockholders
Relations  of the Bank,  including  (without  limitation)  any of the  following
actions  unless  consented  to in writing by the  Employee:  (1) a change in the
principal  workplace of the Employee to a location outside of the city limits of
Bryan or College Station, Texas, or (2) a material demotion of the Employee; (3)
a  material  reduction  in the  number  of  seniority  of other  Bank  personnel
reporting to the Employee or a material  reduction in the frequency  with which,
or in the nature of the matters with  respect to which,  such  personnel  are to
report to the Employee, other than as part of a Bank-wide reduction in staff; or
(4) a material adverse change in the Employee's salary,  perquisites,  benefits,
contingent  benefits  or  vacation,  other than and part of an  overall  program
applied  uniformly  and with  equitable  effect  to all  members  of the  senior
management  of the Bank;  or (5) a material  permanent  increase in the required
hours  of  work  or  the  workload  of  the  Employee.   The  term  "Involuntary
Termination" does not include Termination for Cause or termination of employment
due to  retirement,  death,  disability  or suspension or temporary or permanent
prohibition  from  participation  in the  conduct  of the Bank's  affairs  under
Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA").

                  (e) The terms  "Termination  for  Cause" and  "Terminated  For
Cause"  mean  termination  of the  employment  of the  Employee  because  of the
Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule, or regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar  offenses) or final  cease--and-desist  order, or material
breach of any provision of this  Agreement.  The Employee shall not be deemed to
have been  Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered
to the Employee a copy of a resolution,  duly adopted by the affirmative vote of
not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a
meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to the  Employee  and  an  opportunity  for  the  Employee,  together  with  the
Employee's  counsel,  to be heard  before the Board),  stating  that in the good
faith

                                        2

<PAGE>



opinion  of the Board the  Employee  has  engaged in  conduct  described  in the
preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

         2.  Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall  be a period  of one year
commencing  on the  Commencement  Date,  unless  terminated  earlier as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the then remaining term, provided that (1) the
Bank has not given  notice to the  Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to
such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended  further;
and (2) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors of the Bank explicitly
reviews  and  approves  the  extension.  Reference  herein  to the  term of this
Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such tended terms.

         3. Employment.  The Employee is employed as Vice  President/Personnel &
Stockholder   Relations  of  the  Bank.  As  such,  the  Employee  shall  render
administrative and management  services as are customarily  performed by persons
situated in similar executive  capacities,  and shall have such other powers and
duties of an officer of the Bank as the President/CEO  and/or Board of Directors
may prescribe from time to time.

         4. Compensation.

                  (a)  Salary.  The Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this Agreement the salary  established by the Board of Directors,  which
shall be at least the  Employee's  base salary in effect as of the  Commencement
Date.  The amount of the  Employee's  salary  shall be  reviewed by the Board of
Directors,  beginning not later than the first  anniversary of the  Commencement
Date.  Adjustments in salary or other compensation shall not limit or reduce any
other obligation of the Bank under this Agreement.

                  (b) Discretionary  Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Bank
in discretionary bonuses as authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to
its  executive  employees,  including  but not limited to incentive  bonuses and
stock option plans. No other  compensation  provided for in this Agreement shall
be deemed a substitute for the  Employee's  right to participate in such bonuses
and stock option plans when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

                  (c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the Bank,  provided that the Employee
accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedure.

         5.       Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans.
The Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension,
thrift,  profit-sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical  and dental  coverage,
education,   cash  bonuses,   and  other  retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combinations thereof, in which the Bank's executive officers participate.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive  benefits under,  any fringe benefit plans which are
or may become applicable to the Bank's executive officers.

         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The  Employee  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation in  accordance  with the  policies  established  by the Bank's Board of
Directors  for  executive  officers and to voluntary  leave of absence,  with or
without  pay,  from time to time at such times and upon such  conditions  as the
Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a) Involuntary  Termination.  Although the Board of Directors
or the  President/CEO  may  terminate  the  Employee's  employment  at any time;
however,  except  in  the  case  of  Termination  for  Cause,  such  involuntary
termination  of  employment   shall  not  prejudice  the  Employee's   right  to
compensation  or other  benefits  under this  Agreement for the  remaining  term
hereof.  In the event of such Involuntary  Termination  other than in connection
with or within 12 months  after a Change in  Control,  (1) the Bank shall pay to
the  Employee  an amount  equal to one year's  base  salary in effect at Date of
Termination,  and (2) the Bank shall provide to the Employee for a period of one
year after Date of  Termination,  health  benefits as maintained by the Bank for
the benefit of its  executive  officers from time to time or  substantially  the
same  health  benefits  as  the  Bank  maintained  for  its  executive  officers
immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

                  (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of Termination  for
Cause, the Bank shall pay the Employee the Employee's salary through the Date of
Termination, and the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee under
this Agreement.

                  (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The Employee's  employment may be
voluntarily  terminated by the Employee at any time upon 90 days' written notice
to the Bank or such  shorter  period as may be agreed upon  between the Employee
and the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank.  In the  event  of  such  voluntary
termination,  the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay to the Employee the
Employee's salary and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time
such  payments  are due,  and the Bank shall have no further  obligation  to the
Employee under this Agreement.

                  (d) Change in Control. In the event of Involuntary Termination
in connection with or within 12 months after a Change in Control which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall,
subject to Section 8 of this  Agreement,  (1) pay to the Employee in a lump sum,
in cash within 25 business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to
200% of the Employee's  "base amount" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code");  and (2) provide to the Employee
during  the  remaining  term of  this  Agreement  such  health  benefits  as are
maintained  for  executive  officers  of the Bank from time to time  during  the
remaining term of this Agreement or  substantially  the same health  benefits as
the Bank maintained for its executive officers  immediately prior to the Date of
Termination.


                                        4

<PAGE>



                  (e)  Death:  Disability.  In the  event  of the  death  of the
Employee while  employed  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination of
employment,  the  Employee's  estate,  or such person as the  Employee  may have
previously designated in writing, shall be entitled to receive from the Bank the
salary of the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month in which the
Employee  died. If the Employee  becomes  disabled as defined in the Bank's then
current disability plan, if any, or if the Employee is otherwise unable to serve
as Vice  President/Personnel  &  Stockholder  Relations,  the Employee  shall be
entitled to receive group and other  disability  income benefits of the type, if
any, then provided by the Bank for executive officers.

                  (f) Temporary  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Bank's  obligations  under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the  charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its
discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (g) Permanent  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by an order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12  U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  and  (g)(1),  all  obligations  of the Bank  under  this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                  (h) Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined
in Section  3(x)(10 of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall
terminate  as of the date of default,  but this  provision  shall not affect any
vested rights of the contracting parties.

                  (i)  Termination by  Regulators.  All  obligations  under this
Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation
of this  Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the Bank: (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at  the  time  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  the
Resolution Trust Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to
or on behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the
FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however shall not be affected by any such action.

         8.       Certain Reduction of Payments by the Bank.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if
the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
amounts and the value of benefits  received or to be received by the Employee in
connection  with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be  nondeductible
by the Bank for federal  income tax  purposes  pursuant  to Section  280G of the
Code, then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be

                                        5

<PAGE>



reduced (not less than zero) to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts
and the value of benefits to the Employee  without  causing any amount to become
nondeductible  by the Bank  pursuant to or by reason of such Section  280G.  The
Employee shall  determine the  allocation of such  reduction  among payments and
benefits to the Employee.

                  (b)  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance
with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         9. No  Mitigation.  The Employee  shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any salary or other payment or benefit  provided for in this Agreement
be  reduced  by any  compensation  earned  by the  Employee  as  the  result  of
employment  by  another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits  after  the date of
termination or otherwise.

         10.  Attorneys  Fees.  In the  event  the Bank  exercises  its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 17 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the Bank has  failed to make  timely  payment  of any  amounts  owed to the
Employee under this Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement
for all reasonable  costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging
such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in
addition to all rights to which the  Employee is otherwise  entitled  under this
Agreement.

         11.  No Assignments:

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the Bank, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Bank would be required  to perform it if no such  succession  or
assignment  had taken  place.  Failure of the Bank to obtain such an  assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this  Agreement  and shall  entitle the Employee to  compensation
from the  Bank in the same  amount  and on the  same  terms as the  compensation
pursuant to Section 7(d) hereof.  For purposes of implementing  the provision of
this Section  11(a),  the date on which any such  succession  becomes  effective
shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                  (b) This  Agreement  and all rights of the Employee  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributee, devisees and legatees. If the Employee should die while any amounts
would still be payable to the Employee  hereunder if the Employee had  continued
to live, all such amounts,  unless otherwise  provided herein,  shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,  legatee
or other designee or if there is no such designee, to the Employee's estate.


                                        6

<PAGE>


         12. Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Bank at its home office,
to the  attention of the Board of Directors  with a copy to the Secretary of the
Bank, or, if to the Employee,  to such home or other address as the Employee has
most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

         13.  Amendments:  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         14.  Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely
for  convenience  and  shall  not  affect,  or be sued in  connection  with  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

         15.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         16.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Texas. Venue shall be in Brazos County, Texas.

         17.  Survival.  Section 17 and 18 of this  Agreement  shall survive the
termination thereof.

         18.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in
accordance  with  the  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.  Judgment may be entered on the  arbitrator's  award in any court having
jurisdiction.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:                                   FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

- -------------------------                 ---------------------------

                                          By:
                                          Its:


                                          Employee

                                          ----------------------------



                                        7





                                                  May 29, 1997





Board of Directors
The Bryan - College Station
 Financial Holding Company
2900 Texas Avenue
Bryan, Texas 77802

Gentlemen:

         We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinions as Exhibits 5.1, 5.2
and 5.3 of this Registration  Statement on Form S-1. In giving this consent,  we
do not admit  that we are  within  the  category  of  persons  whose  consent is
required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

                                           Very truly yours,




                                           /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.



               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors
First Federal Savings Bank


         We  consent  to the use in this  Prospectus  on Form S-1 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the Office of Thrift Supervision,  of our
report dated  November 9, 1996,  on the  financial  statements  of First Federal
Savings  Bank for the year ended  September  30,  1996.  We also  consent to the
reference to us under the heading "Experts" in this Prospectus on Form S-1.


                                         /s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
                                         ---------------------------------
                                         Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP


Oak Brook, Illinois
May  27, 1997


================================================================================


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                       ----------------------------------

                                    FORM T-1

         STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
                  OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

   Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a trustee Pursuant to
                              Section 305(b) ____

                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
               (EXACT NAME OF TRUSTEE AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

                   New York                                     36-3271645
 (JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
          IF NOT A U.S. NATIONAL BANK)                    IDENTIFICATION NO.)

            77 Water Street
         New York, New York                                     10005
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                     (ZIP CODE)

                               Mark F. McLaughlin
                        Harris Trust Company of New York
                       77 Water Street, New York, NY 10005
                                 (212) 701-7602
            (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                      ------------------------------------

               The Bryan-College Station Financial Holding Company
               (EXACT NAME OF OBLIGOR AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

            Delaware                                          applied for
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                            (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                         IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

         2900 Texas Avenue
               Bryan, Texas                                    77802
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                     (ZIP CODE)

                     --------------------------------------

                           ______% DEBENTURES DUE 2002
                         (TITLE OF INDENTURE SECURITIES)

================================================================================

<PAGE>




                                       -2-


ITEM 1.           GENERAL INFORMATION.
                  --------------------

                  Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

         (a)      Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to
                  which it is subject.

                                Federal Reserve Bank of New York
                                33 Liberty Street, New York N.Y. 10045

                                State of New York Banking Department
                                2 Rector Street, New York, N.Y. 10006

         (b)      Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                           The Trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust
                           powers.

ITEM 2.           AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.
                  -----------------------------

                  If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee,  describe  each
                  such affiliation.

                           The obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEM 4.           TRUSTEESHIPS UNDER OTHER INDENTURES.
                  ------------------------------------

                  If the  trustee is a trustee  under  another  indenture  under
                  which any other  securities,  or  certificates  of interest or
                  participation  in any other  securities,  of the  obligor  are
                  outstanding, furnish the following information:

         (a)      Title of  the  securities  outstanding  under  each such other
                  indenture.

                           None

         (b)      A brief  statement of the facts relied upon as a basis for the
                  claim  that no  conflicting  interest  within  the  meaning of
                  Section  310 (b)  (1) of the Act  arises  as a  result  of the
                  trusteeship  under  any  such  other  indenture,  including  a
                  statement  as to how the  indenture  securities  will  rank as
                  compared   with  the   securities   issued  under  such  other
                  indenture.

                           None






<PAGE>




                                      -3-


ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.
         ----------------

         List below all exhibits filed as part of this statement of eligibility.

          1.   Copy  of  Organization  Certificate  of Bank  of  Montreal  Trust
               Company to transact business and exercise corporate trust powers;
               incorporated  herein by  reference as Exhibit "A" filed with Form
               T-1 Statement, Registration No. 33-46118.

          2.   Copy of the existing  By-Laws of Bank of Montreal  Trust Company;
               incorporated  herein by  reference as Exhibit "B" filed with Form
               T-1 Statement, Registration No. 33-80928.

          3.   The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act;
               incorporated  herein by  reference  as Exhibit  "C" with Form T-1
               Statement, Registration No. 33-46118.

          4.   A copy of the  latest  report of  condition  of Bank of  Montreal
               Trust Company  published  pursuant to law or the  requirements of
               its  supervising  or  examining  authority,  attached  hereto  as
               Exhibit "D".

                                    SIGNATURE

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 the
Trustee,  Bank of Montreal Trust Company,  a corporation  organized and existing
under the laws of the State of New  York,  has duly  caused  this  statement  of
eligibility  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  all in the City of New York,  and State of New York, on the 23rd of
May, 1997.

                         BANK OF MONTREAL TRUST COMPANY



                         By   /s/ Amy Roberts
                              ------------------------------
                                  Amy Roberts
                              Assistant Vice President


<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT "D"
                             STATEMENT OF CONDITION
                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                                    NEW YORK
                        ---------------------------------

ASSETS                           1997                    1996
                             ----------              ----------

CASH                          4,764,893                4,013,820
SECURITIES                      524,968                  544,262
RECEIVABLES                   2,615,496                2,077,174
FIXED ASSETS                    201,141                  233,111
PREPAIDS                        413,452                  388,492
INTANGIBLES                     343,461                  383,156
DEFERRED TAXES                  135,734                  164,205
                             ----------              ----------

TOTAL ASSETS                             8,999,145                  7,804,220
                                         =========                  =========


LIABILITIES

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE                 70,862                  73,862
ACCRUED EXPENSES                575,029                 805,897
TAXES PAYABLE                   256,017                 128,636
                             ----------              ----------

TOTAL LIABILITIES                          901,908                  1,008,395
                                         =========                  =========

SHAREHOLDER EQUITY

CAPTIAL STOCK                   500,000                 500,000
SUPLUS                       13,100,000              13,100,000
RETAINED EARNINGS            (5,502,763)             (6,804,175)
                             ----------              ----------

                                         8,097,237                  6,795,825
                                         =========                  =========

TOTAL LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDER EQUITY
                                         8,999,145                  7,804,220
                                         =========                  =========


         I, Mark F.  McLaughlin,  Vice  President,  of the  above-named  bank do
hereby  declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of
my knowledge and belief.

                               Mark F. McLaughlin
                                December 31, 1996

         We,  the  undersigned  directors,  attest  to the  correctness  of this
statement of resources and liabilities. We declared that it has been examined by
us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance
with the instructions and is true and correct.

                                  Sanjiv Tandon
                                 Kevin O. Healey
                               Steven R. Rothbloom





RETURN THIS FORM ALONG WITH                  STOCK/UNIT ORDER FORM
PAYMENT TO:

The   Bryan-College   Station  Financial
Holding Company
(Offering of Common Stock and Units)
2900 A Texas Avenue
Bryan, Texas  77802
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  NUMBER OF SHARES/UNITS
<S>                                          <C>
   Fill in the  number of shares  and/or                   Number                         Total
units you wish to purchase and the total                      of            Offering      Amount
amount due. The Bryan - College  Station                Shares/Units       Price          Due
Financial  Holding Company (the "Holding
Company") may reject any subscription or     Common Stock        X      $    10.00
part   thereof  for  shares  of  Holding                   ------                         -------
Company  Common  Stock or Units  for any     Units               X      $1,000.00
reason  including if the total shares of                   ------                         -------
such Holding  Company Common Stock owned
by any person following the Offering and     Total Purchase                               =======
Merger (as described in the  Prospectus)      --
would  constitute  more than 9.9% of the     |__|      Enclosed is a check payable to
issued and  outstanding  Holding Company               The  First  National  Bank  of
Common Stock,  unless such condition has               Bryan,  Escrow  Agent  for The
been  waived  in the  discretion  of the               Bryan-College          Station
Holding  Company's Board of Directors in               Financial  Holding Company for
one or more  instances with the approval               $___________.   (Do  not  send
of the OTS.                                            cash through the mail.)

                                 PAYMENT

   Check the appropriate box(es) to show
how you want to pay for the stock.

   If paying by check,  make it  payable
to The  First  National  Bank of  Bryan,
Escrow   Agent  for  the   Bryan-College
Station Financial Holding Company.  Your
money  will  earn  interest   until  the
Offering is completed.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                          <C>

                      STOCK REGISTRATION                   PLEASE PRINT
                                              --
PLEASE  READ  THE  REVERSE  SIDE  BEFORE     |__| Individual
COMPLETING THIS SECTION.                      --
                                             |__| Joint Tenants
   Check the box  indicating the form of      --
ownership  for  your  The  Bryan-College     |__| Tenants in Common
Station  Financial Holding Company stock      --
and units.  If necessary,  check "Other"     |__| Uniform Gifts to Minors
and  write  in the  ownership,  such  as          (Texas Residents Only)
"corporation."                                --
                                             |__| Uniform Transfers to Minors

                                              --
                                             |__| Other _______________________
                                              --
   Print the  name(s)  in which you want     |__| Fiduciary (Legal Adoption
the  stock  registered  and the  mailing                Date _________________)
address.
                                             ---------------------------------------
                                             Name
                                             ---------------------------------------
                                             Name
                                             ---------------------------------------
   Fill in the  taxpayer  identification     Mailing Address
number (social  security number) for one
of the registered owners.                    ---------------------------------------
                                             City         State        Zip Code

                       TELEPHONE NUMBERS     ---------------------------------------
                                             Taxpayer I.D. (Social Security)   Number
   Please   provide   us  your  day  and
evening  telephone  numbers  in  case we     (   )               (   )
need  to  contact  you  regarding   your     -----------------   -------------------
order.                                            Daytime               Evening

                                DEADLINE     ---------------------------------------

   The Offering  will  terminate at 5:00        I   acknowledge    receipt   of   the
p.m. Bryan, Texas time on ____ __, 1997.     Prospectus  dated  _______  __, 1997 and
This form must be properly completed and     understand  that  I may  not  change  or
received  with  proper  payment  at  the     revoke my order once it is  received  by
above address by this deadline.              The   Bryan-College   Station  Financial
                                             Holding  Company.

                                             Under  penalties  of perjury,  I certify
                                             that: 1) the social  security  number or
                                             taxpayer   identification  number  given
                                             above  is  correct;  and  2)  I  am  not
                                             subject to backup withholding.

                                                Instructions:  You must  cross out #2
                                             above if you have been  notified  by the
                                             Internal  Revenue  Service  that you are
                                             subject to backup withholding because of
                                             underreporting  interest or dividends on
                                             your tax return.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                        <C>
                               SIGNATURE
                                           X ______________________________________
   Sign and date the form. Add your full   Authorized Signature   Title   Date
title to your signature if purchasing as                            (If Applicable)
a fiduciary,  corporate officer, etc. If
paying  by  withdrawal  from an  account   X_______________________________________
requiring  more  than one  signature  to   Authorized Signature   Title   Date
withdraw  funds,   the  same  number  of                            (If Applicable)
signers  must sign  here.  THIS ORDER IS
NOT VALID IF NOT SIGNED.
                                           YOUR ORDER WILL BE FILLED IN  ACCORDANCE
                                           WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE PROSPECTUS.
                        NASD AFFILIATION

   Please  read  the  NASD   Affiliation    --
section  on the  reverse  side  of  this   |__| Check  here if you are a member  of
form.  Check if  applicable  and initial        the  NASD  or a  person  associated
where indicated with*.                          with a  NASD  member  or a  partner
                                                with a securities brokerage firm or
                                                a member of the immediate family of
                                                any such  person  to whose  support
                                                such person contributes directly or
                                                indirectly   or  if  you   have  an
                                                account  in which a NASD  member or
                                                person   associated   with  a  NASD
                                                member has a  beneficial  interest.
                                                In accordance  with the  conditions
                                                for   an    exception    from   the
                                                Interpretation,  I agree (i) not to
                                                sell,  transfer or hypothecate  the
                                                stock  for a  period  of  150  days
                                                following   issuance  and  (ii)  to
                                                report this subscription in writing
                                                to the applicable  NASD member I am
                                                associated  with  within one day of
                                                payment      for     the     stock.
                                                *___________________ (Initial)


</TABLE>

                     IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, PLEASE CALL
               THE BRYAN-COLLEGE STATION FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY
                                AT (409) 779-2900




<PAGE>



                      GUIDELINES FOR REGISTERING STOCK AND UNITS


   For reasons of clarity and  standardization,  the stock transfer industry has
developed uniform stockholder  registration which we will use in the issuance of
your The Bryan-College  Station  Financial Holding Company Stock  Certificate(s)
and Units. If you have any questions,  please consult your legal advisor.  Stock
and Unit ownership must be registered in one of the following manners:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>
INDIVIDUAL:                                  FIDUCIARIES:

   Two  initials  cannot be used  unless        Stock and Units  held in a  fiduciary
they are your legal  name.  Include  the     capacity must contain the following:
first  given  name,  middle  initial and
last name of the stockholder. Omit words     1.       The name(s) of the fiduciary-
of   limitation   that  do  not   affect              o   If an individual, list the first given
ownership   rights   such  as   "special                  name, middle initial, and last name.
account,"    "single   man,"   "personal              o   If a corporation, list the corporate
property,"    etc.   If   held   as   an                  title.
individual, upon the individual's death,              o   If an individual and a corporation,
ownership  of the  stock or unit will be                  list the corporation's title before the
held  by  the  individual's  estate  and                  individual.
distributed    as   indicated   by   the     2.       The fiduciary capacity-
individual's   will  or   otherwise   in              o   Administrator
accordance with law.                                  o   Conservator
                                                      o   Committee
JOINT:                                                o   Executor
                                                      o   Trustee
   Joint  ownership of stock or units by              o   Personal Representative
two or more  persons  shall be inscribed              o   Custodian
on  the  certificate  with  one  of  the     3.       The type of document governing the
following  types  of  joint   ownership.              fiduciary relationship.  Generally, such
Names  should be joined by "and;" do not              relationships are either under a form of
connect  with "or." Omit  titles such as              living trust agreement or pursuant to a
"Mrs.," "Dr.," etc.                                   court order.  Without a document
                                                      establishing a fiduciary relationship
JOINT TENANTS - Joint Tenancy with Right              your stock or units may not be
of  Survivorship  and not as  Tenants in              registered in a fiduciary capacity.
Common may be  specified to identify two     4.       The date of the document governing the
or  more  owners   where   ownership  is              relationship.  The date of the document
intended to pass automatically, upon the              need not be used in the description of a
death  of  one  joint  tenant,   to  the              trust created by a will.
surviving tenant(s).                         5.       Either of the following:
                                                      The name of the maker, donor or
TENANTS  IN COMMON -  Tenants  in Common              testator or the name of the beneficiary
may be specified to identify two or more
owners.  When stock or units are held as
tenancy in common, upon the death of one
co-tenant,  ownership  of the  stock  or
units  will  be  held  by the  surviving
co-tenant(s)  and  by the  heirs  of the
deceased  co-tenant.  All  parties  must
agree to the  transfer or sale of shares
or units held in this form of ownership.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                        <C>

UNIFORM  TRANSFERS  TO MINORS OR UNIFORM   EXAMPLE OF A FIDUCIARY OWNERSHIP:
GIFT TO MINORS:                            John D. Smith,  Trustee for Tom A. Smith
                                           Under Agreement Dated 06/09/74.
   For Texas  residents and residents of
certain  other  states,  stock and units   PLEASE  NOTE  THAT  "TOTTEN  TRUST"  AND
may be held in the  name of a  custodian   "PAYABLE ON DEATH" OWNERSHIPS MAY NOT BE
for a minor  under the  state's  Uniform   USED IN REGISTERING STOCK OR UNITS.
Gifts to Minors Act.  For  residents  of
most states, stock and units may be held   For  example,  stock or units  cannot be
in a similar type of ownership under the   registered as "John Doe Trustee for Jane
Uniform  Transfers  to Minors Act of the   Doe" or "John  Doe  Payable  on Death to
individual states. For either ownership,   Jane Doe."
the  minor  is the  actual  owner of the
stock or units with the adult  custodian   NASD AFFILIATION:
being  responsible  for  the  investment
until the minor reaches legal age.            Please    refer   to   the   National
                                           Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
   Instructions:  If  you  are  a  Texas   ("NASD")  affiliation  section and check
resident  and wish to register  stock or   the  box  if   applicable.   Under   the
units in this ownership,  check "Uniform   guidelines  of the NASD,  members of the
Gifts to Minors." For other states,  see   NASD and their associates are subject to
your  legal  advisor  if you are  unsure   certain  restrictions on the transfer of
about the correct  registration  of your   securities  purchased in accordance with
state.                                     subscription   rights   and  to  certain
                                           reporting requirements upon the purchase
   On the first "NAME"  line,  print the   of such  securities,  as  established by
first  name,  middle  initial,  and last   the NASD.
name of the custodian, with "CUST" after
the name.

   Print the first name, middle initial,
and last name of the minor on the second
"NAME" line.

   Only one  custodian and one minor may
be designated.


</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Please return this card together with the Stock/Unit  Order Form in the enclosed
postage-paid  return envelope.  I (we) acknowledge  that,  before purchasing the
shares of either  common  stock or units I (we)  received  an  prospectus  dated
_______ __, 1997.

The  Prospectus  received  contains  disclosure  concerning  the  nature  of the
securities  being offered and describes  the risks  involved in the  investment,
including  those risks  described  in the  Prospectus  under the  heading  "Risk
Factors." I (we)  acknowledge  that, I (WE) HAVE RELIED SOLELY ON THE PROSPECTUS
IN MY (OUR)  DECISION TO PURCHASE THE STOCK  HEREUNDER  AND NO OTHER  WRITTEN OR
VERBAL INFORMATION.
I (we) further acknowledge that NEITHER THE COMMON STOCK NOR UNITS ARE A DEPOSIT
OR SAVINGS ACCOUNT AND NEITHER SECURITY IS FEDERALLY INSURED.

____________________________NAME               ________________________SIGNATURE

                  __________DATE


____________________________NAME               ________________________SIGNATURE

                  __________DATE
NOTE:    THIS  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT MUST ACCOMPANY THE EXECUTED STOCK/UNIT ORDER FORM
         SUBMITTED  FOR  THE  PURCHASE  OF  EITHER  THE  BRYAN-COLLEGE   STATION
         FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY STOCK OR UNITS.


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<MULTIPLIER>                                      1000
<CURRENCY>                                     US DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                     6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 OCT-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAR-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                           2,603
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           1,523
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                 1,365
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                          0
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                           1,219
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                             1,186
<LOANS>                                         53,257
<ALLOWANCE>                                        250
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  62,681
<DEPOSITS>                                      55,071
<SHORT-TERM>                                       314
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                529
<LONG-TERM>                                      2,200
                                0
                                          1
<COMMON>                                             2
<OTHER-SE>                                       4,564
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                  62,681
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                  2,513
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                   38
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                    65
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                 2,616
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               1,186
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,219
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            1,397
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                        2
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  1,321
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    447
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       295
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.05
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.05
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    4.91
<LOANS-NON>                                          0
<LOANS-PAST>                                       646
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                   247
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                        4
<RECOVERIES>                                         5
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                  250
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                               250
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                            250
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission